me 3 7 Fg EO reer ee eR Oe on LGM ee ee ee ee Ee ele aie Oy ae be Me? A

} \ ra , rh hie we “! dase PU ANA Sierra! a re ee Te premrsren? :

sean Hi ; : If

NX: UWNAp eh? ment jee terantl j a WE Sante .

nog Att | VA ww saat egy age "Fee A 'v wiy7t arsenic TO

y ARMA TAT stangpettedl :

ah Oy: “O46 \

| e

vidi 4. ie ibd. it Se Men angst = serif ae R (ili,

ALAA ' 2 Poe Way div’

ty ii Sane. Ye oradabiainpbr-e ial s vee o fiianct rH * ea Ppenees m\ \, Wy rch |

a "See ; eee See HO : es ri yy toe : . ic Was |W = )

on nad ae fet byebbbhi att Ms Aa eae

Neh 8s Were % =; Wane APO }] \ Y.* ty FW

19 ok eb hbbnpin TARR al NQF ey JS as

Mevyetiiny We yo"? oe "Nee M an | ae | | 415 ‘=

reeeetr it] Pe PTT] | in, or, jen

% 4

AA ‘

“Oh, Be

Basen Ny: wasarannes BAR AON I Dim iris

w Oy ower fi NN wo

tere? | vie

acetate hy myreeet M

iw -e- : ee ay Stanance ca ARNE: Soa

my Nis seller andl

ate! es Te AALUEEr Meee gag eet nNR

wane ape fton io) WRAPS wean, ult PRP ORIEN UL NG

7 S* | 9

Th Doe vA! New!

eee

mati fit

apesten ae fines McG:

‘ga

pn |

Pi S\N ins a

| ah BR Ae

AUTEETLT [a MAA os SN

Sah st Nit tape aieiel pad cho NRL

= wo

: ane 7% Siar ee eS Sar ag

: ~ Pe oe YG

Vey AAs AP Ue ik A a j

. ey ies ONIN SSIVINANN ffe. Ro ares & FS ; So ry L ces Bh pa abhid a ae WA Vv Whit SU id y

Hn o : | | tii Vox: nfs 1 win bid Malate a dro Fy. Se fe

: .- . ~s : pak aN 4 oe Cad) w >. ea

2% 5 Ses Hee: Re fi a s Ww , sy ‘ ane ot io te aay ¢ as n wen ai fe. ower

. : - ‘ . e 9 < ~ F on Og “A ~ wal A 1 ~ 3 ae > ‘ =

sig! NANA : ii Nyy Sal WE ~ ra inne qi ~ fos

Add ( v Sepa ce Thy

“Vs gv arty TTA ed

anal Le eatit peta Te ett | Had ty ene 3 Pine: : Rs

= wv 7 ~ a Sig PES a= Bl @ ,

» a aad a ig é ’ vt a y | bd Ss wy = ~ Fd

aye eee nape ee TH, 4 ltt ¢ a

Wgee® % Ve

1 bw 5 A ae 2 I! Nr AA 9

Wn! LT suey Natt f Se a gitt! MN) ~"S ae yi Mitty = tt

‘ A it alee Ann dy aS er | Vite. 4 4

'sSupnannee TOLLE pion TESTE 4 me PEN

rt Op LPN oo eae ‘

mronmen MO Nal lias cia LAL Ll jae) resayt

s fi J “Os Cyt, hel

as Bile tgs Mee e cd

Pete Pm steer niin Sait: m

: wes Ar yp ai 1) bs | K sl ett. vga! w

. \ Ty AL \ HLL Ww Se Af an wt . $44 g: aM oo Sey

tinatidl Tages OR MM gee ren’

e s74 -) Ly

eWay Bid Adah || || Fey Pe aN

Hey psesoant MMS «

. te Vv Vey Bee Al). aN

‘ a] rel ry 4 Ci. | im | Shed

rm i ~ 34 ' ATT vf ivy OG. ag itty Th Pe iy og tt ; ig Wye Ady,

* Ves me - 4 at} 13 , : 1S Re 7 “iG yeveg + OFS Bla | * ¥ Sh p>) wv

iy, * ery prs i soy a BE dalaatabLaledy wet att ae “ig it eq, . Wh 1 | mh

~ PEG Pee yo wy Co Wyeee (i

+4 Yeiiiilinl Serenity tkang thi scngrt yee

A KS AGS ae 7

TV RERLEE Bw endtiamedtad ynedt 19 Vatu - wT phy share "hh A | STEPH Pe Te

: PP Bsr ie

Se ea

Pie ua)

niin "

sedi

i Hu

a ih

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE ©

AVOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1918, pp. 1-196,

witH 1 PuatTe and 32 TExr-FIGURES.

“axnsonian Instity

rA\S %, ‘

$tional Musev™ +

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,,

PATERNOSTER ROW,

IS Ie

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MIS

Patron.

His Magesty Tue Kine.

COUNCIL. |

His Grace Tue DuKe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.

Tue Hon. Cecit Barrne, M.A. |

Ricuarp H. Burne, Esq.,

M.A.

Lr.-Cout. S. Moncxron Copr-

MAN, M.D., F.R.S.

CuarLes Drummonn, KEsq.,

Treasurer.

ALFRED Ezra, Esq., Vice-

President.

Carr. HAroLp S. FERGUSON.

Cart. Huau §. GLADSTONE,

M.A.

Sipney F. Harmer, Esq., M.A.,

Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Pror. JAMes P. Huu, D.Sc.,

F.R.S.

WituiAM Huntsman, Esq.

Str Epmunp G. Loprr, Br., |

Vice-President.

Ne f u . a

¢€ ety ey y = a

* ‘

Pror. Ernest W. MacBripe,

D.Se., LL-D., F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Con. Sir A. Henry McMaunon,

G.C.M.G., K.C.L.E.,G.C.V.O.,

C.8.1.

P. CuaumMers MircHey, Esq.,

MOA DSc? LD. HIRES

O.B.E., Secretary.

ApriAN D, W. Pottocr, Esq.

Tue LorD QUEENBOROUGH.

Toe Marquess of Siigco, F.S.A.,

Vice-President.

AuByN Treyor-BatryE, Hsq.,

M.A.

AntrHony H. WINGFIELD, Esq.

A. SmiraH Woopwarp, Ksq.,

IID ag IDSIRaS, egleing-

sident.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuatmers Mitcuent, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., O.B.E.,

Secretary.

R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and

Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.

D. Sera-Suiru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.

Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencer, Curator of Reptiles.

Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, Curator of Insects.

JouNn Barrow, Accountant.

W. H: Cots, Chief Clerk.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1918, pp. 1-196.

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the months of November and

iDyerersrmnl oye, WIG Goo nsoconnsoonosenadaee saga ond0nddoonDboands

Mr. D. Seru Suiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition

of; and remarks upon, a series of lantern-slides made

from photographs of Reptiles taken in the Gardens...

Dr. P. Cuaumers Mircuent, F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society. Communication of a letter from Mv. T. E.

Whitehead on the Wild Dingo ...........--...:esseeee ees

Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

a New and a Rare Species of the Golden Mole.........

The SECRETARY. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of January, 1918 ......

Dr. Smrra Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. Exhibition of a

eopy of an incised drawing of a hunted deer............

Professor Povunron, F.R.S:, F.Z.S. Communication of a

letter from Captain G. D. Hale Carpenter on an

African Civet attacking Human Beings ...............

Professor E. W. MacBripe, M.A., DSc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

An account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of his

recent investigations into the development of the

Sears Wee bina pee hy cee eee aici onde lors a weratoeie bislarerciaiaieiere’s

Mr. D. Sers Surru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition

and description of skins of the Hoatzin, illustrated

by lantern-slides 2. ...5.2..4.9.casedet se seeescienecler ee eesens

Page

187

188

189

190

191

192

Mr. C. Tare Regan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of

photographs of an Indo-Pacific Chetodont Fish.

(lest torsos 128. se clraae tte An cioe a ame ee ete

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the months of February and

JUTE aCe) O15 2 OS) Rol een nl CPAP NALA EOR GH STRA ama Sw ao

Miss L. EK. Cunrsman, Assistant Curator of Insects, Exhi-

bition of specimens of an Kast-African homopterous

IDS Cbs se oy 8 Se areca nT as eR DO

Dr. A. S rru Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of,

and remarks upon, the fossil rostral teeth of Hopristis

CHAKA de RETO ee eee CROCE OS coger uM na Nome wea yCRemacohonee

Mr. G. A. BouLtencrr, F.R.S. Exhibition of the head of

a Congo Mish) Hydrocyon goliath.) see

Mr. D. Sera Suire, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition

of, and remarks upon, a Zulu Head-dress...............

Dr. P. CHatmers Mircuenn, F.RB.S., Secretary to the

Society. Remarks on an advertisement announcing

Minis Sales amenhegWmitedmstatesum sre an annem ae

Professor. Woop-Jonus, F.Z.8:, Honorary Acting Prosector.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens from the

Prosectorium illustrating the effects of Rickets

PAPERS.

—— eee

1. Skull of Rana tigrina Daud. By B. L. Buatta, MESes

and Barnt Prasnuap, M.Sc. (Assistant Professors of

Zoology, Government College, Lahore). (‘Text-

figures 1—9.)

suns niese S880) [8)8 eho nelelalaleliei etal sveletefelolefelelslelefelelevelelelalatelsteherereiere

2. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Oligodon

from Upper Burma. By G. A. BoutencEr, E.RS.,

F.Z.8. (Text-figure 1.)

hi OO See CCN a)

psu)

. Reptiles from the River Tajan (Transcaspia). By

L, A. Lantz. (Plate I.)

ee a

Page

194

195

196

Alphabetical List of Contributors

. On the External Characters of the Lemurs and

of Tarsius. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. (Text-

MEMES WING) sacnesaasossesesso0 2000000 ospapegscosecpaceddes

_ A Classification of the Pyratrpm, subfamily Hyrso-

TROPIN#. By Sir GeorcE Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S. ...

}. First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and

Invisible Characters in Silkworms. By Miss Maupe

Hn) CHRETIORIN: MZ ashy Its! UiiSom Wold beh aosppagodcasasongsede

. Notes on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during

1913-1917. By Srpxey F. Harmer, Sc.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., Keeper of Zoology in the British Museum

(Natural EMIS tory, yore cone ep ae erie ais enocee co uidecmns se

. On the Variation of the Pit- Viper, Lachesis atrox. By

Miss Joan B. Procrsr, F.Z.S8. (Text-figures 1-5.)...

. Report on Deaths of Animals in the Gardens in 1917.

By J. A. Murray, M.D., B.Sc., F.Z.S., Director,

Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Pathologist to the

Society .

Bam me ees sees ererseseseesereess essere sesesesesees oer soeene

eee verses oscese nesses oesneseseser

weet PP Set osoersoserereserssssreseressesoosnosseeeresseoeseoseneressens

Page

133

147

163

AN ae AGS aii CAC SiS)

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1918, pp. 1-196.) : a

Page

Buatta, B. L., M.Sc., and Barnt Praswap, M.Sc.

Skull of Rana tigrina Daud. (Text-figures 1-9.) ...... 1

Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Description of a new Snake of the Genus Olzgodon

from Upper Burma. (Text-figure 1.)........................ 9

Exhibition of the head of a Congo Fish, Hydrocyon

GOULAEIE yes. eck Ee Ree talent ave ISIE <BR crn thas ois sfc sel eies sie 195

Broom, Dr. R., C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a New and a Rare

Species! ol ble Goldene MOleM er aerssasae ee ees-er cnn cece 189

CuEEsMAN, Miss L. E., Assistant Curator of Insects.

Exhibition of specimens of an EKast-African homo-

UEKOUSMNSE CE ed tant Ne. acumeeiatesl ier aasel ae esttsaeeoncs ue bee 194

CiecHorn, Miss Mauve L., F.Z.S., F.L.S., F.E.S.

First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and

Invisible Characters in Silkworms ...........c0ccseceereeeees 133

Vili

Hampson, Sir Grorce, Bart., F.Z.S.

A Classification of the Pyratip#, subfamily Hypso-

PROBINZE eee ssc een te essen cate neae eck en anete te ne ame are reece

Harmer, Sipney F., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Notes on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts

alnetayed INSEE SNE oo sae baoe cbonoc coacabab9 .Adtagnonsacccacocosec

Lantz, L. A.

Reptiles from the River Tajan (Transcaspia.) (Plate I.)

MacBrine, Professor E. W., M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

An account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of his recent

investigations into the development of the Sea-Urchin...

Mrrcuett, P. Cuatmers, M.A., D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

Secretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the months of November and December, 1917 ...

Communieation of a letter from Mr. T. E. Whitehead

GIy Wo) \NVAUGL ID WeNEO), cocoodssnnsodooosecb ooo cooosogandasndgosecac

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie -

during the month of January, 1918................-..00e0e0e

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the months of February and March, 1918 .........

Remarks on an advertisement announcing Fur Sales

iy then Wmaited States: esse snsetioieiseceeser eee ere ert eeetae

Morray, J. A., M.D., BSc., F.Z.S., Pathologist to the

Society.

Report on Deaths of Animals in the Gardens in

Pocook, R. I., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals.

On the External Characters of the Lemurs and of

Marsiuse wa(cbext-teures/l—liG3) se assscueretee eer ee ceer ec

Page

147

192

187

188

190

193

195

183

Page

Poutton, Professor, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Oommunication of a letter from Captain G. D. Hale

Carpenter on an African Civet attacking Human Beings. 191

PrasHab, Batni, M.Se. See Buatta, B. L., M.Sc.

Procter, Miss Joan B., F.Z.S8. :

Ou the Variation of the Pit-Viper, Lachesis atrox.

(Ubexabs liuineswle= 0s) Wien mtn acatiaasheveraarna sensi ee eee ain ae 163

Ree@an, C. Tatr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of photographs of an Indo Pacific Cheeto-

donteMish>en(Rext=tig ures) acgse epeecaesascee os: seers 192

Sera Smirx, D., ¥.Z.S., Curator of Birds.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of lantern-

slides made from photographs of Reptiles taken in the

Gandenst tec. ..seceacne Ae haces a deta dear cares rhage 187

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Zulu Head-dress... 195

W oop-Jones, Professor, F.Z.8., Honorary Acting Prosector.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens from the

Prosectorium illustrating the effects of Rickets ............ 196

Woopwarb, Dr. Suits, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Exhibition of a copy of an incised drawing of a hunted

CGC Teac gee ato secs e eneias SESE SE OUNOREE URE ESE OBE aan ie aa 19]

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the fossil rostral

heethiol Ho pristis: andi tr0siisi tech ue ene ae ees eaten tone 194

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918. b

pe rate AeA petgh iy tit ‘dt er wine’ oe

sea Pemiorngs h Leow

(au Solent oe By

ceEpe

evar ADRSaeerd

4 SP asiiyi 0; 5 I

e ; ‘Whos ay:

hada be Tt uit

p es ‘

SSS PP Khe Cees

INDEX.

1918.—Pages 1-196.

[New names in clarendon type. Systematic references in italics.

(z.8.U.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |

Agama sanguinolenta, 14.

Alamosa bipunctella, 65.

piperatella, 65.

Anerastia ablepta, 88.

acrophea, 88.

anemopsis, 88.

argosticha, 88. —

baliora, 88.

ephestiella, 88.

——— erasmia, 88. »«

korbi, 79.

—— pleurochorda, 88.

awiphimela, 88.

Aptenodytes patagonica (z.s. u.), 194.

Atascosa quadricolorella, 104.

Aurora longipalpetla, 106.

AVES:

Head-dress made of plumes of Chere

progne, 195.

Axis porcinus (z. 8. L.), 194.

Balenoptera acutorostrata, 148.

borealis, 149.

physalus, 151.

Balearica pavonina (z. s. L.), 195.

Bandera binotella, 89.

carneella, 90.

Bandera cupidinella, 90.

perlepidella, 90.

— subiuteella, 90.

—— virginella, 90.

Baptotropa, gen. n., 116.

tricolorella, 116.

Barberia affinitella, 181.

Bematiscus lesche ; exhibited, 189.

Biafra concinnella, 115.

— rhodinella, 115.

Bison americanus (z. s. .), 193.

Boiga-trigonatum, 16.

Cabnia myronella, 131.

Calamotropa, gen. n., 91.

pulverivena, sp.n., 91.

Calera punctilimbella, 59,

albicostella, 62.

Canis familiaris, communication, 188.

Carduelis caniceps (z. 8. L»), 187.

Carphibis spinicollis (z. s. u.), 191.

Ceara albifasciata, sp. n., 63.

-— discinotella, 63.

Chere progne: exhibited, 195.

Chortoneeca, gen. n., 80.

eurysticha, 81.

eee leucocraspia, sp. n., 81.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1918, No. XLV.

Chortoneca minimella, 81.

SSS minoralis, 8 ] .

Chrysochloris selateri: exhibited,

190.

Cenochroa californiella, 59.

illibella, 58.

inspergella, 59.

-— monomacula, 59.

Coenotropa, gen. n., 89.

—— limitella, sp. »., 89.

Commotria albinervella, sp. u.,

till

—— arrhabdella, sp.n., 108.

——- castaneipars, sp. n., 112.

crassiscapella, 110.

—— enervella, sp.n., 112.

—— erythrograpta, sp. n., 109.

invenustella, 108.

laticostella, 108.

—— mesiella, sp. n., 108. |

—— miosticta, sp. n., 110.

—— neurias, sp. n., 109. |

-— oberthuri, 108.

opacella, 108.

—— phlebicella, sp. n., 112.

—— pheenicias, sp. n., 110.

—— phycitella, 109.

—— propheella, sp. n., 112.

— rhodochroa, s).n., 111.

——-. rhodoneura, sp. n., 110. |

—— rosella, sp. n., 111.

—— roscopennella, 108.

—— rufidelineata, sp. n., 110.

—— rufimedia, sp. n., 109.

—— tripartella, sp. n., 109.

-—— venosella, sp. n., 111.

Coracopsis nigra (z. 8. L.), 187.

Coscoroba cescoroba (z. s. t.), 187.

Critonia hilgertt, 121.

—— holorhoda, 120.

-— leucopleura, sp. n., 120.

ochracéalis, 121.

—— pheoneura, sp. n., 119.

promelena, 120.

—— purpureotincta, 120.

— rhodessa, 121.

roseistrigella, 120.

—— sarcoglauca, 121.

INDEX.

Critonia sarcoida, sp. n., 121.

subconcinnella, 120.

Cygnus melanocephalus (z. 8. .), 187.

Delphinus delphis, 159.

Dembea venulosella, 64.

Discofrontia normella, 119.

Eechinoecardium cordatum: lJantern-

slide, 192.

Ematheudes crassinotella, 115.

euchlytelia, 115.

—— lentistrigalis, 114.

—— paleatella, 114.

pseudopunctella, 114.

punctella, 114.

straminella, 114,

- tunesiella, 114.

varicella, 115.

vitellinella, 115.

Emmalocera actinoleuca, sp. n.,

127.

albicostalis, 131.

— anerastica, 129.

—— aurifusella, 128.

— bifidella, 128.

—— carnatella, 130.

—— costella, 130. *

—— cremoricosta, 1380.

depressella, 128.

—— diversella, 130.

—— endopyrella, sp. n., 127.

— eremochroa, sp.n., 130.

erythrinella, 180.

laminella, 129.

latilimbella, 129.

— leucocincta, 128.

longiramella, 127.

— lucidicostella, 129.

— monochromella, 130.

ornatella, 127.

—- polychroella, sp. n., 128.

—— pulvereatis, 127.

—— radiatella, 127.

sanguifusalis, 128.

—— strigicostella, 128.

INDEX. xi

Emmalocera subfasciatella, 151. | Halicherus grypus (h. . 1), 187

— tricoloraiis, 130. :

—— uimbricostella, 129.

Holacanthus seimicirenlatus (Fig. 1),

photograph, 192.

—— umbrivittella, 131. | Hosidia ochrineurella, 64.

—— variegateila, 129. Hydrocyon goliath ; exhibited, 195.

Epidauria chionocraspis, sp.n-, | Hyperoodon rostratus, 153.

92. Hypsotropa acnidias, 77.

— discella, 92. — adumbratella, 73. .

—— perfasciella, sp. n., 92. —— albivenalis, 70.

—— pheniceella, 92. —— approximella, 77.

strigosa, 92. — hipartella, 78.

—— subcostella, sp. n., 93. | —— biscrensis, sp. n., 69.

—-- transversariella, 92. | —— castella, 78.

Eremias intermedia, 14. gener j a i

- — (Mesalina) guttulata, 15. eee See ease

+— velox velox, 14. | —— cremoricosta, sp. u., 7+.

Eryx miliaris, 17. — diaphza, sp. n.. 79.

Ethiotropa, gen. n., 116. —— dyseimata, 75.

pyromerella, sp. n., 116. —— endorhoda, sp. n., 76.

ETHOLOGY. — | —— euryzona, 75.

Insecta: Exhibition of specimens —— fuscostrigella, 68.

of an East-African homopterous __. fusifasciata, sp. n., 71.

insect, 194. | —— graptophlebia, sp. n., 76.

Eudocimus ruber (z. s. t.), 191. | —— heterocerella, 68.

Eumeces schneideri, 15. | icasmopis, 75.

scutatus, 15. ichorella, 72.

—— illectalis, 69.

Felis chaus (2. 8. t.), 194. waiematellsL, 1k.

Fondunkia translucidella, 131. ee aa it

Fossifrontia leuconeurella, 107. See ie

—— leucocraspis, sp. n., 77.

leucophlebiella, 77.

Genneeus swinhoii (z. s. u.), 191. —— limbella, 71.

GEOGRAPHICAL: ——— luteicostella, 70.

Insecta: An East-African homo- | —— monostidza, sp. n., 76.

pterous insect from Nairobi, 194. neurica, 78.

Mammatra: On Cetacea stranded on | ——- niphopleura, 75.

the British Coasts, 147. —— niveicosta, sp n., 74.

Pisces: Head of Hydrocyon goliath | ——— ochricostella, sp. n., 70.

from the Congo, 195. ~ —— ocraceella, sp. n., 69.

Rertitia: Reptiles from the River | papuasella, 73.

Tajan, 11. —- paucipunctella, 72.

Globicephala melena, 157. —— periphza, sp. n., 74.

Gorgon taurinus (z. 8. L.), 187. ——— pervittella, sp. n., 68.

Grampus griseus, 157. phyrdes, 73.

Gymnodactylus caspius, 14. polyactinia, 70.

microlepis, sp. n. (PJ. I. fig. 1), .—— polystictella, sp. n., 77.

ie | —— punctinervella, sp. n., 72.

X1V

INDEX,

Hypsotropa purpurella, sp.u.,71.

[NSE

pusillclla, 73.

psamathella, 70.

quadripunctella, Tb.

ramulosella, 76.

rhodochroella, sp. n., 69.

rhodosticha, 77.

ToOsescens, sp. u., 79.

sabuletella, 73.

seeletella, ‘72.

semirosella, 69.

solipunctella, 72.

stereosticha, 75.

subcostella, sp. 1., 68.

syriacella, 72.

tenutcostella, 69.

tenuinervella, 73.

tripartalis, sp. n., 7

wnipunctella, 71.

vertheimsteint, 72.

- vulneratella, 72.

zophopleura, 71,

cra.

1 the Pyralidx, subfamily Hypso-

tropine : systematic, 55; On visible

and invisible characters in Silk-

worms: structure, 183; On an

Hast-African homopterous insect,

194.

Ityrea nigrocincta: exhibited, 194.

Lagenorhynchus aculus, 158.

allirostris, 158.

Laurentia albivenella, sp. n., 90.

inclarella, 91.

Leotropa, gen. »., 64.

Lopl

Lutr

Mab

papuanensis, sp. n., 65.

phoenicias, sp. n., 64.

sarcina, sp. n., 64.

1ophorus jmpeyanus (z. s.u.), 191.

w lutra (z.s..), 191.

uia septenteniata, 10.

MAMMALIA.

Skull of Rana tigrina: structure, 1;

External Characters of the Lemurs

and of Zarsius: structure, 19; On

Oetacea stranded on the British

Coasts: structure, 147; Communi-

cation of letter on the Wild Dingo,

188; On a new species of the

Golden Mole: structure, 189; On

the rare Golden Mole, 190: Copy

of drawing of a hunted Deer, 191 ;

On an African Civet attacking

Human Beings, 191: On Fur Sales

in the United States, 195.

Martia arizonella, 118.

Megalophota, gen. v., 117.

—— leonella, sp. n., 118.

Menuthia navella, 61.

Mesodiphletia crassivenia, 62:

-—— deliquella, 62.

~—— ochraceella, sp. n., 62.

rosella, 62.

stricticostella, 62.

Mesoplodon bidens, 15d.

Metacrateria, gen. n., 79.

—— metallaciis, '79.

Miasticta, sp. n., 79.

— rerirrorella, sp. n., 79.

—— pulverulella, 79.

Monoctenocera brachiella, 122.

—— leucania, 122.

MorpPuHoLoey.

See STRUCTURE.

Nasua narica (z. 8. .), 190.

Nuti

ia tessellata, 17.

Navasota chionophlebia, sp. n.,

66.

—— discipunctella, sp. n., 67.

-~—— hemapheeella, sp. n., 66.

~—— hebetella, 66.

leuconeurella, sp. n., 66.

—— myriolecta, 67.

—— persectella, sp. n., 66.

—— syriggia, sp. u., 67.

Oligodon hamptoni, sp. n. (Fig. 1),

INDEX. XOVi as

Ollia honoponerelia, 104.

parvella, 104,

santartiella, 104.

Orcinus orca, 156.

Osacia lineolella, 123.

Oxyrhopus cleelia: lantern-slide, 188.

PATHOLOGY.

Animals in the Society's Gardens,

188.

Patna brunneicostella, sp. n., 117.

—— eboricostella, 117.

—-— venatella, sp.n., 117.

Pectinigeria pamponerella, 104.

-— violodis, 104.

Peoria albidella, 78.

Phocena phocena, 159.

Phenicopterus chilensis (z. 8. L.), 187.

—— roseus (%. 8.1..), 187.

Physeter catodon, 151.

PIscus.

On the development of the Sea-

Urchin, 192; A Cheetodont Fish

with Arabic characters, 192; On

fossil rostral teeth of Eopristis and

Pristis, 194; Exhibition of head

of a Hydrocyon goliath, 195.

Polyocha achromatella, sp. n.,

126.

——. cinerella, 125.

detritella, 126.

— flagrantella, 125.

—— foucarti, 126. ;

—— fuscicostella, sp. n., 126.

gensanalis, 125.

leucopleurelia, 124.

—— neuropterelia, 126.

—— plinthochroa, sp. n., 124.

—- rhodesie, 131.

——- sanguinariella, 125.

—— stipella, 125.

— strigivenella, 125.

—— venosa, 125.

—— vesculella, 125.

Polyplectruim chinquis (z. 8. u.), 191.

Powjadia cyttarella, 104.

— leuconewra, 104.

Powjadia pimella, 104.

Prinanerastia incarnatella, 80.

—— lactealis, 80.

— lotella, 80.

nitidicostella, 80.

Prophtasia amplichea, sp. n., 105.

—— bistriatelia, 106.

—— epiteuxis, sp. n., 105.

-—— glaucophza, sp. n., 105.

-—— platycerella, 104.

—— pyrostrota, sp. n., 106.

-_— sphalmatella, sp. n., 105.

Ragonotia dotalis, 124.

Raphimetopus, gen. n., 78.

—— ablutella, 78.

—— spinifrontella, 78.

REPTILIA :

On a new Snake of the Genus

Oligodon : systematic, 9; Reptiles

from the River Tajan: systematic,

11; On the variation of the Pit-

Viper: structure, 163; Lantern-

slides made from photographs of

Reptiles, 188.

Rhinaphe apotomella, 82.

— approximella, sp.n., 82.

biseriella, 85.

brunneovittella, 85.

castanealis, 83.

—— celselia, 83.

-—— conspersella, 86.

ella, 86.

—— enervella, 84.

—— endonephele, sp. n., 87.

—-— flavescentella, 84.

-—— furvimacula, sp. n., 87.

haploschema, 84.

—— hemirhodella, 85.

— holophea, 8:3.

—-— ignetincta, sp. n., 87.

—— infumella, 86.

—— lateritiella, sp. n., 86.

—— leucoteniella, 85.

——- lotricella, 85.

—— mictochroella, 87.

neesimella, 83.

Xvi

thinaphe nigricostalis, 83.

——- pailidicosta, 84.

—— pheostrotella, sp.n, 85.

plinthina, 83.

—— sangirensis, sp. n., 85.

--— secholdi, 87.

-—— separatella, 84.

—— signicollis, 87.

—— stictella, 84.

—— syssema, 86.

------ taliella, 86.

—— vectiferella, 88.

venelia, 83.

— venilineella, sp. n., 86.

—— virginella, 84.

Rhodochrysa superbella, 89.

Sabormania pia, 131.

Saborina forcipella, 122.

-—— papuacola, sp.n., 123.

vicina, 123.

Saluria albivenella, 99.

—— anchridis, 98.

-—— arcticostella, 100.

ardiferella, 99.

hreviculella, 101.

callirhoda, 103.

—— cancelliella, 102.

——— carnescens, sp. n., 94.

—-— claricostella, 95.

ctenucha, 94.

—— Gesertella, sp: n., 97.

—— devylderi, 100.

—-- dichroella, 101.

—— distictella, sp.n., 101.

ensiferella, 102.

erodella, 98.

jflammella, 94.

——- flavicosta, sp. n., 96.

— Jenrkompsoaersill, ps n., 98.

—— floscella, 96.

—- furvella, 100.

—— gemmatella, 100.

—— glareosella, 95.

——— grammivena, sp. n., 99.

—— hemiphealis, 94.

—— holochroa, 102.

INDEX.

Saluria inficita, 96.

—— insignificella, sp. n., 103.

— interpunctella, sp.n., 103.

— lentistrigella, sp. n., 97.

—— macrella, 100.

—— maculivittella, 102.

magnesiella, 103.

—— mesomelanella, sp. n., 103.

—— minutella, 95.

-— museella, 28.

= neotomella, 101.

—— neuricella, sp. n., 98.

—— nigritella, 99.

—— nilgiriensis, sp. n., 95.

-— ochridorsella, 97.

—— opificella, 101.

ostreella, 102.

paranensis, 98.

—— paucigraphella, 94.

pectigerella, 102.

pleurosticha, 98.

-—— proleucella, sp. n., 99.

—— psammatelia, sp. n., 94.

pulverosa, 102,

—— rhodophea, sp. n., 100.

rosella, 97.

-—— rufella, sp. n., 101.

—— semirosella, sp, n., 94.

—— sepicostella, 99.

—— spurcella, 96,

—— stictella, sp. n., 96.

——- stictophora, sp. n., 96.

—-— subcarnella, 100.

-—— subcostella, sp. n., 100.

—- tenuicosta, sp. n., 98.

tetradella, 102.

—— triparteila, 108.

—— varicoselia, 99.

verecundella, 97.

Schenectadia merilesella, 131.

Schlegelia wilsont (%. s. u.), 187.

Siboga albimediella, sp. n., 113.

—— dialeucella, sp. n., 113.

—— falsella, 113.

zeavora, sp. n., 113.

Statina hifasciella, 60.

cashmiralis, 60.

—— gaudiella, 60. °

: INDEX.

Statina punctitineella, 60.

rhodobaphella, 6\).

roseotinctella, 60.

—— rosinella, sp. n., 60.

STRUCTURE.

Insecta: On visible and invisible

characters in Silkworms, 133.

Mamnania: Skull of Rana tigrina, 1;

External characters of the Lemurs

and of Tarsiws, 19; On Cetacea

stranded on the British Coasts,

147; On a new species of the

Golden Mole, 189.

ReptintA: On the variation of the

Pit-Viper, 163.

Sudania subcostella, 88.

Tampa dimediatella, 63.

Taphrometopon lineolatum, 16.

Xxvil

‘Tetrapteryx paradisea (z. s. L.), 193.

Tinerastia discipunctella, 61.

Jissirella, 61.

Tursiops truncatus, 157.

VARIATION:

ReptiniA: On the variation of the

Pit-Viper, 163.

Pisces: A Chetodont Fish with

Arabic characters; On fossil ros-

tral teeth of Eopristis and Pristis,

194.

Vipera lebitina, 15.

Zamenis diadema, 16.

rhodorahchis, 16.

Ziphius cavirostris, 154.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEBY STRERT,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

“ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

1918.

PARTS I. & Thine, nso

CONTAINING Paces 1 to 196, witu | Prate

AND 82 TEXT-FIGURES.

AUGUST 1918.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK.

: LONDON : :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREHN, AND CoO.,

PATERNOSTHR ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

ris

Bae

f y

LVS Ot 30. NEN Die:

1918, Parts I. & II. (pp. 1-196)

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie durimg the months

of November and..December.alOl7 siieestocet cee Se ei ee ee 187

Mr. D. Suru Smitu, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series

of lantern-slides made from photographs of Reptiles taken in the Gardens ........ 187

Dr. P. Caatmers Mircuntn, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Communication of a letter

from Mr. T. E. Whitehead onthe Wild Dineor ..4e J 25. 5 Gee oe ee 188

Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a New and a Rare Species of

bie Golden Mole .si2i 2.205 Habs: Nat 4 iis Potent 4 wee oe een eet 183

The Sucrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month

Of danuary,, ROG s crac acs aiete cies eee epee Siete ee, RRC ee tant ieee parca LE

Dr. Suir Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. Exhibition of a copy of an incised drawing ofa |

hunted deer’ cess 27. Gracin cine te cin aes See te eee ne arte eee 191

Professor Povutron, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Communication of a letter from Captain G. D. Hale

Carpenter on an African Civet attacking Human Beings ...........0000.-.00000 191

Professor E. W. MacBripu, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S8. An account, illustrated by

lantern-slides, of his recent investigations into the development of the Sea-Urchin.. 192

Mr. D. Sera Situ, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition and description of skins of the

Hoxsizin} allustrated:bylantern-slides (s,s: hece eee ee eee Peel Oe

Mr. C. Tavs Rugan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of photographs of an Indo-Pacific

Ohxtodont Fish." (Dext-feure 1) o.0 5, 20. te oe ee ee 192

The Srcrurary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month

of Hebruanye dol 8 sic tiara ae ke Ik eee iatradatvdiele Guicy euaontnn ert ward tan saan ae neat 193

Miss L. E. Cunnsman, Assistant Curator of Insects. Exhibition of specimens of an Hast-

Afrieanshomopterous insect ~... 0.00.0 s sn oe cies SO eee ee

Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the fossil

rostral teeth of Hopristis and Pristis ...... <'eSiai eitelau sh ouehes Umeua ebch a tape omelet car Rataaan cesta case 194

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF TIT

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PAPERS.

1. Skull of Rana tigrina* Daud. By B. L. Buarta, M.Se.,

and Baint PrasHap, M.Sc. (Assistant Professors of

Zovlogy, Gav conmene College, Lahore)+.

Acgirsonian nstyt, alos

FEB 17 1920

[Received August 8, 1917: Read February 5, ne

(Text-figures 1-9.) (

INDEX. ’ Pages we

Siuchuneseay cM ns te ee ae i Ja

In a recent paper Nicholls (2) pointed out that Rana tigrine

Daud., which is generally used as a laboratory type throughout

India, ‘differs markedly in several skeletal and other characters

from the common Kuropean forms (2. temporaria and R. escu-

lenta), of which a detailed description is generally given in the

ordinary English text-books. Nicholls had previously (1) pub-

lished a Note on the urostyle of A. tigrina and several other

anurous Amphibia, and in the first-mentioned paper he deals

with the vertebral column, the shoulder-girdle and sternum,

and the tenth spinal nerve; the skull of 2. tigrina, which pre-

sents no less marked differences, however, has not received

consideration.

As far back as 1881, Parker (4), whilst working out the mor-

phology of the batrachian skull, published short descriptions of

* (Dr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., informs me that the Lahore Frog has been

identified by him as belonging to the typical form.—Kp. P.Z.S.] .

+ Communicated by Lieut.-Colonel J. SrrePpHeEnson, D.Sc., I.M.S., F.Z.S.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. I. 1

2 PROFS. B. L. BILATIA AND BAINI PRASHAD ON THE

the skulls of several Indian species including 2. tigrina, but the

account of the latter is incomplete and suffers through having

been drawn up from the study of a single specimen. Both the

published description and the plate are inaccurate in several

important respects, and therefore it was considered desirable to

work out in detail the anatomy of the skull of this common

Indian frog, and to correct the errors which have crept into the

otherwise excellent account given by him. For this purpose the

authors have prepared a large series of fresh skulls. and examined

them both in the wet and the dry condition. This has been

supplemented by an examination of the large number of skulls of

this type which are used for study by the students working in

the Government College laboratory.

The Cranium.

The skull in this frog is very much larger than in the two

common European species. An average-sized adult skull measured

40 mm. in the antero-posterior and 37 mm. in the transverse

(direction, while one of the largest measured 45 mm. in the longi-

tudinal and 48 mm. in the transverse direction. The cranium,

which is wide behind, narrows somewhat anteriorly. The superior

surface is markedly arched, its most prominent point being a

little in front of the occipital region. All the bones associated

with the cranium, both investing and replacing, show a marked

development; thus the original cartilaginous structure has been

considerably reduced. As remarked by Parker (4), 2. tegrina

presents one of the most perfect examples of Batrachian cranial

architecture.

The Bones of the Cranium.

The Hxoccipital bones (text-figs. 1-4, eo.) bounding the foramen

magnum meet each other in the middle line ventrally, and leave

only a very small V-shaped area of unossified original cartilage

between their dorsal ends (all that is left uncovered of the

original tectwm synoticum). ‘The tectwm synoticum never reaches

he) superior border of the foramen magnum, and in the skull of

older specimens this little area also becomes ossified. The two

bones are seen meeting each other and the slight median pro-

jection on the posterior border of the fronto-parietals. In

conformity with the great strength and massive proportions of

this frog, the occipital condyles are large and are well seen in

both dorsal and ventral views of the skull. (text-figs. 1-4).

Laterally, where the exoccipital meets the prootic it presents a

prominent bony ridge (processus mastoideus), there being a thin

strip of cartilage between the two bones in the young specimen

only.

The Prootic bones (text-figs. 1 & 7, po.) form a eonsiderable

portion of the roof and anterior wall of the auditory capsule, and

extend forwards to form a portion of the inner wall of the orbit.

Dorsally each presents a quadrilateral area (vide text-fig. 1)

SKULL OF RANA 'TIGRINA.

capt |

Text-figure 1.

cele ty

Rana tigrina; dorsal view of skull.

a.l., alinasal process; c.a., columella auris; ¢0., exoccipital; f., anterior fontanelle ;

f.0., fenestra ovalis ; fp , fronto-parietal; m., maxilla ; x., nasal; p., palatine;

p.c., palatal cartilage ; pm., premaxilla; p.nl., prenasal process ; po., prootic ;

p.r., rostral process; p.7h., rhinal process; ps., parasphenoid ; pt., pterygoid ;

q-, quadrate cartilage ; ¢7., quadrato-jugal ; s., squamosal ; se., sphenethmoid ;

sm., septo-maxillary ; s.n., septum nasi; sp., septum dividing the anterior part

of the sphenethmoid ; s¢., stapes; v., vomer. I, II, III, IV, V, VII, IX, X,

refer to the foramina for the exit of the cranial nerves.

Text-figure 2.

R. tigrina ; veutral view of skuil.

For explanation of the letters see text-Tig. 1.

4 PROFS. B. L. BHATIA AND BAINI PRASHAD ON THE

between the fronto-parietal and exoccipital on the inner side and

the inwardly directed horizontal flange of the squamosal, which

partly overlaps it, on the outer. Anteriorly the prootic bone

forms nearly the whole of the anterior wall of the auditory cap-

sule; a small area on the outer side of this anterior wall remains

cartilaginous. On the inner side this anterior portion curves

forwards to form the posterior part of the inner wall of the

orbit. In this angle is situated the foramen for the exit of

cranial nerves v. to vii. The foramen is completely surrounded

Text-figure 3.

R. tigrina ; lateral view of skull.

Text-figure 4.

R. tigrina : posterior aspect of skull.

For explanation of the letters see text-fic. 1.

by the prootic bone, and is not merely a notch completed below

by cartilage. The ventral and the posterior walls of the anditory

capsule are cartilaginous. Postero- laterally the prootic extends

to meet the exoccipitals: at the junction of the two is a curved

irregular depression, the fossa tympanica. which lodges the

auditory ossicles and in which the foramen ovale is situated.

The suspensorium of the lower jaw is attached more externally

to the side of the auditory capsule. The styloid cartilage. is

attached to the outer side of the cartilaginous portion of the

capsule.

SKULL OF RANA TIGRINA. 5

The Parasphenoid (text-figs. 2 & 6, ps.) is of the typical form,

‘but unusually strong. The transverse limb les under the

-occipito-auditory masses. Its posterior border is deeply concave

and the ends of the transverse limb are considerably wider than -

the portion near the middle line. The posterior median process

of the longitudinal arm is short and often elegantly pointed.

The anterior longer longitudinal arm, besides forming the ficor.

rises up on each side to form.a portion of the lateral wall of the

cranium. About the middle it is broader than at the ends. The

outer edges articulate with the prootics. the cartilaginous portion

oi the cranium, and the sphenethmoid. .The cartilaginous portion

of the side-wall of the cranium is a much smaller than

‘the anterior sphenoidal portion.

R. tigrina ; separated bones from the skull.

pm., premanxilla: m.. mavilla: #., nasal: fp... fronie-parictal : s_, squameosal.

The Fronto-parietals (text-figs. 1. 3, and 5, fp.) are adequately

described by Parker-(4) in the following words -—

~ Above, the fronto-pariétals form a strong roof with a

notch in front, the remains of the frontal suture, but are

wholly coalesced beyond this; they end behind m two broad

wings which spread over the hinder region of the cranium

almost to the end. At first hollow in “the middle, im the

postorbital region they develop a sagittal erest, which opens

out into two temporal wings. The temporal part dips into

the orbit and then rises over the ear-masses moulding on to

their sinuosities. The sides are notched, and the end ‘has a

concave Margin.” -

6 PROFS, B. L. BHATIA AND BAINI PRASHAD ON THE

On removing the fronto-parietal it is seen that there is only

one anterior fontanelle (vide text-fig. 7, f.), bounded anteriorly

by a deep notch in the posterior margin of the sphenethmoid

and posteriorly by the cartilaginous cranium. The posterior -

Text-figure 6.

R. tigrina; separated bones from the skull.

v., vomer ; ps., parasphenoid ; g7., quadrato-jugal ; q., quadrate; pt., pterygoid.

Text-figure 7.

eo.

R. tigrina; dorsal aspect of skull after removal of investing bones.

For explanation of the letters see text-fig. 1.

fontanelles usually found in other forms are absent. Parker, in

his description, stated “that the fontanelles are presumably like-

those of the lesser kinds,” but this is not the case.

SKULL OF RANA TIGRINA. i

The Sphenethmoid (text-figs. 1, 2,3, 7,8, and 9, se.) is more

strongly developed than in the European species, and extends

posteriorly almost to the region of the optic foramen. Anteriorly

it extends on either side so as to form a part of the anterior

boundary of the orbit (vide text-fig. 8); this feature is much

better marked in the adult specimens. In the average adult

specimen its front portion forms more than half the extent of the

nasal roof, floor, and the middle wall. In a dorsal view a lozenge

or diamond-shaped area of this bone (vide text-fig. 1) is left

between the nasals anteriorly and the anterior median notch of

the fronto-parietals behind.

Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.

R, tigrina.

Text-fig. 8.—Sphenethmoid, dorsal aspect after removal of investing bones.

sé., Sphenethmoid; p., palatine; p.c., palatal cartilage.

Text-fig. 9.—Sphenethmoid, anterior aspect.

I., aperture for olfactory nerve ; sp., septum.

The cartilaginous skeleton of the nose does not call for any

special remarks, except that in addition to the rhinal process

(text-fig. 7, p.rh.) there is a median prenasal rostrum (p.7.) in

continuation of the septum nasi (s.n.). A definite septo-maaillary

(sm.) is present on either side, extending horizontally from the

anterior wall into the nasal cavity, though Parker (4) regarded

them as mere ossifications in the nasal cartilage.

The Bones of the Face.

The Wasals (text-figs. 1, 3, & 5, ».) are large broad-based

triangular bones, meeting each other in the middle line and

diverging posteriorly to enclose the diamond-shaped area of the

sphenethmoid referred to above, and to. meet the anterior ends of

the fronto-parietals. Anteriorly also they extend as far forwards.

as nearly to reach the nasal processes of the premaxille. The

apex or external angle of the triangular bone is drawn out and

extends outwards to meet the ascending process of the maxilla.

The Vomers (text-figs. 2 & 6, v.) meet each other in the middle

line posteriorly, but diverge anteriorly leaving a portion of the

8 ON THE SKULL OF RANA TIGRINA.

floor of the nasal capsule uncovered. The outer border presents

two notches, the posterior one bounding the posterior nares.

The vomerine teeth are situated in an oblique line along the

posterior border.

The Squamosals (text-figs. 1, 3, 4, & 5, s.) are strongly deve-

loped. From the posterior half of the cross-bar is given off a

horizontal shelf-like process covering the tegmen tympani and

extending inwards along its posterior border as far as the

junction of the prootic and the exoccipital.

The Pterygoids (pt.), Palatines (p.), Quadrato-jugals (q,j.),

Masxille (m.), bones of the lower jaw and the hyoid apparatus

are of the usual type. An interesting feature, however, is the

presence of three well-marked depressions on the ventral side of

the upper jaw in its anterior portion (vide text-fig. 2). The

middle one of these depressions is between the two premaxille ;

it receives a corresponding median projection from the mento-

meckelians. The two lateral depressions are at the junction of

the premaxilla with the maxilla of each side; each accommodates

a strongly developed projection of the dentary of each side.

Literature cited.

1. NicHoLis, GrorGE EK.—A Note on the Urostyle (0s coceygewm)

of the Anurous Amphibia. Proceedings of the Zoological

Society of London, 1915, p. 239.

2. NicHoLis, GEeorGeE E.—Some Notes upon the Anatomy of

Rana tigrina, Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London, 1915, p. 603.

3. Parker, W. K.—On the Structure and Development of the

Skull of the Common Frog (Rana temporaria L.). Philo-

sophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London,

Si vol Loleap aot:

4. Parker, W. K.—On the Structure and Development of the

Skull in the Batrachia.—Part III. Philosophical Trans-

actions of the Royal Society of London, 1881, vol. 172,

Denlie

ON A NEW SNAKE OF THE GENUS OLIGOLON, 9

2. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Oligodon

from Upper Burma. By G. A. BouLEncsr, F.R.S.,

jeter

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Receiyed January 1, 1918: Read February 5, 1918. ]

(Text-figure 1.)

OLIGODON HAMPTONI.

In 1905 I deseribed a new Oligodon* occupying an isolated

position in the genus, of which two specimens had been obtained

Text-figure 1.

Jen

‘i

Oligodon hamptoni, sp. n.

at Mogok, Upper Burma, by the late Mr. Herbert Hampton.

* Oligodon herberti Boulenger, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xvi. 1995, p. 235,

pl. fig. 1.—The species has been rediscovered in Tonkin and notic2d as O. herberti,

var. eberhardti, by Pellegrin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xxxv. 1910, p. 30.

10 ON A NEW SNAKE OF THE GENUS OLIGODON.

Three years later the British Museum received another specimen

found at the same place by the same collector and which per-

tains to the same aberrant group, although unquestionably of a

distinct species. I had put aside the specimen in the hope of

obtaining others; but as the hope must now be given up, I

propose to give a description of this handsome and very remark-

able Snake.

Nasal undivided; portion of rostral seen from above a little

longer than its distance from the frontal, penetrating rather far

between the prefrontals; no internasals; frontal longer than its

distance from the end of the‘snout, shorter than the parietals ;

loreal small, longer than deep; one prz- and one postocular ;

temporals 1+1; five upper labials, second and third entering

the eye; three or four lower labials in contact with the anterior

chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior. Scales in

15 rows. Ventrals 160; anal divided; subcaudals 32. A broad

yellow vertebral band, from the nape to the end of the tail,

between a pair of reddish brown, black-edged dorsal bands of

about the same width ; sides bluish grey, with two narrower dark

brown bands, the lower interrupted; head yellow with dark

brown markings: a spot capping the tip of the snout, a cres-

centic band from lip to lip through the eyes and across the

snout, an elongate spot on the frontal and on the suture between

the parietals, connected with a large occipital bifid spot which is

continued as bands along the body, and an oblique band from the

parietal to the commissure of the mouth and below.. Belly red,

with black bars occupying a whole shield or interrupted and

alternating ; lower surface of tail uniform red.

Total length 540 millim.; tail 70.

A single male specimen.

Although not longer than O. herberti, this is a much heavier

Snake, which must be regarded for the present as the largest and

handsomest of all the Oligodons.

Sit ae

ie gare

PeZ Se ots ANA ee bae

Bale & Danielsson, Ltd.

LIZARDS FROM TRANSCASPIA.

ON REPTILES FROM THE RIVER TAJAN. 1

3. Reptiles from the River Tajan (Transcaspia).

By L. A. Lantz *.

| Received February 5, 1918: Read February 19, 1918.}

(Plate I.)

The small collection of reptiles which I am about to describe-

was made from April to September 1914 by Mr. N. V.

Meriakri, who presented it to the Zoological Museum of the

Moscow University. Prof. G. A. Kojevnikof was kind enough

to entrust me with its study.

This material, although consisting of only 35 specimens, con-

tains 16 species, one of which appears to he new. It thus affords.

interesting information on the herpetological fauna of the region.

of the river Tajan, situated at the meeting of the Persian, Afghan,

and Transcaspian frontiers.

]. (GYMNODACTYLUS MICROLEPIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

3.6. Length of head and body (from snout to vent) 61, 60,

and 40 mm.

Head oviform, rather depressed. Snout much longer than the

diameter of the eye. Forehead slightly concave. Har-opening

small, elliptical. Proportion : nf slang ebeot head tye =()'27 to

0°30; average 0-28. length of head and body

Body moderate, depressed. A well-marked lateral fold.

. : length of fore limb

Linbs rather long. Proportion : ;—— 2 SD

length of head and body

to 0°43; average 0°43. Proportion : iene Oe ta Lal

=0°61 to 0°64: average 0:63. length of head and body

_ Tail cyclotetragonal and slightly depressed at the base, becoming

Eeiapauen ‘ ail

cylindrical towards the end. Proportion : — lengphioh tata. =

= 1-33 (1 spec.). length of head and body

Rostral broader than deep, with median clett above. Nostril

pierced between the rostral, the first supralabial, and 3 feebly

swollen nasals. 10 or 11 supralabials. Scales of snout, forehead,

and supraocular region polygonal, slightly convex, small in the

postnasal depression, enlarged in front of the eye. One enlarged

superciliary. Parietal and occipital regions covered with small,

roundish, feebly convex scales, intermixed with larger, more

convex, or slightly conical ones. On the temple a few large,

moderately conical, but not keeled tubercles ; the other temporal

scales small, granular; in front of the ear-opening 2 or 3 small

tubercles.

Mental large, sub-triangular. 7 to 9 infralabials. 3 pairs

of chin-shields, the first not forming a suture behind the apex

* Communicated by G. A. BoutEnGER, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

12 MR. L. A. LANTZ ON

of the mental. Gular scales extremely small, roundish, scarcely

imbricate.

Neck with very small, juxtaposed, granular scales and longi-

tudinal rows of large, slightly conical, but not keeled scales,

changing gradually along the back into 12 or 14 longitudinal

rows of moderate, elongated, trihedval tubercles; between the

median rows a row of small tubercles. The other scales of the

back larger than those of the neck, flat, feebly imbricate ; across

the middle of the body 62 to 65 dorsal scales (in a transverse line

passing between the tubercles).

Ventral scales small, cycloid, smooth, 35 to 38 in a transverse

row in the middle of the belly, 136 to 144 in the median line

from the mental to the vent.

Suprahumeral scales rather small, imbricate, more or less

rounded, smooth, or indistinctly keeled. Forearm covered with

seales like the dorsals, and with a few moderately keeled

tubercles. Infrahumeral scales granular, juxtaposed. Infra-

radial scales like the ventrals.

Suprafemoral scales imbricated, pointed, smooth, or indistinctly

keeled on the mner side of the thigh; the other parts of the

thigh and leg covered with scales like the dorsals, intermixed

with large, moderately prominent trihedral tubercles. Infra-

femoral scales large, roundish, imbricate. Male with a continuous

series of 34 to 39 femoral and preanal pores. Infratibial scales

similar to the ventrals, but a little larger.

Tail covered above with transverse rows of very large, mode-

rately keeled spinose scales, decreasing in size to. wards the end of

the tail; between these rows of large seales about two rows otf

small, imbricate, more or less distinctly keeled ones, On the

loner side of the tail, except at its base, a single row of enlarged

transverse plates.

Coloration grey above, with more or less distinct darker trans-

verse bands, which are disposed as follows :—one on the occipital

region, one on the.neck, 4 to 7 on the back, about 12 on each

limb, 12 on the tail. Lower parts white.

Comparative Notes.

The presence of a series of numerous femoral and preeanal pores

show G. microlepis to belong to the group of G. caspius EKichw.

It is especially closely allied to G. fedtschenkot Str. and G. longipes

Nik., agreeing with the former in proportions and with the

latter im most characters of scaling. I am greatly indebted to

Mr. W. A. Lindholm, who was so lind as to examine the types

and other material of G. longipes, which are preserved in the

Museum of the Petrograd Academy of Science *. Owing to his

notes, which complete the description given by Nikolskit, I

am able to state that these two species are quite distinct.

* Nos. 8809 (3 g), 8810 (1 ¢, 2 2), 8811 (1 2), from Neh in Eastern Persia,

18. v. 1896, leg. N. A. Zarudny (types); Nos. 9191 (19), 9198 (1g, 49), 9194.

oe the country Zirkuh in Eastern Persia, 21. iv. to 6. v.1898, leg. N. A.

LATUany.

z Ae Mus. Z-ol. Acad. St. Petersb. 1897, p. 313.

REPYILES FROM THE RIVER TAJAN. 13-

Mr. Lindholm measured specimens of G. longipes and obtained’

the following data :—

3 = a)

Length of fore limb estes 7, =e pa Ss

: Fe >

Length of head and body — 0°48 to 0°51; average 0°50 0° 49 to 9°51; average 0° 50

Length of hind limb

Length of head and body

= 0°69 to 0°73; average 0°71 0°65 to 0°70; average 0°68

The comparison with the corresponding data of G. microlepis

shows the difference in the length of limbs*. Besides G. lon-

gipes has 12 to 15 supralabials, and the first pair of chin-shields.

almost always forming a suture behind the mental; on one-

specimen only out of 14 these plates. are separated by two small

scales. As to the size of the tubercles of the head, neck, and

back, the scaling of the throat and belly, the number of femoral

and preeanal pores, the two species seem to agree.

There is a very interesting gradation in the characters of

‘scaling between the three species G’, microlepis, G. fedtschenkoi,

and G. caspius. G. microlepis has the smallest and the most

numerous scales, its tubercles are relatively feebly developed ;

G. fedtschenkot forms the link between the foregoing and G. cas-

pius, which has the largest and the least numerous scales, and |

very strongly developed tubercles. The following table con-

tains the most important distinctive characters of these three

species :— ;

; G. microlepis. G. fedtschenkoi +. G. caspius f.

Tubercles of the temple ... moderately conical. conical. trihedral.

Before the ear-opening ... ... 2 or 3 small tubercles. 2 or 3 small tubercles. 1 large tubercle.

On the neck ................., slightly conical scales. moderately prominent very prominent large.

; trihedral tubercles. trihedral tubercles.

Tubercles of the back ...... moderate, prominent, large,. prominent, not very large, very promi--

not spmose. spinose. nent, often spinose.

Guuilatiscales=ssssesee asses extremely small. very small. small.

Number of scales in a line |

between the apex of the |

mental or the suture of > 136 to 144. 123 to 131. 100 to 114.

the chin-shields and the |

analuclerginare ru)

Number of Bea “seales )

across the middle of the - 35 to 38. 30 to 338. 24 to 29.

belly ALi)

Suprafemorals on the inner 2 small, smooth, or in- moderate, distinctly large, strongly keeled.

side of the thigh ......... ) distinctly keeled. keeled.

Number of femoral and) 34. to 39. 26 §.

preanal pores ............ 9

* Nikolski attributes as a distinctive character to G. longipes the greater diameter

of the eye, which he supposes to be longer than the distance from eye to nostril ;

with this statement Mr. Lindholm does not agree.

+ Material: 2 ¢ from Samarkand.

¢ Material: 2 9 from Shemakha (Caucasus); 5 spec. (2 ¢, 12, 2 juv.) from

Sangatshaly near Baku (Caucasus): 3 spec. (1¢,22) trom Askhabad (‘Transcaspia),

1 g¢ trom Anat (Transcaspia), and the 2 described here trom the river Tajan.

* § 24 to 84 ventral scales and 30 to 37 pores, according to Nikolski, Fauna of

Russia. Reptiles I., Petrograd 1915, p. 78.

|| The maximum is 30, according to Nikolski, Joc. cit. p. 74.

14 MR. L. A. LANTZ ON

2. GymNopactyus caspius Eichw. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

12. Length of head and body 65mm. 9/10 supralabials,

7/8 infralabials. 14 longitudinal rows of dorsal tubercles. 65

dorsal scales in a transverse row across the middle of the body.

101 scales in a line between the suture of the chin-shields and

the vent. 28 ventral scales across the middle of the belly.

3. AGAMA SANGUINOLENTA Pall.

4 specimens, agreeing in every respect with others from

Transcaspia (Askhabad, Anat, Bairam-Ali). Length of head and

body 83 mm. (¢), 81 mm. (¢), 78 mm. (9), and 36 mm. (juv.).

14 to 17 supralabials, 15 to 17 infralabials. 43 to 47 gular scales

and 73 to 76 ventral scales in a line from mental to vent. 58 to

64 dorsal and ventral scales round the middle of the body. The

young differs from the adults in having no spinose scales.

4, KREMIAS VELOX VELOX Pall.

2 specimens, entirely agreeing with other material from Trans-

-easpia (Askhabad, Bairam-Ali), Length of head and body

65 mm.(d) and 34 mm, (juv.). 6 to 9 superciliaries. The large

supraocular shields completely or almost completely separated by a

row of granules from the frontal and the postfrontal. Infranasal

not reaching the rostral. 6 anterior and 3 posterior supralabials,

6 to 8infralabials. 5 or 6 chin-shields in the young, the first 3 or 4

forming a suture. 22 or 23 gular scales in a line between the

suture of the chin-shields and the collar. 10 plates in the collar.

50 to 53 dorsal scales across the middle of the body. 30 trans-

verse rows of ventral plates, the longest of which consists of 13

to 15 plates. 20/21 femoral pores. Supracaudal scales strongly

keeled. ‘

5. EREMIAS INTERMEDIA Stv.

3 typical specimens. Length of head and body 55 mm. (@ ),

37 and 38°5 mm. (juv.). In the 2 a granule between the

prefrontals. 6 to 8 superciliaries. The large supraocular shields

entirely separated by a row of granules from the frontal and the

postfrontal*. 6+142 to 4 supralabials: 7 or 8 infralabials.

26 or 27 gular scales in a line between the suture of chin-shields.

and the collar. 11 or 12 plates in the collar. 47 to 50 dorsal

scales across the middle of the body. 29 or 30 transverse

rows of ventral plates, the longest of them consisting of 16 to

18 plates. 13 or 14 femoral pores on each side.

* J shall show in a more detailed publication that the subspecies transeaspica

Nik., which,. according to the author, may be distinguished by this character, is

‘identical with the typical E. intermedia.

REPTILES FROM THE RIVER TAJAN. 15-

_ 6. Eremias (Mesauina) Gurrutata Licht.

1 Q. Length of head and body 49 mm. 5 superciliaries.

Row of superciliary granules beginning behind the 7th super-

ciliary only. Occipital as large as the ‘interparietal. 4 anterior

and 3 posterior supralabials. 7 infralabials. 22 gular scales in a

line between the suture of the chin-shields and the collar. Collar

free, consisting of 9 plates. “40 dorsal scales across the middle

of the body. 28 transverse rows of ventral plates. 10 femoral

pores on each side.

7. EUMEGES SCHNEIDERI Daud.

1 spec. Length of head and body 109 mm.(¢) and 63 mm.

(hgr.). 6+1 +3 supralabials in the ¢, 54+1-+2 only in the half-

grown specimen, the middle one being fused with the following

by forming a very large subocular. 8 infralabials. 4/5 or 5/8

nuchal plates. 25 or 26 dorsal tha ventral scales round the

middle of the body. 68 scales in.a line between the suture of

the @hin-shields and the anal plates.

8. EumeEcess scutatus Theob.

3 spec. Length of head and body 122 mm. (¢), 124 and

116 mm. (both 2). The head-shields offer many anomalies. In

one @ the right supranasal is divided; the other @ has both

prefrontals divided into two unequal parts, and two loreals on

the left side. In the ¢ the parietals form a long suture behind

the interparietal_ 4 to 6 superciliavies. 4 or 5+1+3 supra-

labials, the last being very small. 7 infralabials. 3/4 or 4/4

nuchal plates. 21 dorsal and ventral scales round the middle of

the body. 78 to 80 scales in a line between the suture of the

ehin-shields and the anal plates.

9, MABUIA SEPTEMTENIATA Reuss.

2spec. Length of head and body 82 mm.(¢) and 90 mm.

(¢). Supranasals meeting in a point (d) or separated (¢ ).

Preefrontals separated from each other, the internasal forming a

short suture with the frontal. 4 anterior and 2 posterior supra-

labials. 8 infralabials. 34 or 35 dorsal and ventral scales round

the middle of the body. 70 or 71 scales in a line between the

suture of the chin-shields and the vent.

10. VIPERA LEBETINA L.

1 spec.* Length of head and body 520 mm. Tail incomplete.

10 supralabiis, 13/14 infralabials. 25 longitudinal rows of

dcrsal scales. 121 ventral plates.

* Tt was impossible to ascertain the sex of the snakes, the viscera having been

removed.

16 Mk. L. A. LANTZ ON

11. Boga rrigoNnaruM Schneid.

2 specimens :—

Length of head and body............... 510 480 mm.

IDEMERAN @Fe UBM Cyoesnassane scoonacdoscosce LNG) 108,

Number of supralabials ............... 8/9, the 3rd, 4th, and 5th entering

Number of infralabials ............... 11/12 [the orbit.

ie < DebilgeR}

Memipoualshieldsieeyas pease ae 24+3 14343

Number of rows of dorsal scales...... 21

Number of ventral plates ............ 222 221

Number of pairs of infracaudals ... 86 84.

12. TAPHROMELOPON LINEOLATUM Brandt.

1 specimen. Length of head and body 790 mm. Length of tail

375 mm. 8 supralabials, the 4th and 5th entering the orbit.

11 infralabials. 2-+1/2+3 temporal shields. 12 rows of dorsal

scales. 181 ventral plates. 121 paurs of infracaudals.

13. ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS Jan.

2 specimens :—

Length of head and body............... 715 6380 mm.

TL SMERTN OP URL Gooscobonssaeaceso casconecs ASB 230;

Number of supralabials ............... §, the 5th and 6th entering the

Number of infralabials.................. 10 [ orbit.

Temporal shields .................. 0.2. 2+5 to 8 irregular ones.

Number of rows of dorsal scales... ... 19

Number of ventral plates............... 227 226

Number of pairs of infracaudals ... 121 117

These specimens have no red stripe along the back.

14, ZAMENIS DIADEMA Schleg.

4 specimens :—

Length of head and body ............ 870 830 825 770 mm.

JDEHVEXNN Oil TEM coononocpcsvceosducuocpsdes . US 190 215 = (140) ,,

Number of supralahials ............... 11/12 12/18 10/11 12/13

Nember of infralabials ... ............ 11/18 12 13/14 ‘' 12

Number of rows of dorsal scales ... 27 29 27 27

Number of ventral plates ............ 225 244 217 234

Number of pairs of infracaudals ... 76 83 83 oa

Behind the prefrontals a row of 3 accessory shields; in one

specimen the median one is fused with the right inter-

nasal. 3 (51) exceptionally 4 (aa) frenals. 2 preeoculars.

Supralabials more or less separated from the loreals and entirely

separated from the orbit by a row of small shields, the first of

which may reach the postnasal; there are 2 or 3 shields between

the supralabials and the loreals, 3 to 5 between the former and

the orbit, and,sfollowing them, 2 or 3 postoculars. Temple

covered with small irregular shields.

REPTILES FROM THE RIVER TAJAN. M7

15. NaAvrrix TESSELLATA Laur.

3 specimens :—

Length of head and body ............... 580 530 470 mm.

DEMEAN OP TER GoScocatosseobosobondonooooncs LASS) 155 12S

(Sete et ee Ly

Number of supralabials .................. 8

Number of infralabials .................. 10/11

Number of preoculars . 4 2/3 2

Number of postoculars .................. 4 4 3

si eae ee ee

Temporal shields .. ; soa 14+2+2 or 3

Number of rows of alone sores ties 19

Number of ventral plates ................ 176 170 176

Number of pairs of infracaudals ...... 70 73 69

In the specimen having 2 preeoculars and 3 postoculars the 4th

and Sth supralabials enter the orbit.

16. Eryx miniaris Pall.

1 specimen. Length of head and body 355mm. Length of

tail 30mm. Internasals separated by the point of the rostral.

4 scales between the postnasals. Round the eye a circle of 13

small shields, the lowest of them much enlarged and reaching

the 6th supralabial, the two anterior ones a little enlarged (pree-

oculars), the others (supraoculars and postoculars) about equal

in size. Between the supraoculars 5 scales across the head.

are

Between the postnasals and the preoculars 8 (t+t+4) small

loreal shields. 13 supralabials, the 3rd one being the highest.

20 infralabials, the first 3 or 4 enlarged, the others very small,

with larger shields below them.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus microlepis, sp. u., 6, River Tajan.

Vig. 2. G. fedtschenkoi Str., 6, Samarkand.

Fig. 3. G. caspius Kichw., 9, River Tajan.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. II. 2

Ue olka

A ee ‘noltslacnnie’

ora ive, a

k beset

THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS. 19

4, On the External Characters of the Lemurs and of

Tarsius. By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S.

[Received March 5, 1918; Read March 5, 1918.]

(‘Text-figures 1-16.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page

Imtroduchonewee et cern een te kee

The Muzzle and the Rhinarium........................... 20

SINGH) and cain REE A Wat re ne ti AE KOO

The Facial and Carpal Vibrissee ..................... 2 24

The Glands of the Fore Limb............................... 25

“Nave 18 leawnGlS PNG! WECLtes oon oesccacuodoodonconcsonnaccancenovess QU

aires Su lin owas eeany ke i le NEG

’ Woe Alms ennel ies (CVAMNCIS 3,25. ccassenososecoe urononancean . 20)

The External Genitalia of the Male ..................... 42

The External Genitalia of the Female ................... 47

General Conclusions and Systematic .................... 51

Introduction.

The materials upon which this paper is based are mainly the

lemuroid Primates which have died in the Zoological Gardens

during the past ten years or so. Representatives of practically

all the commonly imported menagerie species of the group have

passed through my han¢s in that time, namely, species belonging

to the genera Chiromys, Chirogaleus, Lemur, Galago, Perodicticus,

and Mycticebus. For the loan of examples of Hemigalago and

Tarsius 1 am indebted to Prof. Wood-Jones, the Society’s

Prosector. I am also indebted to Mr. Oldtield Thomas and to

Prof. J. P. Hill for the chance to examine other specimens of

Tarsius. I have not, however, been able in all cases to see repre-

sentatives of both sexes of the species; and of many admitted

genera, notably Microcebus, Mixocebus, Lepilemur, and Loris, no

specimens have come to hand. This applies also to the three

genera of Indriside (Jndris, Propithecus, Lichanotus), which, like

Tarsius, seem to be intolerant of captivity even in their own

countries. The external characters of the Indviside, however,

have been tolerably fully described and illustrated in Milne-

Edwards and Grandidier’s great work on the Fauna of Mada-

gascar. From this I have freely borrowed. Unfortunately no

text accompanies the numerous plates on the various species of

Lemuride# published in that work. Of other treatises dealing

with the Lemurs on a comprehensive scale the most important

is the paper by Mivart and Murie (Tr. Zool. Soe. vii. 1872), in

which some of the external characters of a few diverse types are

dealt with from the comparative point of view. ‘The rest of

the bibliography consulted consists mostly of special memoirs on

particular species, like Owen’s paper on Chiromys, HETOLUNGHSIHOE

20 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

on Tarsius, Van der Hoeven’s on Perodicticus, Huxley’s on

Arctocebus, Beddard’s on Hapalemur, and so forth.

Many of the facts dealt with in the following pages are

of course well known. Some characters, however, are here

described, I believe, for the first time; and I trust that the

collation of the facts and their comparative treatment may prove

useful to future students of this group.

In the matter of names [ have followed the conservative course

of using Lemur for the species to which it has been by common

consent assigned in all recent literature, although by the rules

of nomenclature, it has no right to a place in the Primates

at all, but belongs by Storr’s very definite selection to the

Dermoptera, Galeopithecus volans being its type-species. Even if

that selection be set aside, it appears to me that the “ indications”

of the 10th edition of the ‘Systema’ show that the species known

as Loris tardigradus is its type. This is clearly a case for the

* Fiat’ Committee on Mammalian generic names; and it is my

confidence that the Committee will see the wisdom of allowing

Lemur catta to stand as the type of Lemur, that induces me

to retain this generic name in its commonly accepted sense.

Similarly I have employed Chiromys for the Aye-Aye (mada-

gascariensis), although Daubentonia is the correct title for that

species. The Fiat Committee, I believe, has these names now

‘under consideration.

The Muzzle and the Rhinarium.

The bestial aspect of the face of the Lemuroid as compared

with the Pithecoid Primates is not due to the general elongation

of the jaws. In this character the Lemurs are surpassed by

Papio amongst the Pithecoids. It is due to two correlated

features, namely, the retention of the primitive moist glandular

rhinarium and the projection of the upper jaw supporting it

beyond the level of the chin.

The rhinarium is naked to a varying extent on its dorsal side

and also beneath the nostrils laterally and in front. It is con-

tinued downwards in front as a strip of grooved naked skin

cleaving the upper lip to its inferior edge. At this point the lip

is adherent to the gum covering Une premaxille, so that it is

incapable of protrusion.

Although the rhinarium is tolerably similar throughout the

eroup, one or two variations may be pointed out. In the typical

Masearene Lemurs, including Chirogaleus (text-fig. 1, A), the labial

extension of the rhinarium is comparatively short and the later-

ally extended infranarial portions shallow. In Perodicticus the

infranarial portion is deeper ; but in Vyeticebws it is not so. In

Galago crassicaudatus (text-fig. 1, B) the labial extension of the

rhinarium is a little longer and thinner than in Chirogaleus

and Lemur. In Hemigalago demidoffii it is remarkably long and

gradually widens above where it passes into the infranarial portion

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 21

‘of the rhinarium ; but in the length and shape of the rhinarium

G. senegalensis is intermediate between G. crassicaudatus and

H. denvidoffi (text-figs. 1, C; 2, B).

In Chiromys the vhinarium is not so prominent; the nostrils

are longer, more slit-like, and separated in front by a narrower

septum. The infranarial portion is very deep towards the middle

line, reaching almost to the edge of the upper lip and making the

labial extension of the rhinarium appear very short. In this

genus also the frenum which ties the lip to the gum between the

Text-figure 1.

PRS EMIS AN Cay ayy, “

TANS

Gy =

(SAG SERS S

. Rhinarium of Chirogaleus major.

. Rhinarium of Galago crassicaudatus.

Rhinarium of Hemigalago demidoffi.

. Rhinarium of Chironys.

. Nose of Tarsius.

¢:

points of insertion of the incisor teeth is somewhat longer than in

‘typical Lemurs, so that the lip is capable of being protruded to a

slightly greater extent in the middle line. It is probable that

the variations of the rhinarium and upper lip, like many of the

structural characters in Chiromys, are correlated with the rodent

dentition and peculiar method of feeding of this Lemur; but our

knowledge of the function of the rhinarium is too imperfect to

warrant more than a suggestion on this point (text-fig. 1, 1D),

22 MR. R. I. POCOCK GN THE EXTERNAL

I have not been able to examine in a fresh state the rhinarium

of any species of Indrisidee.

The muzzle of Z'arsius is very different from that of all Lemurs..

The only trace of the rhinarium, if such it can be called, that

remains is a narrow rim of naked skin surrounding the nostrils,

which are widely separated as in the Platyrrhine Pithecoid

Primates. The nose scarcely projects at all, and the muzzle is

squarely truncated and deep, and the upper jaw hardly overhangs

the lower, so that in profile view the muzzle has a_ decidedly

feline appearance, contrasting markedly with the generally

canine appearance of that of the true Lemurs. The long upper

lip is undivided and continuously hairy from side to side across

the middle line, and its frenum is set higher above the incisor

teeth, suggesting that the lip is susceptible of partial protrusion

after the manner of the lip of the pithecoid Primates, but to a

lesser degree (text-figs. 1, E; 2, A).

The primitive muzzle of the Jemuroid Primates, with its

rhinarium and adherent upper lip, is associated with the habit of

drinking by means of lapping. The specialised muzzle of the

pithecoid Primates with aborted rhinarium and_ protrusible

upper lip is associated with the habit of drinking by means of

suction. But Varsius, although more resembling the pithecoids

in the structure of the muzzle, drinks, it is said, by the lapping

method*. This fact is full of interest’in connection with the

view, supported by other considerations, that Varsius links the

Lemuroids and Pithecoids together.

The Kar‘.

In the species referred to Lemur the pinna of the ear is

tolerably uniform in shape and structure. It is small and con-

cealed to a greater or less extent by its own hairs and those of

the surrounding area of the head. Its superior posterior edge is.

not folded; but the anterior edge of the upper half forms a

strong ridge overlapping the anteri ior end of the simple shelf-like

supratragus (plica principalis) and descending below it and

vanishing in the capsule of the pinna above and within the

small lobate tragus. The antitragus is somewhat larger than

the tragus, sommenmnes much lar ger (Lemur catta); and ahe deep:

notch between them is appr oximately on a level with the external

auditory meatus. The flap of the ear behind the antitragus is

marked with a depression, the anterior and posterior margins of

which are respectively the ridge running upwards from the anti-

tragus and the adjoining postero-inferior edge of the pinna.

The supratragus, forming the upper boundary of the capsule of

* H. Cuming, P. Z.S. 1838, p. 67. Mr. Cuming also makes the interesting

remark that when any object is put near a Tarsius, the animal “draws up the

muscles of the face similar to a Monkey and show its.... teeth.” I have never

seen Lemurs behave in this way.

+ Described in several types by Mivart and Murie, Tr. Zool. Soc. 1872.

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 23

the pinna, is set comparatively high up, approximately halfway

between the tragal notch and the upper edge of the pinna.

In Chirogaleus (text-fig. 2, C) the ear is similar to that of Lemur,

but the ear of Microcebus is provided with a much larger pinna

which, judging from a living example, is ribbed above the capsule

and capable of being folded as in the Galagos. In the latter, as

is well known, the pinna is of great size. The portion of it just

above the capsule is ribbed and grooved and susceptible of

folding. The supratragus is more expanded and more flap-like

Text-figure 2.

A. Head of Tarsius.

B. Head of Hemigalayo demidoffi.

C. Head of Chirogaleus major.

1). Head of Perodicticus.

Figures drawn from spirit specimens. All X 3.

than in Lemur and the pouch, probably the homologue of the

bursa of the ear of the Carnivora, is set higher up than in the

Lemurs. Wycticebus and Perodicticus have the pinna no larger

relatively than in Lem, and it is simplified by the almost total

suppression of the tragal and antitragal thickenings; but, as in

Galago, the pouch is set high up and the supratragus is flap-like

and valvular (text-fig. 2, D). As Mivart and Murie pointed out,.

there is a small fold of the integument above the supratragus in

Nycticebus, and a similar but better developed fold is developed

24 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

in Arctocebus. Huxley cites the presence of this fold as one of

the features distinguishing this genus from Perodicticus.

Although the ear of Chiremys is relatively as large as in the

Galagos, if is not ribbed and grooved above the capsule. The

supratragus is a thickened ridge as in Lemur; but the tragus is

not an angular projection as in that genus but a simple ridge,

and the notch between it and the well-developed antitragus is

comparatively deep and wide. Its lower rim, however, does not

extend downwards so low as the external auditory meatus, the

portion of the pinna just beyond this meatus being elevated as in

Carnivora, Ruminants, and many other Mammals.

The ear of Z'arsiws is similar in all essential details to that of .

the Galagos, except that the supratragus and the antitragus are

somewhat larger and more valvular (text- ime, A, Jah),

The simplest type of ear in this group, and I suspect the most

primitive, is that of Lemur and Chirogaleus, ears with a greatly

expanded and ribbed pinna and valvular supratragus being

derivative and specialised structures. According to this view the

ear of Tarsius is the least primitive of all. It is gradationally

linked with the ear of Chirogaleus by the ears of Galago and

Microcebus.

The Facial and Carpal Vibrisse.

In the development of the facial vibrissze * the most generalised

type I have examined is Chirogaleus major, where the mystacial,

suplary: genal, and interramal tufts are all well developed

(text-fig. 2, C). There is a single genal tuft on each side set low

down behind the corner of the mouth. Most of the species

referred to Lemur resemble Chirogaleus except that the inter-

ramal tuft is absent; but in ZL. variegatus it is usually, if not

always, retained, although of small size. ‘The full complement of

tufts is present in Chiromys, but the vibrissee composing them

are generally shorter than in the typical Lemurs, and in two

cases the interramal tuft was reduced to a single vibrissa.

In the Galagos (Galago crassicaudatus, G. senegalensis, and

Hemigalago demidoffi) the vibrissee are poorly developed as com-

pared with those of the typical Mascarene Lemurs, more par-

ticularly Chirogaleus major, with which the Galagos were at one

time associated. The interramal tuft appears to be invariably

absent, and the genal tuft is set high up on the cheek a little

below and behind the posterior angle of the eye (text-fig. 2, B).

It resembles in position the upper genal tuft of the typical

Carnivora, whereas in Chirogaleus and Lemur the genal tuft

resembles in position the lower of the two tufts in that order.

In Nyceticebus and Perodicticus the vibrissee are even less well

developed than in the Galagos, the genal tuft being suppressed

in the specimens examined (text-fig. 2, D). The genal and

interramal tufts are also absent apparently in Tarsius, although

* P.Z.S8. 1914, pp. 889-912.

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 25

Burmeister figures some vibrissee in front of the ear. These do

not, however, correspond in position to the genal tuft of the

Galagos (text-fig. 2, A).

The prevalence in most orders of Mammalia of the complement

of tufts described above as occurring in Chirogaleus suggests that

the absence of one or more of the tufts is a derivative and not

a primitive feature. In this respect the Lorises, Pottos, and

Tarsius are more specialised than the Mascarene Lemurs.

The Carpal vibrisse in Lemurs have been studied by Beddard

and Bland-Sutton. Confirming and extending their observations,

I may add that I have found these tufts of tactile bristles in

Chirogaleus major, Hapalemur griseus, and in examples of the

following species of Lemur, namely, catia, variegatus, macaco,

mongoz, coronatus, rufiventer, albifrons, and many of the species,

subspecies or varieties grouped round the last. They are not

always easy to detect in the thick fur, and sometimes appear to

be wanting; but in such cases I suspect their absence is due to

moulting or to artificial removal by rubbing. I have not found

them in Ohiromys, Nycticebus, Perodicticus, or Tarsius; and, since

Bland-Sutton also noticed their absence in Perodicticus, it may

be inferred that their absence is characteristic of the Asiatic and

African lemuroids*.

‘The prevalence of these vibrisse in many orders of Mammals

suggests that they are a primitive Metatherian and Kutherian

character, a suggestion which involves the conclusion that their

absence in the above-mentioned Lemuroid genera is due to

suppression and is a derivative feature.

The Glands of the Fore Limb.

In Lemur catta, but in no other species referred to the genus

Lemur, there is a peculiar gland on the fore-leg, which was

figured and described by Biand-Sutton + and also figured by

Milne-Kdwards and Grandidier. A strip of black naked skin

extends from the palm of the hand over the wrist up the distal

third of the corresponding surface of the fore-leg. It ends

proximally in a smooth elliptical area, which is present even in

the newly-born young (text-fig. 3, A). In adult males the

elliptical area is raised into a swollen cushion-like pad composed

of white tissue, fatty in appearance and consistency and covered

with black skin. On the ulnar side of the pad a large, erect,

solid horny excrescence is developed (text-fig. 3, B). This varies

in size apparently with age; its apex is sometimes bifid, but

generally simple, and it is sometimes present on one limb and

* J have failed to detect the carpal vibrissze on dried skins of Indris and Propi-

thecus; and in both these genera the interramal tuft appears to be absent. Also

in the one skin of Indris available for examination the genal tufts are wanting,

whereas in a skin of Propithecus diadema these tutts are well developed and set

low down on the cheek as in Lemuride.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, pp. 369-372. In 1863 Gray pointed out the presence of

this structure in Z. catta and its absence in other species.

26 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

absent on the other. In females the excrescence is generally

absent or quite small. Only in rare cases of probably aged

individuals is it comparable in size to that of the males; and the

elliptical area is generally flat in the females.

Text-figure 3.

A. Fore-arm of Lemur catta, newly born, showing the extension of the naked

skin from the palm of the hand and the elliptical glandular area above the:

wrist.

B. Section through the glandular area and the horny spur of the fore-arm of an

adult male Lem catta.

C. Superficial view of the shoulder-gland of an adult male Lemur catta.

D. Vertical longitudinal section through the same.

E. Vertical transverse section through the same.

F. Section through the shoulder-gland of adult female Lemur catta.

According to Bland-Sutton the ducts of numerous sweat-glands.

open upon the surface of the skin of the elliptical area. Secretion,

no doubt, exudes through the pores; but I have never succeeded

in squeezing any visible secretion to the surface by pressure.

The only use I have seen the Lemur make of this structure is.

to apply it to the tail by drawing simultaneously the applied

wrists along that organ from near the base to the point.

Possibly by this means the secretion is wiped on the long hairs.

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 27

to scent them. But so far as my observations go, this action is.

restricted to the male when stimulated to anger at the time

of rut.

Also in Lemur catta, but in no other species referred to the

genus, there is a large gland in the male on the inner side of

the upper arm near the top of the biceps muscle just below the

shoulder (text-fig. 3, C). It is a circular or elliptical mound-like:

elevation covered with short hair, except in the centre of the

summit where there is a small naked area carrying the orifice of

the gland which is usually shaped like a strongly curved crescent.

In section the gland is seen to be composed of a thick-walled

sac, the cavity of which is subdivided by ridges and outgrowths.

of the walls, making, in a sense, a multilocular gland. It is the

partial blocking of the rounded orifice of the gland by one of

these outgrowths that gives the orifice its erescentic shape. The

cavity of the gland is filled with strong-smelling brown sticky

secretion which under pressure can be squeezed, like a worm,

from the orifice (text-fig. 3, D, E).

In the female this gland is not always developed, and when

present it consists of a small elevation covered with normally long

hair and having no cavity or trace of orifice (text-fig. 3, F).

The suggestion that these glands are modified mf&immary glands

is, | think, erroneous. At all events they coexist with the normal

pectoral mammary glands.

It is interesting to recall that Hapalemur also has a similar

gland on the shoulder and a somewhat similar gland above the

wrist. I have, however, seen these only on dried skins, and have

nothing to add to the descriptions published by Beddard * and

Bland-Sutton 7

But there are two points worth attention arising out of the

facts just mentioned. Despite the development of these glands

in Lemur catta and Hapalemur griseus, and in no other species,

these two Lemurs do not appear to be nearly related. Judging

from cranial and dental characters, the relationship of Hapalemur

griseus is with Prolemur simus, and of Lemur catta with the

other species usually assigned to the genus Lemur.

The second point is the coexistence in two otherwise dissimilar

genera of two sets of glands, one below the shoulder, the other

above the wrist. This raises the very important question of

possible correlation in development between two or more struc-

tures, a question which opens a very wide field for research in

zoology.

The Hands and Feet.

In the species of Lemur the digits of the hand are longish and

slender, and free from webbing to approximately the same extent

asin Man. The pollex is the shortest of the series and is sepa-

rated by a wide space from the second, the base of which it

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 393; and 1891, p. 450.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 369.

28 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

slightly overlaps when laid forwards. It can be extended at right

angles to the long axis of the palm, but is not truly opposable

since the large composite palmar pad—-the “ ball” of the thumb—

at its base is almost stationary. ~The succession of the digits in

length is 4, 3,5, 2, but the fourth only exceeds the third slightly,

and the second and fifth are approximately equal. The palm is

longish, longer than wide, and passes proximally beyond the base

of the pollex. Of the four interdigital pads, the first or pollical

is confluent with the inner proximal (thenar), constituting the

“ball” of the thunb. The remaining three interdigitals form

a transverse trilobed cushion-lke pad. Behind the fourth or

external interdigital, the external portion of the palm is occupied

Text-figure 4.

A. Foot and B.:Hand of Lemur macaco; X 2.

1, 2, 3, 4, the intermediate pads; I, II, the proximal pads.

by the elongated external proximal (hypothenar) pad, which is

subdivided, the posterior expanded portion lying alongside the

posterior portion of the “ball” of the pollex, from which it is

separated by a groove (text-fig. 4, B).

In its main features the hand only varies in minor particulars

in the different species examined, namely, 4. catta, macaco, albi-

JSrons, mongoz, variegatus, and coronatus, except that in L. varie-

gatus the palm is a little wider as compared with its length.

In the foot the hallux is of great length and thickness, is

capable of being extended at right angles to the sole, and is

opposable, the “ball” of the hallux, consisting mainly of the

large, projecting first or hallucal interdigital pad, being movable

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 29:

and capable of being pressed against the second interdigital pad

and the elongated external proximal pad, closing up the depression

in the middle of the lower surface of the foot. For the rest, the

digits and the pads of the foot resemble in a general way those.

of the hand (text-fig. 4, A).

A point to notice is that in Lemur catta the naked sole is

extended proximally to the tip of the caleaneum or heel. In the

other species the heel is covered with hair, the hairy area being

about one-third the length of the naked area, or a little more.

Text-figure 5.

A. Hand and B. Foot of Chirogaleus major ; nat. sized

C. Hand and D. Foot of Galago senegalensis; nat. size.

In Chirogaleus major the hands and feet are substantially

similar to those of Lemur, but the naked palmar and plantar

surfaces are broader as compared with their length, and the

individual pads are more sharply differentiated, and, judging by

their papillary ridges, endowed with greater tactile sensibility.

In the foot the hairy area of the heel is relatively longer, being

30 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

about two-thirds the length of the naked portion. In the speci-

men examined the third and fourth digits were approximately

equal both on the hands and feet (text-fig. 5, A, B).

The hands and feet of the Indriside, as figured and described

by Milne-Edwards and Grandidier, show some interesting pecu-

liarities suggesting more complete adaptation to arboreal life than

in the Lemuride. In Propithecus the digits of the hand are

hardly more webbed than in Lemur, but the palm is narrower,

especially posteriorly, where the pollex arises. The pads appear

to be very little differentiated, and the absence of the “ball” of

the thumb indicates a feeble grip for that digit. In Lichanotus

(Avahis) the ball of the thumb is better developed, but the palm

of the hand is apparently longer than in Propithecus, the second

; Text-figure 6.

A. Foot and B. Hand of Chiromys; X 3.

‘digit, which is very short, being widely separated from the

pollex. The third, fourth, and fifth are Jong and united by

narrow webbing approximately to the ends of the first phalanges.

In Jndris also the hand is long and slender, with a wide space

between the long weak pollex and the second digit. The latter,

however, is not so short as in Lichanotus, and is united to the

third, as the third is to the fourth and the fourth to the fifth, by

integument permitting but slight divarication of these digits and

increasing in appearance the elongation of the palm.

In the feet there is less variation. The hallux is normally

-elongated, but is slender from base to apex without the muscular

«development seen in other Lemuroidea, and the digits are webbed

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. Jl

approximately to the distal ends of the first phalanges. In

Indris the interdigital webbing 1s somewhat deeper than in the

others and extends to an equal distance along all the digits, but

in Propithecus and Lichanotus it is deeper between the third

and fourth than between the second and third and the fourth

and fifth.

Some of the peculiarities of the hand of Chirom ys, such as the

presence of claws and the modification of the third digit, are well

known (text-fig. 6, B). The palm is narrower than in the true

Lemurs. The pollex is not truly opposable, but it is so long that

when turned forwards it overlaps the palm, asin Man. All the

other digits are long, even the second and fifth, which are sub-

equal, exceeding the Jength of the palm. The third is v ery long

and slender ; the metacar pal that supports it projects beyond the

palm, a unique modification which confers exceptional mobility

on the digit. Nevertheless this digit is shorter than the fourth,

which is nearly twice as long as the palm. Although a shallow

web joins these two digits at the base, the hand may be described

as unwebbed. In correlation with the grasping capacity of the

large claws, the digital pads are comparatively slightly expanded.

The feet are less modified than the hands and conform to those

of the Lemur-type, except that the digits are thinner, the hallux

_is a little shorter and weaker, the second, third, fourth, and fifth

are a little longer and armed with claws correlated with narrower

pads. The heel is covered with hair as in all Lemurs except

L. catta (text-fig. 6, A).

In this genus the unique elongation of the metacarpal of the

third. digit of the hand and the slenderness of the digit are

adaptations to feeding.

In Galago of the er assicaudatus and senegalensis types the hand

is wider than in Chirogaleus and its pads still better differentiated

and more prominent, especially the first, or pollical, intermediate.

All the normal six pads are distinguishable. The internal

proximal is a small pad situated near the base of the outer border

of the thumb, and the external proximal is a rounded pad in

contact with the internal intermediate and not extending back-

wards to the wrist as in Chirdgalews and the true Teams. A

wide space separates it from the internal proximal, which is also

set nearer the wrist. Similar differences obtain in the feet,

where all the six pads are clearly defined. In G. crassicaudatus,

montewt and their allies the BORteE part of the naked portion

of the foot, as Beddard pointed out, is covered with coarse close-

set papillze, and the hairy area of the heel is longer than in

Chirogaleus major, being about as long as the naked poe tion.

In G. senegalensis it is Neonsider ably longer (text-figs. 5, C, D;

UNIS)

i Hemigalago the pads show some interesting differences

from those of Galago. In the hand the six pads are even more

sharply defined, and are arranged so as almost to encircle a large

naked submedian area of wr inlled skin. The two proximal pads

32 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EX'TERNAL

are almost in contact in the middle line, the external being elon-

gated and extending practically from the wrist up to the internal

intermediate. Behind the two proximal pads there is a short

Text-figure 7.

A. Hand and B. Foot of Galago crassicaudatus.

1-4, the intermediate pads; I, II, the proximal pads.

area of naked wrinkled skin. The pollex is longer and more

prehensile than in Galago. The arrangement of pads on the

foot is similar, but the two proximal pads are relatively much

smaller than in the hand, and the internal is set farther from the

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 30

hallucal intermediate and is widely separated from the external.

In this genus there is no definite heel-like area behind the pads

as in Galago, the skin round the proximal pads being merely

soft and creased. The hairy area of the foot back to the tip

of the caleaneum is nearly twice as long as the naked area (text-

sa) val, 185).

Text-figure 8.

A. Hand and B. Foot of Nycticebus; x 2.

C. Hand and D. Foot of Perodicticus; X< 2.

1-4, the intermediate pads ; I, II, the proximal pads.

The arrangement and distribution of the pads give a primitive

stamp to the hands and feet of Hemigalago in the sense that they

recall very forcibly the pad-development seen in the extremities

of many Rodents, Insectivores, and Marsupials.

The hand of Mycticebus and Perodicticus differs in some

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1$18, No. III. ; 3

34 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

remarkable particulars from that of the other genera hitherto

noticed. It is capable of being turned at right angles to the axis

of the forearm. ‘Lhe palm is short and broad, and the powerful

pollex can be set so far backwards that its long axis is practically

in the same line as that of the palm and of the fourth and

longest digit, thus giving the widest possible span to the extre-

mity, and when the pollex is in this position the internal proximal

pad, constituting the proximal portion of the “ball” of the

thumb, lies nearly in a line behind the external proximal pad.

The pollex, moreover, is Incomparably more strongly opposable

than in any other genus of Lemuroid Primates, and surpasses

even the thumb of Man in that respect. When brought into

opposition, the composite ball of the thumb is pressed against the

second intermediate pad and the external proximal pad. Except

that the hallux is a little longer and stronger than the pollex,

the feet conform to the hands in type. In all other genera of

Primates the two extremities are dissimilar.

As is well known, the second digit of the hand in Vyecticebus is

dwarfed and in Perodicticus is represented by an excrescence

upon the second intermediate pad. For the rest the hand of

Perodicticus is narrower with reference to its span, and the third

and fifth digits are tied basally by a shallow web to the fourth,

xo that the three cannot be so w idely separated as in WV, yovicebus.

In the feet of both genera the heel is hairy and shorter than the

naked part of the sole, the second digit is dwarfed, and the third

and fifth are basally webbed to the fourth in Perodicticus, free

in Vycticebus. The nails on both extremities are larger in the

former than in the latter genus (text-fig. 8, A, B, C, D).

The published descriptions of the extr emities of Arctocebus

suggest that they differ from those of Perodicticus in having the

third, fourth, and fifth digits more completely webbed (see P. 2.8.

1864, pp. 316- 317, 319-- 320). Huxley, however, states that the

calcaneal tuberosity of the foot is naked and separated from the

padded portion by a narrow band of hair. But since the heel is

without exception covered with hair in all the remaining species

of arboreal * lemuroid Primates, I suspect that the nakedness

mentioned by Huxley was due to artificial rubbing in the specimen

he examined. It is not uncommon for the hair to be worn

off the heels in captive examples of common lemurs (Z. albifrons,

etc.).

In the distinctness and separation of the pads and their

encircling arrangement round a central palmar area, the hand of

Tarsius vecalls that of Hemigalago; but there ave certain differ-

ences. The hand and fingers of Varsius are relatively longer,

the pollex is smaller, closer to the second digit and not opposable,

the third digit is the longest of the series, slightly surpassing the

second and fourth, which are subequal. The first, ox pollical,

* Lemur catta, which has the heels naked along the middle line, lives in

rocky hills.

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. © 35

intermediate pad is small and rounded, smaller than and in con-

tact with the internal proximal, which is elongated and surpasses

the external proximal in length. The second intermediate pad

is markedly larger than the others of that series. Finally, the

nails ave sharply pointed, compressed and convex from base to

tip, simulating claws, nearly the distal half being free from the

pad though normally resting upon it (text-fig. 9, C).

Text-figure 9,

A. Hand and B. Foot of Hemigalago demidoffi ; nat. size.

C. Hand and D. Foot of Tarsius; nat. size.

1-4, intermediate pads ; I-II, proximal pads.

In the feet the hairy area back to the heel is shorter than in

Hemigalago, and the naked padded area and digits longer. The

plantar pads are peculiar. The hallucal, or first, intermediate is

large and prominent, and is fused to the internal ee to

36 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

form a single long pad which sometimes fuses proximally i in the

middle line with the external proximal, which is itself united to

the external intermediate, forming a long pad extending along

the outer edge of the sole of the foot. The second and third

intermediates are united to form a single large elongated pad,

broad distally, narrowed proximally, where it terminates in the

middle of the membranous area of the sole. Of digits two to five

the fourth is the longest as in Lemuroid Primates; but the third

has an erect claw like the second—a characteristic not found

in any Lemuroids, but probably primitive and forcibly recalling

the corresponding “ syndactyle” digits of many Marsupials (text-

1a, 8), ID).

The Sublingua.

There are one or two points to be recorded in connection with

the swblingua, an organ which is especially well developed in the

Lemuroid Primates. Typically it is a thin flat fibrous plate,

lyrate or leaf-like in form with free apex and free lateral margins.

It covers a considerable area of the lower surface of the tongue,

the frenum of which arises from an angular notch in the middle

of its posterior border. The pointed or truncated apex is ser-

rated or denticulated to a varying extent, and the underside is

strengthened by a fine median longitudinal ridge, with frequently

a smaller ridge close to it on each side, making three in all.

Beneath the sublingua the floor of the mouth is provided in

front with a pair of small soft flaps, the frenal lamelle, arising

at the bottom of the lingual frenum and continued backwards to

a varying extent as a free narrow edge towards the base of the

tongue. A similar and homologous structure is prcsent in some

other Mammals—e. g., Canis, Pteropus, where, as in the Primates,

it overlies the orifices of the sublingual and submaxillary salivary

glands.

In the species usually referred to Lemur the sublingua ex-

hibits certain structual differences, which examination of a larger

number of individuals than I have seen may show to have

systematic value. For instance, in JL. variegatus there are

three comparatively strong denticles at the tip and three corre-

spondingly strong keels below. In other species the tip is rather

serrulate and the keels weaker. On the other hand, I have noticed

differences in the shape of the sublingua within specific limits.

In a male of LZ. coronatus, for example, it was lyrate with bulging

postero-lateral margins; in a female it was evenly attenuated,

the two margins gradually converging from near the base to the

tip. In the male again the frenal lamellae formed together a

broad semicircular flap ; ; in the female they were narrower,

forming a nearly parallel-sided flap. In a male specimen of

L. albifrons albifrons and in a female of L. a. nigrifrons the

frenal lamelle were of the same shape as in the male ZL. coro-

matus; but inexamples of L. variegatus, macaco, catta, and mongoz

the lamelle were narrow and resembled more or less closely those

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. Bi

of the female LZ. coronatus mentioned above (text-fig. 10, A—D, G).

In Chirogaleus major the narrowed sublingua is apically serrulate

and the frenal lamelle are narrow as in most Lemurs. The

sublingua of Hapalemur was briefly described by Beddard.

Text-figure 10.

. Lower side of tongue of Lemur coronatus.

. Sublingua of another specimen of the same species raised from the frenal

lamellee.

. Lower side of distal end of tongue of Lemur variegatus with the tip of the

sublingua showing beyond the frenal lamellz.

. Lower side of tongue of the same without the frenal lamellz.

. Lower side of tongue of Galago crassicaudatus.

. The same of Nycticebus with supplementary frenal lamelle.

. Side view of tongue of Lemur coronatus.

. The same of Galago crassicaudatus.

Q b>

sl., sublingua ; fJ., frenal lamelle.

38 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

The sublingua is also present, as Milne-Edwards and Grandidier

have shown, in the Indriside.” It has a single median inferior

crest and three apical denticles. In Propithecus it hardly differs

in form from that of the Lemuride, being broad at the base

posteriorly, nearly parallel-sided, and attenuated at the apex.

In /ndris its lateral edges are rather strongly convex, the base

being narrowed like the apex. In Lichanotus it is very short,

its free lateral edge being apparently only about half as long

relatively as in Propithecus and Indris.

In Galago, Nycticebus, and Perodicticus the sublingua is broader

than in the Lemuride, especially at the apex, which is almost

truncated and armed with many denticles—z. e. 9 in a Galago

monterri—and its attachment to the tongue in the middle line is

set farther back so that a greater extent of its apex is free. I

also noticed 9 denticles at the tip in a specimen of Perodicticus

theanus. But in both Perodicticus and Galago these denticles

form a continuous series, whereas in an example of Vycticebus,

with 7 denticles, the outer on each side was larger than the rest

and separated from them (text-fig. 10, E, F, H).

In Chiromys the sublingua is of a different type. It has a

free lateral margin, but towards its abruptly attenuated tip it is

closely adherent to the tongue. It is not denticulated, but ends

in front in a firm, deflected hook which is the anterior termi-

nation of a thick median keel or ridge, itself carrying two or

three teeth, and traversing the whole of the underside of the

sublingua back to the upper end of the lingual frenum. Just in

front of the point there is on each side of the sublingua a.small,

probably glandular pouch, like a watch-pocket, with its orifice

looking forwards. The frenal lamelle are present and narrow; but

I could not be sure of their exact form. In the example of this

genus I examined the sublingua is less cordate and the tongue

less rounded than depicted by Owen, who, moreover, did not

mention the small teeth on the carina or the pocket-like glands

near the base of the sublingua (text-fig. 11, A, B).

The sublingua of Varsiws, described and figured by Burmeister,

is different from that of Lemurs. It is not so well developed, is

softer in consistency. and is defined from the tongue laterally by

a groove. In the middle it is provided with a rod-like thickening

which has a knob-like expansion at the apex. This rod, corre-

sponding to the median carina of the sublingua seen in Chiromys

and other Lemurs, was compared to the lytta of the tongue of

Canis by Burmeister. But the bifurcation of this rod and some

other structures at the tip of the sublingua described by that

author I was unable to detect in the single example of the tongue

of Tarsius I examined. In this specimen the frenal lamelle

consist of a pair of longish slender processes, each tipped with a

few small projections. At the proximal end of these processes

on the outer side the edge expands abruptly to form a flap with

a lobulate margin which extends far backwards along the sides

of the tongue. Burmeister described the frenal lamelle as the

CHARACYERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 39

‘‘Unterzunge.” His figure represents this structure as an

undivided semielliptical lamina with evenly denticulated margin.

This does not agree with my observations (text-fig. 11, C—E).

It has been suggested that the sublingua of the Lemurs acts as

~a tooth-brush to clean the porrect, close-set, and comb-like series

of anterior mandibular teeth. Lemurs certainly use these teeth

to comb their own fur and that of their companions. I have

never seen them employ these teeth for any other purpose, and

Text-figure 11.

. Side view of the tongue of Chiromys.

. Lower view of the same.

. Lower view of the tongue of Tarsius raised from the floor of the mouth.

. The same extracted with the frenal lamelle and the fringe attached.

. Side view of the tongue of Tarsiws, showing the comparatively slight

* differentiation of the sublingua and the well-developed frenal lamelle with

backwardly extending lobulated fringe.

soon PS

since there is frequently a rapid movement of the tongue after

the combing action, I do not doubt that the suggestion as to

the function of the sublingua is correct; and the suggestion is

strengthened by the structure of the sublingua in Chiromys,

where the median keel ends in a firm hook well adapted to all

appearance for removing particles lodged between the two rodent

incisor teeth of the lower jaw. .

40 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

In connection with the fur-combing use of the pectiniform

mandibular teeth in the true Lemurs, it must be remembered

that the spatulate finger-tips and short nails of these animals

deprive the digits of the scratching power they possess in ordinary

mammals with narrow finger-tips and comparatively long claws

or nails. Only one digit in the Lemurs is functional as a

scratcher, namely, the second of the hind-foot, which is short

with small terminal pad and long semi-erect claw. Thus is

established a most interesting correlation of characters in the

Lemurs :—namely, the uselessness of the fingers for scratching

the fur, the modification of the anterior mandibular teeth to sub-

serve that end, and the differentiation of the sublingua to keep

these teeth clean from seurf and hair. Now in Z'arsius the lower

mandibular teeth are not modified to form a comb. Possibly

they are employed for cleaning the coat, but their structure

makes them less lable to be clogged, and at the same time less

efficient instruments for the purpose than the corresponding teeth

of the typical Lemurs. Possibly, perhaps probably, for these

reasons, the sublingua is less differentiated and two of the digits

of the hind-foot, the second and third, are set apart as scratchers

and are capable of acting in unison, almost like the corresponding

united digits of the syndactylous Marsupials.

The sublingua of Chiromys probably serves mainly the purpose

of keeping the gnawing-teeth free from woody fibre; and, for

anything I know to the contrary, it may also cleanse them of

hair and scurf. But I am not aware whether these teeth are

used as a comb or not. At all events, in the case of this genus it

is interesting to note that the absence of the typical lemurine

dental comb is accompanied by well-developed claws and by fur

of a very different texture from that of ordinary Lemurs, since

it consists of a light underwool covered by long coarse hairs.

Possibly the fisefulness of the claws in combing this fur has been

one of the principal guiding factors in their evolution from nails.

The Anus and its Glands.

In all the Lemuroids examined, with one exception, the anus

is Situated in the normal, position below the joint of the tail so

that the base of that organ, when depressed, closes over it. But

in Chirogaleus major it is placed below, or on the distal side of

the joint of the tail, so that when that organ is raised the anus

is carried up on its base (text-fig. 16, A).

Normally in this group, that 1s to say in WVycticebus, Perodic-

ticus, Galago, Chiromys, the Indriside appar ently, and in Lemar

catia, variegatus, and coronatus, the per ineal and circumana] areas

are covered with hair; but in LZ. macaco, LZ. albifrons, and the

various forms such as nigrifrons, rufus, fulvus, cinereiceps, asso-

ciated with albifrons, these regions are covered in both sexes

with nearly naked, folded, wrinkled, and glandular skin, and

similar naked skin extends for an inch or so along the root of

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 4]

_ the tail (text-figs. 12, A; 15, BE). In other species referred to

this genus, i.e. L. mongoz and L. rubriventer, the glandular area

is much less differentiated, the skin being more closely covered

with fine, short hair and less distinctly folded and wrinkled.

Text-figure 12.

ANS

We Was ,

1 “a

A. Anal and genital area of male Lemur albifrons, showing the nearly naked

glandular skin stretching from the root of the tail to the scrotum.

B. The same of Lemur mongoz, showing the hairy but partially wrinkled skin

round the anus.

CQ. The same of female Lemur mongoz, showing the absence of wrinkled skin

round the anus, the long grooved clitoris (cl.), and the orifice of the urethra

(u.) below that of the vagina (v.).

D. The same of male Lemur catta, showing the hairy unwrinkled skin round the

anus and the naked scrotum.

42 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

The only example of ZL. rubriventer examined, namely a female,

had the skin of the circumanal area distinctly but not strongly ~

wrinkled. On the other hand, some females of Z. mongoz show

no sign of wrinkling, others show traces of it, and in some

males the wrinkling is rather strongly pronounced. A complete

gradation therefore in the development of the glandular area can

be traced from ZL. coronatus through L. mongoz to L. macaco and

L. albifrons (text-fig. 12, A-C).

The paired anal glands, so well known in some orders of

Mammals, e. y. the Rodentia and Carnivora, appear to be absent

in almost all Lemurs. The only genus in which I have found a

trace of them is Chiromys, where they are represented by a pair

of small, shallow invaginations, one on each side of the anal

orifice.

The External Genitalia of the Male.

According to Milne-Edwards and Grandidier each of the three

genera of Indrisidze may be characterised by the structure of the

penis and baculum. The penis appears to be short, subcylin-

drical, and apically truncated, and the baculum is distally

biramous in all cases. ;

In Lichanotus the epithelium is striated, and there are on each

side of the organ near the middle of its length two strong

recurved spines set one above the other. The baculum is greatly

expanded at its proximal end and gradually narrows from the

thickening to the middle of its length. From that point the two

sides diverge gradually to the apices of the two branches, which

themselves diverge evenly at about an angle of sixty degrees,

each branch being rather less than one-third of the length of the

whole bone.

In /ndris the epithelium of the penis is irregularly reticulated,

and on each side of the organ there is a patch of rather small

spines set in three irregularly vertical rows which extend also to

the underside. The baculum differs from that of Jichanotus in

being thicker in the middle of its length, without any proximal

(or basal) expansion, and in having the two branches much less

divergent and a little longer, each slightly exceeding one-third

the length of the entire bone (text-fig. 14, C).

In Propithecus the epithelium of the penis is grooved and beset

with minute spicules. The baculum differs from that of Zndris

in having the branches very long, each being more than half the

length of the entire bone, longer, that is to say, than the stalk

instead of shorter as in /ndris and Lichanotus.

The penis of Chirogaleus major (text-fig. 13, I, K, L) is rather

short and broad, nearly parallel-sided, with an ovate extremity

giving it a somewhat linguiform appearance from the lower or

upper view. It is longitudinally grooved and closely punctured,

the punctures possibly marking the position of minute spicules

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 43

rubbed off. The orifice of the urethra is situated above the pad

covering the tip of the baculum, a character in which the penis

Text-figure 13.

WV,

les)

Zim

A. Penis of Galago crassicaudatus from below with the frill folded over the tip

of the glans.

B. Tip of the glans of the same with the frill spread.

}. End of the penis of the same from the side with the tip protruding from the

frill.

D. Penis of Galago senegalensis from below.

E. Tip of the glans of the same showing the absence of the frill.

¥. Penis of Nycticebus from the side.

G. Tip of the glans of the same to compare with B and E.

H. The same of Perodicticus.

I. Penis of Chirogaleus major from below.

K. Tip of penis of the same showing the orifice of the urethra above the tip of the

baculum.

L. Penis of the same from the side with a probe passed dowa the urethra.

M. End of penis of Lemur macaco from below.

N. The same from above.

O. Penis of Lemur albifrons from the side.

P. Tip of penis of the same.

44 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

differs from that of all the Lemuroid Primates examined by me.

Above the orifice there is a transverse glandular depression

overlapped by a thick flap of epithelium. A somewhat similar

crescentic flap half encircles the bacular pad laterally and below.

The baculum (text-fig. 14, A, B) itself is a little longer than that

of an adult example of Lemur albifrons more than twice the size

of Chirogaleus major. Seen from the side the baculum shows a

slight sinuous curvature, the distal half being depressed. Seen

from above or below, the main part of the shaft is straight and

subcylindrical, but its apical fourth is divided into two curved

branches, a right and left, which diverge at first, then converge

so as almost to meet apically in the middle line, circumscribing

an ovate space. The urethra, which runs along the underside of

the main portion of the baculum, passes through this space at

the point of bifurcation of the baculum. Hence it comes about

that the orifice of the urethra lies above the pad which covers the

juxtaposed tips of the two branches,

In being distally biramous the baculum of Chirogaleus resembles

that of the Indrisine Lemurs, a point of great interest. It is

most like that of Lichanotus, but has the base less expanded and

the branches curved and convergent apically instead of widely

divaricated. According to Beddard Hapalemur also has a

bifid baculum. I do not know the course of the urethra with

regard to the baculum in the Indriside, nor is Beddard quite

clear on this point in his description of the penis of Hapalemur,

but since he states that the urethra opens at the posterior end

of a groove marking on the glans penis the forking of the

baculum, it may be inferred that the orifice of the urethra is

beneath the tip of the baculum as in typical Lemurs and not

above it as in Chirogaleus.

On one of the plates of his unfinished work Milne-Edwards

illustrates the male genitalia of a Lemur which, although un-

named in the legend, is clearly shown to be Z. catta by the naked»

scrotum. Four bacula are figured on the same plate. They

may have been taken from. specimens representing four distinct

species or from four examples of ZL. catia. If the latter, the

figures attest a certain amount of individual variation in this

bone, particularly in width at the base and expansion and

curvature at the tip. There the matter must rest.

In the species I have examined, namely L. catta, macaco, -

albifrons, and coronata, there is very little variation in the penis

and baculum. The penis (text-fig. 13, M-P) is subcylindrical

and armed in the middle of its length with many reversed spines

which are mostly of smal] size; two or more pairs, however, on

each side are much larger than the others, but these large spikes

are not always either symmetrically placed or numerically iden-

tical on the two sides. The orifice of the urethra is terminal

and opens just beneath the tip of the baculum. The baculum is

a comparatively short and slender rod with a larger proximal and

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 45

a smaller, sometimes incipiently bilobed distal expansion. As

compared with the size of the animals, the baculum in the

species referred to Lemur is smaller than in any other genus

(text-fig. 14, H).

In Galago senegalensis the penis is long (text-fig. 13, D, E).

Its narrow and cylindrical, proximal portion gradually expands

distally to a considerable extent, and its terminal portion is

attenuated. The orifice of the urethra, opening beneath and

behind the hardened rounded pad covering the tip of the baculum,

is provided with a small inferior and two small lateral labia.

Except at the distal and proximal ends the epithelium of the

penis is thickly beset with comparatively coarse reversed spines

Text-figure 14.

a ee

Gari, Al aishagwce ae

(co

f H

A. Baculum of Chirogaleus major from the side, the line indicating the course of

the urethra.

BB. The same from above showing the apical bifureation.

C. Baculum of Indris trom above (copied from Milne-Edwards).

ID. The same of Galago senegalensis from the side.

E. The same of Galago crassicaudatus.

F. The same of Nycticebus.

G. The same of Perodicticus.

H. The same of Lemur albifrons.

I. The same of Chiromys.

(All the figures twice nat. size.)

approximately equal in size. The baculum (text-fig. 14, D) is

long and slender, being actually nearly twice as long as that of

an adult male Lemur albifrons. It is practically straight and

gradually attenuated from its broad base, but there is a slight

sinuosity in its distal third and a slight and gradual thickening

at the apex which is blunt.

46 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 'THE EXTERNAL

In Galago crassicaudatus and monteiri (text-fig. 13, A-C) the

penis differs considerably from that of G. senegalensis. It is

clavate in form, being gradually incrassate from the base to the

blunted tip. The orifice is just below the apex of the baculum,

and the two are encircled by a frill of grooved, wrinkled epithe-

lium, forming a sort of secondary prepuce, which is attached by a

frenuin to the lower lip of the orifice and encloses a glandular

space. The spines covering the penis are bidentate or tridentate,

and much smaller than in G. senegalensis. The baculum (text-

fig. 14, K), although actually longer than in G. senegalensis, is

approximately the same shape and relatively about the same size.

In Vycticebus the penis (text-fig. 13, F, G) is much shorter than

in Galago and smooth and of tolerably even thickness through-

out. The callous pad at the tip of the baculum is large, rounded

and prominent, and overhangs the orifice of the urethra, which

lies in a glandular space bounded laterally and below by a pair

of labia practically as in G. senegalensis. The baculum (text-

fig. 14, F) is a nearly straight rod, only about two-thirds the

length of that of G. senegalensis, although the animal itself is

much bigger.

In Perodicticus the penis (text-fig. 13, Hl) i is short and smooth

and like that of Vycticebus except that, the tip of the baculum

and the orifice of the urethra are surrounded by a complete hood

or frill of wrinkled epithelium enclosing a circular glandular

space. The baculum (text-fig. 14, G) in the specimen examined

is shorter than that of the éxample of Vycticebus, but decidedly

thicker at the base inferiorly and with its upper edge a little

more sinuous.

According to Huxley's description (P. Z.S. 1864, p. 334) the

extremity of the glans penis in Arctocebus closely resembles that

of Perodicticus except that the encircling hood is bifid in the

middle line below. He states, however, that the baculum is :75

of an inch in length, about twice as long, that is to say, as in my

example of Perodicticus, although, judging from the dimensions

of the limbs, his animal was considerably the smaller of the two.

In Chiromys the penis is rugulose, wrinkled, and very slightly

narrowed distally for three-fourths of its length, then somewhat

abruptly attenuated to the apex, where the upturned tip of the

baculum terminates; but just below this point there is a little

soft, curved, subcylindrical process upon which it seems probable

the orifice of the urethra opens. When the prepuce is reflected

to its fullest extent, the basal fourth of the exposed portion of the

penis is seen to be provided with five probably glandular, longi-

tudinal grooves, one in the middle line above a two on each

side, one above the other, the ventral middle line being occupied

by the frenum. The baculum (text-fig. 14, I) is tolerably stout and

longer than in any genus of Lemuroid known to me. Allowing for

its curvature, it is as long relatively as in Galago er assicuudatus.

When seen from the side it is markedly sinuous, its upper edge

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARBSIUS. ~ 47

being concave close to the base, then convex, then strongly con-

cave owing to the upeurling of the distal fourth of its length.

The ventral side is curved in correspondence. No other

Lemuroid known to me has a strongly upcurled tip to this bone.

In connection with the scrotum there is one fact to be re-

corded. In Lemur catta this sac is always naked (text-fig. 12, D).

In all other species of Lemuroid Primates it is clothed with hair

normally (text-figs. 12, A, B; 16, A). Occasionally the postero-

inferior portion is naked, as J have noticed in one or two specimens

of Galago; but I have no doubt that in these cases the absence

of the hair was due to rubbing.

The External Genitalia of the Female.

In the standard text-books of Mammals published even as

recently as Max Webew’s in 1904, it is stated that the urethra

traverses the clitoris in the Lemuroidea. This is not true of any

Madagascar Lemur I have examined, and applies only to the

Asiatic and African forms. In the Madagascar species \the

urinary orifice opens at a varying distance between the vaginal

aperture and the apex of the clitoris, generally much closer to

that orifice and only in one case, Lemur catta, a little nearer the

tip of the clitoris.

Milne-Edwards and Grandidier have shown that the clitoris

varies considerably in form in the three genera of Indriside.

In Lichanotus (Avahis) it is long, pendulous, and narrow, and

parallel-sided invits distal two-thirds, but expanding proximally

towards the orifice of the vulva. From the orifice of the urethra,

situated a little below the vulva, a groove extends towards the

tip of the clitoris, and at the extreme tip of the latter is placed

the aperture of a glandular depression.

In Propithecus the clitoris is much shorter and thicker, with

a broadly rounded distal end carrying a glandular orifice. The

aperture of the urethra les approximately midway between the

orifice of this gland below and of the vagina above. In Jndris

the distal end of the clitoris is gradually and widely expanded

laterally and extended considerably beyond the orifice of the

gland, but the orifice of the urethra is situated even nearer to

the vulva than in Lichanotus.

In the species usually referred to the genus Lemur there is

considerable variation in the structure of the genital area of the

female.

In Lemur varius the clitoris is a short, thick, fleshy excrescence

with a blunt apex and somewhat cordate in shape, rising from

the centre of a tolerably large area of naked skin. Its free

posterior surface 1s marked by a median groove or rima defined

laterally by a pair of thick labia. When the Jatter are separated

the urinary channel, a gutter with thin elevated margins, is

displayed. In a mated female this gutter is seen to lead from

48 *, MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

Text-figure 15.

A. Anal and genital area of female Lem catta, showing the thick clitoris

protruding between the labia of the vuiva.

B. The same of female Lemur variegatus, showing the short cordate vulva arising

from a naked area of skin.

C. Vulva of the same enlarged, showing the lateral grooves and the orifices of the

urethra and vagina covered by membrane (hymen) in the virgin female.

T). Side view of the same vulva.

EK. Anal and genital area of female Lemar albifrons, showing the circumanal

elands and the long attenuated clitoris.

F. The same of Lemur coronatus, showing the long clitoris and the absence of

circumanal glands. ‘

G. Vulva of the same on larger scale, showing the supplementary labia beneath

the orifice of the vagina.

cl., clitoris ; w., orifice of urethra; v., orifice of vagina. ;

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 49

the orifice of the urethra, which is just below that of the vulva;

but in a virgin female the two orifices are concealed by a flap of

membrane (hymen), below the edge of which the open channel

extends, narrowing in its course to the apex of the clitoris. The

sides of the clitoris are marked by a couple of deep, probably

glandular, grooves (text-fig. 15, B, C, D).

In Lemur catta the clitoris is a thick elongated excrescence

Text-figure 16.

A. Anal and genital area of male Chirogaleus major, showing the position of the

anus on the root of the tail.

B. The same of female Hemigalago demidoffi, showing the long pendulous clitoris

below the vulva.

C. The same of female Galago crassicaudatus with the labia of the vulva spread

open.

PD. Vulva of the same with the labia closed.

I. Vulva of the same from the side.

F. Anal and genital area of female Tarsivs, showing the labia of the vulva

partially spread open.

G. The same from the side with the labia closed.

el., clitoris; 7., labium of vulva; w., orifice of urethra; v., orifice of vagina.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. IV. 4

50 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL

with the orifice of the vulva at its base and that of the urethra

about one-third of the distance from the tip—much lower, that

is to say, than in Z. varius. The urinary channel runs from the

urethral orifice to the apex of the clitoris. The orifice of the

vulva is bounded on each side by a pair of thick labia, which,

when separated, diverge from above that orifice and inferiorly

disappear in the area of naked integument from which the

clitoris rises (text-fig. 15, A).

In L. macaco, albifrons, fulvus, mongoz, rufiventer, and coro-

natus, the clitoris is narrow, elongated, attenuated towards the

apex, and arises from an area of naked or nearly naked skin. It

is channelled to the apex from the orifice of the urethra, which

opens a short distance below that of the vagina. It varies to a

certain extent in length within specific limits, e.g. Z. albifrons,

and is rather exceptionally long, less attenuated and narrower

at the base in Z. coronatus than in the others. Moreover, in the

single example of this species examined, two pairs of elongated

laminz, constituting labia, diverged obliquely just below the

orifice of the vagina (text-figs. 12, C; 15, E, F, G).

In the Asiatic Lemuvoids the clitoris differs from that of the

Madagascar forms in being traversed by the urethra which opens

at its tip.

In Galago crassicaudatus the clitoris is elongated. thick from

before backwards in profile view, and parallel-sided and com-

pressed from the posterior aspect : at its tip there is a depression,

probably glandular, almost encircling the urethral orifice, and

comparable to the similarly situated gland in the Indriside.

The vulva consists of two turgid labia, of which the opposed

surfaces are provided with several small fine lamine, running

from the edges of the labia inwards towards the orifice of the

vagina (text-fig. 16, C. D, E).

In Hemigalago the clitoris is relatively much longer and

thinner than in G. crassicaudata. The distal portion appears to

be strengthened by a baculum and the tip is provided with a

glandular depression encircling the end of the bone. The two

labia at the sides of the orifice of the vagina are relatively

smaller than in G. crassicaudatus (text-fig. 16, B).

In Vycticebus the clitoris is short and thick, resembling the

prepuce of a penis. There is a glandular depression at the tip.

The orifice of the vagina is a wide transverse rima just at the

base of the clitoris. The general appearance of the external

genitalia is very different from that of Galago and Hemigalago.

Possibly the specimen examined was a virgin female.

The female external genitalia of Zarsiws are unlike those of

the Asiatic and Masearene Lemurs, but in the single example

examined recall rather those of the Old World pithecoid Primates.

The vulva is a laterally compressed, elongated excrescence, with-

out pendulous apex. The rima is short and bounded by a pair

of labia concealing the small clitoris and the orifices of the

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS, 51

arethra and vagina, which are comparatively close together. It

is significant that the vulva of this genus as a whole is less like

the vulva of the Galagos than that of the true Lemurs. It

‘approaches most nearly the vulva of LZ. varius (text-fig. 16, F, G).

General Conclusions.

The conclusions of general interest which have suggested them-

selves in the course of the investigations above detailed are

subjoined in the order of their importance :—

1. In the case of Tursius the structure of the upper lip and of

the nose severs the genus completely from the Lemurs and brings

it into line with the Pithecoid Primates. Taking this character

in conjunction with the nature of the placenta, the presence of

the postorbital partition, and other well-known features, it seems

that Hubrecht was quite right in removing Yarsius from the

Lemurs and placing it in the higher grade of Primates. I pro-

pose to give practical expression to this view by dividing the

Primates into two great series. For the first, comprising the

Lemurs, the old name SrREPsIRHINT is available. For the second,

comprising Zarsius and the Pithecoidea, I suggest the title

Hartoruini. The Haplorhini will contain two divisions, the

‘Tarsioidea and the Pithecoidea *.

2. With Zarsius eliminated from the Lemurs, the Strepsirhini

may be divided into the Chiromyoidea and the Lemuroidea. It

has been the fashion of late years to depreciate the characters of

Chiromys. Dy. Standing indeed gave the genus merely subfamily

rank under the Indriside, the latter being equivalent to the

Lemuride. But that classification sacrificed the characters of

Ohiromys to the hypothesis that the genus is a specialised off-

shoot of the Indrisoid stock. That may be true. Nevertheless,

the specialisation has proceeded so far, and in so many directions,

that it appears to me impossible to dispute the claim that the

Lemuride and the Indriside are much more nearly akin to each

other than either is to the Chiromyide. In the description of

Chiromys the peculiarities of the teeth generally distract attention

from the curious cranial modifications correlated with the rodent

dentition, such as the immense size of the premaxille, which

reach the lachrymals and exclude the reduced maxillee from con-

tact with the nasals; also the absence of the bony ridge closing

the glenoid behind and the longitudinal extension of the man-

dibular condyle, two correlated characters subservient to the

back and forth movement of the mandible well known in the

* I prefer this name to Anthropoidea because in ordinary terminology the title

“anthropoid,” reasonably according to its meaning, has become restricted to the

man-like Apes. A marmozet can hardly be called “ anthropoid,” with any approach

to the real meaning of the word. But a marmozet and a man are Ele Saniliecoels

52 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ‘THE EXTERNAL

Rodentia. These cranial features distinguish Chiromys from all

Lemurs ; and when taken in conjunction with the teeth, with the:

peculiarities of the hands and feet, and of the sublingua, they out-

weigh, in my opinion, the known differences between the true

Mascarene Lemurs (Lemuride and Indriside) and the Asiatic

and African Galagos, Pottos, and Lorises.

3. With regard to the Galagos, Pottos, and Lorises, I am only

acquainted with one invariable cranial character distinguishing

them from the Lemuride and Indriside. This was pointed out

by Forsyth Major and has been briefly expressed by Mr. Gregory *

as follows :—In the Asiatic forms the ectotympanic is enlarged

and external to the bulla of which it forms the outer wall. “In

the Mascarene forms the ectotympanic is inclosed within the

bulla, forming a ring or horseshoe. To this difference may be

added tne one pointed out above in connection with the clitoris,

which in the Asiatic genera is traversed by the urethra, whereas

in the Mascarene forms the urethra opens above the tip of the

clitoris.

In view of these facts, I should divide the Lemuroidea into

two series, for which Mr. Gregory’s names Lemuriformes for the

Lemuridz and Indvisidee, and Lorisiformes for the Loriside (or

Nycticebide) and the Galagidee may be adopted. Similarly

for the subdivision of the Lemuride I follow Mr. Gregory in

relegating the genera to two subfamilies, the Lemurine and

Chirogaleine ; but I cannot agree with him that /Zapalemur

belongs to the Chirogaleine. That genus appears to me to be

essentially a Lemurine, its inclusion in the Chirogaleine spoiling

the definition of the subfamily.

4. As a matter of minor interest it is quite clear that the

genus Lemur as generally admitted and as recognised in this

paper is susceptible of division into two or three genera. L. catta,

for instance, differs from the other species in having the glands.

on the fore-limb and the naked heel and seroma, aad also

in the structure of the vulva. JZ. variegatus is also peculiar in

the structure of the vulva. Furthermore, the Galagos of the

G. senegalensis- type may be distinguished by the str ucture of the

penis from that of the crassicaudatns- type. Generic names.

appear to be available for these subdivisions of emer and

Galago; but I do not propose to enter into that question now.

My views above set forth differ in so many particulars from

those of Mr. Gregory that it may be interesting to tabulate our

classifications side by side, omitting those he adopts based upon

extinct genera, which, so are as I am aware, do not materially

affect the arrangement of recent forms.

* Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 26, pp. 432-436, 1915. See also Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.

Hist. 35, pp. 266-267, 1916.

CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. D3

Gregory, 1915-1916. Pocock, 1918.

‘Order PRIMATES.

Subord. LEMUROIDEA.

| Order PRIMATES.

Grade STREPSIRHINI.

Series LEMURIFORMEs. | Subord. LEMUROIDEA.

Fam. Lemurip™. | Series LEMURIFORMES.

Subfam. Lenwrine. Fam. LEMURIDS.

, & Chirogaleine. | Subfam. Lemurine.

Fam. INDRISID2. » Chirogaleine.

» CHIROMYID®. Fam. INDRISID&.

‘Series LORISIFORMES. Series LoRISIFORMEs.

Fam. Lorisip®. RaeloRranpe

Subfam. Lovisine. Comics

oy) f ab.

Galagine.

i I Subord. CHTROMYOIDEA.

Sas yy =) |

Series TARSITFORMES. | Fam. CHIROMYID ®.

Fam. TARSIID2. ;

Grade HAPLORHINI.

‘Subord. ANTHROPOIDEA. Subord. TARSIOIDEA

» PITHECOIDEA.

Apart from the removal of Zarsius from the Lemuroidea and

the union of the Loriside and Galagide in a group equivalent to

the Lemuride and Indriside combined, my classification agrees

in the main with the classification published in Flower and

Lydekker’s ‘Mammals,’ and in other works of about that period.

‘Of more recent classifications it appears to me that Gadow’s

(Class. of the Vertebrata, 1898, pp. 52-53), although brief, ex-

presses the facts with the nearest approach to the truth, especially

in the primary division of the Primates into the three suborders

Lemures, Tarsii, and Simiz.

ON THE PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 5

5. A Classification of the Pyratipa, subfamily Hypso-

TROPINZ. By Sir Grorck Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8.

[Received February 19, 1918: Read March 5, 1918.]

Proboscis aborted or absent ; palpi upturned, oblique or down-

curved, the males of the species with the maxillary palpi brush-

like and contained in a hollow of the labial palpi usually having

the palpi oblique in the male and downcurved in the female;

maxillary palpi small and filiform, well developed and more or

‘less dilated with scales at extremity, or brush-like and contained

in a hollow of the labial palpi; frons smooth, with tuft of hair,

or prominences of various forms; antenne of male ciliated,

laminate, serrate or pectinate with uniseriate branches, the

basal joint often dilated and the shaft often downcurved at base

with a ridge of scales in its sinus; the build slender; tibiz with

all the spurs present; abdomen smoothly scaled. Fore wing

narrow; vein la separate from 16; le absent; veins 2, 3

rarely stalked; vein 4 often absent or stalked with 5, 3 and 5

stalked or from the cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 absent ;

8,9 and often 10 stalked or 9 absent, rarely 10 also absent,

8 given off before or after 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

the median nervure pectinated on upper side; veins la, b,c

present; 2 from near or well before angle of cell; veins 3 and 4

sometimes absent, or 3 and’5 stalked or from the cell, 4 often

absent, or 3, 4, 5 all present, 4 stalked with 5 or from cell; 6, 7

stalked or from upper angle of cell; 8 anastomosing with 7 or

approximated to it but free.

The larve of very few species are known; these live on

Graminacee and pupate in the ground in a chamber formed

by agglutinated particles of the soil; Hmmalocera depressella,

however, is injurious to sugar-cane, the larva feeding in its

roots.

The subfamily is a development from the Anerastiane—Ane-

rastia Hiibn. Verz. p. 367 (1827), type dignella Hibn.—from

which it differs only in the proboscis being absent or aborted

and non-functional.

The types of the new species are in the British Museum, the

species of which the types are in the collection are marked with

at, and those not in the collection with a *.

No quotations from German authors published since Aug. Ist,

1914 are inserted. ‘* Hostes humani generis.”

SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

"p.La00) DULuUiaT

‘pyoohjog ‘vy0ucboy “vrovsc “DULogVg =“ rN07AA

suomuay aay

“piyuodfoosy “DUIDT * ee —pispzy dog

“DUT Se re

‘vdoujojdvg ‘pdououzy “vifrrg ‘sapnoyznupye wa ity

“phoquy aaoUEaS

“DiyyUoLfissog — saiaae ‘pdo.wjzownpn) “DIyUaInnT

‘paaspupg —“wshayoopoyy SS a

-edatpona “aan “DIDU0PLOY | ‘pdo.zosdh fy

among : |

“DZOSVAV NT “pduny, — ‘pigaydiposa yy

ama “pdotjoary ‘DUSDLIULT, | “DULDnaS

| |

‘paquagr ‘pipisozy “v.t ar “DIyINUa LT ‘VlajDQ ‘DoLyaoUa

quad 2pisor @) ty I 1°09 Y 10)

WNICOULOSAAF - HHL Ao ANHDOTAH

PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN A.

Key to the Genera.

‘A. Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 absent.

a. Fore wing with vein 8 from 9 before 10, 3 and 5 stalked ......

b. Fore wing with vein 8 from 9 after 10. °

al, Fore wing with veins 3 and 6 stalked.

a2. Palpi upturned

b2. Palpi oblique, straigh

c2, Palpi downeurved

Coenochroa,

[p. 58.

Menuthia, p. 60.

. Calera, p. 59.

b1, Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell.

a2, Palpi upturned

62. Palpi porrect.

- a3, Fore wing with vein 9 absent, 11

and 10...

63, Fore wing wi

th yein 9 present, 11 from cell ...........

Statina, p. 59.

. Tinerastia, p. 61.

stalked with 8

c. Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell ................:.0.0 ee

3B. Hind wing with vein 3 present, 4 absent.

a. Fore wing with vein 4 absent.

al, Fore wing with veins 9 and 10 absent, 8 from cell, 3 ‘and

< 5 from cell ae

61, Fore wing with v

from cell ........

cl, Fore wing with ve

ein 9 absent, 10 from cell, 3 and 5

Calamnotropa,

_ Ceenotropa, p.89.

Mesodiphlebia,

[p. 61.

[p. 91.

Tampa, p. 62.

. Bandera, p. 89.

ad). Kore wing with vein 8 from 9 atter 10.

a2, Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked.

a®, Palpi upturned.

at, Frons with rounded prominence .............0....05+6

b4. Frons without prominence,

a>, Palpi reaching to above vertex of head, the 2nd

joint slenderly scaled ...............-00eeeses eee:

b5, Palpi not reaching to above vertex of head, the

Qund joint broadly scaled ..............1-0..00ee eee

63, Palpi oblique or downcurved.

at, Frons with corneous plate produced to two slight

TOMS 1m INOME 65 sc0c0a000re0 aunon0cd0o90a02N87.000900000 00

b4. Frons without corneous plate ....................000:-

b2, Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 from cell.

a3, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked

63, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell.

a+, Palpi upturned

b+. Palpi downcurved ....

ce}, Fore wing with vein 10 from

the cell, 8 and 9 stalked. —

a2. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked.

a3. Frons with flattened corneous plate, rather trifid im

front and produced to short lateral points, a cor-

neous plate below the frons .......... Labo

63, Frons with pointed conical prominence ......

©, Frons with long truncate corneous process with raised

rim at extremity ........

a3, Frons with rounded prominence with raised rim at

e’. Frons without prominence .)..............:0:e ee

62, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell.

a3, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7

3, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7

2. Fore wing with vein 4 present.

a}, Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 8.

a2. Fore wing with veins 4, 6 stalked or from a point.

a3, Hind wing with vein 2 from or from close to angle

of cell.

a+, Frons with conical prominence

GRRROWINAG Phyo uog oon dan eaadoodoowad oon edoboado Baolevooau oud ou

64, Frons without prominence.

a. Frons with long pointed tuft of hair ...............

65, Frons without tuft of hair

. Hypsotropa,

_.. Sudania, p. 88.

. Rhodochrysa,

in 8from 9 before 10,3 and 5 stalked... Hosidia yp. 63.

Dembea, p. 64.

Ceara, p. 63.

Leotropa, p. 64.

. Alamosa, p. 65.

Navasota, p. 6d.

67.

R8.

[p. 78.

. Raphi metopus,

Chortoneca,

[p. 80.

Metacrateria,

[p. 79.

Prinanerastia,

[p. 80.

_ Rhinaphe, p. 82.

Laurentia, p. 90.

Epidauria,p. 91.

. Fossifrontia,

[p- 107.

Aurora, p. 106.

. Commotria,

[p. 107.

58 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

63, Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell.

a‘. Frons with rounded prominence ........................ Siboga, p. 112.

64. Frons without prominence.

a. Fore wing with veins 4, 5, hind wing with veins

3and 5 stalked ......... ....... Ematheudes,

es wing with veins 4, 5, hind | wing - with veins [p. 114.

3 and d from angle of cell .. Ric . Baptotropa,

62, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 separate. [p. 116.

a’. Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell......... Biafra, p. 114.

63, Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell. [p. 116.

a+, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7 ...... Ethiotropa,

64, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7 ... Patna, p.117.

b!, Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell.

a>. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

a’, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked .......... . Saluria, p. 93.

63. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell ... » dep ophtasia,

6°. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell. [p. 104.

a’, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked; frons with

truncate “conical prominence Sag ot voce... Megalophota,

63, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell. [p. 117.

at. Frons with prominence hollowed out in front ...... Martia, p. 118.

64, Frons with disk of scales ....5) 00. ..c...csecse.ss 00-6. 4. -Discofrontia,

[p. 118.

c#, Frons without disk of seales or prominence ......... Critonia, p. 119.

C. Hind wing with vein 4 present.

a. Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 8. [p. 121.

a}, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7 ............... Monoctenocera,

61, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7............ Saborma, p. 122

6. Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell.

a\, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 stalked .............................. Osacia, p. 1238.

61, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 from the cell.

a, Frons with small rounded prominence with a corneous

OVENS ENON TI cock soncadanancneogouaveadoobedmnanebaueoonscadea JAUAOTOIOHOEy

63. Frons without prominence, (ip. 123.

a‘. Fore wing with veins 4,.5 stalked ..................... Polyocha, p.124.

64. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell ............... Emmatocera,

Tp. 126.

Genus CaNocHRoa.

Type.

Conochroa Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887) ...... californiella.

Petaluma Wulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii.

Dev 2LOUGL SOO) erate fo aas mets vba astle sprees openly Sei libella.

Proboscis absent; palpi downcurved, about three times length

of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi minute and filiform ;

frons with conical prominence, thickly scaled above ; antenne

of male laminate and almost simple: Fore wing narrow and

elongate, the apex rounded; vein 2 from close to ‘angle of cell;

3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6 from well below upper

angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from before 10; 11 from cell. Hind

wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent,

5 sometimes not reaching the termen; 6, 7 from upper angle ;

8 strongly anastomosing with 7.

(1) *Ca:nocHROA ILLIBELLA.

Anerastia illibella Hulst, Ent. Am. ili. p. 138 (Oct. 1887) ;

Rag. Rom. Mém. viu. p. 419, pl. 45. £.9; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N.

Am. p. 440.

Cenochroa puricostella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (Dec. 1887).

U.S.A., Texas, Arizona.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA@, 59

(2) Ca&NocHROA INSPERGELLA.

Cenochroa inspergella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887);_id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 419, pl. 45. f. 10; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 440.

U.S.A., Texas, Colorado, Arizona. |

(3) *CaNOCHROA CALIFORNIELLA.

Cenochroa californiella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 420, pl. 45. f.8; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 441.

U.S.A., Colorado, California, Arizona; Mexico, Presidio.

Auctorum.

Cenochroa monomacula Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. p. 348:

(GUOMES GAN e skal nu nvum te trea eu cRUhen crema iannn inate PANAMA.

Genus CALERA.

ype.

Calera Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888) ............ punctilimbella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about twice the length of head and smoothly sealed ; maxillary

palpi minute and filiform; frons smooth; antennz of male

somewhat laminate and ciliated, the basal joint somewhat en-

larged and flattened on outer side. Fore wing long and narrow,,

the apex rounded; vein 2 from near -angle of cell; 3 and 5

strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10

stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

vein 2 from elose to angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked ;

8 anastomosing strongly with 7.

CALERA PUNCTILIMBELLA.

Calera punctilimbella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 50 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 417, pl. 40. f. 20; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 441.

U.S.A., N. Carolina, Iowa, Texas.

Genus STavrna.

Type.

Statina Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887) ......... roseotinctella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about two and a half times length of head and rather roughly

sealed; maxillary palpi minute, filiform; frons with tuft of

scales ; antenne of male Jaminate and ciliated, the shaft thickened

with scales above at base, the basal joint long, dilated and

flattened. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded ;

vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked,

4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from

beyond 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to

60 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anasto-

mosing strongly with 7.

(1) *Srarina GAUDIELLA.

Statina gaudiella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent, Soc. xvii. p. 216

(1890); Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 415, pl. 51. f.5; Dyar, Cat.

Lep. N. Am. p. 440.

U.S.A., Texas.

(2) SravTINA ROSEOTINCTELLA.

Statina roseotinctelia Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887); id.

Rom. Mém. vii. p. 416, pl. 47. f. 7; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 440.

U.S.A., Florida, Texas.

(3) TSTATINA PUNCTILINEELLA.

Statina punctilineella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 416, pl. 52.

elisa @OON)):

S. Brazin.

(4) PSTATINA BIFASCIELLA.

Statina bifasciella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 416, pl. 52.

f, 8 (1901).

U.S.A., Texas.

(5) STATINA RHODOBAPHELLA.

Statina rhodobaphella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 417, pl. 45. f. 6.

CELEBES, Sangir I.; N. GuinEA; QUEENSLAND.

(6) TSTATINA ROSINELLA, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax purplish pink; abdomen whitish suf-

fused with red-brown, dorsally fulvous towards base; antenne,

pectus, and legs whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore wing

purplish pink, the veins streaked with white; a brown shade

below basal half of cell. Hing wing ochreous white.

N. Nigeria, Minna (Macfie), 1 2 type. Hap. 16 sar

(7) TSravTINa CASHMIRALIS.

Statina cashmiralis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xv.

p. 20 (1901).

KASHMIR,

Genus MENUTHIA.

Type.

Menuthia Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888) ............... nanella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi upturned to far above vertex of head,

slender and smoothly scaled; maxillary palpi filiform; frons

PYRALID&, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 61

smooth ; antenne of female almost simple. Fore wing long and

narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from angle of cell : 3 and 5

stalked, 4 absent; 6 from Tnelaw upper angle ; ‘sh We 10 stalked,

8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with the cell short

veins 2 and 5 stalked, 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle ;.

8 strongly anastomosing with 7.

*VIENUTHIA NANELLA.

Menuthia nanella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 418, pl. 40. f. 22

ZANZIBAR.

Genus TINERASTIA.

Type.

Tinerastia Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 414 (1901)... Siecle.

Proboscis absent; palpi upturned to rather above vertex of

head and nearly smoothly scaled; maxillary palpi minute and

filiform; frons with rounded prominence ; antennee of male

laminate and ciliated, the basal joint rather long. Fore wing

rather long and narrow, the apex rounded ; vein 2 from towards

angle of cell; 3 and 5 from an gle, 4 absent ; 6 from below upper

angle ; 8,9 , 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; s from cell. Hind

wing with seins 2 and 5 from angle of cell, 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7

fo)

stalked; 8 anastomosing strongly with 7.

(1) TTINERASTIA DISCIPUNCTELLA,

Menuthia discipunctella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 52 (1896) ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 414, pl. 52. f. 10.

CEYLON.

(2) TTINERASTIA FISSIRELLA.

Menuthia Jissivella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 52 (1896); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 414, pl. 52. f. 9.

CEYLON.

Genus MESODIPHLEBIA.

: eee : ‘ Type.

Mesodiphlebia Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi.

PSPAIO Me iam seiocicier. Geet -lacisiocieluersie melmneracie nile san a ence crassivenia.

Proboseis absent ; palpi porrect, about twice the length of

head, almost straight and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi well

developed and slightly dilated with scales ; frons with conical

tuft of hair; antenne of male laminate and ciliated, the shaft

somewhat curved at base and thickened with scales in the sinus,

the basal joint rather elongate and flattened. Fore wing long

and narrow, the apex apinilet 2 vein 2 from near angle of cell;

3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10;

11 from cell. Hind wing rite veins 2 and 5 from angle of cell;

3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing strongly-

with 7.

62 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(1) *MEsopIPHLEBIA DELIQUELLA.

Anerastia deliquella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 861; Rag. Rom. Mém.

viii. p. 413, pl. 45. f. 5.

Anerastia trinotella Berg, An. Soc. Arg. 1885, p. 275.

ARGENTINA.

(2) TMESODIPHLEBIA CRASSIVENIA,.

Anerastia crassiwenia Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 251,

pl. xii. f. 52 (1881); Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 415, pl. 40. f. 16.

COLOMBIA:

(3) MErsopIPHLEBIA STRICTICOSTELLA.

Mesodiphlebia stricticostella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887,

yp. 260; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 413, pl. 40. f. 15.

N. NicErIA; SUDAN.

(4) + MESODIPHLEBIA ROSELLA.

Calera rosella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 53 (1896) ; id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 412, pl. 52. f. 7.

Maopras, Nilgiris.

(5) }MESODIPHLEBIA OCHRACEELLA, Sp. n.

@. Head and thorax brownish ochreous; pectus, legs, and

abdomen white suffused with brownish ochreous. Fore wing

uniform brownish ochreous. Hind wing white with a faint

ochreous tinge.

ARGENTINA, Corrientes, Goya (Perrens), 1 2 type. Hap.

20 mm.

Auctorum.

Calera albicostella Grossbeck, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. xxxvii.

ps LOAs CIO TiN sv caecrecpees cee Maciocia L ts: U:S.A., Florida.

Genus TAMPA.

Type.

Tampa Rag. N. Am. Phye. p.19 (1887) ....-.... dimediatella..

Proboscis aborted and small; palpi obliquely upturned to well

above vertex of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi well

developed and dilated with scales; frons smooth; antenne of

male ciliated. Fore wing long and narrow; the costa highly

arched, the apex rounded, the termen very oblique; vein 2 from

close to angle of cell; 3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 6 from below

upper angle; 9 and 10 absent ; 11 from close to 8. Hind wing

with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked,

4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with 7 to

mear apex.

PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. 63

TAMPA DIMEDIATELLA.

Tampa dimediatella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 411, pl. 45. f.4; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 440.

U.S.A., Florida, Texas.

Genus CEARA.

Type.

Ceara Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888) ».......5..... discinotella.

Proboscia absent; palpi upturned to rather above vertex of

head and moderately sealed ; maxillary palpi small and filiform ;

frons smooth, with large conical tuft of scales ; antenne of male

laminate and ciliated, the shaft with small tuft of scales above

at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded: vein 2 from

angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper

angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind

wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly

stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 strongly anastomosing with 7.

(1) *CEARA DISCINOTELLA.

Ceara discinotella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 368, pl. 39. f. 3.

S. BRaAzIu.

(2) TCEARA ALBIFASCIATA, Sp. n.

3. Head white; thorax white tinged with reddish brown ;

abdomen white tinged with brown and dorsally with fulvous

yellow towards base; pectus and legs white tinged with brown.

Fore wing with white costal fascia narrowing to a point before

apex and with vein 12 defined above and below by grey-brown,

the area below it to just below the cell and vein 2 white suffused

with grey-brown, leaving the veins streaked with white; the

inner area pale pink with a white streak on vein |. Hind

wing white, tinged with brown except on inner area.

Br. BE. Arrica, Eb Urru (Betton), 1 3 type. xp. 26 mm.

Genus Hosrpra.

Type.

Hosidia Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 408 (1901). ochrineurella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi downcurved, extending about one and

a half times length of head and roughly scaled ; maxillary palpi

minute and filiform; frons smooth, with conical tuft of hair;

antenne of male ciliated, the shaft with sinus and tuft of scales

at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from

clese to angle of cell; 3 and 4 stalked, 5 absent ; 6 from below

upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from before 10; 11 from cell.

Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3 and 5

strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked: 8 anastomosing strongly

with 7. ;

64 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

* HOsIDIA OCHRINEURELLA.

Hosidia ochrineurella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 409, pl. 45.

fal a@i9 Os):

Nata.

Genus Dremsra.

Type.

Dembea Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888) ............ venulosella,

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned to about vertex

of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi minute and slightly

dilated with scales; frons with large rounded prominence thickly

clothed with scales; antennee of male laminate and ciliated, the:

shaft with ridge of scales at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex

rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 53 and 5 shortly

stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked,

8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from

angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 anas-

tomosing strongly with 7. :

+D»EMBEA VENULOSELLA,

Dembea venulosella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 368, pl. 44. f. 19.

N. Nigeria; AByssInIA; Br. C. AFRICA.

Genus LEOrROPA, nov.

Type, L. phenicias.

Proboseis absent ; palpi obliquely upturned to about vertex of

head and moderately scaled ; maxillary palpi minute and filiform ;

frons smooth, rounded; antenne of male laminate and ciliated,

with a sinus at base containing a double ridge of scales. Fore

wing narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of

cell; 3and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10

stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2

from just before angle of cell; 3 and 5 very strongly stalked,

4 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 strongly anastomosing with 7.

(1) tLEOTROPA PHGNICIAS, Sp. n.

3g. Head and thorax purplish pink; abdomen pale brownish

grey dorsally tinged with fulvous; antenne brownish ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen, except towards extremity,

brownish tinged with purplish pink. Fore wing purplish pink,

the veins streaked with white; a dark brown fascia through

upper part of cell to apex, the costal area towards apex white.

Hind wing brownish white ; a slight brown terminal line.

Sierra Leone (Clements), 1 gd type. Hap. 22 mm.

(2) tLEorroPA SARCINA, Sp. n.

o. Head and thorax white mixed with ochreous brown ;

abdomen white, dorsally faintly tinged with fulvous towards.

PYRALIDAH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 65

base ; pectus and legs white suffused with brown. Fore wing

white tinged with purplish pink, the veins streaked with white ;

the costa] area white narrowing to a point at apex and with vein 12

defined on each side by brown, a brown shade below the costal

area. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous brown tinge on

costal area and in submedian interspace. ‘

Br. EH. Arrica, Teita (Jackson), 1 5 type. Hap. 16mm.

(3) tLEOTROPA PAPUANENSIS, Sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with reddish

brown, the last dorsally tinged with fulvous towards base. Fore

wing whitish irrorated with reddish brown, the costal area rather

whiter, narrowing to a point at apex and with slight brown

streak below it. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown,

the cilia white.

| Dunc IN: Gunna, Ron I. (Doherty), 1 3 type. Hap. 14 mm.

Genus ALAMOSA.

Type.

Alamosa Hmpsn. Rom. Mém, viii. p. 369 (1901). piperatella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about twice the length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary

palpi minute and filiform; frons with flattened corneous plate

produced to two slight points in front and thickly scaled above ;

antenne of male laminate. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded;

vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6

from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10;

11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from just before angle of

cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle ;

8 strongly anastomosing with 7.

(1) ALAMOSA PIPERATELLA.

Alamosa piperatella Hmpsn. Rom. Meém. viii. p. 369, pl. 51.

f. 25 (1901).

U.S.A., Colorado, New Mexico.

(2) *ALAMOSA BIPUNCTELLA.

Alamosa bipwnetella Barnes & McD. Contr. Nat. Hist. Lep.

N. Am. ii. 4, p. 184, pl. 1. f. 7 (1913).

U.S.A., Florida. ;

Genus NAvASsora.

/ ‘Dype-.

Navasota Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887) ............ hebetella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi extending about the

length of head and moderately scaled, the 2nd joint oblique, the

3rd porrect ; maxillary palpi minute and filiform; frons smooth

with conical tuft of hair; antenne of male laminate and ciliated,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1918, No. V. Lia

66 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

the shaft with sinus at base containing a ridge of scales. Fore

wing narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of

cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; 5 from below upper angle; 8, 9,

10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked,

4 absent: 6, 7 stalked; 8 anastomosing with 7.

(1) *NavAsora HEBETELLA.

Navasota hebetella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 369, pl. 89. f. 5; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.

U.S.A., Texas.

(2) rNAVASOTA PERSECTELLA, sp. N.

@. Head and thorax purplish red; abdomen white, dorsally

suffused with fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs

white tinged with rufous. Fore wing purplish pink; the costal

area creamy white, narrowing to a point at apex, vein 12 defined

by the costa above it being purplish red and by a fine streak

below, the costal area defined by a red-brown fascia below ;

veins 4, 3, and | slightly streaked with white. Hind wing white

slightly tinged with ochreous brown.

Timor, Dili (Doherty), 1 2 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(3) TNAVASOTA HAMAPHAELLA, sp. 1.

Q. Head and thorax dusky crimson; abdomen fuscous, the

base of dorsal area fulvous. Fore wing dusky crimson with a

slightly defined rather paler costal fascia attenuated to a point

before apex ; a very slight irroration of black scales and traces of

a terminal series of points. Hind wing ochreous tinged with

pale fuscous.

LovisIAbDEs, St. Aignan I. (Meek), 1 9 type. Hap. 24 mm.

(4) TNAVASOTA LEUCONEURELLA, sp. Nn.

3. Head and thorax dusky crimson; abdomen ochreous

white. Fore wing crimson; the veins streaked with white, the

subcostal and median nervures strongly so and the former

defined on lower side by brown suffusion from base to apex.

Hind wing yellowish white, the costal area tinged with fuscous.

Ueanpa, Kampala (Ansorge) ; TRAnsvaaL, White R. (Cooke),

1g; Narat, Estcourt (Hutchinson), 1 $ type; Cart Conony,

Transkei (diss /. Barrett),1 3. Hap. 24 mm.

(5) tNAVASOTA CHIONOPHLEBIA, sp. Nn.

Head and thorax purplish red mixed with some ochreous

white; abdomen rufous, dorsally fulvous yellow on basal half ;

pectus and legs whitish suffused with rufous. Fore wing purplish

pink, the veins strongly streaked with white. Hind wing white

tinged with rufous.

PYRALID.E, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINAE. 67

S. Nigerta, Yorubaland, Ogbomoso (Sir G@. Carter), 1 @ ;

N. Nicerta, Zungeru (Simpson, Macfie), 2 2, Minna (Macfie),

13,19 type. Hap. 16-22 mm.

(6) {NAVASOTA SYRIGGIA, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax rufous tinged with purplish pink, the

metathorax ochreous white; abdomen fulvous yellow; pectus

sand legs white, the latter tinged with purplish rufous. Fore

wing pale purplish pink, the veins slightly streaked with white.

Hind wing white with a faint ochreous tinge.

ARGENTINA, Tucuman, Los Vasquez (Dinelly), 1 Q type. Hap.

‘24 mm.

(7) NAVASOTA DISCIPUNCTELLA, Sp. 0.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with brown, the

last faintly tinged with fulvous yellow towards base of dorsum.

Fore wing white irrorated with fuscous brown and some pale

purplish-pink scales ; a black discoidal point; a. slight blackish

postmedial shade from vein 2 to inner margin.

N. Nigeria, Minna (Maejie),1 2 type. Hap. 20 mm.

Auctorun.

Navasota myriolecta Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. p. 347

(COSIS.net Ns oe AOE PANAMA.

Genus Hypsorropa.

= Type.

Hypsotropa Zell. Vsis, 1848, p. 591 ............... lacie

Heosphora Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vii.

Weel DON LOSZ items ten mecclaes see cetandasnesccaye psamathella.

Seleucia Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259. semirosella.

JE OFOG IRE ING Nie leliny@s JOs IS) (CUSIST)) se scesaue approximella.

Ambala Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888) ......... Suscostrigella.

Lymira Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ......... semirosella.

Tiarra Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ............ pusillella.

Socora Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ............ tenwicostella.

Talamba Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888) ......... tenuinervella.

Wekiva Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii.

Oe 2OACUSOO)) eps aae i AR areas eI luteicostella.

Tinitinoa Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat®.Mus. xlvii.

et TR EL OMS \i ety. dU RG epee a one. Satoh lithe phyrdes.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi typically obliquely up-

turned to far above vertex of head, the 2nd joint fringed with

scales in front; maxillary palpi slightly dilated with scales ;

frons smooth, with tuft of scales; antenneze of male typically

somewhat laminate and ciliated, the shaft slightly curved at

base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded ; vein 2 from towards

angle of cell; 3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 6 from below upper

angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind

68 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

wing with vein 2 from just before angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly

stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 strongly anastomosing

with 7.

Secr. J. Palpi of male upturned. 5

A. Palpi of male hollowed out to contain the brush-like maxillary palpi; the

antennz with sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.

a. (Ambala). Antenne of male with rather long uniseriate branches, the apex

ciliated.

(1) *HypsorroPpa CONTRASTELLA.

Ambala contrastella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom.

Meém. viii. p. 370, pl. 38. f. 11.

NATAL.

(2) Hypsorropa FUSCOSTRIGELLA.

Ambala fuscostrigella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom..

Mem. viii. p. 371, pl. 38. f. 10.

PuNJAB.

(3) HypsorroPa SUBCOSTELLA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax white, the tegule and patagia suffused with

red-brown ; antenne red-brown; palpi irrorated with red-brown ;

abdomen white, usually irrorated with brown and dorsally suf-

fused with fulvous yellow towards base; legs irrorated with

brown. Fore wing white with a faint pink tinge, and strongly

irrorated with brown; an ochreous-brown fascia through the-

cell from base to apex, extending to just below the cell. Hind

wing white with a taint ochreous tinge.

N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Mache, Simpson), 1 5, 2 9 type;

Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Ilala (Veave),.

26. Exp. 20-28 mm.

(4) Hypsorropa PERVITTELLA, sp. 1.

Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown; abdomen

white tinged with red-brown and dorsally suffused with fulvous

vellow towards base. Fore wing white thickly irorated with

red-brown ; a red-brown fascia through the cell from base to

apex, the veins below it streaked with white. Hind wing white

with the costa tinged with brown towards apex.

PungaB, Ajmere, 1 ¢ ; Bompay, Deesa (Vurse), 1 3, 1 9

type. Hap. 20 mm.

6. Antenne of male with uniseriate branches below the sinus only, then

serrate.

(5) HypsorropaA HETEROCERELLA.

Hypsotropa heterocerella Himpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 54 (1896) ;

id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 371, pl. 52. f. 1.

KASHMIR ; PUNJAB.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN ©. 69

ce. Antenne of male somewhat laminate and ciliated to base.

(6) HypsorroPaA OCRACEELLA, Sp. Nn.

go. Head and thorax brownish ochreous mixed with some

white; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally tinged with fulvous

yellow towards base. Fore wing brownish ochreous; a dark

brown fascia along median nervure; a diffused antemedial line

‘from cell to inner margin ; a diffused dark postmedial line tend-

ing to form streaks in the interspaces, oblique to vein 6, then

inwardly oblique; a slight dark terminal lne. Hind wing

white tinged with ochreous brown and with a dark terminal line

to submedian fold.

Trvor, Oinainisa (Doherty), 1 g type. Hap. 14 mm.

B. Maxillary palpi of male filiform.

a. Antenne of male with sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

a’. (Soeora). Palpi of male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned and thickly

, scaled, the third joint porrect.

(7) *HypsorroPa TENUICOSTELLA.

Socora tenuicostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888); id. Rom.

Mulerins With, jo. BiG, yolle BS), igs Oe

GAMBIA.

b’. (Lymiva). Palpi of male slender, the 3rd jomt upturned.

(8) *HypsorropaA SEMIROSELLA.

Seleucia senirosella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. USSi7) pa2oep ide

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 373, pl. 38. f.9; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11.

‘p. 83.

SYRIA.

(9) Hypsorropa ILLECTALIS.

Addyme illectalis Wik. xxx. 959 (1864); Rag. Rom. Mem. vin.

pasts, pl. dot. o.

Seleucia costatella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888).

BoRNEO; CELEBES.

(10) tH yPsorRoPA BISCRENSIS, Sp. 0. ,

Head and thorax white tinged with red-brown; abdomen

‘creamy white, dorsally suffused with ochreous brown towards

base. Fore wing white tinged with ochreous except a white

costal fascia narrowing to a point at apex, defined below by a

red-brown fascia; the median nervure and veins 5, 3 shghtly

streaked with white. Hind wing creamy white.

AucertA, Biskra (Walsingham), 1 3, 29 type, Hammam-es-

Salahin (Walsingham), 13. Hap. 22-28 mm.

(11) tHyPsorRoPA RHODOCHROELLA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax deep rose-red; abdomen ochreous yellow,

70 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; antenn fulvous yellow ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous yellow

suffused with brown. Fore wing deep rose-red, the costa and

veins strongly streaked with white, the interspaces of costal

area tinged with brown. Hind wing ochreous white slightly

tinged with brown. 5

Hab. Ucanpa, Mulema (Doggett), 1 3, Ketoma (Doggett),

1 3; Br. C.Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave),7 3, 3 2 type; TRAns-

VAAL, White R. (Cooke), 1 3 ; Navan, Estcourt (Hutchinson),

23. Hap. 20-28 mm.

(12) THypsorropa ALBIVENALIS.

Ambala albivenalis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xxi.

p. 1250 (1912).

CEYLON.

6. Antennee of male without sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

a. (Hypsotropa). Palpi long; antennze of male with the shaft thickened

at base.

(13) *Hypsorropa LUTEICOSTELLA.

Hypsotropa luteicostella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887) ;

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 376, pl. “30, (2 9; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. ie

p- 439.

U,S.A., Florida.

(14) rH ypsorropa OCHRICOSTELLA, Sp. h.

2. Head and tegule dark red-brown; thorax purplish red ;.

abdomen fulvous yellow ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen red-brown. Fore wing deep purple- -red ; a pale ochreous.

yellow costal fascia narrowing to a point at apex, the costa

tinged with purple-red and irrorated with a few dark scales to

beyond middle, the costal fascia defined by diffused dark brown

below. Hind wing reddish brown.

MASHONALAND (Dobbie), 1 9 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(15) fH ypsorroPa CHIONORHABDA, sp. N.

Head and thorax black-brown mixed with some purplé-grey,

especially on dorsum of thorax ; antenne whitish tinged with red-

brown ; abdomen pale reddish brown with darker segmental

lines ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey suffused

with blackish, the tibizw and tarsi in front white. Fore wing

purplish grey irrovated with black-brown ; a silvery white costal:

fascia narrowing to a point at apex and leaving the costal edge

black towards ace defined below by a broad black-brown fascia

with diffused lower edge. Hind wing grey suffused with reddish.

brown and with darker terminal line.

S. Nicerra, Yorubaland (Sir G. Carter), 13, 19; N.

Nicerta, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 ¢; Ueanpa, Gondokoro (Reymes-

Cole), 1 on Ketoma (Doggett), 2 3 ; Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje-

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINE. (a

(Weave),5 $, 3 2, Luchenya R. (Weave), 6 5, 2 2 type, Ruo

Valley (Weave), 1 ¢. Hup. 16-24 mm.

(16) Hypsorropa INFUMATELLA.

Hypsotropa infumatella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 377, pl. 39.

f. 8 (1901).

TRANSVAAL; NATAL.

(17) *Hypsorropa UNIPUNCTELLA.

Hypsotropa unipunctella Rag. Nouv. Gen p. 47 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 377, pl. 38. f 12 ; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11. p. 12.

K. Srperia, Amurland.

(18) tH yPsorroPa FUSIFASCIATA, sp. 1.

©. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdo-

men fulvous yellow, the ventral surface white tinged with red-

brown. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown ‘and irrorated

with blackish; a white costal fascia irrorated with blackish,

rather diffused below, the costal edge blackish towards base ;

a black discoidal point ; the terminal area suffused with blackish

except at costa; cilia with a blackish line near base. Hind

wing whitish strongly suffused with brown ; a fine dark terminal

line and line near base of cilia.

Cryton, Kandy (Green), 1 Q type. Hap. 18 mm.

(19) *Hypsorropa ZOPHOPLEURA.

Hypsotropha zophopleurw Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviil.

p. 117 (1908).

QUEENSLAND.

(20) rH ypsorroPA PURPURELLA, sp. n.

Head and thorax purple-pink; antenne fulvous yellow; palpi

tinged with fuscous ; abdomen fulvous yellow; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen greyish suffused with fuscous, the

claspers of male white. Fore wing purple-pink irrorated with

black, the costa brownish ; a black spot in the cell near base;

antemedial spots in the cell and on vein 1; obliquely placed

spots at upper and lower angles of cell; a subterminal series of

four spots, the spot at discal fold further from termen ; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing ochreous white; a terminal

black line; cilia blackish at tips.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 9 3, 3 2 type. Hup.,

6 20, 9 22 mm.

(21) Hypsorropa LIMBELLA.

Hypsotropa limbella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 591; Herr.-Schaff.

Eur. Schmett. iv. p. 110, Tin. f, 38; Rag. Rom. Mém. vii.

p- 376; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12.

S. France; [rary ; Daumatra; Asta MINOR.

2 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(22) Hypsorropa sYRIACELLA.

Hypsotropa syriacella Rag. Nouv. Gen. -p. 46 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 377, pl. 39. f. 7; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12.

Syria.

(23) *Hypsorropa SOLIPUNCTELLA,

Rees ee Rag. Rom. Mem. vii. p. 377, pl. 43.

f, 23 (1901).

joe

(24) *Hypsorropa PAUCIPUNCTELLA.

Hypsotropa paucipunctella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895,

p. cil; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 378, pl. 51. f. 10; Staud. Cat. Lep.

joel, ile: jo 1},

Asta Minor, Taurus.

(25) *Hypsorropa ICHORELLA.

Anerastia ichorella Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,

p. 221) pls 3. £8); Rass Roms Mem. vii. pie3/8) ple 39) fale

Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. p. 13.

SYRIA.

(26) Hypsorropa VULNERATELLA.

Epischnia vulneratella Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 769: Rag. Rom.

WUiSraals wikhle Os Bick jols BO, is JUL S Shaadi, Chins Ibe, joralls ile jos 1S.

Anerastia ostrinella Lah. Bull. Soc. Vaud. vi. Contr. Faun. Sic.

p. 396 (1861).

» Hypsotropa roseostrigella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 379, pl. 39.

it, LB CUO),

SARDINIA; Srcity ; DauMatrra; SyRIA.

(27) TH yPsoTROPA SCELETELLA.

Anerastia sceletella Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 404; Hmpsn.

Moths Ind. iv. p. 54; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 379, pl. 44. f. 22.

BrnGau, Calcutta.

(28) Hypsorropa VERTHEIMSTEINI.

Hypsotropa wertheimsteini Rebel, Rovart. Lep. xx. p. 171

(1913).

HUNGARY.

(29) TH yPsorROPA PUNCTINERVELLA, Sp. 0.

Head and thorax pale ved mixed with whitish; abdomen

creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; palpi rufous,

white below towards base : pectus and legs er eamy white, the latter

irrorated with some red-brown. Fore wing pale red slightly

‘

PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. (3

‘irrorated with dark brown, the veins and costal edge white; a

minute antemedial black spot on vein | and postimedial spots on

veins 3, 2, 1; a terminal series of shght blackish points. Hind

wing ochreous white.

Cryton, Haputale (Alston), 1 5 type, Kegalle (Alston), 1 9,

Hambantota (Pole),1 9. Hap. 14-16 mm.

(30) HypsorropA ADUMBRATELLA.

Hypsotropa adumbratella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 380, pl. 38. f. 13.

GampBia; Naran; Carr CoLony.

b!. (Tiarra). Palpishort; antennz of male with the shaft curved at base.

(31) *HyPsorroPa. PUSILLELLA.

Tiarra pusilleila Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ; id. Rom. Mém.

Vili. p. 372, pl. 39. f. 4.

ZANZIBAR.

‘Secr. IJ. Palpi of male porrect.

A. (Lalamba). Palpi of male hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary

palpi; antenne with sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

(32) HyPpsorroPpaA TENUINERVELLA.

Talamba tenuinervella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 387, pl. 40. f. 25; Hmpsn. Moths Ind.iv. p.95. *

PungaB, Kangra; Mapras, Nilgiris.

B. Maxillary palpi filiform.

a. Anteanze of male with sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

al. (Tinitinoa). Antenne of male pectinate with long uniseriate branches

to middle.

(33) *HypsorroPpA PHYRDES.

Tinitinoa phyrdes Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvi. p. 348

(1913).

PANAMA.

b’. (Heosphora). Antenne of male laminate.

(34) *HypsorrRoPA PAPUASELLA.

Heosphora papuasella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. xxiii. p. 382, pl. 39. f. 14.

N. GuINnEA,

(35) *HypsorroPA SABULETELLA.

Anerastia sabuletella Zell. Lep. Micr. Caffr. p. 73 (1852); Rag.

Rom. Mém. vill. p. 383, pl. 39. f. 18.

Care Cotony.

74 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(86) tHyPsorroPa CREMORICOSTA, Sp. n.

d. Head and thorax ochreous, the head and tegule suffused

with purplish red ; antenne ochreous yellow ; abdoinen ochreous,

dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen purplish red. Fore wing pale flesh-red,

deepening in colour towards the costal fascia which is ochreous

white, narrowing to a point at apex, slightly defined by brown

below and leaving the costal edge brown towards base. Hind

wing ochreous white, the costal area and termen except towards.

tornus deeper ochreous.

U.S.A., Colorado, Colorado Springs (Cockerell), 1 eS

Heep. 24 mm.

(37) THyYPsOTROPA NIVEICOSTA, Sp. 0.

@. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous except on

dorsum of thorax; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally fulvous.

yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white suffused with rufous. Fore wing pale flesh-red irrorated

with a few red-brown scales and deepening to rufous towards

the costal fascia, which is snow-white narrowing to a point at.

apex and leaving the costal edge rufous towards base. Hind

wing white with a faint ochreous tinge.

ARGENTINA, Gran Chaco, Florenzia (Wagner), 1 2 type. Hup.

20 mm.

(38) tH yPsorropa PERIPH#A, sp. 0.

@. Head and tegule white tinged with red-brown; thorax

pale purplish pink ; “abdomen white dorsally tinged w ith fulvous

yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing pale purplish pink; a

pure white costal fascia irrorated with afew brown scales towards.

costa, narrowing to a point at apex and defined below by dark

red-brown, diffused below. Hind w ing white with a faint

ochreous tinge.

N. Nieerra, Minna (Macfie), 2 2 type, Borgu, Yelwa Lake

(Migeod),1 29. Hap. 16 mm.

(39) tHypsorropa TRIPARTALIS, sp. nN.

@. Head white suffused with rufous; thorax pale purplish

pink; abdomen ochreous yellow; pectus and legs ochreous.

yellow, the fore legs tinged with brown. Fore wing with narrow

pure white costal fascia leaving the costal edge brown towards

base, the area to discal fold red-brown and the area below it

bright purplish pink. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous

tinge.

Formosa, Takow (Wileman), 1 2 type. Hap. 18 mm.

(40) tHypsorTROPA LATERCULELLA.

Anerastia laterculella Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 403;

PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINAE. 75:

Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 55; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 383,

pl. 44. f..21.

BENGAL.

(41) THypsorroPa ROSESCENS, sp. nh.

¢. Head and thorax purplish red-brown, the latter with the-

dorsum grey-brown ; abdomen fulvous yellow ; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with brown. Fore-

wing pale grey-brown suffused with crimson-red, rather browner

towards the costal fascia, which is white slightly irrorated with

pale red and narrowing to apex. Hind wing white tinged with.

ochreous brown.

Cryion, Nawalapitiya (Green), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 20 mm.

(42) *Hypsorropa STEREOSTICHA.

Hypsotropha stereosticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xix.

p: 41 (1905).

QUEENSLAND, Thursday I.

(43) Hypsorropa ICASMOPIS.

Hypsotropha icasmopis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 116:

(1903).

QUEENSLAND.

(44) Hypsorropa EURYZONA.

Hypsotropa euryzond Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 256 (1882) ;

Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 382, pl. 39. f. 13.

S. AUSTRALIA.

(45) Hypsorropa NIPHOPLEURA.

Hypsotropha niphopleura Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xxiv.

Pelli Gots):

N. AvstfRatia.

(46) fH ypsorRoPA DIAPH#A, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax black-brown, the frons and metathorax

rufous; antenne rufous; palpi black with a greyish gloss;

abdomen grey suffused with brown; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen grey suffused with blackish. Fore wing

whitish ; the costal edge black with a flesh-red fascia below it to

beyond middle, the area below the cell black with a whitish

“streak along vein 1. Hind wing whitish strongly suffused with

fuscous brown, the cilia whiter with a dark line near base.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 9 type. Hap. 24 mm.

(47) Hypsorropa DYSEIMATA.

Hypsotropha dyseemata Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv.

p- 112 (1918).

Timor Laur; N. AUSTRALIA.

76 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(48) Hypsorropa QUADRIPUNCTELLA.

Hypsotropa quadripunctella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

xl. p. 307 (1897); id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 384, pl. 39. f. 16.

Pungas, Oude; Borneo; Puto Laur.

(49) Hypsorropa PSAMATHELLA.

p. 234 (1879); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 384, pl. 39. f. 15.

TAnerastia nitens Butl. Trans. Ent..Soc. 1886, p. 440.

QUEENSLAND; N.S. WALES.

Anerastia psamathella Meyyv. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. iv.

(50) TH YPSOTROPA MONOSTIDZA, sp. 1.

2. Head and thorax ochreous with a faint purplish pink

tinge ; abdomen ochreous with a fulvous yellow tinge; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous with a brownish

tinge. Fore wing ochreous faintly tinged with purplish pink

-and irrorated with dark brown; a minute blackish discoidal spot.

Hind wing white tinged with ochreous especially towards termen.

SrERRA LEONE (Clements), 1 @ type. Map. 18 mm.

(51) tH yPsorRoPA GRAPLOPHLEBIA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white mixed with purplish red-brown ;

‘abdomen white slightly tinged with brown; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with red-brown.

Fore wing white suffused with purplish red-brown and slightly

irrorated with dark brown. the veins white defined on each side

by fine dark brown streaks. Hind wing white tinged with

-ochreous brown.

MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Jarshall), 1 3 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(52) TH yPSOTROPA POLYACTINIA.

Heosphora polyactinia Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 384, pl. 52.

fa2 LOO):

UcanpDA; MASHONALAND; TRANSVAAL; Narat.

(53) THyPsorropa ENDORHODA, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax ochreous suffused with purplish pink ;

abdomen ochreous white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white

suffused with red-brown. Fore wing with the costal half to

median nervure and vein 5 ochreous, tinged with purplish pink

towards costa and with slight pale streaks on the veins; the

inner half purplish pink with slight white streaks on the veins.

Hind wing white tinged with ochreous.

N. Ruovesia (Coryndon), 1 2 type. Hxp. 24 mm.

(54) HypsorropA RAMULOSELLA.

Heosphora ramulosella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. eii; id.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN A. (LO.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 385, pl. 52. f. 3; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.

Polit

SYRIA,

(55) HypsorropA LEUCOPHLEBIELLA.

Heosphora leucophlebiella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. vii. p. 385, pl. 39. f. 17.

Br. C. ArricA; MasHonatanp; TRANSVAAL; Nata; CAPE

CoLony.

(56) Hypsorropa RHODOSTICHA.

Hypsotropha rhodosticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii.

p. 116 (1903).

QUEENSLAND.

b. (Peoria). Antenne of male without sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft

-(57) tHypsorROPA POLYSTICTELLA, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous. .

Fore wing ochreous white suffused with rufous in the inter-

spaces leaving the veins pale; the costal edge black towards

base ; a slight shade formed by black irroration below the costa

to apex ; a small antemedial black spot on vein 1, a small spot

on lower discocellulars and an oblique postmedial series of four

small spots on veins 5, 3, 2, 1; a terminal series of small black

spots. Hind wing white tinged with ochreous; a fine fuscous

terminal line and slight brown line near base of cilia.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 2 ¢ type. Haup. 20 mm.

(58) *Hypsorropa ACNIDIAS.

Hypsotropha acnridias Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xvii. p. 117

(1903).

QUEENSLAND.

(59) THypsorropa APPROXIMELLA.

Hurhodope approximella Wik. xxxv. 1722 (1866); Rag. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 386. pl. 40. f. 24; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.

Anerastia hematica Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872,

p- 955.

Anerastia roscatella. Pack. Ann. N. Y. liyc. Nat. Hist. x.

p- 270 (1870).

U.S.A., Massachusetts, N. York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois,

N. Carolina, Texas, Colorado.

(60) THyPsorRoPA LEUCOCRASPIS, sp. Nn.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with ochreous .

brown. Fore wing pale ochreous brown, the costal edge white.

ind wine white tinged with ochreous brown especially on apica

Hind eg white tinged with ocl I Ly pical

area.

ENTIN orrientes, Goya (Perrens e. Exp. 20 mm. .

ARGENTINA, Corrientes, G IE, ,1 og type. Exp. 20

‘78 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(61) *HYPSOPROPA BIPARTELLA.

Peoria bipartella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 386, pl. 40. f. 33; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.

U.S.A., N. Carolina.

Auctorum.

Peoria albidella Hulst, Can. Ent. xxxiii. p. 178 (1900); Dyar,

Oem, Ibias IN, AWS JOs AY scudasdandosdegcss U.S8.A., California.

Hypsotropha laropis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xxiv. p. 173

(GU IOs) ame mem SAS on nae bel cae ty sc Queensland.

- neurica Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 113

(GOWNS Oe As Sree Rirc scien arsenate N. Australia.

<i castella Pag. Zoologica, xxix. p. 163 (1900).

Bismarek Arch.

Genus RAPHIMETOPUS, nov.

Type, R. spinifrontella.

Proboseis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about three times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary

palpi minute and filiform; frons with long flattened corneous

plate, somewhat trifid in front and produced to short lateral

processes, a corneous plate below the frons; antenne of male

laminate. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen

obliquely curved; vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 4 absent ;

5 from above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked;

10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from just before angle

of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6,7 shortly stalked; 8 closely

approximated to or anastomosing with 7.

(1) RAPHIMELOPUS SPINIFRONTELLA.

Anerastia spinifrontella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 399, pl. 40. f. 2; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i.

p. 56.

Bompay, Sind.

(2) RAPHIMETOPUS ABLUTELLA.

Anerastia ablutella Zell. Isis, 1839, p. 17; Herr.-Schatt. Eur.

‘Schmett. iv. p. 109, Tin. f. 89; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 403;

Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 56; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12.

tAnerastia stigmatella Rag. Nouv. Gen.’p. 49 (1888); id. Rom.

Meém. viul. p. 403, pl. 40. f. 4.

Anerastia bimaculata Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 404, pl. 40. f. 5; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 56.

Anerastia majorella Roths. Nov. Zool. xx. p. 138 (1913).

Spain; Srcrry; Ateerta; N. Niceria; Conco, Eeypr; Da-

MARALAND; TRANSVAAL; ORANGE R. Cotony; ADEN; Asta MINOR;

Persia; W. TuRKEsSTAN; JAPAN; Kasumir; PungaB; Mapas.

PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN A. 79

Auctorwm.

Anerastia korbi Caradja, Iris, xxiv. p. 117 (1910).

i — I CCOLAULCLLCON Pett. Rest otts ONS Ae eRels etodtie sale dette CASPIAN SBA,

Genus METACRATERIA, nov.

Type, I, pulverulella.

Proboscis absent; palpi downcurved, extending about twice

the length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi minute

and filiform; frons with long truncate corneous prominence with

raised rim at extremity, a flattened plate below the frons;

‘antenne of male laminate and ciliated. Fore wing rather

narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein 2 from

near angle of cell; 4 absent; 5 from above angle; 6 from below

upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with

vein 2 from just before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ;

6,7 shortly stalked; 8 approximated to but not anastomosing

with 7.

(1) MerracRATERIA METALLACTIS.

Anerastia metallactis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 622;

Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 399, pl. 40. f. 11.

N.S. WALzs.

(2) M®?rACRATERIA PULVERULELLA. 4

Anerastia pulverulella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 56 (1896) ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 400, pi. 52. f. 4.

CEYLON.

(3) TMETACRATERIA PERIRRORELLA, Sp. 1

2. Head and thorax red-brown tinged with grey and slightly

irrorated with fuscous ; abdomen grey suffused with red-brown ;

palpi below, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish

tinged with red-brown. Fore wing whitish suffused with red-

brown and thickly irrorated with black; small spots formed by

black irroration at upper and lower angle of cell; cilia with a

whitish line at base. Hind wing whitish strongly suffused with

reddish brown, the cilia whiter.

MASHONALAND (Dobbie), 2 9 type. Hap. 28 mm.

(4) MeracRATERIA MIASTICTA, sp. n.

©. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with red-

brown, Fore wing eyhitich suffused with red-brown and slightly

irrorated with black, especially on the veins; a small black spot

at lower angle of cell. Hind wing white tinged with red-

brown.

Mexico, Presidio (Forrer), 1 2 type, Godman-Salvin Coll.

Hap. 24 mun.

80 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Genus PRINANERASTIA *.

Type, 2. lotella.

Proboscis absent; palpi downeurved, extending about twice.

the length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi minute

and filiform ; frons with rounded prominence with slight raised

rim at extremity, a corneous plate below the frons; antenne of

male laminate and minutely ciliated. Fore wing narrow, the apex

rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 2 from towards angle of

cell; 4 absent; 5 from above angle; 6 from below upper angle ;

8, 9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from

just before angle of cell; 8 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; 6; 7 shortly _

stalked ; 8 closely approximated to but not anastomosing with 7.

(1) PRINANERASTIA LACYEALIS.

Lymire lactealis Roths. Nov. Zool. xx. p. 138 (1913).

Enosima albicostalis Roths. Nov. Zool. xx. p. 138 (1913).

Lymire strictipennis Roths. Noy. Zool. xxii. p. 237 (1915).

ALGERIA; TUNIS.

(2) PRINANERASTIA NITIDICOSTELLA.

Anerastia nitidicostella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259;

id. Rom, Mém. viii. p. 399, pl. 40. f. 12; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11.

p. 12.

S. Russia. ,

(3) PRINANERASTIA LOTELLA.

Tinea lotella Hiitbn. Eur. Schmett., Tin. f. 344 (1817); Dup..

Lép. Fr. x. pl. 283. f. 6; Herr.-Schaff. Eur. Schmett. iv. p. 100,

Tin. ff. 90-92; Leech, Pyr. pl. 10. f. 3; Rag. Rom. Mém. vii.

p- 397; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12. ;

Tinea miniosella Zinck. Germ. Mag. iii. p. 126 (1818).

Tinea pulverella Hiihbn. Eur. Schmett., Tin. f. 454 (1823).

BriTaIn; FrANcE: GERMANY; Austria; HuNGARY; SwiItzER--

LAND; W. Russia; AstA Minor; Persia; W. TURKESTAN.

(4) *PRINANERASTIA INCARNATELLA,

Anerastia incarnatella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259;

id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 398, pl. 38. f. 15; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11.

p. 12.

S. Russia.

Genus CHORTONGCA, nov.

Type, (. leucocraspia.

Proboscis aborted and minute ; paipiof male typically obliquely

upturmed to above vertex of head and thickly scaled, hollowed

out to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, of female down--

* The type of Anerastia Hiibn. is dignella Hiibn.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA, 81

curved and about twice the length of head; frons with pointed

conical prominence; antenne of male typically with rather long

uniseriate branches, the shaft with sinus at base containing a

ridge of scales. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen

evenly curved ; vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3 and 5 from

angle, 4 absent ; 6 from below upper angle; 8,9 stalked; 10, 11

from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from just before angle of cell ;

3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 closely

approximated to 7 but not anastomosing with it.

Sect. I. Palpi of male obliquely upturned and hollowed out to receive the brush-

like maxillary palpi; antenne pectinate with uniseriate branches, the shaft

with sinus and ridge of scales at base.

(1) t}CHoRTONGCA LEUCOCRASPIA, sp. 0.

Head and thorax whitish suffused with rufous ; abdomen white

tinged with rufous and dorsally suffused with fulvous yellow

tewards base; palpi white in front; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with rufous. Fore wing

ereamy white slightly tinged with rufous; a white costal fascia,

narrowing to a point at apex, slightly irrorated with rufous and

defined below by a rather diffused rufous streak; the veins

white defined on each side by fine rufous streaks ; a fine rufous

streak in submedian fold. Hind wing semihyaline white.

AcEeRIA, Hammam-es-Salahin (Walsingham). 2 3, 3 9 type.

Eap. 30-34 mm. :

Larva. White with numerous red-brown lines interrupted at

the incisures, the head and Ist thoracic somite wholly red-

brown. Feeds in the stems of a reed-like grass.

Sect. II. Palpi of male obliquely upturned and not hollowed out to receive the

maxillary palpi, which are filiform; anteune of male laminate and cihated

with slight sinus at base of shaft, but no ridge of scales.

(2) FCHORTONGCA MINIMELLA,

Meliarpha minimella Hmysn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 392, pl. 52.

f. 11 (1901).

Borneo, Pulo Laut; Cenepes, Talaut I.; N. AusvRaia.

Sect. III. Palpi of male downcurved and extending about three times length of

head, not hollowed out to receive the maxillary palpi which are filiform;

antenne of male laminate and ciliated, with a sinus at base of shaft con-

taining a ridge of scales.

(3) *CHORTONGCA MINORALIS.

Anerastia minoralis Lower, Tr. R. Soc. 8. Austr. 1903, p. 52.

(QUEENSLAND.

(4) CHORTONGCA EURYSTICHA.

Anerastia eurysticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xvii. p. 119

(1903).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. VI. 6

82 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Hypsotropha niphosema Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xxiv.

Dalel2r@lows)):

QUEENSLAND; N. AUSTRALIA.

Genus RHINAPHE.

Type.

Rhinaphe Berg, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. xlix. i

Pas Op 3) We (OSD Sok oh Abe Saaodoosoons Laser an signaticollis.

Ampycophora Meyr. Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vii.

Ps WOSMESS2 rch coc cost eae RRR e amma apotomella.

Comorta Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888) ......... nigricostalis.

Maliarpha Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888) ...... separatella.

Homosassa Bulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii.

Pp. ZITA CUS9O) ois er crasseusnnua corre enc seerneeter ella.

Enosima Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 389 (1901)... neesimella,

Ampycodes Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 393 ;

USO) HORE SU CHT Soe ne pallidicosta.

Hrythphlebia Ampsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 393

CSO) eee heere Scat Ssbideiwie ia aels cet ARSE An ett. Sani enervella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi typically downcurved, extending about

three times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi

filiform ; frons smooth and rounded ; antennez of male typically

laminate and ciliated. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the

termen obliquely curved; vein 2 from near angle of cell; 4

absent; 5 from above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9

stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from just

before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly

stalked ; 8 closely approximated to or anastomosing with 7.

Srcr. I. Palpi of male hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi.

A. Palpi of male upturned.

a. (Ampycophora). Antenne of male uniserrate.

(1) 7 RHINAPHE APPROXIMELLA, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax purplish red, the vertex of head and

dorsum of thorax whitish tinged with red; abdomen white,

dorsally tinged with fulvous yellow towards base; pectus white ;

legs red-brown. Fore wing whitish suffused with purplish pink,

leaving the veins whiter and defined on each side by fine

purplish-red streaks; a white costal fascia tinged with purplish

pink at costa, narrowing to a point at apex, defined below by

a narrow dark brown streak giving off a fine streak above vein 6.

Hind wing white, the costal area and termen tinged with brown.

QUEENSLAND, Peak Downs, 1 9 type. xp. 24 mm.

(2) RHINAPHE APOTOMELLA.

Pempelia apotomella Meyr. Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. iv. p. 224

(1879); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 388, pl. 40. f. 17.

PUNJAB; CEYLON; SELANGOR; PurLippines; CELEBES, Sangir I,

Timor, Oinainisa, Dili; QUEENSLAND.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN#. 83

b. (Comorta). Antenne of male laminate.

(3) *RHINAPHE PLINTHINA.

Anerastia plinthina Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xix. p. 43

(1905).

QUEENSLAND; N. AUSTRALIA.

(4) fRHINAPHE CASTANEALIS.

Anerastia castanealis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xx1.

p. 1251 (1912).

Br. C. ArricaA; TRANSVAAL; CEYLON; BAL.

(5) }RHINAPHE CELSELLA.

Araes celsella Wik. xxvii. 193 (1863); Hmpsn. Moths Ind.

iv. p. 55; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 405, pl. 40. f. 7.

CEYLON ; PHILIPPINES.

(6) TRHINAPHE NIGRICOSTALIS.

Trachonitis aigricostalis Wik. xxvii. 40 (1863); Hmpsn.

Moths Ind. iv. p. 57; Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 389, pl. 39. f. 22.

Comorta atricostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888),

GAmpia; S. Nicrerta; TRANSVAAL; CryLton; Burma; ANDA-

MANS; BorNEO; FUJI.

(7) RHINAPHE HOLOPHAA, -

Ampycophora holophea Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xix.

p. 42 (1905).

QUEENSLAND; N. AUSTRALIA.

B. Palpi obliquely upturned.

a. Antenne of male with short uniseriate branches, the apical part ciliated.

(8) RHINAPHE VECTIFERELLA.

Enosima vectiferella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 391, pl. 42. f. 24

(1901).

Br. E. Arrica; Ucanpa; Br. C. Arrica; TRANSVAAL;

Mapacascar; Comoro Is.

6. (Enosima). Antenne of male laminate.

(9) *RHINAPHE VENELLA.

Enosima venella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viil. p. 391. pl. 40. f. 19

(HUSTON);

Cocuin CHINA.

(10) R#HINAPHE NEESIMELLA,

Enosima neesimella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 390, pl. 43. f. 22

(1901).

JAPAN; COREA.

84 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(11) RainAPHeE FLAVESCENTELLA.

Enosima flavescentella Himpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 390, pl. 40.

£. 18 (1901).

Formosa ; C. CHINA.

c. (Ampycodes). Palpi downcurved in both sexes; antenne uniserrate and

ciliated, with a large sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

(12) TRHINAPHE STICTELLA.

Anerastia stictella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xvili.

p. 259 (1908).

PUNJAB.

(13) (ReINAPHE PALLIDICOSTA.

Anerastia pallididicosta Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 57 (1896) ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 393, pl. 39. f. 23.

AssAM; BurMaA.

(14) *RumaAPHE HAPLOSCHEMA.

Ampycophora haploschema Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii.

p. 17 (1903).

QUEENSLAND.

Secr. II. Palpi of male not hollowed out to receive the maxillary palpi, which are

filiform.

A. (Maliarpha). Palpi of male obliquely upturned; the antenne laminate and

ciliated, with a large sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales:

(15) *RaINAPHE SEPARATELLA.

Maliarpha separatella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 48 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 392, pl. 39. f. 21.

CAMEROONS.

B. Palpi downcurved in both sexes.

a. (Erythphlebia). Antenne of male laminate and ciliated, with a large sinus at

base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

(16) RurNaPHE ENERVELLA.

‘Krythphlebia enervella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 394, pl. 39.

f. 24'(1901).

_N. Guinea; Lovutstape Is. ; QuEENSLAND; W. AUSTRALIA.

(17) RaImNAPHE VIRGINELLA.

Anerastia virginella Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. iv. p. 233

(1879); Rag. Rom. Mém, viii. p. 394, pl. 40. f. 8.

(QJUEENSLAND.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINAE. 85

b. Antenne of male bipectinate, without sinus and ridge of scales at base of

shaft. ;

(18) ReINAPHE BISERIELLA.

Anerastia biseriella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém., viii. p. 397, pl. 52.

1 WS) (OLSIOIL)

QUEENSLAND.

c. (Rhinapha). Antenne of male laminate and ciliated, without sinus and

ridge of scales at base of shaft.

(19) }RHINAPHE HEMIRHODELLA.

Anerastia hemirhodella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 402, pl. 52.

tel 2 @lgOm):

S. BRazin.

(20) RatNAPHE LOTRICELLA.

Anerastia lotricella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 861; Rag. Rom. Mém.

muni, 100, ole So 2.

S. BRAzit.

(21) * ReINAPHE LEUCOTAENIELLA.

Anerastia leucoteniella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888) ; id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 401, pl. 40. f. 3. ©

JAPAN.

(22) tRHINAPHE SANGIRENSIS, Sp. 0.

Q. Head and thorax dark red-brown; abdomen grey tinged

with brown and dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; pectus

and legs grey suffused with brown. Fore wing deep purple-

ink; a white costal fascia narrowing to apex, defined below

by diffused dark red-brown and with the costal edge and vein

12 purple-pink. Hind wing whitish tinged with red-brown

especially on costal area; a fine brown terminal line except

towards tornus.

Cutupes, Sangir I. (Doherty), 1 2 type. Hap. 18 mm.

(23) RHINAPHE BRUNNEOVITTELLA.

Anerastia brunneovittella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 401, pl. 40. f. 6; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

p. 56.

C. Curva; Punsasp; Bompay; CEYLON.

(24) }RHINAPHE PH HOSTROTELLA, Sp. n.

©. Head and thorax creamy white mixed with red-brown ;

abdomen creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;

pectus and legs creamy white. Fore wing creamy white irrorated

with pinkish brown; a creamy white costal fascia with hardly

86 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

any brown irroration on it, narrowing to apex and defined below

by diffused brown. Hind wing white.

Cryton, Puttalam (Pole), 1 9 type. Hap. 22 mm.

(25) RHINAPHE SYSSEMA.

Anerastia syssema Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 114

(1913).

QUEENSLAND; N. Austratia; W. AUSTRALIA.

(26) PT RHINAPHE LATERITIELLA, Sp. Nn.

Q. Head and thorax grey-brown mixed with some white ;

abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown, the basal segment

white. Fore wing reddish brown, darker towards the pure

white costal fascia narrowing to apex. Hind wing white slightly

tinged with brown. i

B. Nigeria, Yorubaland, Ogbomoso (Sir G. Carter), 1 Q type.

Hap. 20 mm.

(27) * RHINAPHE ELLA.

Ephestia ella Hulst, Ent. Am. iii. p. 138 (1887); Rag. Rom.

Mem. vii. p. 400, pl. 40. f. 1; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 440.

U.S.A., Florida.

(28) RHINAPHE TALIELLA.

Anerastia taliella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 402, pl. 53. £.17

(1901).

QUEENSLAND.

(29) + RHINAPHE VENILINEELLA, Sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white irrorated with reddish brown;

abdomen white tinged with red-brown, dorsally fulvous yellow

towards base. Fore wing white thickly irrorated with reddish

brown, the veins white “Blea on each side by fine brown

str oles. Hind wing white.

SUDAN, Port Sudan (Waterfield), 1 2 type. Hap. 24 mm.

(30) *RHINAPHE INFUMELLA.

Anerastia infumella Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent. Hrs 1887, 7) 260ierde

Rom. Meém. vi. p. 402, pl. 38. f. 16; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. i.

Deal

PERSIA.

(31) *RHINAPHE CONSPERSELLA.

Anerastia conspersella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 404, pl. 40.

iy 13) (CSION))

U.S.A., Colorado.

PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN & 87

(32) *RHINAPHE SEEBOLDI.

Anerastia seeboldi Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 177; id.

Tris, xi. pl. 1. f. 7; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. p. 12.

SPAIN.

(33) TRHINAPHE ENDONEPHELE, Sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly tinged with

red-brown and irrorated with dark svales, the last dorsally

fulvous yellow towards base; antennz brownish. Fore wing

white irrorated with blackish and faintly tinged with red- brown :

a vather diffused rounded blackish antemedial spot on vein 1; a

terminal series of blackish et Hind wing white faintly

tinged with ochreous brown ; a slight brown terminal line.

Braziu, Rio Janeiro, 2 3 type. Exp. 20 mm.

(34) TRHINAPHE IGNETINCTA, Sp. n.

2. Head and thorax ochreous white suffused with fiery red ;

abdomen ochreous. Fore wing ochreous suffused with fiery red

and on costal half tinged with purplish pink; oblique diffused

antemedial and medial blackish bars on inner area ;. two slight

dark diseoidal points; an indistinct oblique brown postmedial

line; a terminal series of slight dark points. Hind wing semi-

hyaline white tinged with ochreous especially towards termen.

ARGENTINA, Sta. Fé, Ocampo (Wagner), 2 2 type, Buenos

Ayres (Wilkinson), 1 9. Hap. 22 mm.

(35) *RHINAPHE MICTOCHROELLA.

Anerastia mictochroella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888) ; id. Rom.

-Meém. viii. p. 404, pl. 40. f. 10.

ARGENTINA, Goya.

(36) TRHINAPHE FURVIMACULA, Sp. Nn.

@. Head and thorax ochreous faintly tinged with rufous ;

abdomen ochreous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base. Fore

wing ochreous faintly tinged with rufous and irrorated with

dark brown scales; an oblique slightly simuous red-brown almost

medial line with a conical fulvous-red spot on its outer side

in submedian interspace ; a small dark brown spot at lower angle

of cell; an indistinct brown postmedial line, oblique below

vein 5. Hind wing ochreous white suffused with purple-brown

especially on terminal half except towards tornus ; cilia whiter.

ARGENTINA, Tucuman, Los Vasquez (Dinelly), 1 Q type. Hap.

28 mm.

(37) RHINAPHE SIGNICOLLIS.

ose signicollis Berg, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. xlix. 2,

233 (1874); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p- 405, pl. 40. f. 9.

ee ENTINA, Gran Chaco, Florenzia, Buenos Ayres.

(0 @)

SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Auctorum.

Anerastia viphimela Lower, Tr. R, Soe. 8. Austr. 1903, p. 52,

10 aa A SURLOACHIID. wing h ob oonp sade pada QUEENSLAND.

a ablepta Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 114

(1913). ? Metacrateria. N. QUEENSLAND ;

N. AUSTRALIA.

5 argosticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 115

(GUS) nee te DIAHAG Son dass neue N. AUSTRALIA.

5 ancemopsis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens. xxiv. p. 116

(1913), @nr. &. celsella ...... BRaT N. AUSTRALIA.

. baliora Turner, Pr. R. Soe. Queensl. xxiv. p. 116

(IRISH) Sara ARS PRCOUIOORs dxe dedeose (QUEENSLAND.

s acrophea Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 117

(1913). ¢Sect. Hrythphlebia ...... N. AUSTRALIA.

Fr pleurochorda, Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv.

p. 117 (1913). @Sect. Hnosima ... QUEENSLAND.

- erasmia Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 117

(1913). @Sect. Hrythphlebia......... (QUEENSLAND.

a ephestiella Viard, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1913, p. 82.

Basses ALPES.

Genus SUDANTA,.

Type.

Sudania Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 380 (1901)... sebeostella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned to just above

vertex of head, the 2nd joint moderately scaled, the 3rd moderate ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons smooth, with conical tuft of scales ;

antenne of male with short uniseriate branches. Fore wing

rather narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from near angle of cell;

3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9,

10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

vein 2 from before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent ;

6, 7 stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

*SUDANIA SUBCOSTELLA.

Sudania subcostella Hmpsn. Rom, Mém. viii. p. 381, pl. 51.

tg WIL (ISO),

GABOON.

Genus Ruopocurysa.

Type.

Rhodochrysa Himpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 887 (1901). superbella.

Proboseis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about twice the length of head and thickly sealed; maxillary

palpi filiform ; frons smooth, with conical tuft of scales; antennze

of male laminate and minutely ciliated, the shaft slightly curved

at base but without ridge of scales. Fore wing narrow, the apex

rounded, the termen obliquely curved; vein 2 from towards angle

of cell; 3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle ;

8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing

PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINAE. 89

with vein 2 from just before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle,

closely approximated towards origin, 4 absent ; 6.7 shortly

stalked; 8 closely approximated to 7 but not anastomosing

with it.

RoDOCHRYSA SUPERBELLA.

Rhodochrysa superbella Umpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 387, pl. 39.

fo P25 180):

TRANSVAAL; NATAL.

Genus Ca@Norropa, nov.

Type, C. limitella.

Proboscis absent; palpi downcurved, extending about three

times length of head and thickly sealed; maxillary palpi minute

and filiform ; frons with rounded prominence; antenne of female

minutely ciliated. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded ;

vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 4 absent; 5 from above angle;

6 from below upper angle; 8, 10,11 stalked, 9 absent. Hind

wing with vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent ;

6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing strongly with 7.

{CGNOTROPA LIMITELLA, Sp. Nn.

2. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some flesh-white ;

abdomen red-brown, dorsally fulvous towards base. Fore wing

pale purplish pink; a white costal fascia slightly irrorated with

purplish red, narrowing to apex and defined below by a rather

diffused dark brown streak, Hind w ing semihyaline white tinged

with flesh-colour, the costal area suffused with brown.

PARAGUAY, Sapucay (foster), 1 2 type. Hap. 22 mm.

Genus BANDERA.

Type.

Bandera Rag. N. Am. Phyc. p. 19 (1887)........ Pirie

Osceola Hulst, Smith, List N. Am. Lep. p. 85

(1891), non deser. nec Baird, Rept. 1853 ...... perlepidella.

Chipeta Hulst, Can, Ent. xxiv. p. 62 (1892)...... perlepidella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about twice the length of head and roughly scaled; maxillary

palpi well developed, filiform; frons smooth and rounded; an-

tenne of male minutely ciliated, the shaft slightly curved at base.

Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded ; ; vein 2 from towards angle

of cell; 3 and 5 from a point or separate; 6 from below upper

angle: 9 absent; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from

just before anele of cell; 3,5 strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7

from upper angle ; eS) anastomosing strongly with he

(1) BANDERA BINOTELLA.

Anerastia binotella Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872, p. 108 ;

90 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 409, pl. 44. f. 23; Dyar, Cat. Lep.-

N. Am. p. 440,

U.S.A., Texas, New Mexico.

(2) *BANDERA PERLEPIDELLA.

Chipeta perlepidella Hulst, Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 62 (1892); Dyar,

Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 441.

U.S.A., Florida.

(3) BANDERA CUPIDINELLA.

Bandera cupidinella Hulst, Ent. Am. iv. p. 119 (1888); Rag.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 410, pl. 45. f. 3; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 440.

U.S.A., Colorado, New Mexico.

(4) * BANDERA SUBLUTEELLA.

Bandera subluteella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 410, pl. 40. f. 21; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 440.

U.S.A., Colorado, California, New Mexico.

Auctorum.

Bandera virginella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. x. p. 116 :

(CLUS) O Xs) tet ese Nee eens a U.S.A., Washington.

carneella Barnes & McD. Contr. Nat. Hist. Lep.

NEA et. Ao p.1 84, pl. a. fo) (1913).

U.S.A., Florida.

Genus LAURENTIA.

Type.

Laurentia Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888) ............ inclarella.

Proboscis absent; palpi of male upturned to vertex of head,

thickly scaled and hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary

palpi, of female long and downcurved; frons smooth, with tuft

of scales; antenne of male ciliated, the shaft with sinus at base

of shaft containing a ridge of scales. Fore wing narrow, the

apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved; vein 2 from towards

angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent; 6 from below upper

angle; 8,9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2

from before angle of cell; 3. and 5 from angle, closely approximated

towards base, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 anastomosing

with 7.

(1) ?LAURENTIA ALBIVENELLA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax creamy white mixed with some red-

brown; abdomen white, dorsally tinged with fulvous yellow

towards base; legs tinged with brown. Fore wing creamy

white irrorated with some dark brown, the veins white defined

PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN Ai. 91

on each side by fine dark brown streaks, the median nervure

more strongly streaked with white; a dark brown, shade through

upper part of cell and thenee to termen below apex; the inter-

spaces between veins 4 and 2 shaded with brown; cilia chequered

with brown except at base. Hind wing white, the costal area

and termen tinged with brown.

Formosa, Takow (Wileman), 1 3 type. Hap. 22 mm.

(2) *LAURENTIA INCLARELLA.

Laurentia inclarella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 408, pl. 38. f. 14.

JAVA.

Genus CALAMOTROPA, nov.

Type, C. pulverivena.

_ Proboscis absent; palpi downcurved, about two and a half

times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi well

‘developed and slightly dilated with scales; frons with large

pointed conical prominence clothed with rough scales ; antennz

of female minutely ciliated. Fore wing long and narrow, the

apex rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3 and 5

separate, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10,

11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from just below angle of

cell; 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 not anastomosing

with 7. j ‘

YCALAMOTROPA PULVERIVENA, Sp. n.

@. Head and thorax ochreous slightly tinged with brown ;

pectus, legs, and abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing ochreous

with diffused fuscous irroration along the veins except on costal

area; a-slight black point at lower angle of cell. Hind wing

ochreous white, the costal area and termen tinged with brown.

W. AusrraLiA, Sherlock R. (Clements), 3 Q type. Hap.

24 mm.

Genus EPIDAURIA.

Type.

Epidauria Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 405

CUS OMe Boe i. S armani teats Wetse oete sacs) o aanrcteltectae transversariella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi downcurved, extending’ about three

times length of head and thickly scaled ; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons smooth, with tuft of scales; antenne of male laminate.

Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved;

vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 4 absent; 5 from above angle; 6

from below upper angle; 8,9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind

wing with vein 2 from before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle ;

4 absent; 6,7 from upper angle; 8 approximated to but not

anastomosing with 7.

OO SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(1) TEPIDAURIA PHRFASCIELLA, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax whitish suffused with rufous; abdomen

whitish suffused with rufous and with obscure dark dorsal seg-

mental bands. Fore wing whitish suffused with pale purplish

red and slightly irrorated with blackish, the costal area rather

whiter; a rather diffused black fascia from base through upper

part of cell to termen below apex, forking in end of cell on vein 5

to well beyond the cell; vein 1 white at middle with rather

diffused short black streaks above and below it; the postmedial’

line represented by a slight black mark above vein 6, a very

oblique line between veins 5 and 2 and a short streak above

vein 1; a terminal series of minute rather y-shaped black marks.

Hind wing whitish suffused with reddish brown; cilia ochreous

white with a slight brown line near base.

SrerRa Leone (Clements), 1 2 type. xp. 28 mm.

(2) *EPrIpAURIA TRANSVERSARIELLA.

Anerastia transversariella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 588; Herr.-Schiff.

Kur, Schmett.iv. p. 109. Tin. f. 33; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 406,

pl. 38. f. 17; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12.

DaumatiA; Corru; Asta Minor.

(3) TEPIDAURTA CHIONOCRASPIS, sp. 1.

2. Head white tinged with purplish red; thorax pale purplish

red; -pectus, legs, and abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore

wing with narrow silvery white costal fascia, the area below it

dark chocolate-brown to median nervure and on terminal area

diffused on its lower side; the rest of wing pale purplish red.

Hind wing white with a slight ochreous tinge, the costa tinged

with brown.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 9 type. Hap. 24 mm.

(4) EpIDAURTA PH@NICEELLA.

Epidauria pheniceella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. ciii;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 407, pl. 52. f.5; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11.

Os oS

Asta Minor; Syria.

(5) *EPIDAURIA DISCELLA.

Epidauria discella Rag. Rom. Mém. ii. p. 407, pl. 40. f. 14

(1901); Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii, p. 12.

MESOPOrAMIA.

(6) *HPIDAURIA STRIGOSA.

Anerastia strigosa Staud. Hor, Soe. Ent. Ross. xv. p. 225

(1879); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 407, pl. 45. f.2; Staud. Cat.

fuep. pal: i. p. 12.

Daumatia; AstA Minor; Syria; EH. SrBeria.

PYRALID&, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA, 93

(7) TEPIDAURIA SUBCOSTELLA, Sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish mixed with brown,

the last dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with dark brown.

Fore wing whitish suffused with ochreous brown, the costa with

a white streak below it to beyond middle defined below by a dark

brown streak extending to apex. Hind wing whitish cufiused

with brown, the inner area whiter.

Yunnan, Teng Yeuk (//obson), 1 9 type. Hap. 26 mm.

Genus SALURIA.

Type.

Saluria Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258. maculivittella.

Poujadia Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 42 (1888) ...... sepicostella.

‘Baroda Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 42 (1888) ......... paucigraphella.

Goya Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 43 (1888) .. albivenella.

123 veviniger ia Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 43 (1888,

HAGE) Mn Mie eeeeee omacnella:

Cayuga Hulst, ‘Ent. Am. iv. Pp. 116 Gees,

RSE]OUB)) Senos gemmatella.

Atascosa Hulst, ‘Trans. Am. Ent. ‘Soc. | XvVil.

p- 210 (1890) . A glareosella.

Parramatta sh Bom. Mém. viii. “te 366

CEO ensiferella.

Ollia Dyar, J.N. Y. Ent. Soc. xii. ?. “107

(1904) . santaritella.

Humoorea Ane Insec. Inscit. Meustr. v. Pe 9]

(1917) . sh vais anchridis.

Proboscis aborted and minute; esti ee male typically down-

curved, extending about three times length of head and thickly

sealed, the 3rd joint moderate ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons

smooth with slight tuft of hair; antenne of male typically with

long uniseriate branches and without sinus and ridge of scales at

base of shaft. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded,

the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from close to angle of cell;

4, 5 strongly stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked ;

10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of

cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ;

8 typically not anastomosing with 7.

Sect. I. Palpi of male hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi.

A, Antenne of male with a sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

a. Antenne of male pectinate with long uniseriate branches.

a’. Palpi of male oblique.

(1) SALURIA ERODELLA.

Poujadia erodella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 347, pl. 37. f. 5; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 59.

Powadia parviplumella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 59 (1896).

PungaB; BencaL; Mapras; Cryin.

94 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE -

b’. (Baroda). Palpi of male downcurved.

(2) SALURIA CTENUCHA.

Poujadia ctenucha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xxiv. p. 118

(1913).

N. AUSTRALIA.

(3) *SALURIA FLAMMELLA.

Baroda flammella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 348, pl. 51. f. 12

(1901).

GAMBIA.

(4) TSALURIA CARNESCENS, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale rufous; abdomen white tinged with

rufous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs

whitish suffused with rufous. Fore wing with the inner half pale

purplish pink shading to rufous towards the white costal fascia,

narrowing to apex; the costal edge pale purplish red on basal

half. Hind wing white with an ochreous tinge.

ARGENTINA, Sta. Fé, Ocampo (Wagner), 1 g type, Gran Chaco,

Florenzia (Wagner), 1 29. Hup. 28-30 mm.

(5) PSALURIA PSAMMATELLA, Sp. n.

$. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous

brown; antenne red-brown, white towards base. Fore wing

white tinged with ochreous brown, the costal area rather whiter.

Hind wing white faintly tinged with ochreous on costal half; a

fine dark terminal line.

@. Fore wing more strongly suffused with ochreous brown

leaving a distinct white costal fascia narrowing to apex.

AuegEriA, Hammam-es-Salahin (Walsingham), 1 3, 1 2 type.

Hap. 26-32 mm.

(6) SALURIA PAUCIGRAPHELLA.

Baroda paucigraphella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 348, pl. 38. f. 5; Himpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 60.

BENGAL, Calcutta; Bompay, Kutch; Mapras.

6. Antenne of male pectinate with short uniseriate branches; palpi oblique.

(7) TSALURIA HEMIPH ALIS.

Saluria hemiphealis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xxi.

p. 1251 (1912).

CEYLON.

(8) TSALURIA SEMIROSELLA, Sp. 0.

Head whitish suffused with rufous; thorax pale purplish pink

PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN&. 95

with some rufous on shoulders; abdomen white tinged with red-

brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs

white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing with the inner half

pale purplish pink, the veins finely streaked with white; the

cell and area beyond it red-brown below the white costal fascia

narrowing to apex; the costal edge red-brown towards base, then

pale pink to beyond middle. Taina wing white tinged coin red-

brown, the cilia whiter with a red- Lowa line near base.

Srerra Leone (Clements), 1 3, 2 2; Ucanpa, Nakwai Hills

(Lowe), 1 $, Gondokoro (Heymes-Cole), 1 g type. Hxp. 16-

20 mm,

c. Antenne of male strongly serrate; palpi downcurved.

(9) TSALURIA MINUTELLA.

Saluria minutella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xv.,p. 20

(1903).

BomBay ; CEYLON, sp. n.

(10) TSALURIA NILGIRIENSIS, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax pale rufous ; abdomen white tinged with

rufous ; antenne with some black in the ridge of scales ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen brown. Fore wing with the

inner half creamy white suffused with rufous varying to purplish

pink; the upper part of cell and area beyond it brown below the

white costal fascia narrowing to apex; the costal edge brown

towards base, then irrorated with rufous; a rather oblique post-

medial series of short dark streaks on veins 6 to 1 and a terminal

series of slight dark points. Hind wing white tinged with brown

especially on costal area, the cilia whiter with a sight brown line

near base.

Mapras, Nilgiris, Pykara (Andrewes), 4 5 type. Hap. 26-

28 mm.

d. (Poujadia). Antenne of male laminate ; palpi oblique.

(11) SALuRIA SEPICOSTELLA,

Poujadia sepicostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 42 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 345, pl. 36. f. 2; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 58.

Formosa; Punsasp; Borneo, Pulo Laut.

(12) SALURIA CLARICOSTELLA.

Poujadia claricostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 345, pl. 36. f. "96.

Goup Coast; Br. C, AFRICA,

(13) tSaLURIA GLAREOSELLA.

Anerastia glareosella Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. “Ges. Wien, 1872,

96 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

p- 553; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 345, pl. 37. f. 19; ee Cat.

Lep. N. Am. p. 438.

U.S.A., Texas.

(14) TSALURIA STICTOPHORA, Sp. Nn.

Head and thorax reddish brown; abdomen whitish tinged

with brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; antenne of

male with the ridge of scales black; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white mixed with brown. Fore wing whitish

suffused with brown and thickly irrorated with dark brown; a

white costal fascia slightly irrorated with dark brown and rather

diffused below; a small round black discoidal spot; an indistinct

rather diffused blackish postmedial line not quite reaching the

costa; cilia with a fine white line at base. Hind wing whitish

suffused with brown.

MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 ¢, 1 @ type. Hap.

20 mm.

(15) SALURIA SPURCELLA.

Poujadia spurcella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 42 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. vii. p. 346, pl. 37. f. 4; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 59.

PunsgaB; Bompay; Mapras; Burma; Lasuan.

(16) fSALURIA INFICITA.

Acrobasis inficita Wik. xxvii. 30 (1863); Hmpsn. Moths Ind.

iv. p. 58; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 346, pl. 44. f. 18.

TRANSVAAL; Mapras ; CrYLon.

(17) fSALURIA FLAVICOSTA, sp. Nn.

Head rufous; thorax grey-brown, the tegule dorsally rufous ;

abdomen grey-brown, the 2nd and 3rd segments dorsally fulvous

yellow, the anal segment pale yellow; antenne brown; palpi

yellow with black patch on 2nd segment above ; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen grey-brown and whitish. Fore wing

dark brown glossed with grey ; a narrow pale yellow costal fascia,

the costal edge dark towards base. Hind wing pale grey-brown,

the cilia whitish with a brown line near base.

Srerra Leone (Clements), 1 ¢; N. Nicrria, Zungeru (Macfi ia:

1 g type. Hap. 16 mm.

(18) *SaLuRIA FLOSCELLA.

Atacoea floscella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. xvii. p. 210

(1890); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 346, pl. 51. f. 4; Dyar, Cat.

Lep. N. Am. p. 438.

U.S.A., Texas.

(19) TSALURIA STICTELLA, sp. n.

S$. Head and thorax brownish ochreous; abdomen ochreous

PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN &. 97

‘white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; palpi white below

towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white, the legs tinged with brown. Fore wing white tinged with

ochreous brown except the costal area to discal fold, irrorated

with black seales, the costal and inner areas less irrorated ; small

obliquely placed black antemedial spots in and below the cell and

a discoidal spot ; a postmedial series of black points on veins 6

to 1 and a terminal series of slight black points. Hind wing

white tinged with ochreous brown.

Banamas, Andros (Lonhote), 1 3 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(20) SALURIA OCHRIDORSELLA.

Poujadia ochridorsella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 42 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 347, p. 37. f. 1; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 58.

PungsaB; BenGaL; Cryion.

(21) TSALURIA ROSELLA.

Poujadia rosella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 59 (1896); id. Rom.

Mem win. p: 347, pl. Sif. 20:

Maopras, Nilgiris.

(22) fSALURIA VERECUNDELLA.

Powjadia verecundella Rag, Rom. Mém, viii. p. 347, pl. 37. f. 2

(1901).

CoLomBIA ; 8. Braziiu; ARGENTINA.

(23) *SALURIA LENTISTRIGELLA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax white, the teguis except dorsally and the

patagia slightly tinged with rufous; abdomen white slightly

tinged with rufous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base. Fore

wing chalky white, the veins defined by slight streaks of red-

brown scales and the inner area slightly irrorated with red-

brown; a faint rufous shade below median nervure; a small

rather diffused round blackish spot on vein 1 and slight obliquely

placed postmedial spots on veins 2 and 1; a fine punctiform

blackish terminal line; cilia chequered with blackish near base

except towards tornus. Hind wing white with fine brown ter-

minal line except towards tornus.

SreRRA LEONE (Clements), 1 5 ; Goupd Coasr, Bibianaha

(Spurrell), 23,19 type. Hap. 22-24 mm.

(24) TSALURIA DESERTELLA, sp. 0.

2. Head and thorax white faintly tinged with rufous ;

abdomen white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base. Fore

wing white tinged with ochreous, the cilia whiter. Hind wing

white.

N. Ausrratia, Alexandria (Stalker), 3 9; W. AusTRatia,

Sherleck R. (Clements), 19 type. Hap. 22-32 mm.

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1918, No. VII. 7

98 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

B. (Humoorea). Antenne of male laminate, without sinus and ridge of scales

at base of shaft.

(25) *SaLURIA ANCHRIDIS.

Eumoorea anchridis Dyar, Insee. Inscit. Mentr. v. p. 91 (1917).

Br. GUIANA,

(26) +SALURIA FLAVIPURPURELLA, Sp, n.

¢. Head and thorax rufous mixed with ochreous; abdomen

ochreous rufous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards hase; pectus

and legs white suffused with brown ; ventral surface of abdomen

brown, whitish at base. Fore wing with creamy white costal

fascia narrowing to apex, the costal edge blackish at base, defined

below by dark brown followed by deep purple-pink to just below

the cell and vein 4, the inner half of wing yellow. Hind wing

ochreous white, the apical area tinged with brown.

Paraaquay, Sapucay (foster), 1 ¢ type. Hwp. 16 mm.

Srcor. II. Maxillary palpi of male filiform.

A. Antennee of male with a sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.

a. Antenne of male pectinate with rather long uniseriate branches to about

half length ; palpi downcurved.

(27) TSALURIA PARANENSIS.

Pectinigeria paranensis Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 355, pl. 55.

f. 6 (1901).

S. Brazin.

(28) *SALURIA MUSHELLA.

Pectinigeria muscella Schaus, A. M.N. H. (8) xi. p. 239 (1913).

Cosra Rica. s

(29) fSALURIA TENUICOSTA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax rufous tinged with pale pink; abdomen

ochreous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown.

Fore wing pale purplish red sparsely irrorated with black; a

narrow white costal fascia defined below by blackish to beyond

middle; a terminal series of slight dark points. Hind wing

white, tinged with ochreous brown on costal area and termen.

Paraguay, Sapucay (fester), 13,12 type. Hap. 18 mm.

(30) SALURIA PLEUROSTICHA.

Hypsotropha pleurosticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii.

p- 115 (1903).

QUEENSLAND.

(31) fSALURIA NEURICELLA, sp. n.

Head and thorax rufous mixed with some whitish ; abdomen

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN A. 99

ochreous white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and

legs white suffused with brown. Fore wing rufous tinged with

purplish pink, the veins streaked with white. Hind wing whitish

suffused with ochreous brown, the cilia whiter.

QUEENSLAND, Peak Downs, 14,192 type. Hap. 22 mm.

b. Antennze of male laminate and ciliated.

a'. (Goya). Palpi oblique, the 3rd joint porrect.

(32) SALURIA ALBIVENELLA.

Goya albivenella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 43 (1888); id. Rom. Mém.

viii. p. 349, pl. 37. £. 6

S. Brazit; ARGENTINA.

(33) *SALURIA VARICOSELLA.

Goya varicosella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 43 (1888); id. Rom. Mém.

Wilt ps aO0, pla alot. 1.

GAMBIA.

(34) TSALURIA PROLEUCELLA, Sp. Nn.

6. Head and thorax white suffused with red-brown ; abdomen

white tinged with red-brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards

base. Fore wing white tinged and irrorated with red-brown, the

veins finely streaked with white; a white costal fascia slightly

irrorated with red-brown, narrowing to apex. Hind wing creamy

white, the costal area faintly tinged with brown.

Gop Coast, Accra (Sir G'. Carter), 13 type. Hap. 22 mm,

(35) TSALURIA GRAMMIVENA, Sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with red-brown ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white irrorated with

red-brown. Fore wing white thickly irrorated with red-brown,

the veins strongly streaked with white and defined on each side

by fine red-brown streaks; cilia whitish. Hind wing white

tinged with red-brown.

N. Austrrayia, Alexandria (Stalker), 1 6 ; W. AuvsTRA.ia,

Sherlock R. (Clements), 1 2 type. Hap. 26 mm.

b’. (Pectinigeria). Palpi downcurved.

(36) SALURIA NIGRITELLA.

Pectinigeria nigritella Rag. Rom. Mém. Vill. p. 393, pl. 37. f. 13

(1901).

Gasoon ; N. RHODESIA.

(37) *SALURIA ARDIFERELLA.

Altoona ardiferella Hulst, Ent. Am. iv. pl. 118 (1888); Rag.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 506, p. 24, f. 14: Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 439,

100 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON ‘tHE

Aurora nigromaculella Hulst, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. viii. p. 224

(1900); Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 438.

U.S.A., Texas, Colorado, California, N. Mexico, Arizona.

(38) SALURIA DEVYLDERI.

Pectinigeria devylderi Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 43 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 354, pl. 37. f. 10.

N. Ruopesta; DAMARALAND; NATAL.

(39) SALURIA ARCTICOSTELLA.

Pectinigeria arcticostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 43 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém, viii. p. 354, pl. 37. f. 9.

N. NIGERIA; ZANZIBAR.

(40) *SALURIA FURVELLA.

Pectinigeria furvella Rag. Nouv. qa p. 43 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 355, pl. 37. f 11.

MADAGASCAR.

(41) SALURIA MACRELLA. 4

Pectinageria macrella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 355, pl. 37. f. 16.

Br. C. Arrica; NATAt.

(42) SALURIA SUBCARNELLA.

Pectinigeria subcarnella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 356, pl. 37. f. 15.

N. Nigeria; TransvaaL; Narau; Cape Conony.

(43) SALURIA GEMMATELLA.

Sperinatophora gemmatella Hulst, Ent. Am. ii. p. 134 (1887) ;

Rag. Rom: Mém. vii. p. 356, pl..37. f. 12; Dyar, Cat. Wep:

N. Am. p. 438.

U.S.A., Llinois, Colorado, California. -

(44) TSALURIA RHODOPHAA, Sp. Nn.

Q. Head and thorax vinous purple; abdomen fulvous tinged

with brown except dorsally towards base; palpi, pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen red-brown. Fore wing vinous purple

with a slight whitish streak on subcostal nervure tending to

fork at extremity and defined below by a dark fascia extending

through the cell to apex. Hind wing ochreous white tinged with

brown especially towards costa.

TRANSVAAL (Pead), 19 type. Hap, 24 mm.

(45) TSALURIA SUBCOSTELLA, sp. 1.

@. Head and thorax deep rufous mixed with some w aah

especially on metathorax ; abdomen fulvous with slight whitish

PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINE. 101

segmental lines and the extremity whitish; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown.

Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown; the costal edge dark

brown to well beyond middle ; a white costal fascia narrowing to

apex, defined below by a dark brown fascia. Hind wing ochreous

white tinged with brown especially towards costa.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 19 type. Hap. 30 mm.

(46) PSALURIA DISTICTELLA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax whitish, the vertex of head, tegule and

patagia suffused with red-brown; antenne tinged with dark

brown ; palpi with some blackish scales at side of 2nd Joint ;

abdomen white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; legs tinged

with red-brown. Fore wing white tinged with flesh-pink; a

pure white costal fascia narrowing to apex and defined below by

rufous which is rather diffused below; an antemedial red-brown

point on vein | and medial point in submedian fold. Hind wing

white.

QUEENSLAND, Brisbane, 1 g type Hap. 20 mm.

(47) TSALURIA RUFELLA, sp. n.

©. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen whitish suffused with

brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs

whitish suffused with rufous. Fore wing uniform rufous. Hind

wing ochreous white.

Beneat, Oudh (Pilcher), 12 type. Hap. 26 mm.

(48) PSALURIA OPIFICELLA.

Anerasiia opificella Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 406 : Hmpsn

Moths Ind, iv. p. 60; Rag. Rom. Mém. viil. p. 357, pl. 44, £. 16,

KAsHMIk; BencaL; Ceyton; BuRMA.

(49) *SALURIA BREVICULELLA. ,

Saluria breviculella Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soe. xu. p. 308

(1898) ; id. Rom. Mém. vill. p. 358, pl. 37. f. 14.

Bompay.

B. Antenne of male without sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.

a. (Parramatta). Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7; antenne of

male laminate and ciliated.

(50) SALURIA DICHROELLA.

Saluria dichroella Rag. Ent. Am. v. p. 113 (1889); id. Rom.

Mem. vii. p. 363, pl. 39. f. 1; ; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.-

U.S.A., Texas.

(51) *SaLuRIA NEOTOMELLA.

Eucarphia neotomella Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iv. p. 226

(1879); Rag. Rom. Mem, vii. p. 363, pl. 37. {.25,

N.S. WALES.

102 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(52) *SALURIA OSTREELLA.

Saluria ostreella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 362, pl. 38. f. 6; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 438.

* U.S.A., Arizona.

(53) TSALURIA TETRADELLA.

Anerastia tetradella Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872,

p- 552; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 362, pl. 42. f. 23; Dyar, Cat.

Lep. N. Am. p. 459.

U.S.A., Texas, Colorado.

(54) SALURIA HOLOCHROA.

Powadia holochroa Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 121

(1903).

W. AUSTRALIA; VICTORIA.

(55) *SALURIA CANCELLIELLA.

Saluria cancelliella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 363, pl. 37. f. 23.

BRAZIL.

(56) *SALURIA ENSIFERELLA.

Eucarphia ensipherella Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. in.

p. 209 (1878); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 366, pl. 39. f. 2.

N.S. WALEs.

6. Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7.

a’, (Saluria). Antenne of male pectinate with long uniseriate branches.

(57) *SALURIA PECTIGERELLA.

Saluria pectigerella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259; id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 360, pl. 37. f. 24; Staud. Cat. Lep. Pal. u.

p. 13.

W. TURKESYTAN.

(58) SALURIA MACULIVITTELLA.

Saluria maculivittella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 361, pl. 38. f. 7; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.

ily [D> Gye

Saluria armeniella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888).

AuGceRIA; ‘Tunis; ARMENIA; Cyprus; W.TuRKEStAN ; CEYLON.

(59) FSALURIA PULVEROSA.

Powjadia pulverosa Ampsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 60 (1896); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 361, pl. 37. f. 3.

SIND.

PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 103

(60) *SALURIA MAGNESIELLA.

Saluria magnesiella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. vii. p. 360, pl. 37. f. 18: Staud. Cat. Lep, pal. 1 p. 13

W. TuRKESTAN.

b’. Antenne of male serrate and ciliated.

(61) TSALURIA MESOMELANELLA, Sp. n.

@. Head purple-red and black-brown ; thorax purple-red and

whitish; abdomen whitish suffused with brown, dorsally rufous

towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish suffused with red-brown and dark brown. Fore wing

whitish tinged with purplish pink, the costa and termen deep

purple-crimson, the medial area suffused with black except at

costa, and the costa defined below by black; an antemedial black

point on vein 1 with a purple-pink shade below it on inner

margin; the inner edge of the medial black area obliquely curved

and its outer edge bent inwards below submedian fold; cilia

pale fuscous. Hind wing white tinged with brown especially at

termen, the cilia with a fine brown line near base.

TransvaaL, White R. (Cooke), 19 type. Hap. 28 mm.

(62) SALURIA TRIPARTELLA.

Saluria tripartella Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 359, pl. 39. f. 19

(1901).

TRANSVAAL; Navrat; BASUTOLAND.

(63) SALURIA CALLIRHODA.

Powjadia callirhoda Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xvii. p. 120

(1903).

QUEENSLAND.

(64) TSALURIA INTERPUNCTELLA, Sp. 0.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with rufous;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen reddish ochreous

mixed with brown, Fore wing ochreous suffused with rufous ;

the veins white defined on each side by fine black-brown streaks,

the submedian fold and vein | defined by fine rufous streaks ;

the costal edge black towards base; an antemedial blaek point on

vein |, a point in lower angle of cell, an oblique postmedial series

in the interspaces, incurved beiow submedian fold and a terminal

series. Hind wing ochreous with a fine brownish terminal line

except towards tornus.

MASHONALAND (Dobbie), 2 5,2 2 type; TransvaaL, Kvanspruit

(Janse), 1 2, Pretoria (Distant), 192. Hap, 20-24 mm.

(65) TSALURIA INSIGNIFICELLA, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown ; abdomen

white tinged with brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base.

104 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON ‘THE

Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown, especially towards

costa; the costa narrowly white. Hind wing white tinged with

red-brown.

PARAGUAY, Sapucay (/oster), 19 type Hap. 18 mm.

Auctorune.

Atascosa quadricolorella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vi. p. 114

(1904). Sect. Poujadea” 5.4. ies U.S.A., N. Mexico.

Powjadia pimella Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soe. xiv. p. 31 (1906).

U.S.A., Arizona.

Pectinigeria pamponerella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. x. p. 107

DOB) a caret cccse ase ncstate dace wey ie eo ce yee U.S.A., Colorado.

Ollia parvella Dyav, J. N. Y. Ent. Soe. xiv. p. 31 (1906). Sect.

SMUG CGMS ANA IAB 08 The BYE Sik ea E SE eA ER U.S.A., Texas:

Ollia honoponerella Dyarv, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. x. p. 107

(IDOE) o> SSRI SGU 28 obo sdeSsies Scoccosobe kn U.S.A., Arizona.

Ollia santaritella Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xii. pp. 107-8 (1904).

BCLS (CLUuI UG tee man omen tee bi ar actaisane ces Aanon U.S.A., Arizona.

Poujadia leuconeura Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 118

(EQS) Ja GSC, Ia OHNTHECD sobsoceoc sdaoeo desea N. AUSTRALIA.

Pectinigeria violodis Dyar, Pr. U. 8. Nat. Mus. xlvil. p. 347

CUGUS) is cauttian Seaumciacantatte aun i anst cy nen ep Reem PANAMA.

Powadia cyttarella Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. p. 347

(GQIIES NUR cer aesciace cree eters ae tan aise a Ee PANAMA.

Genus PRopHTAsSrA.

Type.

Prophtasia Rag. Ann. Soc. Hunt. Fr. 1887, p. 259... platycerella.

Proboseis aborted and minute; palpi typically obliquely up-

turned, the 3rd joint porrect; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons

smooth, with slight tuft of scales; antenne of male typically

laminate, the shaft slightly curved at base and without distinct

ridge of scales. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded,

the termen evenly curved ; veins 2 and 3 typically from angle of

cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked ; 10,

11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle

of cell; 3 and 5 from angle, typically approximated for some

distance, 4 absent ; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 typically not anasto-

mosing with 7.

Sect. I. Fore wing with veins 2, 3 from a point at angle of cell; hind wing with

vein 8 not anastomosing with 7.

(1) PRoPHTASIA PLATYCERELLA.

_ Prophtasia platycerella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259 ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 252, pl. 37. f. 8; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.

ide peml Be

ARMENIA,

PYRALID#H, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 105

Secor. II. Fore wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell, 3 from before angle ;

hind wing with veins 3 and 5 not approximated towards base.

A. Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7; palpi obliquely upturned and

hardly reaching to vertex of head, the maxillary palpi filiform ; antennee of

male with the shaft slightly curved at base and without distinct ridge of

scales.

(2) }PROPHTASIA SPHALMATELLA, Sp. Nn.

¢. Heal and thorax black-brown tinged with grey; abdomen

brownish ochreous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base, ventrally

grey-brown. Fore wing black-brown mixed with some grey,

especially on inner area; a pure white fascia on costal area,

leaving the costa black-brown and not reaching the apex; an

indistinct diffused dark antemedial spot on vein | and oblique

postmedial line. Hind wing whitish suffused with brewn; a

darker terminal line and white line at base of cilia.

MASHONALAND, Salisbury (J/arshall), 1d type. xp, 28 mm.

(3) PPROPHTASIA EPITEUXIS, sp. n.

dg. Head and thorax glossy black-brown ; abdomen grey suf-

fused with brown; palpi white below towards base ; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen black-brown, the femora and

tibie streaked with white. Fore wing glossy black-brown, the

inner area tinged with grey; a pure white costal fascia, narrow-

ing toapex; an indistinct diffused dark antemedial line ‘ ‘om cell

to inner margin and oblique postmedial line. Hind wing grey

suffused with fuscous; a slight punctiform dark terminal line and

white line at base-of cilia.

Burma, Hsipaw (de Vicéville), 2 ¢ type. Hap. 24-28 mm.

(4) 7PROPHTASIA GLAUCOPHA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-brown tinged with white; abdomen

white suffused with grey-brown; palpi white in front except

towards tips; peetus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white

mixed with some brown. Fore wing pale grey-brown, black-

brown towards the rather broad white costal fascia einen does

not narrow to apex. Hind wing creamy white slightly tinged

with brown.

Kasumtr (Pilcher), 1 3; Punsas, Kangra (Dudgeon), 1 3,

Moghal Sarai (Setion), 1 3 ; Beneau, Oudh (Pilcher), 1¢; Sip,

Karachi (Swinhoe), 19 ; MaApras, Belgaum (Watson), 13 type.

Hep. 18-22 mm.

(5) TPROPHTASIA AMPHICHEA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-brown mixed with white; abdomen

white tinged with brown; pectus and legs white mixed with

brown. Fore wing pale purplish brown nied with white, the

costal area broadly white with slight brown irroration ; indistinct

diffused dark curved ante- and postmedial lines except towards

106 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

costa; two slight blackish discoidal spots. Hind wing white

tinged with brown ; a slight dark spot at upper angle of cell and

fine terminal line ; cilia w hiter.

SIERRA LEONE (Clements), 1Sy4.O% N. Nigeria, Minna (Macfie),

1¢ type, Zungeru (Simpson), 12. Hap. 16-20 mm.

B, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7.

a. Palpi of male obliquely upturned to above vertex of head and hollowed out

to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd joint porrect ; antennee

serrate with sinus at base of shaft containing a large ridge of scales.

6) +r PROPHTASIA PYROSTROTA, Sp. n

> 5]

3. Head and thorax creamy white suffused with rufous ;

abdomen, pectus, and legs creamy white. Fore wing ochreous

white irrorated with fiery red, the costal fascia only defined by a

red-brown fascia below it from base to apex ; minute antemedial

black streaks on median nervure and vein | and an oblique post-

medial series ; two slight black discoidal spots ; a terminal series

of black points. Hind wing creamy white.

Pungas, Kangra Valley, 4500’ (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Hap.

26 mm.

6. Palpi of female downcurved and extending about three times length of head.

(7) PROPHTASIA BISTRIATELLA.

Cayuga bistriatella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii. p. 209

(1890); Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 438.

Peoria discostrigella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vi. p. 115

(1904).

U.S.A., N. Mexico, Arizona.

Genus AURORA.

Type.

Aurora Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887)......... longipalpalla.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect, extending about

four times length of head, thickly fringed with hair, fie 2nd

joint slightly downcurved ; maxillary palpi shght and filiform ;

frons smooth, with long pointed tuft of hair; autenne of female

minutely ciated. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded,

the termen obliquely curved; vein 3 from elose to angle of cell;

4,5 strongly stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8,9, 10 stalked ;

11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ;

3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 anastomosing

with 7.

TAURORA LONGIPALPELLA,

Aurora longipalpella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 337, pl. 44. f. 2; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 437.

U.S.A.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 107

Genus FosstrRoNTIA.

: bi uaa ye

Fossifrontia Hmpsn. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 388

(GTS AUILL)) see a Sa Pe ERE en ee leuconeurella.

Proboscis absent; palpi upturned to about middle of frons,

thickly scaled and hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary

palpi; frons with truneate conical prominence hollowed out in

front ; antenne of male uniserrate and ciliated, the shaft with

large sinus and ridge of scales at base; fore femora with tuft of

hair above, the mid tibize fringed with long hair on outer side.

Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 from below

upper angle; 8, 9,10 stalked; 11 from cell; the male with small

fold on underside from medial part of costa fringed with large

scales and with some androconia below it above, in and below

the cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from towards angle of cell ;

3 and 5 from angle and closely approximated for some distance,

4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 closely approximated to ¥ but

not anastomosing with it.

FossIFRONTIA LEUCONEURELLA,

Fossifrontia leuconeurella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 339,

jolly BH, vig IS CLO)

QUEENSLAND, Cooktown, Cedar Bay.

Genus CoMMOTRIA.

Type.

Commotria Berg, An. Soc. Arg. xix. p. 278 i

(USS) bce tence eee Meneame tnvenustella.

Mangala Rag. Nouv: Gen. p. 41 (1888)......... crassiscapella.

Tolima Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888) ......... oberthuri.

Altoona Hulst, Ent. Am. iv. p. 116 (1888) ... omacella.

Volusia Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii. -

p. 206 (1890), nec Rob. Desv. Dipt. 1830... roseopennella.

Trwolusia Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 438

(IDO DN art eee sae anny ne nc ants roseopennella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi downeurved, extending about three

times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi slight

and filiform ; frons rounded and with short tuft of hair; antenne

of male typically unipectinate, the apical part ciliated, the shaft

with ridge of scales above at base. Fore wing long and narrow,

the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved; vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10

stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from angle of

cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ;

8 anastomosing with 7.

108 SIR GHORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Srcr. I. (Commotria.) Antenne of male unipectinate, the apical part ciliated.

(1) CoMMorRiA MESTELLA, sp. .

Head and thorax purple-pink mixed with some whitish ; abdo-

men pale fulvous yellow, ochreous white at base and extremity ;

peetus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with

purple. Fore wing’ purple-pink, the veins white defined on each

side by fine brown streaks, the white on median nervure stronger

and more strongly defined by black-brown below; a minute black-

brown spot at upper angle of cell and point at lower angle. Hind

wing whitish tinged with ochveous brown.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 9 5d, 3 2 type.-. Hap.

20-22 mm.

(2) CoMMOTRIA LATICOSTELLA.

Commotria laticostella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 343, pl. 52.

f. 14 (1901).

Brazit, Amazons.

(3) CoMMOTRIA INVENUSTELLA.

Commotria ivenustella Berg, An. Soc. Arg. xix. p. 278

(1885); Rag. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 343, pl. 36. f. 24.

S. Brazin; ARGENTINA.

(4) ComMorriA ARRHABDELLA, sp. 0.

2. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen whitish tinged

with red-brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus

and legs whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore wing pale flesh-

red shghtly irrorated with dark scales; a terminal series of slight

dark points.

Peru, R. Pachaya, 192 type. Hap. 24 mm.

Seor. II. (Tolima.) Antenne of male serrate.

(5) *COMMOTRIA ROSEOPENNELLA.

Volusia roseopennella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, xvii. p. 206

(1890); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 340, pl. 51. f. 3; Dyar, Cat.

Lep. N. Am. p. 438.

- U.S.A., Florida.

(6) *COMMO?PRIA OBERTHURI.

Tolima oberthurii Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. vil. p. 341, pl. 38. f 4.

CoLoMBIA. ;

(7) *COMMOTRIA OPACELLA.

Anerastia opacella Huist, Kut. Am. i. p. 138 (1887); Rag.

Rom. .Mém. vin. p. 341, pl. 36. f. 23; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

p. 438.

U.S.A., Texas.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 109

(8) rCOMMOTRIA PHYCITELLA.

Tolima phycitella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 41 (1888); id. Rom. Mém.

vill. p. 341, pl. 44. f. 17. ©

Gop Coast.

Sect. III. (Mangala.) Antenne of male laminate and ciliated.

(9) rComMOrRIA TRIPARTELLA, Sp. n.

2. Head and thorax purple-pink; abdomen white, dorsally

tulvous yellow towards base ; pectus, leg&, and ventral surface of

abdomen white tinged with purplish pink; anal tuft yellow

below. Fore wing with white costal fascia narrowing to apex

leaving the costal edge dark towards base, then pinkish, defined

below by a dark reddish-brown fascia, the inner half of wing

rose-pink, whiter towards inner margin. Hind wing white.

N. Cuina, Pekin (Hughes), 1 9 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(10) ¢ComMMorriA NEURIAS, sp. n.

Head and thorax white suffused with red-brown; abdomen

white, dorsally tinged with fulvous yellow towards base; pectus

and legs white tinged with brown. Fore wing white tinged with

reddish brown, the veins white defined on each side by slight

dark brown streaks; the costal area defined below by a brown

shade; obliquely placed almost medial dark brown points in

submedian fold and on vein 1; a dark point just above lower

angle of cell; obliquely placed postmedial dark points on veins 6

to 2 and in submedian fold and a point nearer the termen

on vein 1; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing white

slightly tinged with ochreous brown.

N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 $ ; Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje

(Weave), 13.,12 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(11) fComMMorrRIA ERYTHROGRAPTA, Sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; abdomen

white tinged with ochreous yellow ; pectus and legs white mixed

with red-brown. Fore wing white tinged with rufous, the veins’

and submedian fold white defined on each side by slight rufous

streaks; the costal area defined below by a dark brown streak

and a dark streak below basal half of median nervure; obliquely

placed almost medial dark points below the cell and on vein 1; a

dark point just above lower angle of cell and obliquely placed

postmedial dark points on veins 6 to 2, Hind wing white with

a slight ochreous tinge.

Br. C. Arrica, Katungas (de Jersey), 1 5 type. Exp. 20 mm.

(12) pCoMMOTRIA RUFIMEDIA, Sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white tinged with red-brown ; abdomen

creamy white. Fore wing white faintly tinged with rufous and

irrorated with fuscous; a rufous shade below median neryure ;

110 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

a minute antemedial black spot on vein 1 and minute discoidal

spot; an oblique postmedial series of black points on veins 4 to 2

and a point on vein |; a terminal series of black points. Hind

wing white tinged with ochreous.

Br, C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (eave), 13 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(13) fTCoMMOTRIA RHODONEURA, Sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen whitish tinged with

rufous; palpi whitish below ; fore legs red-brown ; mid and hind

legs whitish tinged with rufous. Fore wing yellowish white, the

veins streaked with purplish pink and the costal area suffused

with purplish pink; a black antemedial point on vein 1, a

discoidal point and postmedial points on veins 4, 2,1; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing white tinged with ochreous

rufous.

Transvaal, White R. (Cooke), 12 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(14) pCoMMOTRIA RUFIDELINEATA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax whitish suffused with rufous; abdomen

creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and

legs white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing ochreous white,

the veins defined on each side by fine rufous streaks, the costal

area defined below by a slight rufous shade; two antemedial

blackish points on vein | and obliquely placed postmedial points

on veins 4 to 1; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing

ochreous white.

Br. EK. Arrica, Nairobi (Anderson), 1 2 type; Br. C. ArrRica,

Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 5. Hap. 24 mm.

(15) tComMorRIA MIOSTICTA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; abdomen

creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with brown. Fore

wing white tinged with rufous, the veins white defined on each

side by fine rufous streaks ; the costal edge blackish towards base ;

the costal area defined below by a slight red-brown shade; a

black point just above lower angle of cell. Hind wing white

slightly tinged with ochreous.

SrERRA LEONE (Clements), 15 type. Hap. 22 mm.

(16) *ComMorRIA CRASSISCAPELLA.

Mangala crassiscapella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888) ; id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 342, pl. 37. f. 17.

_ SUDAN.

(17) fCoMMOTRIA PHENICIAS, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax whitish suffused with rufous; abdomen

yellowish white; pectus and legs whitish suffused with brown.

Fore wing white very thickly irrorated with deep purple-pink,

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINE. Bel

the lower part of cell and the area just beyond it much whiter,

the costa tinged with brown; a small black-brown discoidal spot 5

the veins towards termen with slight brown streaks. Hind wing

yellowish white, the costa tinged with brown towards apex.

N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 3 ; Uaanpna, Katesa (Betton),

1g type. Hap. 20-22 mm.

(18) TComMorRia ROSELLA, sp. n.

Head and thorax bright rose-pink ; abdomen ochreous ; pectus

whitish; legs and abdomen pink. Fore wing bright vose-pink

mixed with some whitish except on costal area, the median

nervure and veins beyond the cell with fine deep pink streaks; a

small deep pink spot on upper discocellular ; cilia fuscous at apex.

Hind wing pale ochreous, the costa and cilia at apex tinged with

pink.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with a dark reddish-brown shade along sub-

eostai nervure and thence to apex, the spot on upper discocellular

dark brown.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 4 3, 52 type. Hap.

22-26 mm.

(19) tComMorriA ALBINERVELLA, sp. 0.

9. Head and thorax pale purplish pink; abdomen ochreous

white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with pink, Fore wing

pale purple-pink, the veins streaked with white ; the costal area

white tinged with pink, narrowing to apex and defined below by

a slight brown shade; a slight dark point at upper angle of cell.

Hind wing white with a slight ochreous tinge.

Ruopesia, Bulawayo (“yles), 12 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(20) TComMMOrRIA VENOSELLA, sp. n.

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous ;

fore femora and tibie black-brown in front. Fore wing whitish

suffused with purplish rufous and slightly irrorated with blackish

in the interspaces; the veins prominently streaked with white.

Hind wing ochreous whitish, with a shght reddish-brown terminal

line except towards tornus.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (eave), 1 3 type. Hap. 30 mm.

(21) fCoMMOTRIA RHODOCHROA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax pale rose-pink; abdomen ochreous white,

dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing

pale rose-pink, the costal area with a slight red-brown tinge; the

veins streaked with white and defined on each side by fine deeper

pink streaks. Hind wing ochreous white.

Nata, Tugela R., Bonds’ Drift (Reynolds), Ig type. Hap:

26 mm.

IY SIR GEORGE ILAMPSON ON THE

(22) rCoMMOTRIA CASTANEIPARS, Sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep red-brown ; hind tibize

white towards base. Fore wing with narrow white costal fascia

narrowing toa point before apex, the area below it deep chestnut-

brown to median nervure and vein 2, the inner area purplish

pink. Hind wing red-brown.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 19 type. Hap. 22 mm.

(23) TCOMMOTRIA PROPH ELLA, Sp. n.

2. Head and thorax pale flesh-red ; abdomen ochreous ;_ palpi

tinged with brown; pectus and legs whitish suffused with brown.

Fore wing pale flesh-red, the costal area broadly suffused with

brown, extending on basal half to median nervure; the veins

beyond the cell finely streaked with brown. Hind wing ochreous

white.

Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 19 type. ° Hap. 22 mm.

(24) TCoMMOTRIA PHLEBICELLA, Sp. n.

@. Head and thorax pale flesh-pink mixed with some whitish ;

abdomen whitish, dorsally tinged with fulvous-yellow towards

base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged

with brown. Fore wing pale flesh-pink, the costal area broadly

suffused with brown, extending to the median nervure towards

base ; the costal edge and veins finely streaked with white. Hind

wing ochreous. white.

MASHONALAND, Salisbury (J/arshall), 29 type. Hap. 26 mm.

(25) +CoMMOTRIA ENERVELLA, Sp. Nn.

3S. Head and thorax whitish suffused with pale flesh-red ;

abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing whitish suffused with pale

purplish pink and the costal half tinged with brown ; the veins,

except on inner area, streaked with white and. defined on each

side by fine brown streaks. Hind wing white tinged with brown

except towards base and inner margin

Formosa, Takow (Wileman), 1 S$ type. Hap. 18 mm.

Genus SIBoGa.

Type.

Siboga Hmpsn. Rom. Mém, viii. p. 338 (1901)......... JSalsella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint

reaching to vertex of head and hollowed out to receive the brush-

like maxillary palpi, the 3rd joint moderate and porrect; frons

with conical prominence ; antennz of male typically serrate and

ciliated, the basal joint elongate, the shaft with double ridge of

scales at base above enclosing a hollow. Fore wing long and

narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 3

from close to augle of cell; 4, 5 strongly stalked; 6 front below

upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell, Hind wing with

PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 113

vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ;

6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

Sect. I. Antenne of male unipectinate with moderate branches, the apical part

ciliated.

(1) StBoGA ALBIMEDIELLA, Sp. n.

Head and thorax white tinged with pink and brown; abdomen

ochreous, the first three segments ochreous on dorsum. Fore

wing pale pink, the veins streaked with white; the costal area

tinged with brown; a white fascia from base to termen above .

median nervure and vein 5. Hind wing white slightly tinged

with ochreous especially towards termen.

PoungaB, Simla, 1g type. Haep.26mm. ~* \

Sror. IT. (Siboga.) Antenne of male serrate and ciliated.

(2) *Srpoga FALSELLA. ©

Hypsotropha falsella Snell. Midden-Sumatra Lep. p. 82 (1880) ;

Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 338, pl. 38. f. 3.

SUMATRA,

Sect. IIJ. Antennze of male laminate and almost simple.

(3) TS1BOGA DIALEUCELLA, Sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white, suffused with rufous except on

vertex of head and dorsum of thorax; abdomen creamy white,

dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; palpi white in front; pectus

and legs white slightly tinged with red-brown. Fore wing white

suffused with rufous; the veins white defined on each side by

fine rufous streaks, the median nervure defined below by a rufous

fascia ; a White fascia through the cell, then narrower along

discal fold to termen. Hind wing ochreous white.

Kasumir, Goorais Valley (Leech), 13 type. Hap. 24 mm.

(4) TSIBOGA ZEAVORA, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous,

the last dorsally fulvous yellow towards base. Fore wing whitish

tinged with rufous, the veins defined on each side by streaks

formed of red-brown scales, the cell with two streaks in it; the

inner margin irrorated with red-brown ; a terminal series of

prominent black points. Hind wing ochreous white with a

terminal series of brown striz except towards tornus.

Matay Srates, 1 2 type. Hap. 30 mm.

Larva feeds on maize.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. VIII. 8

114 STR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Genus EMATHEUDES.

Type.

Ematheudes Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 385 ... punctella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending

about three times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary

palpi minute and filiform; frons with large tuft of scales ;

antenns of male minutely serrate and ciliated. Fore wing

narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3

from close to angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 from below upper

angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2

from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7

shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

(1) Emarngupes PUNCTELLA.

Chilo ‘punctella Treit. Schmett. Eur. ix. 2, p. 268 (1833); Dup.

Lép. Fr. pl. 273. f. 4; Herr.-Schiff. Kur. Schmett: iv. p. 108,

Mine 18515) Rag.) Rome "Mém. viii. p. 333; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.

itt; [Os dha},

S. France; Spain; Corsica; Iraty; Sicity; Morocco ;

GREECE ; TurKEY ; Cyprus; Asta Mrnor; Syria.

(2) *EMATHEUDES PSEUDOPUNCTELLA.

Hmatheudes pseudopunctella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888) ; id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 334, pl. 36. f. 22 : Staud. Cat. lise pal. 11. p. 13.

Syria. Probably an aberration of 1. punctella:

(3) EMATHEUDES STRAMINELLA.

Hmatheudes straminella Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. 1872, p. 107, pl. 8.

ig Oh

GAMBIA; STERRA LeonE; ANcotA; Br. C. Arrica; Portu-

GuUESE K. AFRICA.

(4) 7TEMATHEUDES LENTISTRIGALIS.

Hnmatheudes lentistrigalis Hmpsn. Tr. Zool. Soc. xix. p. 134,

pl. iv. f. 65 (1909).

Goup Coast; N. NIGERIA: Br. EH. eee UGANDA: Br. C.

AFRICA.

(5) EMATHEUDES PALEATELLA.

Ematheudes puleatella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 334, pl. 36. f. 20.

Br. E. ArricA; Ucanpa; Br. C. Arrica; MASHONALAND ;

TransvAAL; Navau; BasuToLAND; CAPE CoLoNy.

(6) EMATHEUDES TUNESIELLA.

Ematheudes tunesiella Rag. Iris, v. p. 298 (1892); id. Rom.

Mém. vii. p. 335, pl. 42. f. 22; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 13.

S. Iraty; Tunis; Syria; W. TurkEsran,

PYRALIDZ, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN &. 115

(7) EMATHEUDES CRASSINOTELLA.

Ematheudes crassinotella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888); id.

Rom, Mém. viii. p. 335, pl. 35. f. 26.

ZanziBAR; Br. BE. ArricA; MASHONALAND; NATAL.

(8) *EMATHEUDES VARICELLA.

Ematheudes varicella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 336, pl. 35. f. 27; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.

ie Pals:

ARMENIA; W. TURKESTAN.

(9) *EMATHEUDES VITELLINELLA.

Ematheudes vitellinella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 336, pl. 49. f. 22; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.

il. p. 13.

Asta Minor, Georgia.

(10) *KMarHEUDES EUCHLYTELLA,.

Ematheudes euchlytella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 387, pl. 36. f. 21.

ARGENTINA.

Genus Brapra.

anh Type.

Biafra Rag, Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888)............... concinnella.

Proboscis aborted and minute ; palpi downcurved, extending

about three times length of head and moderately scaled; maxil-

lary palpi slightly dilated with scales ; frons smooth, with large

pointed tuft of hair; antenne of male minutely serrate and

ciliated, the basal joint rather long, the shaft with double ridge

of scales at base enclosing a hollow. Fore wing very narrow,

the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10

stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle

of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 anas-

tomosing with 7.

(1) BraFrRA CONCINNELLA.

Biafra concinnella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 330, pl. 38. f. 2. .

N. Nigeria; Br, C. Arrica; MAsHonaLaANd; TRANSVAAL;

Natal.

(2) FBIAFRA RHODINELLA.

Biafra rhodinella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 381, pl. 44. f. 20.

Goup Coast; N, Nigeria; MasHonaLtanp; TRANSVAAL.

116 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

Genus Erurorropa, nov.

Type, #. pyromerella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect and _ slightly

downcurved, extending about twice the length of head, the 2nd

joint fringed with rough scales below, the 3rd moderate ; maxil-

lary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons smooth, with

pointed tuft of hair above; antenne of male somewhat laminate

and minutely ciliated, the basal joint long, the shaft with ridge

of scales above at base. Fore wing long and very narrow, the

apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved; veins 3, 4 stalked

on one side of the specimen from a point on the other; 5 sepa-

rate; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 10, 11 stalked, 9 absent.

Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5

from angle and approximated for some distance, 4 absent; 6, 7

shortly stalked ; 8 anastomosing with 7.

ETHIOTROPA PYROMERELLA, Sp. Nn.

3. Head, tegule, and base of patagia fiery red, the rest

of thorax brownish ochreous; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally

fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen whitish suffused with brown. Fore wing with whitish

costal fascia narrowing to apex, the costal edge fiery red to

beyond middle, defined below by a black-brown fascia ; the rest

of wing fiery red. Hind wing white tinged with ochreous

brown. .

N. Nigeria, Akassa (Zugard), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 22 mm.

Genus BAproTRoPa, nov.

Type, B. tricolorella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect and slightly

downcurved, extending about three times length of head, the

2nd joint fringed with rough scales above, the 3rd moderate ;

maxillary palpi minute and filiform; frons smooth and rounded,

without tuft of hair; antennz of male strongly uniserrate, the

basal joint long, the shaft with double ridge of scales at base

enclosing a hollow. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the

termen evenly curved; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11

from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of

cell; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8

anastomosing with 7.

+BAPTOTROPA TRICOLORELLA.

Patna tricolorella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. N. H. Soe. xii, p. 308

(1899); Rag. Rom. Mém, vii. p. 340, pl. 52. f. 15,

Assam, Khasis.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN2. 117

Genus PATNA.

Type.

Paina Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888)............... eboricostella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi porrect and almost straight, extending

about three times length of head, the 2nd joint slightly fringed

with hair above towards extremity, the 3rd moderate ; maxillary

palpi small and filiform; frons smooth and rounded, without

tuft of hair; antenne of female almost simple. Fore wing

rather narrow, the costa typically almost straight, the apex

rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4,5 from angle and approximated for a short distance; 6

from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind

wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from

angle, 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not anastomosing

with 7.

(1) PaTNA EBORICOSTELLA.

Patna eboricostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); Hmpsn.

Moths Ind. iv. p. 57; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 330, pl. 38. f. 1.

)

SIKHIM; BHUTAN.

(2) PATNA VENATELLA, sp. 0,

2. Head and thorax pale rufous ; palpi whitish except above ;

pectus, legs, and abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore

wing white, the veins, discal fold in the cell and the submedian

fold defined by fine purplish-pink streaks; a minute dark brown

spot just above lower angle of cell; a ‘yararaginell series of black

points. Hind wing white ‘slightly tinged with ochreous.

Br. E. Arrica, Tagas (etton), 1 2, Aios (Betton), 1 2 type.

Hep. 32 mm.

(3) TPATNA BRUNNEICOSTELLA, Sp. n.

@. Head and thorax pale flesh-pink; abdomen ochreous

white; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing white, the costal

area tinged with brown, the area below the cell and vein 2

suffused saith pale pink; the veins white, those beyond the cell

defined on each side by fine pink streaks, the median nervure and

vein 2 defined below by stronger streaks; a dark point in lower

angle of cell. Hind wing ochreous white,

Transvaal, White R. (C ‘ooke), 1 9 type. Hap. 32 mm.

Genus MEGALOPHOTA, nov.

Type, J. leonelta.

Proboscis absent; palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint

reaching .to above vertex of head, dilated and hollowed out to

receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd minute ; frons

118 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

with long truncate conical prominence; antenn of male pecti-

nate with rather long uniseriate branches to near apex, the shaft

with large sinus at base containing a double ridge of scales

enclosing a hollow. Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex

rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 2 from well before

angle of cell; 3 from before angle; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from

below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing

with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked,

4 absent ; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

MEGALOPHOTA LEONELLA, Sp. Nn.

3. Head and thorax ochreous white with a slight red-brown

tinge on shoulders, the antennal tufts. black on inner side;

abdomen ochreous ; pectus and legs ochreous white tinged with

- red-brown. Fore wing ochreous white irrorated with brown,

the costal avea slightly irrorated to near apex, Hind wing

ochreous white.

SIERRA LEONE (Dudgeon), 1 g type. Hap. 20 mm.

Genus MARTIA.

Type.

Mortia Bag. N. Am: Rhye: p: 18 (887)... a... arizonella.

Urula Hulst, Can. Ent. xxxu. p. 175 (1900) ...... arizonella.

Proboscis absent ; palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, extending

about twice the length of head, the 3rd rather oblique, long,

slender, and somewhat acute at extremity; maxillary palpi

slight and filiform; frons with large truncate conical prominence;

antenne of male minutely serrate and with fascicles of long cilia.

Fore wing rather narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly

curved ; vein 2 from long before angle of cell; 3 from before

angle; 5 from above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9

stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from long

before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle, approximated for a

short distance, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not anasto-

mosing with 7.

MARIA ARIZONELLA.

Martia arizonella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 367, pl. 38. f. 20; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439,

Orula incongruela Hulst, Can. Ent. xxxul. p. 175 (1900);

Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 437.

U.S.A., Colorado, Arizona.

Genus D1scorRONTIA,

Type.

Discofrontia Hmysn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 350 (1901). normella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint

reaching to vertex of head and moderately scaled and flattened,

PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. 119

the 3rd moderate; maxillary palpi slight and filiform; frons

broad, with a disk of concentric white scales converging to middle;

antenne of male strongly serrate, with a large sinus andl ridge of

scales at base of shaft. Fore wing rather narrow, the apex

rounded, the termen evenly curved;.vem 2 from well before

angle of cell; 3 from before angle; 4,5 from angle: 6 from

below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 16, ii om cell. Hind wing

with vein 2 from before angle of wail ; 3 and 5 frem angle,

4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

* DISCOFRONTIA NORMELLA.

Discofrontia normella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 350, pl. 52.

f. 20 (1901).

NATAL.

Genus CRITONIA,

‘ Type.

Critonia Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. cexiv. sulteenetonella

Singhalia Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii.

p. 309 (1898); id. Rom. Meém. vii. p. 351

(CNS LU is esi ea a oer a a, SRE aceon sarcoglauca.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi typically downcurved,

extending about three times length of head and moderately

sealed; maxillary palpi small and filiform; frons smooth and

with slight tuft of hair; antennz of male typically serrate and

fasciculate, the shaft with sinus at base containing a large ridge

of scales. Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex ronatieds

the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4, 5 from just above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9

stalked ; 10, 11 from cell, 10 approximated to 8,9. Hind wing

with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell and approximated for a

short distance, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomos-

ing with 7.

Sect. I. Palpi of male obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint hollowed out to receive

the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd short; antennze laminate, with large

sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.

(1) }CRrrironIA PHHONEURA, Sp. n.

do. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdo-

men ochreous white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;

pectus and legs whitish tinged with brown. I’ore wing whitish

tinged with red-brown, the veins except on inner area blackish

defined on each side by fine white streaks ; the costal area white,

narrowing to apex and defined below by a red-brown shade, the

costal.edge brown to beyond middle and the veins on costal area

finely streaked with black; a minute antemedial black spot on

vein 1, a point at middle of submedian fold and minute post-

medial streaks above vein 2 and on vein 1 ; cilia flesh-white with

120 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

series of minute black streaks near base except towards tornus.

Hind wing whitish tinged with brown especially on costal area

and at termen.

Formosa, Banshorio (Wileman), 1 3 type. Hap. 18 mm.

(2) TCRITONIA PROMELENA.

Critonia promeena Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xii.

p- 309 (1898); id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 366, pl. 51. f. 23.

SIKHIM,

(3) TCRITONIA PURPUREOTINCTA.

Critonia purpureotincta Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 61 (1896) ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 365, pl. 51. f. 22.

SIKHIM; Buuvin.

(4) fCrivoNIA HOLORHODA.

Critonia holorhoda Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xviii.

p- 259 (1908).

CEYLON.

Secr. I]. Maxillary palpi of male filiform.

A. (Critonia). Antenne of male serrate, with larger sinus and ridge of scales

at base of shaft; palpi downcurved and about three times length of head.

(5) *CRITONIA SUBCONCINNELLA.

Critonia subconcinnella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. cexiv ;

id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 365, pl. 6. f. 20.

BurMA.

(6) TCRITONIA LEUCOPLEURA, Sp. n.

gd. Head and thorax whitish suffused with purplish pink;

abdomen whitish suffused with ochreous brown ; antenne with

the tuft blackish; palpi, pectus, and legs whitish tinged with

brown. Fore wing whitish suffused with purplish pink, the

veins streaked with blackish, vein 1 only towards termen ; the

costal area pure white, narrowing to apex and defined below by

a blackish shade; the costal edge dark to beyond middle and the.

interspaces of terminal area with slight dark streaks except

towards tornus. Hind wing whitish, the costal area broadly

suffused with brown.

BasuToLanD, Maseru (Crawshay), 1 3 type. Hap. 26 mm.

(7) +CRITONIA ROSEISTRIGELLA.

Critonia roseistrigella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p- 61 (1896) ; id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 365, pl. 51. f. 21.

Mapras, Nilgiris ; Puinippines, Luzon.

4 CY

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 121

(8) CRITONIA OCHRACEALIS.

Critonia ochracealis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat! Hist. Soch xx

p. 1251 (1912).

PungaB, Kangra; MaApras, Nilgiris.

(9) *CRITONIA HILGERTI.

Pectinigeria hilgertti Roths. Nov. Zool. xxi. p. 236.

ALGERIA.

B. Antennze of male laminate and without sinus and ridge of scales at base of

shaft.

a. (Singhalia.) Palpi of male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned to vertex

of head and thickly scaled, the 3rd porrect, long and blunt.

(10) TCrITONTA SARCOGLAUCA.

Critomia sarcoglauca Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 60 (1896); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 351, pl. 51. f. 24.

CEYLON.

6. Palpi of male downcurved and extending about three times length of head.

(11) Crrronta RHODESSA.

Saluria rhodesso Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xviii. p. 120

(1903).

(QUEENSLAND.

(12) TCRITONIA SARCOIDA, Sp. Nn.

Head and thorax purplish pink, the head and shoulders

tinged with brown; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally fulvous

yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-

men ochreous tinged with brown. Fore wing purplish pink, the

costal area tinged with brown; the veins, discal fold in the cell,

and submedian fold white defined on each side by fine purplish-

pink streaks, the median nervure rather more strongly streaked

with white and with a brown streak below it. Hind wing

ochreous white, the costal area tinged with brown.

Br. E. Arrica, Njora (Cholmley), 1 6; Br. C. Arrica,

Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 3 2 ; Porrucurse HK. Arrica, Kola Valley

(Weave), 3 2 ; MasHoNALAND, Salisbury (/arshall), 1 2 ; TRans-

VAAL (Pead), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 28-34 min.

Genus MonocrENocERA.

+ Type.

Monoctenocera Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. x11.

p- 310 (1898) ; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 311(1901). brachiella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi obliquely upturned, the

2nd joint reaching to just above vertex of head and hollowed out

to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd short and

22 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

thickly sealed ; frons smooth, with large tuft of hair; antennze

of male unipectinate, typically with very short branches, the

apical part serrate, the shaft with large sinus and ridge of scales

at base; mid and hind tibi typically fringed with long hair.

Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ;

vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 strongly stalked ; 6

from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind

wing with vein 3 closely approximated to 4+, 5 for some distance ;

4, 5 strongly stalked; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 anastomosing

with 7.

Sect. I. Antenne of male with the branches long; mid tibize fringed with hair at

base only, the hind tibiz at extremity only.

(1) MonocrenocEeRA LEUCANIA.

Catagela leucania Feld, Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 13 (1874);

Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63; id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 312, pl. 51.

fae:

Hab. Mavras, Nilgivis; TRAVANCORE; CEYLON.

Secr. II. Antenne of male with short branches towards base, then serrate: mid and

hind tibie fringed with long hair throughout.

(2) MonocTrENOCERA BRACHTELLA.

Polyocha brachiella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii.

p. 310 (1898) ; id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 312, pl. 36. f. 6

Hab. StKkKIM; Bevxcar, Calcutta; Borneo.

Genus SABORMA.

Type.

Saborma Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 37 (1887) ............ forcipella.

Proboscis aborted, minute; palpi of male upturned to about

vertex of head, slender, typically hollowed out to contain the

brush-like maxillary palpi; frons smooth; antenne of male

typically strongly serrate, with sinus and large double ridge of

scales at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen

evenly curved ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 strongly

stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from

cell. Hind wing with vein 3 approximated for some distance to

4, 5 which are strongly stalked; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 not

anastomosing with 7.

Secr. I. Palpi of male with the 2nd jomt hollowed out to receive the brush-like

maxillary palpi; antenne serrate.

(1) *SaBoRMaA FORCIPELLA.

Saborma forcipella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 37 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 310, pl. 35. f. 22.

SUMATRA.

PYRALID#®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN &. 123

(2) *SABORMA VICINA.

Anerastia vicina Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879, p. 307; id. Lep.

Madag. p. 511; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 309, pl. 42. £..21.

MADAGASCAR.

Secr. II. Maxillary palpi of male filiform; antenne laminate and ciliated.

(3) TSABORMA PAPUACOLA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen

whitish tinged with brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;

antennz with the tuft blackish on inner side; pectus and legs

whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing white tinged with

ochreous brown, the veins, discal fold in ene cell, and the sub-

median fold white defined on each side by streaks formed of

blackish scales; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing

ochreous white with terminal series of dark points and strie.

.Durcn N. Guinea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 3 3 type. Hap.

26-30 mm.

Genus OsactA.

4 Type

Osakia Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 318 (1901) ......... Tiere ite

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi obliquely upturned to

about vertex of head, moderately scaled; maxillary palpi each a

minute brush of scales; frons smooth and rounded; antennee of

male ciliated, the shaft with sinus and double ridge of scales at

hase; tibie fringed with hair. Fore wing ee) EAONY, the

apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; veins 2 and 3 stalked

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from below upper

angle; 8, 9 staiked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 3

from angle of cell ; 4 and ) strong gly stalked ; 6,7 strong gly stalked ;

8 not anastomosing with 7.

*OSACIA LINEOLELLA.

Osakia lineolella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 319; pl. 43. f. 21

(OOD.

JAPAN.

Genus RAGonorta.

Type.

Ciris Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 17 (1887), nec -Grote,

Lep. SS SR eR ET Gh SENG ATE RAR Aer dotalis.

Ragonotia Grote, Can. Ent. xx. p. 75 (1888)............ dotalis.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downturned, about three

times length of head and rather broadly fringed with scales

below; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with small rounded pro-

minence with corneous plate below it; antennz of male ciliated,

the basal joint large. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex

rounded, the termen obliquely curved : vein 2 from towards

angle of cell; 3 and 5 from close to angle ; 6 from below upper

124 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2

from close to angle of cell; 3 approximated for some distance to

4, 5 which are strongly stalked, or 4 rarely absent ; 6, 7 stalked;

8 not anastomosing with 7.

RAGONOTTA DOTALIS.

Anerastia dotalis Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 164 (1886) ;

Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 329, pl. 38. f. 19; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N.

Am. p. 437.

Ciris discigerella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 17 (1887).

U.S.A., Colorado, Arizona.

Genus PotyocHa.

Tene

Polyocha Zeller, Isis, 1848, p. 876............... sanguinariella.

Polyochodes Chretien, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911,

Pesan conus aucceetey Gi Aseaee Santora aiaa Meee or erie stipella.

Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi typically downcurved,

extending about three times length. of head, the 2nd joint

moderately scaled, the 3rd rather long and naked; maxillary

palpi dilated with scales; frons smooth, with tuft of scales ;

antennee of male typically laminate and without sinus and ridge

of seales at base. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex omnia

the termen obliquely Curved ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell;

4, 5 strongly stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked;

10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of

cell ; 3 approximated for some distance to 4,5 which are strongly

stalked ; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

Secor. I. Palpi of male obtauely upturned ; antennee serrate, with sinus and ridge of

scales at base of shaft.

(1) +Ponyoona PLINTHOCHROA, sp. n..

Head and thorax bright rufous mixed with some ochreous ;

abdomen ochreous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; antennz

ochreous, Fore wing bright rufous with a faint purplish gloss,

some ochreous in lower part of cell and below and just beyond

the cell, the veins remaining rufous; a narrow yellowish-white

costal fascia, tapering toa ‘point just before apex. Hind wing

ochreous white, the costal area and termen tinged with ved-

brown.

TRANSVAAL, Karina (Cooke), 1 3 type, White R. (Cooke), 1 @.

Hep. 26 mm.

(2) TPoLYocHA LEUCOPLEURELLA.

Emmalocera leucopleurella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888) ;

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 317, pl. 44. f. 15

Gop Coasr; 8. & a NIGERIA ; Kactarn ; Mapras.

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY MYPSOTROPIN&. 125

(3) TPoLYOCHA GENSANALIS.

Emmalocera gensanalis South, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1901, p. 405,

pl: xiv. £. 30:

CorREA.

Src. II. Palpi of male downcurved ; antennze without sinus and ridge of scales at

base of shaft.

A. (Polyochodes). Antenne of male pectinate with uniseriate branches.

(4) *PoLyYOCHA STIPELLA.

Polyochodes stipella Chretien, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911, p. 13.

ALGERIA.

B. (Polyocha). Antenne of male laminate.

(5) tPoLyocuaA CINERELLA.

Polyocha cinerella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 62 (1896); id.

Rom. Mem. viii. p. 328, pl. 55. f. 4.

PunsaB; BENGAL.

(6) PoLyocHaA VENOSA,

Epischnia venosa Zell. Isis, 1847; p. 31; Herr.-Schiiff. Schmett.

Eur. iv. p. 109; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 327; Staud: Cat. Lep.

pal. 1. p. 13.

Cyprus; SYRIA.

(7) PoLYocHA SANGUINARIELLA.

Polyocha sanguinariella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 876; Rag. Rom.

Mem: viii. p. 327, pl. 8. f. 20.

Br. C. ArricaA; MASHONALAND; TRANSVAAL; MADAGASCAR.

(8) PoLyocHA VESCULELLA.

Polyocha vesculella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 323, pl. 36: f. 11; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63.

Mapras, Palni Hills; TRAVANCORE.

(9) *PoLyocHA FLAGRANTELLA.

_ Polyocha flagrantella Rag. Rom. Mem. viii, p. 323, pl. 44. f. 24

(1901).

MADAGASCAR.

(10) tPoLyocHA STRIGIVENELLA.

Polyocha strigivenella Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xii.

p. 310 (1898) ; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 322, pl. 51. f. 19.

Burma,

126 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(11) *PotyocHa NEUROPTERELLA.

Polyocha neuropterella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 322, pl. 35. f. 23; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.

p. 138.

W. 'TURKESTAN.

(12) *PoLyocHa FOUCART].

Polyocha foucarti Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258; id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 322, pl. 35. f. 24; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11. p. 13.

ALGERIA.

(13) }PoLyocHa ACHROMATELLA, sp. n.

®. Head and thorax white tinged with ochreous ; abdomen

white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs

ochreous white. Fore wing pale ochreous, the veins white, less

distinctly so on costal area. Hind wing white.

N.S. Wates, Broken Hill (Lower), 3 9 type. Hap. 28 mm.

(14) *PoLyocHA DETRITELLA.

Polyocha detritella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 326, pl. 36. f. 14; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63.

PUNJAB:

(15) 7PPoLyOCcHA FUSCICOSTELLA, sp. n.

©. Head and thorax glossy fuscous brown ; abdomen fuscous

brown, pale red-brown at sides and extremity ; pectus and legs

pale red-brown, the tarsi fuscous brown. Fore wing pale

red-brown, the costal area broadly glossy fuscous brown and

the inner basal area tinged with fuscous brown. Hind wing

ochreous white, the costal area tinged with brown.

Uf Nicn rar Toy

N. Niceria, Zungeru (Jacfie), 2 2 type. Hap. 24 mm.

Genus EMMALOCERA.

: Type.

EHmmalocera Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888)...... lewcocineta.

Lodiana Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888) ......... umbrivittella.

Papua Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. cexx... latilimbella.

Proboscis aborted and minute ; palpi of male typically obliquely

upturned to above vertex of head, the 2nd joint hollowed out to

receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd short and porrect;

frons smooth, obliquely flattened; antennz of male typically

with short uniseriate branches, the basal joint large, the shaft

with large sinus and ridge of scales at base. Fore wing rather

long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ;

vein 3 from near angle of cell, 5 from just above angle; 6 from

below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell, Hind wing

PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. 127

with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 approximated for

some distance to 4,5 which are strongly stalked; 6, 7 shortly

stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.

Srct. I. Palpi of male upturned, the 2nd joint hollowed out to receive the brush-

like maxillary palpi; antenne with sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.

A, Antenne of male with rather long uniseriate branches.

(1) rEMMALOCERA ORNATELLA,

Polyocha ornatella Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xv. p. 21

(1903).

PUNJAB.

(2) ;EMMALOCERA PULVEREALIS.

Polyocha pulverealis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xv.

p- 20 (1903).

" Assam.

(3) THMMALOCERA ENDOPYRELLA, Sp. n.

3. Head ochreous tinged with purplish pink, the antenne

ochreous; thorax bright purplish pink ; abdomen fulvous yellow ;

pectus and legs ochreous tinged with red-brown. Fore wing

with narrow pure white costal fascia, the rest of wing bright

purplish pink, suffused with red-brown to median nervure and

veins 4. Hind wing ochreous white, the costa slightly tinged

with brown. i

Assam, Khasis, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 26 mm,

(4) EMMALOCERA LONGIRAMELLA,

Emmatocera longiramella Hmpsu. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 315,

ols As i a) CEO

(QUEENSLAND.

(5) *EMMALOCERA RADIATELLA.

Emmalocera radiatella Hmpsn, Rom. Mém. vin. p. 315, pl. 52.

f. 21 (1901).

(J)UEENSLAND.

(6) TEMMALOCERA ACTINOLEUCA, Sp. Nn.

3. Head and thorax pale purplish pink mixed with white ;

abdomen creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;

antennz white; frons, palpi, pectus, and legs white suffused with

rufous. Fore wing pale purplish. pink, the veins, two streaks in

the cell and one in submedian fold white. Hind wing white

faintly tinged with ochreous.

SieRRA LEONE (Clements), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 24 mm,

128 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(7) TEMMALOCERA DEPRESSELLA.

Melissoblaptes depressella Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57.

f.5; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63; id. Rom. Mém. vui. p. 324,

ples Gadel.

Polyocha saccharella Dudgeon, J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xvi.

p. 405 (1905).

ApEn; PunsaB; Benegau; Bompay. The larva feed on the

roots of sugar-cane.

(8) TEMMALOCERA STRIGICOSTELLA.

Polyocha strigicostella Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 270; id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 315, pl. 31. f. 18.

ADEN.

B. (Emmalocera). Antenne of male with short uniseriate branches. .

(9) rTEMMALOCERA LEUCOCINCTA.

Crambus leucocinctus Wik. xxvii. 169 (1863); Hmpsn. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 316, pl. 36. f. 9.

Emmalocera crenatella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 38 (1888).

SINGAPORE; BoRNEO ; PHILIPPINES.

C. (Papua). Antenne of male laminate, serrate towards base.

(10) PEMMALOCERA SANGUIFUSALIS,

Polyocha sanguifusalis Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1910, p. 493, pl. xl.

if O

N. RHODESIA.

(11) fFEMMALOCERA AURIFUSELLA.

Crambus aurifusellus Wik. xxxv. 1756 (1866); Hmpsn.

Moths Ind. iv. p. 62; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 317, pl. 36. f. 18.

Kasumir; Punzap; Bompay; MApDRAs.

(12) EmMMALOCERA BIFIDELLA.

Polyocha bifidella Wileman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1911, p. 357,

pl. 31. f. 22.

JAPAN.

(13) TEMMALOCERA POLYCHROELLA, Sp. Nn.

Head and thorax ochreous mixed with fiery red; abdomen

ochreous ; antennz of male with the tuft blackish on inner side ;

palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous

tinged with red-brown. Fore wing with narrow creamy white

costal fascia leaving the costal edge red-brown towards base,

defined below by a fiery rufous streak to beyond middle, the area

below it red-brown to median neryure and vein 4; the inner

PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYFSOTROPIN. 129

half of wing yellow thickly irrorated with fiery red, the terminal

half of inner margin tinged with brown.

W. Arrica (Dudgeon), 1 $,1 9; 8. Nigeria, Mama (Dudgeon),

1 $type. Hap., § 22, 9 28 mm.

(14) EmMMALOCERA UMBRICOSTELLA.

Emmalocera umbricostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p, 38 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 316, pl. 36. f. 10; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

p- 62.

Corea; C. Caixa; Srkuim ; Borneo, Pulo Laut; PHILIPPINEs ;

JAvA; FLores; Batt.

(15) EMMALOCERA LUCIDICOSTELLA.

Emmalocera lucidicostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. viii. p. 316, pl. 35. f. 20; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 62.

Punsas; Benegal; CEYLON; SUMATRA.

(16) EMMALOCERA ANERASTICA.

Nephopteryx anerastica Snell. Veth’s Midden-Sumatra, Lep.

-p. 81 (1880); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 317, pl. 36. f. 8.

SrerRA LrEonE; Formosa; PungaB; NicoBpars; JOHORE;

SELANGOR ; SINGAPORE; SuMATRA; BorNEo, Pulo Laut; PHrtiip-

PINES ; LovuisiIAvDE Is., St. Aignan I.

(17) EmMMALOCERA LATILIMBELLA.

Papua latilimbella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. cexx; id.

Rom. Mém. viil. p. 313, pl. 36. f. 7.

Polyocha rhabdota Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xviil. p. 122

(1908).

' Polyocha achrosta Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 122

(1903).

N. GuINnEA; QUEENSLAND.

D. Antenne of male laminate, not serrate towards base.

(18) EmMALocERA LAMINELLA.

Emmalocera laminella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 318, pl. 51.

f. 8 (1901).

SrerrA LEONE; Br. E. Arrica; Br. C. AFrica.

Sect. II. Palpi of male downcurved ; maxillary palpi filiform.

A. Antenne of male with sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.

a. Antenne of male with long uniseriate branches.

(19) EMMALOCERA VARIEGATELLA.

Polyocha variegatella Rag: Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 326, pl. 36. f. 16; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63.

PUNJAB.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1918, No. LX. 9

130 . SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE

(20) TEMMALOCERA TRICOLORALIS.

Polyocha variegatella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Soc. Hist. xii

p. 320 (nee Rag.).

Polyocha tricoloralis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xv.

p. 20 (1903).

SIKKIM; PHILIPPINES.

(21) EMMALOCERA DIVERSELLA.

Polyocha diversella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xii.

p- 310 (1898); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 324, pl. vi. f. 21.

Mapras, Nilgiris.

(22) *EMMALOCERA COSTELLA.

Polyocha costella Rag. Nov. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom. Mém.

vill. p. 326, pl. 36. f. 15.

GAMBIA.

(23) EMMALOCERA CREMORICOSTA,

Polyocha cremoricosta Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. cii; id.

Rom. Mém. vill. p. 325, pl. 51. f. 9; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.

p. 13.

Asta Minor; Syria.

(24) TEMMALOCERA ERYTHRINELLA.

Polyocha erythrinella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. viii. p. 323, pl. 44. f. 14.

N. Nigeria; Apyssinta; Br. E. Arnica; Br. C. AFrica.

(25) *EMMALOCERA CARNATELLA.

Polyocha carnatella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.

Mem. vii. p. 325, pl. 35. f. 25; Hmpsn. Moths: Ind. iv. p. 63.

Pungas.

(26) *KMMALOCERA MONOCHROMELLA.

Polyocha monochromella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id.

Rom. Mém. vui. p. 325, pl. 36. f. 13; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.

Oo Las

(27) rEMMALOCERA EREMOCHROA, sp. n.

Q@. Head and thorax whitish suffused with ochreous brown;

abdomen creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with

brown. Fore wing pale ochreous, the costal half and terminal

area suffused with brown, the cell and veins beyond it with

some whitish irroration, the interspaces beyond the cell with

PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. leat

slight ochreous streaks, the area below the cell with slight red-

brown irroration. Hind wing creamy white.

W. AusrrawiA, Sherlock R. (Clements), 1Q type. Hap.44 mm.

b. (Lodiana). Antenne of male serrate.

(28) EMMALOCERA UMBRIVITTELLA.

Lodiana umbrivittella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888); id. Rom.

Mém. viii. p. 319, pl..35. f. 19; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 62.

Polyocha venosella Wileman, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1911, p. 357.

JAPAN, Yezo; PuNJAB; SIKKIM; ASSAM.

(29) EMMALOCERA ALBICOSTALIS.

Lodiana albicosialis Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1900, p. 375;

Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 13.

PaLEsTINE; Punsas.

B. Antenne of male without sinus and ridge of scales.

(30) EMMALOCERA SUBFASCIATELLA.

Polyocha subfasciatella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;

id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 328, pl. 36. f. 17; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.

p. 13.

ARMENIA; PERSIA.

Auctorum.

Polyocha rhodesie Strand, Archiy. f. Naturg. 75. 1, 3, p. 384

CQO) ear Mey scnrscs-cs § earth race: Pe arheiabeen doslomtya N. Ruopesia.

GENERA AUCTORUM.

Barberia affinitella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vii. p. 39

(HGS), Tae VEMOMAV IAD ~ Sense de obacsapoocese noobs U.S.A., Texas.

Cabmia myronella Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 108 (1904),

1A har SKLO UO eate ROMER one oto aco coaNe rene U.S.A., Washington.

Fondoukia translucidella Chretien, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911,

Pepe tan! DENI DEs cious erect etn cise sie oki. eae a Banos ALGERIA.

Schenectadia merilesella Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

p. 349) (1913) mr. Winerastia sc. Hes ccamenscces reels PANAMA.

Sabormania pia Strand, Arch. Naturg. 78. A. Hft. 12, p. 80

OU. CMO OOO DQAND coo sbbiccoosscnoneone SPANISH GUINEA.

ON VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 1338

6. First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and Invisible

Characters in Silkworms. By Miss Maupz L. Ciec-

HorN, F.Z.8S., F.L.S., F.E.S.

[Received December 3, 1917: Read March 9, 1918.]

The mulberry silkworm races of Bengal are all with the excep-

tion of one (Bombya textor) multivoltine, but their cocoons are

not so good as those of the European or Japanese races, and

therefore when the question of reviving the Indian silk industry

arose, the following suggestions were put forward, viz.: that

endeavours should be made to obtain an improved multivoltine

race by crossing an indigenous variety with a European one, and

that our knowledge of hybridization according to Mendel’s law

should be utilised to help in the process.

With these suggestions in my mind I obtained from Italy, in

December 1910, some European silkworm seed (eggs of the

Bombyx mori) and some Nistri (Bombyx croesi) seed cocoons from

the Berhampore Government Nursery.

The European seed was of the Italian-Japanese Hybrid, and

was the first generation of a cross between the univoltine (pro-

ducing one brood a year) yellow Italian (Indigeno giallo) male,

and the univoltine white Japanese female—pure yellow Italian

seed not having been available at the time. This Italian-Japanese

Hybrid is very hardy, being a first cross, and so I started my

cross-breeding experiments with it.

The cocoons of the multivoltine Nistri silkworm weighed (with

the chrysalis removed) from 1 grain to 1°6 grains, whilst the

cocoons of the Italian-Japanese Hybrid (being of a univoltine race

and therefore bigger) weighed from about 2°5 grains to 4°6 grains.

My aim in my experiments with these two varieties of silkworms

has been (1) to make a multivoltine race (because though its

cocoons are smaller than those of the univoltine, yet they are

compensated for by the numerous broods produced during the

year), producing cocoons of about 4 grains in weight, and (2) to

see how far the good qualities of the univoltine varieties can be

combined with the multivoltine character.

I made two series of experiments :—

A. Across between the multivoltine Nistri 2 and the univoltine

Italian-Japanese Hybrid ¢.

B. A cross between the univoltine Italian-Japanese Hybrid ?

and multivoltine Nistri ¢.

Experiment A was made with individuals selected usually from

three or four families in each generation, except in one of the

experiments in F,, which was made with a whole family.

Experiment B was made with the complete family in each

generation, with the exception of F,, when only a few worms

were reared out of four layings.

The layings produced in F, by Experiment A and those

aaa

134 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF

produced by Experiment B were entirely different from each

other, for they resembled the maternal parent in each

case, all the layings of the Nistri 9 and Ital.-Jap. ¢ being

multivoltine, and all those of the Ital.-Jap. 9 and Nistri

S$ proving univoltine.

Result of the Hxperiment as regards the Size of the Cocoon.

Experiment A.—The parent cocoons of the Ital.-Jap. 6

and Nistri 2 cross weighed 2°9 and 1:5 grains respectively. The

cocoons of the first pencration of this cross resembled those of the

Nistri (¢. e. the maternal parent) more than those of the Ital.-

Jap. parent, being rounded at both ends and very thick but

of the loose texture of the Nistri, the firm texture of the Ital.-

Jap. being entirely unrepresented. They were uniform in

size and shape, but varied in weight from 2°5 to 4:1 grains.

In the second and the immediately succeeding generations, the

cocoons were not so uniform in size and shape. Many were large

and rather pointed at the ends, whilst they were all thinner and

firmer than those of F,, and I found that in the earlier generations

moths which gave complete multivoltine layings had nearly

always cut out from cocoons which were about 3 grains or less in

weight. I did not make use of these 3-grain cocoons for rearing

purposes, even though they were far better than the original

maultivoltine Nistri cocoon, but I carefully selected the best out

of the most multivoltine layings of cocoons weighing from about

3°5 grains to 5 grains in weight. The cocoons in all the generations

of the cross were far superior to the original Nistri cocoon, and in

many of the generations they are also superior to that of the

Ttal.-Jap. Hybrid.

Up to F, many of the cocoons were 4 grains in weight, in F,,

F,, F,, many were over 4:5 grains, while some weighed 5 grains

and over. In F, and F, there were no 4-grain cocoons, and on

the whole the cocoons of these two generations were very poor

compared with those of the preceding generations, but they were

nevertheless still superior to the original Nistri cocoon. As the

layings from which these cocoons were produced were nearly

entirely multivoltine, the cocoons appeared to be also becoming

more multivoltine in character. The rearings in I, from which

HF, hatched were all entirely multivoltine, while the F, silkworm

were better again and seriposited cocoons, nearly all of which

were over 3'5 grains, many over 4 grains, and some nearly 5 grains

in weight (with chrysalis and outer fluff removed). The layings

of the moths from these cocoons were also entirely multivoltine,

which showed that it is possible to obtain a 4- or 5-grain cocoon

from entirely multivoltine layings in F, after a cross without any

recrossing. Care was, however, always taken to have the parent

moths as distantly related as possible. (Table 1.)

In this experiment I found that, after the direct influence of

the fresh cross seemed to have disappeared, every third generation

produced the best cocoons, for the cocoons of F,, F,, F,,, F,;

VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 135

TABLE AK, SHOWING THE DESCENT OF COCOONS UP TO THE NINTH

GENERATION, WITH DATES OF ELEV AGES.

Ital.-Jap. Hyb. 3, Nistri? bere estet eh pate alsietr Jan. 31,1911

No. 1, 2°9 grs. No. Af? 1°5 grs.

No. 229 ~No.15g No.269 .No.18¢ ............ March 28 _,,

37 grs. “38 grs. 338 grs. “28 ers. .

; |

No. 26g x IOs 8} soooagonsgomoosuce> ANE) BI} 5

4:2 gys. 3°7 grs.

No.489 No.21¢ No. PAUSE sacndoseuesaodscal QUAY (Ol na

4-1 grs, 51 grs. “5 grs.

No. 59 g No.152 No.6? No. 4g berenert July 8 ,,

. , 3°8 grs. 4°3 grs. 48 grs. 5 grs.

No. 52g No.19 No. 259 .No.183 No. 15? No.50g No.52g... Aug. 30 ,,

4 ors. a8ers. 44ers. “34ers. BG grs. “32ers. 4 ers.

No.10g | No.5? No.1g No.179 VENCMIGE ee Oc oes

2°2 grs. ~ 28grs. 36 grs. 3'6 gers. 3'6 grs.

No. 41 ¢ No. 55 ? No. 619 No. 27g NOSE E soocancnosea NOW BO gp,

2°5 grs. 2°4 ors, 19 grs. 2°9 grs. 2°5 grs. :

No. 402 y No. 37 8 WOZBE! A NIOs, ZOO " .ccoossavavacsanvocndenssepecoonoceo» IHG, IL, TENA

3 ors. 28ers. 22ers. “24 ors,

WUUH NGpInE) NU) WG PeM MeL OSes ye eee oes | RUCK oD ra

37 gers. 48ers. 41 grs. 4ers. 3°38 gers.

were much superior to those of the intervening generations.

Even those of F,, seriposited during the rains in July were

much better than those of F,, (April) and F,, seriposited in

October. As the raiyats in India grow about three or four crops

of cocoons a year (only rearing a few to keep the breed alive

when they are short of leaf) it would be to their advantage to

arrange that the crops reared are of every third generation.

The cocoons obtained from this multivoltine race are much

superior to the Nistri; those of F, were valued at about 94 francs

per kilo in the Milan market, which is close up to the price of

good Italian cocoons, and the cocoons of F,,, which were not

near as good as those of F,, were valued at about 7 francs per

kilo. The correct rendement could not be obtained, as the 175

cocoons sent to be tested were too few, 1 lb. weight. of cocoons

being necessary.

A Ne Se ee ae ee ee

ee ee a — a ee ee

136 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF

Experiment B.—Cross between univoltine Ital.-Jap. Hybrid

¢ and multivoltine Nistri ¢.

This was carried out for four generations only and then

discontinued, as the cocoons were not as good as those of the

reciprocal cross, rarely averaging a weight of 3°5 grains.

Results of Experiment as regards the Multivoltine and Univoltine

character of the Silkworm Moths.

Experiment A.

TABLE 2, ILLUSTRATING THE DESCENT OF THE UNIVOLTINE CHARACTER IN

THE CROSS BETWEEN IrAu.-JAp. ¢ AND Nisrri 9.

Multivoltine Nistri 9 Xx Univoltine Ital.-Jap. ¢......0.........

Tnayines\allanultvooueiveu eee ee eee ee

Many mores than és.

22 layings univoltine. 30 layings almost univoltine. 6 half multivoltine

More gs than 9s.

6 layings univoltine. 16 about half univoltine. 2 multivoltine ............

More 9s than és.

A few layings univoltine. One 75% multivoltine. Many partly multivoltine ...

More gs than 9s.

One 75 °/) multiyoltine. 2 half multivoltine. 15 partly multivoltine

ds and 9s about equal.

All Faboutehalifemnlliivoltin cies nese neem eee ee eee eee nari

Nearly all about half multivoltine. A few about: 75/9 multivoltine............

Nearly all completely multivoltine

All multivoltine

All-multivoltine Vo eves ves oie. teas. ccahereene

Jey

FP;

VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 137

From the results obtained it will be seen that all the eggs in

the layings of the multivoltine Nistri 9 when crossed with the

univoltine Ital.-Jap. ¢ hatched, 7.e., the layings were all

multivoltine, whilst the univoltine paternal parent had no visible

effect on the character of the layings. This showed that the

multivoltine character was dominant in the 9, but recessive in

the ¢. Toyama, the Japanese authority on silkworms, also

found that in crossing pure breeds the first cross always. resembled

the maternal parent.

I usually found that the completely multivoltine layings did

not give the most multivoltine results as might be expected, but

the half multivoltine laying produced the least number of

univoltine layings in the long run.

In the Nistri @ and Ital.-Jap. ¢ cross I discarded. the

multivoltine layings which appeared in the earlier generations,

and mostly selected from the half, or partly multivoltine layings,

till in F, when most of the layings were almost entirely multi-

voltine. Some of the families have been entirely multivoltine

since F., others have had a few partly univoltine layings, but in

none of the generations since F, have any of the layings been

- entirely univoltine.

Toyama does not give any detailed account of the results he

obtained in the brood characters. It would have been interesting

and useful, as. the inheritance of these invisible characters appears

to be complicated. He selected from multivoltine forms, but

does not say if they were entirely ov partly multivoltine. He

states as follows :—“ Those forms raised from the first cross do

not remain true to the parents in subsequent generations. Even

when we selected multivoltine forms for five generations we failed

to get any constant multivoltine breed.”

In his interesting pamphlet “ Sulla riproduzione degli Incroci’

Dott. Quajat, when referring to his experiments with bivoltine

and univoltine races, states “that “nelle successive riproduzioni,

bivoltinismo tende a ‘diminuire, ed alcune volte anzi a scomparire

completamente. Sara oria interessante constatare se le ovature

ottenute univoltine, abbiano allo stato lateute il bivoltinismo, e

se questo si potra manifestare in seguito a nuovi incroci 0

spontaneamente.”

I found that from F, the layings began to show a great

tendency to become completely multivoltine, and in those of the

F,, moths, from which F,, worms hatched, only one laying out of

the whole generation was half univoltine, all the others were

completely multivoltine.

To account for the 22 layings in F, appearing univoltine, the

univoltine character must have dominated in the maternal parents

of these layings. When a female F, was crossed with a “‘ pure’

multivoltine Nistri ¢ only 3 eggs out of 250 hatched, and from

the results obtained, in the reciprocal cross, it was found that if

the maternal parent was a pure univoltine none of the eggs

hatched for about a year, and if she was a pure multivoltine all

138 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF 2

the eggs were multivoltine. As this female of F, had hatched

from a completely multivoltine laying, it might naturally be

expected that, when the paternal parent was pure multivoltine all

the eggs laid would be multivoltine, but as only a few eggs

hatched it showed that the maternal parent was dominant in the

univoltine character, and that the dominance of the univoltine

character was rabeniied by the F & from the paternal parent in

which it was not a dominant character.

It is clear that the female influences the reappearance of the

character in a dominant form, and shows that the descent is of a

sex-limited inheritance.

In my experiments I found that the univoltine or multivoltine

character of the maternal parent showed itself in the layings and

not that of the paternal, for the character of the paternal parent

always appeared to be masked or suppressed. -

Besides the difficulties a sex-limited inheritance presents the

univoltine and multivoltine characters are not visible in the moths

but only in their layings, for moths which outwardly resemble the

univoltine parent may have a multivoltine laying and wice versa.

When all the moths of a generation are bred inter se the

character of only the maternal ‘parents can be determined by the

eggs laid; but to prove that the males and females of each

generation are either homozygous or heterozygous, dominant or

recessive, they have each to be bred with pure univoltines and

multivoltines. So to find out the exact composition of all the

moths in each generation would require a multitude of experiments,

and I could not spare many moths from F,, for I knew that in

F, only a very small percentage of eggs would hatch.

“The layings in F, which were laid by the F, moths give a clue

to the character of some of the parent moths in F,. For the

maternal parents of the six univoltine layings (Table 2) must

have been dominant in the univoltine character, and those of the

two multivoltine layings, in the multivoltine character, but the

sixteen 50 per cent. univoltine layings point to the maternal

parents being heterozygous.

Heperiment B.

rom the results obtained in the Ital.-Jap. @ and Nistri ¢

cross (Table 3) it will be seen that although all the lavyings in F,

were univoltine, yet there were some multivoltine, ‘and partly

multivoltine layings in F,, F, and F,; and, again, though the

moths of F, were neared from one of the multivoltine layings

of F,, yet 37 layings of the F, moths were univoltine.

For ty-seven moths from an F, family of the Ital.- -Jap. 2 and

Nistri ¢ cross were tested with. pure multivoltine Nistri moths -

and the results obtained were as follows :—

(1) Out of 21 layings of the F, @s and pure multivoltine

Nistri gs 19 layings were entirely univoltine and 2 entirely

multivoltine.

VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 139

(2) Out of 26 layings of pure multivoltine Nistri @sand F, ds

all the eggs hatched, thus all being multivoltine.

These results give a clue to the gametic composition of the F,

moths, for they shew

(1) that 19 F, Qs were dominant in the univoltine character

and 2 in the multivoltine character.

(2) that all the F, gs which may have been univoltune were

recessive in the univoltine character.

TABLE 3, ILLUSTRATING DESCENT OF THE UNIVOLTINE AND MULTIVOLTINE

CHARACTER IN THE CROSS BETWEEN THE UNIVOLTINE ITAL.-JApP. 9

AND MULTIVOLTINE NistrI C.

Univoltine Ital.-Jap. 2 X Multivoltine Nistri f..........0...0c00.8.. Py

IDLER ANSE CHM), CCODUCTOG soovco sesq0psns ono posano obo oDaDs Mca osenne La

’ 11 2 moths 21 ¢ moths.

7 layings univoltine. 2 multivoltine. I halitimultivoltines wesseres ele

; ; 62 Ps. 84 gs.

37 layings univoltine. 2 almest univoltine. 2 multivoltine. 2 almost multivoltine. F3

34 9s. 47 gs.

14 layings univoltine. 7 almost univoltine. 4 almost multivoltine ......... Fy,

(Discontinued)

Unequal Sex-ratios.

I had noticed that in the earlier generations of the Nistri 9

and Ital.-Jap. 3d cross (which were reared a year previous to that

of the Ital.-Jap. Q and Nistri ¢ cross), the number of males

and females seemed very unequal, and that in one generation

males predominated, and in another, females. However, these

remarkable fluctuations gradually decreased in the latter

generations.

_ In my second series of experiments, which were with the Ital.-

Jap. 2 and Nistri ¢, 1 noted the exact number of males and

females in each generation, and found that in this reciprocal cross

the sex-ratios were also very unequal, but just the reverse in the

character of the predominating sex, for in F, of the Nistri 2

cross there were many more females than males, while in F, of

the Ital.-Jap. 2 cross there were more males than females.

The unequal sex-ratios could be accounted for by supposing

140 MISS MAUDE L, CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF

that in some of the generations the univoltine females do not

hatch, and in others the univoltine males, but in F, when all the

eggs hatched the sex-ratios were also unequal.

Method of Rearing of Worms.

To ensure choosing distantly related moths for rearing from,

IT reared the silkworms of each laying separately, and the cocoons

were also kept separate by keeping the silkworms after their fourth

moult in rounded trays with a double inner circle of plaited strips of

bamboo, about an inch and a half from the outer edge, forming

a space into which the silkworms readily crawl to sereposit their

cocoons. When the cocoons are removed from the trays, they

are placed in rows on large sheets of white paper on which is

noted the number of the laying from which they were reared.

Kach cocoon is covered over with a small earthen cup, the-

common Indian chilum. A day or two before the moths come out,

the cocoon is cut open to remove chrysalis and weighed.

The weight is noted and the chrysalis put back. When the

moths emerge, the pierced cocoons are removed from under the

earthen covers and placed within the opening at the top of the

covers for reference, and this also to prevent the moths from .

getting out. By referring to the number of the layings and to the

numbers of the two parent cocoons (which is also noted on

the paper), the choosing of the distantly related moths for

rearing is simplified.

If I had been rearing on a large scale I should have kept four

or six families separate for seven or eight generations, then bred

them together, and from these again four or six families would

have been separated out.

In these experiments the silkworms have always been fed most

during the night, as I have noticed that, in the wild state, the

larvee of moths mostly feed up to 9 or 10 a.m., and then restart

feeding at about 5 or 6 p.m. Even young silkworms, which

I kept on a small potted mulberry plant under observation, hardly

ate at all during the day, though surrounded by fresh leaf on all

sides. I find that silkworms always eat most voraciously between

10 p.m. and 4 a.m., so it is unnatural for them to be forced to

feed all day, which is usually the case by the native rearers, and

may well be one of the causes of their degeneracy.

They should have a rest of at least seven or eight hours during

the day, and be fed every three or four hours during the night,

starting late in the afternoon at about 6 p.m. If there is an

abundant supply of leaf, they might with advantage be fed every

two hours. Newly hatched worms should always be fed every

two hours between 5 p.m. and 10 a.m. The worms if fed well in

the last stage after the fourth moult will give good cocoons, even

if not very well fed in the earlier stages, but it is most essential

that they be well fed throughout the larval stage for them to be

vigorous and healthy.

VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 141

One of the advantages gained by the nocturnal feeding of

worms is that the leaf can be gathered at sundown, and so keeps

fresher, and does not fade as readily as when plucked in the

morning. There is also very little chance of attacks from the

dreaded silkworm fly, which is always on the alert during the

brightest and hottest hours of the day.

I have found that the leaf from male trees of Morus Indica

gives better results in feeding silkworms than that of the female

trees. The dicecious character of the mulberry is not, as far as I

know, known to sericulturists, for in most handbooks on the

subject they advise rearers to select trees which bear little or no

fruit. The inconspicuousness of the catkins and pseudo-spikes of

the mulberry has evidently led to the difference between the

trees being overlooked by all but botanists. As the flowers are

inconspicuous they are anemophilous, and the trees, when in

flower in February, may be seen giving off pollen in little puffs

like smoke. This is best observed when there is no breeze.

Additional Observations made during Experiments.

_ The inheritance of the visible colour character of the cocoons is

clearly Mendelian.

The parent cocoons of the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. were of the yellow

Italian ¢ and white Japanese 9°.

The colour of the yellow Italian cocoon is of a deep pinkish

yellow (carneo-giallo or flesh colour), which sometimes varies from

a deep orange to almost white, but never of the vivid yellow of

the Indian cocoon. All the cocoons of F, of this hybrid were of

a pale flesh colour, none were white like that of the Japanese

parent. A character which dominates after a cross is made was

described by Mendel as dominant, and, the character which

seemed to have disappeared he called recessive. So the flesh

colour of a cocoon is a dominant character, and the white

a recessive. All observed results in the study of heredity point

to the dominance of a character being due to the presence of that

character, and the recessive to the absence of the dominant

character.

The flesh colour of the Italian is due to the presence of the

flesh colour and to the absence of the vivid yellow colour of the

Nistri. While the white colour of the Japanese cocoon is due to

the absence of both the pinkish yellow and bright yellow colours

—the example of the inheritance of eye-colour in man might

make this clearer. Here the dominance of brown eyes can be

traced to the presence of a brown pigment ; and the recessiveness of

blue eyes to the absence of the brown pigment. All human eyes

(except those of Albinos) have a layer of deep purple pigment on

the inner surface of the iris, but in brown, hazel, green, and grey

eyes there is also a layer of brown on the outer surface of the iris,

and it is this brown layer which entirely (Gf abundant) or partly

conceals the purple layer. In clear grey and clear deep and pale

142 MISS MAUDE L, CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF

blue eyes the brown pigment is absent and the purple pigment

shows through the tissue forming the iris, and makes it appear

of a clear deep blue, when the tissue through which it is seen is

very delicate—and of a clear grey or pale blue when the tissues

are more or less coarse. So, to trace the dominance of brown

eyes the real nature of the various kinds of light eyes must be

carefully made out; it then becomes clear that the presence of the

brown pigment in brown eyes makes brown eyes dominant to blue

eyes in which it is absent. If one parent has' very dark brown

eyes and the other clear blue eyes, all the children will:have dark

eyes, which sometimes include hazel, green or grey, but none will

have clear grey or blue eyes. The reason for there being no

blue-eyed children is apparent, for all the children inherit a

factor, or unit character for pigment from the dark-eyed parent,

but a factor lacking in pigment from the blue-eyed parent—and

the presence of this pigment in all the children makes brown eyes

dominant to blue.

To return to the colour of the cocoons the simplest explanation

will be found in the interaction of two simple Mendelian

characters. These two characters are flesh colour-F, and yellow

colour Y, and the two pairs of unit-characters involved are—

1. Flesh colour F. Absence of flesh colour f.

2. Yellow colour Y. Absence of yellow colour y.

The parent moths, then, have the following constitution :—

1). Yellow Italian possessine the flesh colour and lacking the

12 Due 5

yellow colour of the Nistri Mee nae ae FF yy

(2) Japanese white lacking both characters... oe ffyy

(3) Nistri lacking the flesh colour and possessing the yellow

colour ae bed ae key fey ed WAYSti

The actual parents in the experiment were :—

P, the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. an F, of a cross between the Yellow

Italian and White Japanese.

P the Nistri.

The Yellow Italian has a deep pinkish yellow (flesh coloured)

cocoon, It inherits two factors, one for the flesh colour F, and

one for the absence of the yellow colour y, from each parent, and

so consists of the union of two similar pairs of factors Fy and Fy.

The Yellow Italian is therefore pure (homozygous) as regards the

colour, for the germ-cells (gametes) by the union of which it was

formed, each carried the same kinds of factors Fy and Fy. So

the gametic composition of the Yellow Italian for the colour of its

cocoon is represented as FFyy in Table 4, Diagrams (1) and (2).

As the whiteness of the Japanese cocoon is due to the absenee

of both the flesh colour of the Italian, and the yellow of the

VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 143

Nistri, the gametic composition is represented in small letters as

ffyy (Table 4). There was no colour in either of its parents for

it to inherit, for the gametes, from the union of which it was

formed, bore the factors fy and fy. Table 4, Diagram (1).

The cocoons of the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. are a pale flesh colour as

they inherited the flesh colour from the Yellow Italian parent

only, for the gamete from the White Japanese parent bore colour

factors lacking in both the flesh and yellow colours. The colour

factors inherited from the Yellow [Italian parent were By

and from the white Japanese parent fy. The Ital.-Jap. Hyb. is

. therefore not pure as regards the colour of its cocoon, for the two

gametes, from the union of which it was formed, were unlike and

did not carry pairs of similar factors. It is a hybrid (heterozygote),

the gametic composition being Ffyy, and it will give gametes Fy

and fy. When the Nistri (YYff), which has a deep yellow

coloured cocoon, was crossed with the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. all the

cocoons of I’, of this cross were of a bright yellow colour, but not

quite the deep yellow of the Nistri. So the bright yellow of the

Nistri was dominant to the pale flesh colour of the Ital.-Jap. Hyb.,

for the deeper yellow entirely masked the pale pinkish yellow

of the flesh colour even when it was present (Table 4). The

gametic composition of I’, of the Nistri 9 and Ital.-Jap. ¢ cross

was YyFf and Yyff, and it therefore contained two classes,

both numerically equally represented. ‘Table 4, Diagram (1).°

All the cocoons were yellow, but not quite uniform in tin.

The gametes given off by these two classes were :—

YyFf giving YF, Yi, Fy, yf.

VG oven een Gea au,

In F, there were a few deep yellow cocoons like those of the

Nistri, a good many bright yellow like those of F,, a few pinkish

yellow and a very few white out of 52 cocoons. The exact

numbers were—-13 deep yellow, 29 yellow, 6 flesh coloured, and 4

white out of 52 cocoons.

The gametes for the colour character in I’, were YF, Yf, Fy,

and yf, and their union at random would give, in F.,, cocoons of

the following gametic compositions—YYFI, YYFf, Y Yff, Yyk ¥F,

YyFf, Yyff, yy FF, yylf, and yyff, which resulted in cocoons of

various shades with just a few white ones.

This is just what occurred, and it will be seen that the

proportions of the various colours obtained out of 52 cocoons

run the proportion calculated very close, for according to the

analysis in ‘Table 4 there should be 12 deep yellow, 24 yellow,

5 flesh coloured, and 7 white out of every 48 cocoons. ‘Table 4,

Diagram (2). There was a difficulty, however, in distinguishing

between the deep yellow and the bright yellow from the

intermediate forms which occurred.

In F, cocoons I found that in some cases when both the parent

cocoons were deep yellow, all the cocoons produced by the offspring

144 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF

were deep yellow too; in other cases, two deepish yellow F,

cocoons produced some flesh-coloured and even white ones.

T also found that flesh-coloured parent cocoons would, in some

cases, give only flesh-coloured ones, and in others flesh-coloured

and white.

Table 2 shows that among all the yellows in F,, there are two

kinds—the pure (homozygous) dominants Y Yff and YYFF and

the hybrid (heterozygous) dominants Yyff, Yyl’F, and YyFf. So

when YYff and YYff are chosen as the parents, all the offspring

will produce deep yellow cocoons, but if YyFF and YyFf are

chosen, about a quarter of the cocoons will be flesh-coloured, and

if the light yellow Yyff and Yyff are chosen as the parents, about

a quarter of the cocoons will be white.

In his experiments with the white Japanese and yellow

Siamese, Toyama obtained from the F, yellows some which

produce ‘only yellows, and 2 yellow cocoons which gave 221 yellow

and 77 pinkish yellow, and 2 yellows which produce 254 yellow

and 77 white cocoons. These results obtained by him give almost

the exact proportions (75 per cent. and 25 per cent.) I have

obtained in my analysis of the colour factors, Diagrams (2)

and (3) Table 4.

Among the flesh-coloured cocoons they are two kinds—the

homozygous FF yy and the heterozygous Ffyy. Parent cocoons.

‘which are both FFyy will produce all flesh-coloured ones, but

two Ffyy parent cocoons will give a few white ones. Table 4,

Diagram (3). Toyama appears to have obtained both the pure

aml. impure flesh-coloured cocoons in his experiments. For,

referring to them, he states “the pale-pinkish-yellow form pro-

duces some uniform (produsine only pale-pinkish-yellow) and

some mixed (the white 25 per cent. and the pale- pinkish- yellow

75 per cent.) offspring in each succeeding generation.”

The pure white cocoon bred inter se always g gave white cocoons.

The yellowish white cocoons. The yellowish- white ones, how-

ever, mostly gave a small percentage of yellow cocoons.

In the gametes of the pure white cocoons there is no colour

factor, so when the parent cocoons are both pure white the

offspring inherit only colourless factors and will all be white.

Table 4, Diagram (3).

The white recessives are also easily distinguished from the

dominant yellows, and as they are pure (homozygous) in the

colour character, a race with white cocoons can be easily

made from white cocoons which appear in any of the generations.

Toyama also found that “every white form from its first pro-

duction remains true to itself.”

The recessive character always breeds true in whatever genera-

tion it occurs, but as it never is present in the I’, after a cross,

the F, individuals must always be reared, as the recessives make

their first appearance in F.,

On the whole the results of these experiments, excepting that

145

VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS.

“SNYOd GIUAAH ANV AUNd AO YNIVdSAAO YNIMOHS “(¢) WVUDVIG

(931 [TV) (ayy p “Ysop oped g “ysoy F) (‘moy]a4 TLV)

Sfhh ffik ffhkk dCi g BME ler bie ilCrere Jeter Sree ee

SLE K SILER BALA ARS SSA A SSA A

“OUT M x “eq YM *paino[oo-Yysay x ‘Tgosinoyee- Ysoy “MOTTO x *MO[[oA

snos{zoulofy SNOSAZOULOFT SNO3SAZ0.10}0 FT sno03{z0.10}0}] snos<zowoyy] snos{zowopyy

SS SS SS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS

‘ANOTOO AO LNAOSAC ONILVULSATTI (2) NVMOVIG

er eLeA (SCTE ze I

SLEX B ftfa ¢ Sf#*A % SAALA ©

SfhE% JJEX 8 SAA SSFR EG fabhe Jfhx 9 SSAA ARSfT fkaawt SJf4¥X 6 AAA 1

outa «Morag TPA ‘OULU “Ysa * MOTO MIAN “yt *Yso “MOTO MIO

: doa EU OLS Gera WAM USL IPA i es “in

SLM A LZ SSE A | SLA A SAMA | SEA A

“MOTI A x “MO[TOX “MOTTO x “MOTI X “MOTI x “MOTTO X veg

SIX A ARS A

“moTpad deacy *painooo-Yysey eed

4 TLIJSTNT « P qs "de p-"|eqy ee ee wee teen ee teens tee ee tees Cee eee rns tes aer eee eeterae ees tteeesane Ig

LR a a B p

"00909 O4ITT AA | (‘peanojoo-ysay daeq )

6 “dep oyqM =X RUE UO NO TO Dee oe ge ge ae Fe ee oe aa oe

—————

' ‘UNV *d “I dO NOWMISOUNOO OLLANVD DNIMOHS ‘(1) NVUDVIG

fii Lh ha

i : $9JOUD)

SA SALA

LSMOZE SAAX Dec ODC OGe- SoC bot CaD Ont eo 050 N00 000 Bogan oOO oon GAaHoO ite

. : ie Gas =a), 0 a REE Coa ctrion tone... orm nene ners “S999

Je Se | KRfp ns oisodumos a1701uWp-5)

‘4 wysin xX P prqdy osourder ueryryy WE

KS kf | Kop Baie TOBE Cap tac G2 oCCE COE YE O9)

KRSLS Aha ot Uouisodios ajay»

*& osauvder oy A,’ xX P uripely moljax oe f

‘PD ASHNVdIVP-NVITVL]T GNV 6 IUTSIN

NAGMLAG SSOUO NI UNOTOD NOONOD FO DONVEIUAHNI NVIIGGNAY, GH ALVULSATIL OL suvupviq— 7 WIAV],

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. X.

146 — ON VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS.

of the visible colour character, show great complications. The

univoltine Jayings which appeared in the generations after F, in

the multivoltine Nistri 9 and univoltine Ital.-Jap. ¢ cross, and

the multivoltine layings which appeared in the reciprocal cross,

show that the maternal parents are dominant in the wnivoltine

and multivoltine character respectively, and that these characters

were inherited from the paternal grand-parents in which they were

dominant characters. So these recessive characters in males

appear to become dominant when inherited by the females.

Hither the female sex is in some way closely associated with the

dominance of the multivoltine and univoltine characters, or there

issome factor present in the male which makes the univoltine and

multivoltine characters lie latent, but does not hinder them from

being handed down to the offspring, the females of which may show,

in a dominant form, the latent character of their paternal parent.

The inheritance of the invisible univoltine and multivoltine

character does not appear to be quite Mendelian ; however, it

may be that the sex-limited descent affects the inheritance, and

there is really no failure in the segregation of the unit characters

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Bulletin of the College of Agriculture.—Tokyo imperial Univer-

sity, Japan, 1906, Vol. VII. ‘Studies on the Hybridology of

Insects °: KK. Toyama.

‘Sulla Riproduzione degli Incroci e su aleuni caratteri ereditari

che presenta la Sericaria Mori in relazione alle leggi di Mendel”:

E. Quajat.

** Mendel’s Principles of Heredity’: W. Bateson.

‘“ Breeding and the Mendelian Discovery”: A. D. Darbishire.

ON CETAGEA STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 147

7. Notes on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during

1913-1917. By Sipney F. Harmer, S8e.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., Keeper of Zoology in the British Museum

(Natural History) *.

{Received March 19, 1918: Read March 19, 1918.]

The stranding of specimens of Cetacea on various parts of the

British Coasts is no new thing, but in the majority of cases the

evidence derivable from these occurrences has not been sufficiently

used. About six years ago the Trustees of the British. Museum

decided to examine this evidence more systematically; and an

arrangement was accordingly made with the Board of Trade

and with the Admiralty, by which instructions were issued to

Receivers of Wreck and members of H.M. Coastguard that the

stranding of specimens of Whales should be reported by telegram

to the Museum. These orders were given during 1912, and the

system had become fully operative by the beginning of 1913.

The notes here recorded .give a summary of the results thus

obtained.

The telegrams received are based on leaflets which were

distributed on behalf of the Museum, calling attention to some

of the more obvious characters by which the species of Cetacea

ean be distinguished. They have generally been sufficient to

give some preliminary idea of what the stranded animal was

likely to be; and further evidence has been obtained, wherever

possible, by means of correspondence and by securing the

specimen in question, or some part of it, when this could be done.

A written Report, on a form requesting answers to certain

specified questions has generally proved very instructive,

particularly in cases where the answers have been supplemented

by sketches or photographs.

The species of Whalebone Whales can usually be distinguished

by the characters of their whalebone or baleen; and a special

effort has accordingly been made, in each such case, to obtain a

blade of baleen. In the case of the Toothed Whales, the receipt

of a lower jaw is often sufficient for specific determination ; but

in a number of instances the entire head and flippers have been

secured, or even the entire animal or its skeleton. The records

may accordingly claim to have been based on satisfactory

evidence, in the majority of instances in which a positive result

has been recorded.

During the five years under review, fifteen species out of some

twenty generally recognized as British have been recorded. The

Species which have not at present been reported are the Atlantic

Right Whale or Nordkaper (Balena glacialis Bonn.), the Blue

Whale or Sibbald’s Rorqual (Balenoptera musculus L.), the

* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

10*

148 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA

Humpback (Jegaptera nodosa Bonn.), the White Whale

(Delphinapterus leweas Pall.), and the Narwhal (Jonodon

monoceros L.). The following observations refer in the first

instance to specimens actually recorded as having been stranded

during the five years in question (Harmer, 1914-1918); though

the statements of previous observers are noticed to some extent.

It may be remarked that the number of records of the larger

Cetacea in the neighbourhood of the British coasts has been

largely increased during recent years by the results of the

Whaling Companies which have operated at certain Stations

in Seotland and Ireland. Information on this subject is given,

for the Scotch Stations, by Thompson (1912, p. 393), and for

the Irish Stations in a paper by Lillie (1910), and in the Reports

to the British Association by Burfield (1913) and Hamilton

(1915, 1916); as well as in other memoirs cited by those authors.

» MYSTACOCETI or (YA de 609 WHALES.

(1) Lesser Rorqguau Gaalenonter a aster ostrata Lacep.).

This has proved to be the species of Whalebone Whale most

commonly stranded on our coasts; and twelve specimens have

been definitely recorded (including two from 1911 and 1912

respectively), besides one or two others which probably belonged

to the same species. All have been found during the summer or

early autumn, from June to October; and from two distinct

regions of the coast :—(a) the Eastern coast of Scotland and

Eagland, from Caithness to Yorkshire; (b) the South-Western

district, including the North coast of Cornwall, the Welsh coast

and the South-Wesé of Ireland.

The Lesser Rorqual reaches a length of about 33 feet, and

it can be recognised by the broad white band which runs across

the outer side of its pectoral limb or flipper and by the colour of

its baleen, which is entirely white or yellow, with hairy fringes

of the same colour. The baleen-blades may, however, have a

rosy tinge at their base, owing to the presence of vascular papillee

containing blood.

Although the British Museum possesses but little material

bearing on this point, I believe that there isa material difference

in the thickness of the hairs of the baleen-blades between young

and fully adult specimens. Thus I find that in the baleen of a

Lesser Rorqual, stianded at Perranporth, Cornwall, on June 5,

1916, the hairs are much finer than in an individual of the same

species stranded at Ulrome, Yorkshire, on Oct. 21, 1915. In

both instances the determination of the species is confirmed by

other evidence. Thus in the specimen from Perranporth the

pectoral tin was described as having a white band on its outer

surface—a marked specific character of the Lesser Rorqual;

and this evidence was completed by a sketch of the part in ques-

tion. In the animal from Ulrome the baleen was described as

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 149

being all of one colour, white or yellow—another distinguishing

feature of the same species. The Perranporth Whale was only

18 feet long, while that from Ulrome measured 33,feet. The

much finer character of the baleen-hairs of the former Specimen

was thus probably due to immaturity.

This species is known to occur off the N orwegian coast at all

times in the year, and it feeds to a large extent on fish.

(2) Ruponpa’s Rorquat or Set Waate (Balenoptera borealis

Less.).

In my Annual Reports on Stranded Cetacea (1914-1918) I have

recorded the following four specimens as belonging to this

species :—

1914, Feb, 28.—-Derrynane, Co. Kerry, 60 ft.

» sept. 21.—Crosskirk, Caithness, 43 ft.

f » Nov..17.—John o’ Groats, Caithness, 47 ft.

1917, Oct. 13.—Annet, Scilly Islands, 45 ft.

These determinations were made mainly on the evidence of

single blades of baleen; and I have to admit that on a re-

examination of these specimens, and taking into consideration

the other evidence available, I have come to the conclusion that

they were probably incorrect in three of the four cases. The

mistakes (if they were wrong conclusions) arose principally from

the comparison of young specimens with old ones.

There can be little doubt that the specimen from Crosskirk

was correctly determined. Its baleen-fringes are composed of

extremely fine, flexible hairs, which have the curly, wool-like

texture which has been noticed by other writers on Rudolphi’s

Rorqual. In this respect they agree precisely with a series of

baleen-plates, 1912.6.25.1 in the British Museum collection,

obtained from one of the Shetland Whaling Companies and

undoubtedly correctly determined. In the other three specimens

which were referred to 5. borealis, the baleen-hairs, although

relatively fine, particularly in the individuals from John o’ Groats

and the Scilly Islands respectively, were straight and not curly.

The fact that they are finer than those of the large blades of a

fully grown Common Rorqual is probably due to immaturity *,

and perhaps to the small size of the blades, which may have been

taken from near one end of the baleen-series. JI am accordingly

led to the conclusion that the three individuals in question were

Common Rorquals; and some further evidence in support of this

conclusion is forthcoming.

It was pointed out by G. O. Sars (1881, pp. 3,5) that the

Common Rorqual is characterized by a very remarkable asymmetry

in the coloration of the head, and that this feature is invariable

in both sexes and at all ages, at any rate in the Northern

* See the remarks on this subject under the preceding species.

‘

150 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON GETACEA

specimens which were examined by this observer. On the left

side of the head, the upper jaw and the lower lip are dark in

colour, like, the dorsal surface generally. On the right side, the

anterior end of the upper jaw, the greater part of the lower jaw

and a number of the anterior baleen-blades are white; these

blades, as Sars points out, being much like those of the Lesser

Rorqual.

In the specimen from John o’ Groats the baleen-plates were

described as being blue on one side, and white for a distance of

two and a half feet from the front end of the beak on the other

side, the remaining plates of the same side being blue. It is

fortunate that two photographs of this individual were supplied,

taken from the two sides. In these, the upper part of the head and

the lower jaw appear dark on the left side, while no difference

in the colour of the baleen is apparent anywhere in the series.

On the right side, the front part of the upper jaw, the lower lip

and the baleen-plates of the anterior end of the series are white ;

and these characters make the reference of the specimen to

B. physalus practically certain.

In the individual from the Scilly Islands the evidence is less

complete, though the baleen in the fore part of the mouth was

described as having been white, “getting gradually darker till it

becomes black.” In the photographs received of this individual (see

p. 13 of my Report on the specimens stranded during 1917), the

left side is not visible. On the right side, however, the lower

lip at least is white, and apparently part of the upper region of

the head. The baleen is 1rot visible. ‘The blade received is a

small one, probably from near one end of the series. It agrees

so closely with that of the individual from John o’ Groats, in the

fineness and straight character of the hairs, that I feel little

doubt that it belongs to the same species ; while it may further

be remarked that its coloration agrees better with that of the

baleen in the Common Rorqual than with that in Rudolphi’s

Rorqual. This specimen, too, thus seems to have been an

immature BL. physalus.

The evidence with regard to the specimen from Derrynane was

very inadequate; but I am inclined to refer this one also to

B. physalus on the evidence of a single incomplete baleen-blade,

in which the hairs are not curly, but straight and somewhat

coarser than in the other two specimens, in correlation with its

greater size. In my original record of this specimen I remarked, .

on the assumption that it was a Rudolphi’s Rorqual, that the

length (60 ft.) recorded was probably too great; but if the

determination then made was incorrect there is no reason to

suppose that the size of the animal was overestimated.

If the foregoing corrections are justifiable, the only record of

B. borealis, in these observations, is the specimen from Crosskirk,

Sept. 1914. According to Collett (1912, p. 597), this species,

which feeds principally on pelagic Crustacea, only reaches the

Norwegian coast during the summer. It becomes from 45 to 50

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 151

feet long when adult, and its baleen is usually black in colour,

though some of the blades are partly white, with white hairy

fringes of the fine, silky texture and curly character noted above.

An elaborate account of this species has recently been given by

Andrews (1916); while the memoir of Allen (1916, p. 234) may

also be consulted for its coloration and other characters. The

maximum length of L. borealis is said to be about 53 ft.

(3) Common Rorquat (Balenoptera physalus 1.).

Including three of the individuals which were originally

referred to B. borealis, as above explained, this species is

represented by eight records : namely, North Devon (Feb., 1913),

Kerry (Feb., 1914), Northumberland (May, 1915), Caithness

(July, 1913), Donegal (Aug., 1913), North Kent (Oct., 1914),

Scilly Islands (Oct., 1917), and Caithness (Nov., 1914).

The Common Rorqual usually reaches a length of 65 to 70 feet

in Northern waters. Its baleen-blades are for the most part

slate-coloured, with darker and lighter longitudinal streaks; but,

as pointed out in the account of the preceding species, a number -

of them at the anterior end of the right series are white. Their

- hairy fringes are yellowish in colour. The food consists partly of

fish and partly of pelagic Crustacea, the species showing a.

preference for the latter form of diet (Collett, 1912, pp. 581, 582).

Like the Lesser Rorqual, it occurs off the Norwegian coast at all

times in the year.

B. physalus is known to be very variable in colour; and to such

an extent that various forms of the species have been distinguished

by the Norwegian whalers. For information on this subject see

Cocks (1884, p. 458; 1887, p. 215), True (1904, p. 119), and Allen

(1916, p. 181). The specimen here recorded from the Scilly

Islands appeared to have a good deal of white on the dorsal

surface, a type of coloration which is unusual for this species.

But I have recently been informed by Mr. King, who took the

photographs published on p. 13 of my Report for 1917, that in

his opinion much of the white colour observable was due to the

loss of the skin in patches and the consequent exposure of the

underlying blubber.

ODONTOCET!I or TOOTHED WHALES.

Fam. PHYSETERIDA.,

Subfam. PHYSETERINA.,

(4) Sperm WHALE (Physeter catodon L.).

Three records, from H. Caithness (May, 1917), Galway (Sept.,

1916), and Inverness (Dee., 1913).

The Sperm Whale, which occurs principally in the warmer

seas, is remarkable for the striking difference in size between the

152 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA

males and the females; the males reaching a length of at least

60 feet, and the females probably not much more than half that

Jength. Its most obvious character is the possession of a long

series of extremely large teeth, about 20-25 in number, as much

as 83 in. in length ome 33 or even 3? in. in basal diameter, on

each side of a narrow lower jaw ; the upper jaw being edentulous

or with vestigial teeth of irregular form. The maxillary teeth of

the Sperm Whale are figured by Owen (1840-1845, pl. 89. figs. 3,

4), and by Six William Turner C012, al, ee) according to whom

they may be as many as 15 in number, and may reach a length of

80 mm. (p. 74). Owen (p. 354) gave the number as 8 on each

side. Other striking features of the species are the enormous

truncated head extending some distance in front of the tip of the

lower jaw, and the position of the blow-hole on the left side, at

the anterior end of the head.

Many records of the occurrence of the Sperm Whale in the

British seas have previously been published, a large proportion of

them having been on the Scotch coast (cf. Turner, 1871, 1872,

1904). Part of the skull of a large Sperm Whale, stranded in

1582 at Caister, on the Norfolk coast, may be seen in the Church

of St. Nicholas at Great Yarmouth. Mz. A. B. Van Deinse has

just published a paper (1918) on 37 specimens recorded on the

Dutch coast during the period 1531 to 1788. It is a remarkable

fact that, with very rare exceptions, the Sperm Whales recorded

in European waters are of large size and are therefore presumably

males. It is believed by the Whalers that these are roving

individuals which have been driven away from the herds by the

competition of other males (cf. Thompson, 1912, p. 397); the

species being polygamous. Although two of the records here

given conform to the general rule, the third, from Galway, is of

special interest ; having been a young individual, with uncut

teeth, of only 18 feet in length. The condition of the dentition

shows that this individual was a “sucker”; and that an adult

female must have been somewhere in the neighbourhood, although

its presence was not recorded.

The Sperm Whale feeds largely on Cuttlefish, but partly at any

rate on fish.

Subfam,. ZIPHIINA.

The Ziphioid Whales are distinguished from the Physeterinz

by a further reduction of the dentition ; the functional teeth

being commonly a single pair, or more rarely two pairs, in the

‘lower jaw. Other vestigial teeth have, however, been recorded

in both jaws in all the three genera known in British seas. The

functional teeth generally remain beneath the gum in young

individuals and in the females even when adult; but they pierce

the gum in males sooner or later, sometimes only when fully

adult. In Hyperoodon and Ziphius there are, moreover, strongly

marked differences in cranial characters between the adults of the

two sexes.

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 153

(5) Borrne-noseD WuaALE (Hyperoodon rostratus Mull.).

Fourteen records, mostly from the Northern coast of Scotland,

along the entire EHastern coast of Scotland and England, and in

the South of England as far west as Somerset.

The Bottle-nosed Whale has long been hunted in Northern

seas (cf. Collett, 1906), and its movements are better known

than those of many other species. According to Hjort (1912,

p. 649, chart on p. 650) it is present in considerable numbers in

the Norwegian Sea during April-July; extending as far North as

Lat. 76° in June. In September, when it is migrating South, the

Faroe Islanders get their last Bottle-noses. The localities where

it is principally found are on the Western side of the Gulf

Stream water, in the transition-belt between the Arctic and

Atlantic currents. ‘The individuals of this species are said to

follow the 800-fathom line during their migration.

It has been pointed out by several authorities (cf. Turner,

1886, p. 45) that Bottle-nosed Whales are most commonly

stranded on the British coasts in the autumn, when on their

Southward migration; the individuals recorded being either

young specimens of either sex or adult females, often accompanied

by a calf. The occurrence of the species, as shown by the British

Museum records, is in general agreement with this statement,

except that the sex of the majority of the specimens 1s not

definitely known and there are no records of females with calves.

There is one record for each of the months July (1917) and

August (1916), both from Scotland ; four for each of the months

September and October; and one from the South of Hngland

(Somerset) in November, ‘1914. The only others of which

evidence has been obtained are two in March (Northumberland,

1914; Caithness, 1915), and one near Nairn, in May, 1914.

A remarkable alteration is known to occur in the male Bottle-

nosed Whale, with increasing age, both in external form and in

cranial characters. ‘The changes in the skull are principally due

to the immense increase in the height and thickness of the

maxillary crests which are so characteristic a feature of this

species, the adult males having formerly been described as a

distinct species, H. latifrons Gray. With this increase in the

maxillary crests is associated a corresponding change in the profile

of the head ; the “ forehead” becoming more and ‘more prominent

until in old age its anterior outline is quite vertical. The old

males appear to have a migration-route which is further from the

land than that of the adult females ; with the result that they are

hardly ever recorded on the British coasts (Turner, 1886, p. 45).

According to Southwell (1883, p. 480) the young Bottle-nose is

black, the colour becoming lighter with age; old specimens being

-almost yellow, with a greyish white ventral surface, while

the beak and front of the head are quite white. The oldest

males may become white all over (Millais, 1906, p. 298).

This species is provided with a pair, or sometimes two pairs, of

154 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACRA

large teeth, which may reach a length of 40 mm. (Collett, 1906,

p- 11), at the extreme front end of the lower jaw. According to

most authorities these teeth remain concealed throughout life in

females, but they pierce the gui in the oldest males, and are then

commonly provided with a tuft of the Stalked Barnacle,

Conchoderma auritum. Vestigial teeth, in addition to these,

have frequently been described in both jaws (figured by Turner,

1912, p. 82); and traces of them have been found in one or two

of the individuals here recorded. The male in this species reaches

a length of at least 30 feet, while the female is said not to grow

much beyond 24 or 25 feet (Munsterhjelm, 1915, p. 9). Collett

(1906) states that the Bottle nosed Whale is believed to be able to

remain under water at least two hours, and that, although it feeds

principally on Cephalopods, it also eats Herring or Cod, or even

pelagic Crustacea. Newly-born young have been observed in

June, while other females possess a small foetus at this season.

(6) Cuvirr’s V\ HALE (Ziphius cavirostris Cuv.) *.

Before these records were instituted, this species was known

as British on the evidence of a single skull, obtained by Sir

William Turner from the Shetland Islands. One of the most

interesting results of the system inaugurated by the British

Museum has been the demonstration that Cuvier’s Whale is

not the extreme rarity it had been supposed to be. — ‘lhree

individuals have been definitely determined, from Cork (Feb.,

1913), North Cornwall (June, 1916), and Wexford (July, 1915).

It is by no means unlikely that some of the older records of

** Bottle-nosed Whales” may have belonged to this species.

Two of these specimens have already been recorded by me in a

communication to this Society (Harmer, 1915, p. 559).

True (1910, p. 54) has given reasons for believing that the

adults of the two sexes of this species are distinguished by marked

differences in cranial characters and in the teeth. In adult males,

according to this authority, the mesirostral ossification is enor-

mously developed and there is a deep “ prenarial basin” in the

skull. The teeth, of which one pair are present at the front end

of the lower jaw, as in Hyperoodon, are fusiform and reach a

diameter of 25 to 30 mm. In adult females, the mesirostral

ossification is only slightly developed and a prenarial basin is not

formed. The teeth are slender, with a diameter of 10 to 14 mm. -

Although the skulls of the specimens here recorded are not yet

all available for study, they appear to confirm True’s statements.

The largest individual (Co. Cork) measured 26 feet in length,

* [In my Annual Report for 1917, specimen No. 7, recorded on June 9 from

Co. Clare, was described as a Ziphius. ‘The examination of its skeleton, which has

just been cleaned, proves that it belongs to a species of Mesoplodon; having its two

teeth at the extreme anterior end of the lower jaw. It is proposed to publish

a further account of this highly interesting specimen in due course.—S. F. H.,

July 16, 1918. |

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 155

and its cranial characters agree with those regarded by True as

belonging to adult females. The teeth are slender, with ‘a

diameter of about 13 mm., and were completely concealed beneath

the gun. Although the sex was not ascertained from observations

made on the entire specimen, there can be little doubt that

the animal was an adult female. The Cornish specimen was

incomplete, the part recorded measuring 15 feet in length. Its

teeth were uncut, and it was presumably a young male or female.

The other specimen, 18 ft. 2 in. long, was definitely known to

be of the male sex. Its teeth were large and massive, with a

diameter of 35-37 mmm., and they projected beyond the gum. It

thus appears probable that the teeth remain uncut in the female

Cuvier’s Whale throughout life, unless they become external in

old age, while in the male they are probably cut relatively

early.

The coloration of this species appears to be variable. Certain

individuals have been recorded in which the upper part of the

head was white; and the Wexford specimen possessed this type

of coloration. In other cases the colour has been described as

dark above and light below.

(7) Sowersy’s WuAte (Jesoplodon bidens Sowb.).

This rare species is represented by three records, from Inver-

ness (Aug., 1915), Lincolnshire (Sept., 1916), and Wexford (Sept.,

1914), respectively.

The male Sowerby’s Whale is provided with a pair of large

triangular teeth in the lower jaw, at about the middle of the

length of the mouth, on either side. Females have a pair of

similar teeth in the same position, but, so far as is known, always

beneath the gum. The three specimens here recorded had their

teeth concealed by the gum, and were presumably females. The

Wexford individual was, however, definitely known to be of this

sex. The Skegness specimen was reported to have been 18 feet in

length, which is unusually long for this species; and it was white

below—a type of coloration which has been reported by other

observers, although Sowerby’s Whale is often completely black. A

list containing 33 records of this species has been given by

Kiikenthal (1914, pp. 98, 99).

The Ziphioid Whales are said to feed principally on Cuttlefish ;

and it is not impossible that the reduction of their teeth may be.

associated with this diet. Piscivorous animals, such as the

Delphinide and Crocodiles, seem to require a number of sharp

teeth adapted for holding their prey. In the Ziphioids, teeth of

this character are obviously not required ; and it may be suggested

that the absence of teeth is an advantége to them, since the

suckers of the Cuttlefish would probably attach themselves to

such convenient pegs, were these present, and the operation of

swallowing the prey might thus be rendered more difficult. It

must not be forgotten, however, that the Sperm Whale, which is

156 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA

also “‘teuthophagous,” has a specially strong series of teeth in its

lower jaw.

(8) KinLer or Grampus (Orcinus orca L.).

A single record, May 1916, from the Solway Firth. The

specimen, a male, was unfortunately incomplete, but the part

remaining was 25 ft. 6 in. long; and the animal must have been

at least 30 feet long when alive. ‘The species is very common on

the Norwegian coast (Hjort, 1902, p. 120).

It has been pointed out by Liitken (1887, p. 367) that a very

remarkable alteration in the proportions of the fins takes place

during growth in male Killers. While in young males, and in

females throughout life, the fins are relatively small and weak, in

the males all the fins —pectoral, dorsal and caudal—become

disproportionately larger as the animal grows older. The

difference between the small pectoral fins of the young male and

those of the old male is described by this author as being ‘ per-

fectly astonishing.” These alterations in the fins have more

recently been described and figured by Grieg (1906, p. 9; see

especially his figs. 2-6, showing alterations in form and size of

the dorsal, caudal, and pectoral fins).

The specimen from the Solway Firth was an excellent illus-

tration of these statements. The dorsal fin was about 5 ft. 6 in.

in height, while the pectoral limbs were 6 ft. 8 in. long and

3 ft. 7 in. broad ; thus greatly exceeding in absolute size those of

a large Sperm Whale. While the pectoral limbs of young

animals and of females generally measure about one ninth of

the total length of the animal, those of the old males are as

much as one fifth of the entire length. Assuming the correctness

of this statement of Lutken’s, the total length of the old male

here recorded would have been well over 31 ft. It seems

probable that the female of this species hardly exceeds half the

length of the largest males. The failure to recognize the

occurrence of these changes in the males has resulted in the

introduction of more than one specific name for the Killer.

Grieg (1906) has given an account of a school of about 47

Killers which were observed on the Norwegian coast at the

middle of January, 1904. Four of the females were ascertained to

be pregnant, and others were accompanied by a calf. The young

of 2°5 m. in length were regarded as not more than 2 months

_ old; and those measuring 3°5 m. as being probably 1 year old.

Birth and pairing are believed by Grieg to take place during the

later months, of the year.

O. orca may be easily recognized by its very large teeth, w hich

have a basal diameter of as “arte as, 12 on-even 13,1n. and are

10 to 13 in number on each side of ene jaw, as well as by its

strikingly marked black and white (or yellowish) coloration.

A white patch behind the eye is characteristic, and the white

area of the ventral surface, although variable in extent, typically

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 157

sends up a lateral extension backwards on each side, behind the

region of the dorsal fin.

(9) BuackrisH ov Proor-Wuate (Globicephala melena Traill).

Three records in the five years: Hampshire, 1913; Northum-

berland, 1914; and Cork, 1915; all in March; besides a school

of about 50 individuals which were stranded at Penzance on

July 1, 1911.

The Pilot-Whale reaches a length of at least 26 ft. and is

usualy pert black. It possesses about 10 large teeth,

about ji; in. in basal diameter, on each side, in the front half of

each jaw. The ‘‘forehead” is enormously swollen, and the

ectoral limbs are very long and narrow, reaching a length of

about 4 ft.6in. It is well known to associate in large schools,

which are hunted in the Orkneys, the Faroe Islands, and

elsewhere. As many as 2000-3000 individuals have been driven

ashore at one time on the coast of Norway (Hjert, 1902, p. 119);

and a-record of 1000 specimens observed at the Lofoten Islands,

on Sept. 4, 1890, has been given by Grieg (1897, p. 8).

(10) Risso’s GRAmPUS (Grampus griseus Cuv.).

Four records: Jersey, Aug , 1913; 8. Devon, Aug., 1917; and

8S. Devon, Nov., 1913; the last. record consisting of two

individuals, presumably mother and calf, although the sexes

were not definitely ascertained. It will be observed that all

these records belong to the 8.W. extremity of the British Islands ;

and there is little doubt that this is a more Southern species

which only just reaches our seas.

Risso’s Grampus i8 recognizable by its blunt head, without

beak; and by the comer iille reduction of the number of

its teeth. Of these, none are present in the upper jaw, while the

lower jaw possesses 4 or 5, of considerable size, with a basal

diameter of as much as ? ae at the front extremity. Adult

individuals reach a length of about 12 ft. Flowers Memoir

(1874) may be consulted for information regarding this species.

(11) Borrie-Nnosep DoLrHin (Tursiops truncatus ee

Ten records: one in February (Scilly Islands, 1915), one in

May (Merioneth, 1916), and the remainder dma the period

June-August. With the exception of one individual (Essex,

1914), the determination of which was not quite certain, all were

from the Southern coast of England, or from the Welsh or

Lancashire coast.

The Bottle-nosed Dolphin reaches a length of about 12 ft.,

and possesses about 25 teeth on each side of each jaw. As in

some other Dolphins, about two of these, at the front end of the

series, are very small and usually remain concealed beneath the

gum; while the remainder are relatively large, with a basal

158 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA

diameter of as much as 7% in. As indicated by its name, the

head has a well-marked beak, about 3 in. long.

(12) Waire-BeakeD Doxpatn (Lagenorhynchus albirostris Gray).

Eight records: one from the North coast of Ireland (March,

1917), one from the Island of Islay (Oct., 1913), and the remainder

from the Eastern coast, from Caithness to Lincolnshire—to which

may be added three specimens stranded in Suffolk and Kent in

February, 1918. Although the two species are known to overlap

in their distribution, it 1s noteworthy that in this series of

observations the distribution of the White-beaked Dolphin

and of the Bottle-nosed Dolphin have not overlapped and are

complementary to one another.

The White-beaked Dolphin is characterized, as indicated by its

popular name, by possessing a well-marked short beak, which is

white in colour. It reaches a length of rather more than 9 ft.

Its teeth are about 25 on each side of each jaw, but are distinctly

smaller than those of the Bottle-nosed Dolphin, their basal

diameter being about ;4-73,; in.

(13) Wurre-stpep DoipHr (Lagenorhynchus acutus Gray).

Three records: I'air Island, between the Orkneys and the

Shetlands (March, 1913); Lincolnshire (May, 1917); Co. Mayo

(June, 1916).

This species, which is said to be one of the commonest of the

Cetacea off the Norwegian coast, where it may occur in schools of

as many as 1000 individuals (cf. Hjort, 1902, p. 118), may be

regarded as a boreal specres which does not often occur in our

seas. Most of the specimens previously found have been from

the Orkneys and other parts of Scotland; and one or two have

been noticed from Ireland. So far as I am aware, the Lincoln-

shire specimen here recorded is the first to have been obtained on

the English coast.

The White-sided Dolphin has a characteristic longitudinal

whitish area on each side, in the middle and posterior half of its

body. Its teeth are smaller (basal diameter about 5%, in.) and

more numerous (about 30 to 35 visible during life on each side of

each jaw) than in the White-beaked Dolphin, from which it

differs in certain other respects, the following of which may be

noticed. ‘The beak, which resembles that of ZL. albirostris,

is black. ‘The pectoral fins are faleate, with a very convex lower

border; those of the other species being blunter and broader,

and less convex below. ‘These fins, moreover, originate from the

white part of the body, being connected with the black part of

the head by a narrow dark streak; while in ZL. albirostris the

black of the dorsal surface extends as far as the base of the

flipper (cf. Liitken, 1887, pp. 377, 386, 395). ZL. acutus is said

to reach a length of about 12 feet (Hjort, 1902, p. 117).

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASY'S. 159

(14) Common Dorin (Delphinus delphis L.).

About 20 records, one or two of which have been not quite

certain, though probable. Three individuals have been recorded

from the Northern part of Ireland (Mayo, Donegal); two from

the North-Eastern coast of Scotland (Inverness, Kincardine) ;

one, somewhat doubtful, from Hast Angha (Suffolk); and the

remainder, either from the English Channel, from Kent to the

Scilly Islands, or from the entrance to St. George’s Channel, on

both sides, from Cork (1918) to Wexford on the Irish side, and

on the Welsh coast on the opposite side. None have been

recorded in the North Sea area, from Forfar to Norfolk ; and

none on the West coast of Scotland; which, however, has

provided a curiously small number of records during the whole

of these observations. The distribution thus indicated is in

agreement with the supposition that this is an oceanic species

which is frequently stranded on the more exposed parts of the

coast-lines, but comparatively seldom makes its way into the

North Sea. The three records from the S. coast of Ireland

(including one for 1918) were obtained in February, that from

Inverness in April, and the remainder from August to December.

The Common Dolphin reaches a length of about 7 ft. 6 in. ;

and is distinguishable by its very long beak and numerous conical

uSen, of relatively small size, with a basal diameter of about

sin. The teeth are more numerous than in any of the other

species here considered, being about 45 in each half of each jaw.

(15) Common Porpotse (Phocena phocena L..).

Numerous records, indicating, as generally supposed, that this

is the commonest species in British waters. Of those which were

certainly determined, the great majority were recorded from the

East coast of England, and most of them during the period May

to August. Evidence has been obtained in support of the belief

that the Common Porpoise gives birth to its young in the early

summer, and that the length at birth is from 2 ft. to 2 ft. 6 in.

According to Prof. Meek (1918, p. 197), the occurrence of

Porpoises - near the coast during July and August may be

regarded as an inshore migration for parturition and pairing.

"This species differs from all others found on the British coasts

in the form of its teeth, which instead of being conical, as in the

majority of the species, are broadened at the Paes end ( ( spade-

shaped”), although the exact form of the br pndlenedl part

is variable. The teeth undergo a considerable amount of

thickening as growth proceeds, and the broadened blade is not

infr equently worn away in some of the teeth. About 25,

or rather more, are present on each side of each jaw; though

usually two, at the anterior end of the series, remain small omni

are concealed below the gum. The length of the adult is about

5 ft. 6 in.—and this is distinctly the smallest of the British

Cetacea. ‘The head is not provided with a beak.

160 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA

MEMOIRS CITED,

AxLEN, G. M., 1916.—“'The Whalebone Whales of New England.”

Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. viii, No. 2, p. 105.

Anpbrews, R. C., 1916.—‘* Monographs of the Pacific Cetacea,” IT.

“The Sei Whale (Balenoptera borealis Lesson).” Mem.

Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (n.s.) i. part vi. p. 289.

Burrieib, 8. T., 1913.—*“ Belmullet Whaling Station.” Rep.

82nd Meeting (Dundee, 1912) Brit. Assoc. p. 145.

Cocks, A. H., 1884.—“The Finwhale Fishery on the Coast of

Finmark.” The Zoologist, (3) viii. p. 455.

Cocks, A. H., 1887.—“'The Finwhale Fishery of 1886 on the

Lapland Coast.” The Zoologist, (3) xi. p. 207.

Cotterr, R., 1906.—“ Noele Meddelelsen om Naebhvalen

(Hyperoodon), og Hvidfisken (Delphinapterus).” Bergens

Mus. Aarbog, 1906, No. 6.

Couxert, R., 1912.—** Norges Pattedyr.”” Kristiania, pp. 543-.

Frower, [Sir] W. H., 1874.—“On Risso’s Dolphin, Grampus

griseus (Cuv.).” ‘Trans. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 1.

GrigG, J. A., 1897.—“ Nogle cetologiske notiser.” Bergens Mus.

Aarbog, 1897, No. 6.

Griea, J. A., 1906.—“Nogle notiser fra et spekhuggersteng

ved Bildgstr@mmen i januar 1904.” Bergens Mus. Aarbog,

1906; Noy2:

Haminron, J. K., 1915.—* Belmullet Whaling Station.” Rep.

84th Meeting (Australia, 1914) Brit. Assoc. p. 125.

Haminton, J. E., 1916.—* Belmullet Whaling Station.” Rep.

85th Meeting (Manchester, 1915) Brit. Assoc. p. 124.

Harmer, 8. }*.—‘“Report[s] on Cetacea stranded on the British

Coasts during [1913-1917].” Published by the Trustees of

the British Museum.

1914. No. 1, Cetacea stranded during 1913.

MON TOs Des es Bs wo LOI,

1916 Not 3 ‘. 6 WSIS,

TON Non et vy LONG:

IIe, AO, fi, a eS Seige LS) Tse

Harmer, 8. F., 1915.—‘*On Specimens of Cuvier’s Whale

(Ziphius cavirostris) from the Ivish Coast.” Proce. Zool.

Soc. 1915, p. 559.

Hyort, J., 1902.—* Fiskeri og Hvalfangst i det Nordlige Norge.”

Aarsberetn. vedk. Norges Fiskerier for 1902, i Hefte, Bergen

(udgivet af Norges Fiskeristyrelse).

KiKenruat, W., 1914 —“ Untersuchtmgen an Walen (Zweiter

Teil),” VI., “Zur Kenntnis des Mesoplodon bidens (Sow.).”

Jen. Zeitschr. li. p. 93.

Tanur, 1D. G., 1910.—“ Observations on the Anatomy and

General Biology of some Members of the Larger Cetacea.”

Proce. Zool. Soc. 1910, p. 769.

LirKken, C. *., 1887.—“ Kritiske Studier over nogle Tandhvaler

af Slaegterne Tursiops, Orca og Lagenorhynchus.’ Vid.

STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 161

Selsk. Skr. (6), naturvid. og math. Afd., Bd. iv. No. 6

(Copenhagen), p. 337.

Meek, A., 1918.—‘‘The Reproductive Organs of Cetacea.” Journ.

. of Anat. li. p. 186.

Mitiais, J. G., 1906.—“ The Mammals of Great Britain and

Ireland,” vol. 111., London (Longmans, Green & Co.).

MounsrernvetM, L., 1915.—“ Anteckningar om Hyperoodon

rostratus ( Miill.) gjorda under en ishavsresa sommaren 1910.”

Troms? Museums Aarshefter, xxxvii. 1914, p. 1.

Murray, [Sir] J., and Huorr, J. 1912.—“ The Depths of the

Ocean.”? London (Macmillan & Co.).

Owen, [Sir] R., 1840-1845.—* Odontography.”

Sars, G. O., 1881.—‘‘ Fortsatte Bidrag til Kundskaben om vore

Bardehvaler.” Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, Aar 1880,

No. 12.

SourHwe 1, T., 1883.—‘‘On the Beaked or Bottle-nose Whale

( Hyperoodon rostratus). Trans. Norfolk and Norwich Nat.

_ Soe. i. p. 476.

Tuompson, D’A. W., 1912.—* Whales, Seals and Sea-Serpents,”

in “Science of the Sea.” Edited for the Challenger Society

by G. H. Fowler, ch. xii, pp. 383-402, London (John

Murray).

True, F. W., 1904.—‘ The Whalebone Whales of the Western

North Atlantic compared with those occurring in European

Water Ss, with some Observations on the Species of the North

Pacitic.” Smithson. Contr. xxxiii. p. 1.

True, F. W., 1910.—‘‘ An Account of the Beaked Whales of the

Family ‘Ziphiide in the Collection of the United States

National Museum, with Remarks on some Specimens in .

other American Museums.” U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 73.

TURNER, [Sir] W., 1871.—“* On the Capture of a “Sperm Whale

on the Coast of Argyleshire, with a Notice of other Specimens

caught on the Coast of Scotland.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb.

vil. p. 365.

Turner, [Sir] W., 1872.—“ Adaonal Notes on the Occurrence

of the Sperm- Whale in the Scottish Seas.” Proc. Roy. Soe.

Edinb. vii. p. 632.

Turner, [Sir] W., 1886.—On the Occurrence of the Bottle-

Nosed or Beaked Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) in the

Scottish Seas, with Observations on its External Characters.”

Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb, ix. 1885-1888, p. 25.

Turner, [Sir] W., 1904.—‘ The Occurrence of the Sperm Whale

or Cachalot in the Shetland Seas.” Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist.

1904, p. 4.

Turner, [Sir] W., 1912.—‘*The Marine Mammals in the

Anatomical Museum of the University of Edinburgh.”

London (Macmillan & Co.).

Van Detnsz, A. B., 1918.—‘‘ Over de Potvisschen in Nederland

gestrand tusschen de Jaren 1531-1788.” Zool. Meded. R.

Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Deel iv., Afi. 1, p. 22. 6

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XI. Wa

pS Hie $e

roomed

‘ON THE VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER 163

8. On the Variation of the Pit-Viper, Lachesis atrox.

By Miss Joan B. Procrtsr, F.Z.S.

[Received March 19, 1918: Read April 9, 1918.]

(Text-figures 1-5.)

INDEX.

Page

Variation and Aitiology (Evolution, heredity, etc.). Variation

in Lachesis atrox ; derivation of markings.................. 167-180

Systematic (New names or changed names, or Varieties of

L. atrox ; revisions, discussions, or elucidations affecting

any part of the system, to be indexed under the names)... 163-167, 180

The distinction of the forms, whether they be regarded as

species or as varieties, which cluster around the tropical American

Pit-Viper, Lachesis atrowx L., and of which the principal are

L. lanceolatus Lacepéde, L. jararaca Wied, and ZL. jararacussu

_ Lacerda, is a subject which needs renewed investigation, especially

in view of Dr. Vital Brazil’s recent publications*, in which he

claims specific rank not only for L. lanceolatus but also for

L. jararacussu, which hag generally been regarded as a mere

colour variety. |

Mr. G. A. Bouienger, who has kindly helped me with advice in

my study of reptiles, suggested to me that I should take up this

investigation, and he has given me not only access to the collection

in the British Museum, of which he is in charge, but the benefit

of his experience, especially as regards the bibliography of the

subject. My best thanks are due to him for these favours.

I, Hatsroricat.’

The number of names which Mr. Boulenger has quoted under

the synonymies of LZ. atrow and L. lanceolatus is very great, but

for my present purpose it will be sufficient to discuss only the

principal, such as have had more general currency, or which are

accompanied by figures enabling me to form an opinion on the

forms for which they are intended.

The earliest name is that of Coluber atrow Linneus, Mus. Ad.

Frid. (1754) pl. xu. fig.2. The specimens are described as having—

ventrals 200 and 196, subcaudals 70 and 67 pairs, and scales with

“ carina elevate.” However, Mr. L.G. Andersson, Cat. Lin. type-

spec. Sn. (Bih. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xxiv. iv. No. 6) p. 19, has

been able to supplement this definition, as he has had access to

the type-specimens in the Stockholm Museum, and he finds that

the keels on the scales ‘“‘are low and extend nearly to the tip

of the scales,” thus agreeing with Mr. Boulenger’s LZ. lanceolatus,

* La Défense contre ’Ophidisme. S&o Paulo, 1911, 8vo. 2nd edition, 1914.

dle

164 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

not with his Z. atrov. He counts 204 and 200 ventrals (v.),

67 and 70 subeaudals: (c.). Both descriptions appear to corre-

spond with two specimens in the British Museum collection, from

Martinique (Cat. Snakes, iil. p. 536, spec. 7 & s).

Coluber lanceolatus Lacepéde, Hist. des Serp. (1789) p. 121, is

based on specimens*in the Paris Museum: 228, 225 v., 61, 59 c.

Habitat Martinique and perhaps Dominica and Cayenne. Figure

worthless, probably from a bleached specimen. Dumeéril and

Bibron (Erp. Gén. vii. 1854, p. 1505), under Bothrops lanceolatus,

do not give us any particulars concerning the type-specimen,

which- they must have examined, but the fact that the “« Vipére

jaune de la Martinique,” also found in St. Lucia and Dominica, is

the form intended. There can be no question as to the appli:

cation of the name lanceolatus, the Fer-de-lance, which must be

regarded as a strict synonym of L. atrox of Linnzeus according to

Andersson. — -

-Cophias jararaca Wied, Abbild. Nat. Bras. (1825), from

BK. Brazil, 193-201 v., 59-68 c. The description and figure

indicate a snake similar to Z. atrov, but with markings consisting

of dark brown, darker-edged transverse bands, narrower on the

back than on the sides, such as is figured by Jan, in Icon. Oph.:

47me livr. pl. 1ii., and corresponding to several examples in the

British Museum collection from Rio Janeiro and Para (Cat. Sn.

Ud. ps Dail, Spec. i, p. 539, spec. v). This variety must be the

prevalent form in the Province of Bahia, as the following

descriptions and figures of Wagler in Spix’s Serp. Bras. (hea)

ave evidently veferable to it. Bothr ‘ops megera, p. OO, pl. xix.

195 v., 53 ¢c This figure shows dark olive upper parts with

dark, darker-edged transverse bands and immaculate ventrals.

B. furi ia, p. 52, pl. xx.: 201 v., 65 c. A uniformly coloured

specimen nial may be ‘edkeorn to have lost its markings.

B. leucostigma, p. 53, pl. xxi. fig. 1: ?v., 66c¢. Brownish, with

darker transverse bands, ventrals powdered with grey. 3B. tessel-

latus, p. 54, pl. xxi. fig. 2: 190 v.,%c. Dorsal markings as: in

B. leucostiyma, ventrals checkered with brown. Bb. teniatus,

p. 55, pl. xxi. fig. 8: Colours lighter than the above, transverse

bands always double.

Bothrops jararacussu Lacer da, Lee. sur le ven. des Serp.(1884) p.9.

From the province of Rio de Janeiro. An adequate description

of the striking markings of the Jararacussu is given (black above

with yellow markings, Jongitulinal on the hea and obliquely

pronged forks on the sides, yellow beneath spotted with black).

Similar to the 5. atrox ficured in Jan, Icon. Oph. (47me livr.

pl..u. fiy..3), and to two. specimens in the British Museum

collection from Sao Paulo, presented by Dr. Brazil.

Having thus indicated the sources to which I have referred in

order to fix the exact meaning of the principal names which have

had currency in the past, I w ill review the various opinions which

have been expressed in the principal works on Ophidia. ,

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 165

Schlegel (Phys. serp. (1837) pp. 532, 535, 537) recognises three

species :—1l. TZrigonocephalus jararaca, from ,Sa0 Paulo, Sta.

Catharina I., Sta. Cruz de la Sierra: 172-204 v., 44-62 c. From

the description, this snake is the true Jararaca of Wied.

2. T. atrox: 190,196 v., 60, 68 c. Scales surmounted by a strong

keel with tubercular tendency, in which respect it does not agree

with the Linnean type specimen. Habitat N. Brazil, Dutch and

French Guianas. 3. 7’. lanceolatus: 271, 220 v., 60, 60¢. Mar-

tinique and St. Lucia. Scales surmounted by a simple keel.

Colour of ventrals a clear greenish yellow. The description

corresponds to the type-specimen of ZL. atrox as described by

Andersson. Schlegel maintains that 7’. lanceolatus has a higher

number of ventrals than the two preceding, but the number 271

is probably due to some mistake.

Dumeril and Bibron (Erp. Gén. (1854) pp. 1505, 1507, 1509)

describe three species :— Bothrops atrox, B. lanceolatus, B. jararaca.

The only differentiation. made between the first two in the

“Tableau Synoptique des Espéces du Genre Bothrops” (p. 1504), is

that the ventrals of B. atrow are spotted, and those of B. lanceo-

latws unicoloured. In describing B. atrox, however, they mention

that the scales are more strongly keeled. B. jararaca is distin-

guished from the preceding by a relatively obtuse canthus rostralis

and larger scales on the snout. The description corresponds with

that of the Jararaca of Wied.

B. atrow. 29-32 scales. Habitat Dutch and French Guianas.

B. lanceolatus. 271, 240, 220 v., 68, 64, 60 c¢.; from Marti-

nique, Dominica, St. Lucia.

B. jararaca. 172, 195, 204 v., 44, 62, 65 ¢.: from Sao Paulo,

_ Sta. Catharina I., never in Surinam.

The number of ventrals given by Duméril and Bibron do

not seem very reliable, and 271 for B. lanceolatus is probably

copied from Schlegel’s statement, which there is good reason to

question. |

Jan, Icon. Oph. 47me livr. Pl.i.: Bothrops lanceolatus (Merr.).

Antilles? Geneva Museum. The specimen figured has 29 rows

of scales. Markings irregular, but similar to those of two spe-

cimens in the British Museum collection from Martinique (Cat.

Sn. p. 536, spec. 7, s).—Pl.i.: 5B. atrow L., var. dirus Jan, from

Buenos Ayres. Turin Museum. 25-27 rows of scales, with keels

similar to those figured for 2. lanceolatus. The markings repre-

sented in fig. 3 nnn. are matched by two specimens in the

British Museum collection, from Sfo Paulo (presented by

Dr. Brazil), and, as before mentioned, agreeing with those of the

Jararacussu of Lacerda.—PIl. 11. fig. 4: var. tesselatus Neuw.

Milan Museum. Another form of dorsal markings, similar to a

specimen in the British Museum collection, from St. Lucia (Cat.

Sn. p. 536, spec. v).—Pl. 11.: B. jararaca Neuw. Freyburg

Museum. An excellent figure of the typical Jararaca; 25 rows

of scales.

166 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

A. KE. Brown, in a paper in the Proc. Acad. Philad. 1893

(pp. 435-6), desexibes three species, but adds that he doubts their

right to more than a varietal distinetion :—1l. Bothrops atrox,

also aibed from two specimens from British Guiana; 196, 195 v.,

42,99 ¢., 27, 27 rows of scales, which are broad, inte a high

short keel not extending to the tip. Abdomen: unspotted.

2. B. lanceolatus, desoslyad from two specimens from Martinique ;

199, 200 v., 69, 69 c., 25, 25 sc. Scales longer than in B. atrox,

and bearing a simple keel to the tip. 3. 6. jararaca, described

from one specimen from, Brazil; 206 v., 57 ¢., 27 sc.; besides the

annulated markings, Mr. Brown notes that the canthus rostralis

is less sharp and the scales on the snout are larger than in the

preceding species, a fact which was also obser raul by Dumeril

and Bibron.

G. A. Boulenger, Cat. Sn. vol. 111. 1896, pp. 535-537.

Lachesis atrox. 161-216 v., 47-73 ec.

L. lanceolatus. 180-240 v., 46-70 ec.

Mr. Boulenger finds that the only distinctive character between

these species is that of scale-structure. In the former the scales

are “strongly keeled, the keels on the posterior part of the back

very high, swollen in the middle, and much shorter than the

scale.” In the latter the scales are merely “sharply keeled,” the

keel extending nearly to their extremity. He also describes the

ventrals of LZ. lanceolatus as yellowish, uniform, or powdered, or

spotted with brown, and in this respect many of the specimens

in the British Museum collection certainly disprove the state-

ment made by other authors, that the ventrals of this snake are

constantly immaculate. He adds that these species may have to

be united, as some specimens of L. lanceolatus “approach L. atrox

in the swelling of the scales at the base of the keels, and are thus

intermediate between the two species.” Cophias jararaca and

Bothrops jararacussu are placed in the synonymy of L. lanceo-

latus.

V. Brazil, Def. contre ’Ophidisme (2nd ed. 1914), pp. 78, 84, 88.

L. lanceolatus. 195-200 v., 50-53 ¢. Tropical America.

LL. atrow, 202 v., 55 ¢. Tropical America, less abundant than

the above in the southern states of Brazil.

L. jararacugu. 170-176 v. Brazil (Sao Paulo and Rio),

In describing the first two species Dr. Brazil maintains that

one of the main points of difference between these snakes lies in

the ‘‘systeme de coloration” of L. atrox, of which he says: ‘‘ La

coloration du fond, sur lequel se dessinent des figures pareilles a

celles constatées dans l’espéce précédente (LZ. lanceolatus) est d’un

gris rougeatre, parfois un ton gris cendré. Cette combinaison de

couleurs donne un aspect velouté a Vanimal, ce qui permet de le

reconnaitre a premiere vue.’ ‘The ground-coloun of L. lanceolatus

is described as ‘“‘ vert tres foneé, gris et quelquefois Jaunatre,”

and the abdomen ‘‘ vert foncé, parsemé de taches jaunes,” whilst

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 167

that of Z. atrow is of a “trés beau jaune clair marqueté sur les

bords de noir ou de gris foncée”*. :

In examining a large number of these snakes I have found the

ground-colour to be equally variable in both; the ventrals may

be yellow, yellow checkered with black, or of that greenish colour

produced by a powdering of black over yellow, in either L. atrox

or L. lanceolatus. It was therefore not quite clear to me why

Dr. Brazil considers the general aspect and coloration such striking

points, or how the latter should -produce a velvety appearance in

L. atrox. Mr. Boulenger has looked into this. matter with me,

using specimens of L. atrov and L. lanceolatus named and sent to

him by Dr. Brazil himself. There certainly is a difference in the

appearance of these specimens, but this is not due in any way

to the markings, which are strikingly similar. The specimen

marked “ atrow” has, however, the very prominently keeled scales

mentioned before, and Mr. Boulenger has pointed out to me that

the “velvety” appearance of this snake is entirely due to the

consequently greater breaking up of light upon its dorsal surface,

Dr. Brazil’s Z. atrox is therefore the same as Mr. Boulenger’s.

L. jararacussu.—Dr. Brazil maintains the specific rank assigned

to the Jararacussu by Lacerda: first, on account of its striking

black and yellow markings; secondly, because of the comparatively

low number of its ventrals; and, thirdly, because of its much

more triangular head. With regard to the first point, there are

specimens in the British Museum collection which can be graded

to form a transition series from the typical L. atrox to the

Jararacussu, a specimen from W. Ecuador being exactly inter-

mediate between the two types of markings. With regard to the

second point, the ventrals of the Jararacussu are as a rule fewer

than those of Z. atrox. Dr. Brazil mentions 170-176, but two

specimens received from him have 180 and 184, 180-240 ventrals

is, however, the range given for L. lanceolatus in Mr. Boulenger’s

Catalogue of Snakes, and, as I have failed to detect any structural

differences in the shape of the head or in the scaling, I think

that the Jararacussu cannot be regarded as more than a colour

variety of L. atrow L. ’

TI, Form Aanp LEPIDOSIS.

As I think I have shown in the annexed table that there is no

correspondence between variations in markings and the number of

ventrals and caudals, I will describe the differences in form and

lepidosis which have led to the distinction of species.

The most important is that of the two types of scaling found

in L. atrox. It has been generally accepted that the high short

* The coloured plates which accompany Dr. V. Brazil’s descriptions do not convey

these supposed differences, and it is well to point out that but little care has been

bestowed on the rendering of the markings. I think a L. lanceolatus with only

about 10 markings on the body, as figured, to be an impossibility.

168 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

keel is proper to Z. atrov and the low long keel to LZ. lanceolatus.

Dr. Andersson has shown, however, that the latter form is really

the Coluber atrow of Linneeus. so that if the former is maintained

as a distinct species on account of its scale-structure, it will be

necessary to alter the name which has usually been given to it.

I suggest that of ZL. affinis Gray, as the specimens of Bothrops

affinis (Catalogue of Suakes (1849), p. 7, specimens J & 0), which I

have examined, answer the definition, and this appears to be the

earliest name which can be applied to it.

The dorsal scale of the typical Z. atrox L. is of a long narrow

diamond shape, usually about twice as long as broad, and bearing

a simple keel extending to the apical pits. in the tip of the scale.

That of ZL. affinis is broader in proportion, more rounded, and

sometimes truncate behind ; it bears a short keel, supported upon

an extremely convex area, leaving only a narrow margin of flat

scale. This convexity of the scales is so pronounced in some speci-

mens that they can be distinguished from the preceding form by

touch alone. The scales of Bones specimens, however, are inter-

mediate in type; they may be of the narrow form with the long

keel distinctly swollen at the base, or, while maintaining the long

keel of atrox, they may be both broad and convex as in affinis.

Other individuals present scales of both the extreme types. On

examining the middle third of the body in one of these, I find that

the median dorsal scales are of the high short type, and the lateral

dorsals of the long low type. Further examination shows that,

in every case, the anterior part of the snake is of the atrox

type and the posterior of the affinis type. The evolution of the

scale-structure is thus clearly shown. The long low-keeled scale

gradually broadens, whilst its keel swells along its base and

shortens, until it becomes completely transformed into the affinis

type. This transformation is, as described above, completed upon

the median dorsal scales sooner than upon the laterals.

As regards the snout of L. jararaca, its shape is very slightly

different from that of Z. atrow, in that the canthus rostralis is

somewhat more obtuse, and the scales of the upper surface are

slightly larger than those on the vertex.

These characters are not very distinct, as several specimens of

the typical L. atrox present snouts of a similar form; in fact,

one specimen (Cat. Sn. 11. p. 536, spec. v) is indistinguishable

from L. jararaca (spec. g, Cat. Col. Sn. [1858] p. 226) in this

respect. Duméril & Bibron, and A. E. Brown, both mention

this point as one of the distinguishing features between the

two forms; and Schlegel (Phys. Serp.), in his figure (pl. xix.

fig. 1) of the dorsal view of the head of the Jararaca, represents

the difference between the scales on the snout and those on the

rest of the head as very considerable. This is certainly a peint

of variation which I cannot consider proper to the Jararaca

alone, having found no fewer than six young specimens of

L. atrox with this characteristic.

The different types of form and lepidosis described above are '

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 169

therefore so inconstant, and so completely connected by inter-

mediate forms, that they cannot in themselves be considered

sufficient for the distinction of species.

IIL. Sysrem or MArkines.

Before discussing the evolution of markings and their individual

variation, I will outline the general system of arrangement of

markings common to all colour varieties of ZL. atrox. Asa working

hypothesis on this subject, Mr. Boulenger drew my attention to

Dr. Zenneck’s paper ‘t Die Zeichnung der Boiden ”*, and I have

found that his theory—that the dorsal and lateral markings of

Boids are made up of four paired longitudinal series t—is equally

applicable in the case of L. atrox. Of these, only three are

usually present, but in some specimens the fourth is present upon

the head. It is the constant relationship between the spots

of the series of one side of the snake which forms the regular

pattern, but those of one side are quite independent of those

on the other, thus accounting for the asymmetrical appearance

of the markings on the median dorsal line, which is sometimes

very marked ¢.

When present on the head, the first or dorsal series commences

as a streak, or a few broken spots. Occasionally it forms a.

A-shaped marking with its fellow. On the body this series is

usually the broadest and most marked, and, in individuals

where it tends to disappear, it is always the last to go. The

dorso-lateral or second series, when present on the head, may

either consist of an oblique narrow streak or of broken spots of

this streak, originating above the ocular shield, or of a cross-bar or

blotch in front of the eyes. This second series is rather unstable

on the body, for though it may be of equal development to the

dorsal, it is more often hardly discernible and certain spots

frequently become confluent with their neighbours of the first

series. In some forms the markings of these two paired series

form a single dark triangular area on the head, but are more

often irregular and indistinct.

The lateral series is always present on the head of those snakes

exhibiting dorsal markings. It forms a broad black streak from

the posterior border of the eye to the commissure of the jaws,

usually passing through the sixth and seventh labials. Rays

proceeding from it may be present on the other upper labials, or

_may take the form of isolated spots. The post-ocular streak is

always separated from the superciliary streak by a narrow area

of the lighter ground-colour, and is sometimes also outlined in

* Tiibing en Zool. Arb. iii. (1898).

+ These four series are termed Dorsal (D.), Dorso-lateral (D.L.), Lateral (L.), and

Ventro-lateral (V.L.) by Mr. Boulenger, ‘Snakes of Europe’ (1913), p. 30. ~ This

lettering is followed in my text-fig. 1.

t+ Mr. Boulenger has drawn attention to this bi-lateral asymmetry in his op. cit.

p. 33, and he mentions a specimen of Lachesis alternatus with 24 markings on the

left side and 27 on the right.

170 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

cream-colour, which brings it out very sharply. On the body this

series is well defined.

The fourth or latero-ventral series is never presentjon the body,

and not always upon the head. It is evidently a most primitive

character, which has disappeared in many specimens. In the

Text-figure Il

most marked form this series only consists of three or four black

spots on the lower labials, and one larger spot which has become

confluent with the post-ocular streak. This latter spot is the

last of the series to disappear, and is entirely the cause of the

apparent broadening and lengthening of the post-ocular streak in

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 171

many snakes. This series must not be confounded with the outer

ventral series, which commences on the chin-shields and is usually

distinetly marked throughout the body.

The markings develop upon regular lines, and the degree of

this development varies on different regions of the body. That

on the anterior end of the body is the most primitive, as I shall

endeavour to show later on, but markings immediately behind

the head are always irregular.

In Lachesis atrox the spots of the series on each side of the

body form themselves into distinct alternating groups, which I

shall call A and B. Group B is less stable than A, and frequently

disappears altogether, either temporarily in the evolution of the

markings or permanently.

Text-figure 2.

Group A. Group B.

On one snake the relative development of groups A and B is

not always constant, but it is always alike on both sides of

the body.

Since group A is usually the best developed, it is this group

which I have counted in giving the numbers of markings in the

table of statistics. This number is not the same for the two sides

of many snakes—another reason for the faulted appearance in

the general dorsal pattern.

The dorsal markings of Z. atrow are therefore made up on each

side of three longitudinal series of spots, which in turn form

themselves into alternating groups A and B. Each of these

consists of six primitive spots, which, according to their presence,

absence, or confluence, determine the variety of marking pro-

duced. In order to follow their evolution and variation, T have

numbered those of each group in order of their stability (see

text-fig. 2), so that each may be referred to by a definite

formula.

The ground-colour appears to be formed by the varying pro-

portions of a black (or dark brown) and a yellow pigment, the

black being the more superficial. When the shade is greyish,

there is a smaller proportion of yellow pigment. ‘The usual brown

tints are composed of a very fine powdering of the dark pigment

over the yellow. Quite apart from the regular markings, the scales

172 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

often each show a delicate arrangement of black pigment standing

out from the ground-colour and having the same pattern effect

as the fine dendritic marks seen in many rocks. This arrange-

ment is often exactly repeated from one scale to another. When

this style of markings is present on the clear yellow of the

ventral shields, it produces a dark green effect, merging, when

seen at a distance, into the ground-colour.

IV. Inprvipuau VARIATION AND Eyouurion or MARKINGS.

Individual Variation.

As a starting-point in the study of the markings and colour

varieties of ZL. atrox, it was suggested to me by Mr. Boulenger

that I should make an examination of a female and her 26 young

from Trinidad (received from Mr. Urich) in order to ascertain

the amount of individual variation among specimens unquestion-

ably pertaining to one form only.

The young snakes range from 160 to 300 mm. in length, and

are more brightly marked than their mother. Their ground-

colour is a soft shade of brown, except the tip of the tail, which

is a pale yellowish. Particulars as to the number of ventrals

and subeaudalssetc. will be found in the annexed table. In the

majority of cases, the pattern on each side is made up in the

_ following way, as shown on text-fig. 3 :—

Group A consists of the six primitive spots arranged in a

pyramid (see text-fig. 2, p.171). A large triangular or rather

trapezoid spot (A 1, dorsal series) forms the apex, and rests

upon two small rhombic spots (A 5, 6, dorso-lateral series), which

are sometimes confluent with it. These rest upon three similar

spots, the outer ones being somewhat the larger (A 2, 4, 3, lateral

series), This triangular marking is margined in cream-colour,

and encloses an-area darker than the surrounding ground-colour,

a state of things which seems to suggest a centripetal aggregation

of pigment. Group A, though equal in size to group B, is in

every case darker and more marked.

Group B is also triangular in form, but the base coincides with

the mid-dorsal line, instead of the apex as in group A. The said

base is composed of three oval spots (B 5, 1, 6, dorsal series), the

middle one being much the largest. Three more small oval spots

enter the remainder of this triangle, the largest at the apex

(B 3, 4, dorso-lateral, B 2, lateral). (Text-fig. 3, a.)

When the markings of the two sides of the snake correspond

exactly, the general dorsal design is a single string of light-

spotted ovals on a dark ground; this is formed by the paired

groups B having their bases applied together. They appear oval

rather than diamond-shape, on account of the curved border of

the ground-colour of these groups. If the markings should alter-

nate with each other, a light wavy band on a dark ground is the

general result. Usually, however, a single specimen exhibits

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 173!

many different combinations of these forms, owing to the different:

number of markings on the two sides. In most specimens mark-

ings of one or more series are present on the head, and in several

the latero-ventral series is very marked.

Text-figure 3.

Many specimens do not possess all the primitive spots described,

especially upon the posterior part of the body, where the pattern

becomes modified. In the first stage of this modification A 95

and 6 become confluent with A 1, which tends to divide into two

triangular spots; the spots of group B, with the exception of

Bland 2, merge into the background (text-fig. 3, c). Some

specimens are of the more primitive type anteriorly only, whilst

others have the markings of the greater part of the body of the

slightly modified type, and become still further altered -on. their’

174 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

posterior parts. One specimen, however (see Table, Trinidad 1 h),

is inclined towards the Jararaca type of marking. Anteriorly

A 1 is divided, each spot being confluent with A 5 and 6; A 4 is

absent, and of group B only an occasional. B 1 is present (text-

fig. 3,D). At about the middle of the snake the twin spots

A 1, 1, have become some distance apart, and are in sufficiently

close proximity to A 2 and 3 to give the appearance at a distance

of paired transverse bands, or, since the intermediate space is

darker than the surrounding ground-colour, of a single dark-

edged band; these bands, which may pair with those of the

opposite side or not, are very little more than their own width

apart.

In all specimens the pattern tends to break up into a spotted

type just before the tail, all the spots being more or less equal in

size and distribution. It consists of Al, 1, 4, 2, 3, and B 1,

3, 4, and 2.

In the markings of the mother, A 1, 2, 5, 5, and 6 are con-

fluent, forming a somewhat truncate chevron, in the middle of

which A 4 is sometimes situated. Group B is made up of the

six primitive spots, all except B 1, 2, however, being indistinct

(text-fig. 3, B). On the whole, the individual variation shown by

these 27 specimens is very slight ; the most apparent differences

between them are due not to variation of thé actual markings,

but to the inconstant relationship of those of the two sides of

the snake.

1 have since examined another mother and young, from Anda-

goya, Colombia (received from Dr. Spurrell), and in this case

there is no variation at all among the young.

The markings of both families are of the most primitive type

oceurring in L, atrox, ail other forms being evolved from it, as

will be shown presently.

Evolution.

In the course of evolution, these primitive markings become

modified in the following way, which is the same for all forms of

L. atrox.

A 1 tends to divide transversely to the axis of the body, and

A5and 6 become confluent with it. B5 and 6 merge into the

ground-colour, A 4 and B3 and 4 disappear (this stage has

already been described in the variations of the young snakes),

A 1 then divides completely, but is still distinct from A 2 and 3,_

A 4 disappears, and the whole of group B tends to merge into

the background. The spots A1, 1 then become a considerable _

distance apart, narrow, and in- close proximity with A 2 and 3,

which, since the interspace is darker than in group B, thus

produce the effect of a dark, darker-bordered, transverse band.

Except for an occasional B1, this group is pale and quite

indistinct. At this point the bands, which may or may not pair

with those of the opposite side, are slightly more than their own

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 175

width apart. A 1,1 and A 2, 3 now become confluent, forming

the dark unbroken marginal lines of the transverse band which

constitutes group A: (text-fig. 4, A). These lines may be nearer

together on the back than on the sides, and are sometimes much

serrated. The bands, 7. e. groups A, gradually become further

apart from each other, with the result that the markings are

slightly fewer in number than in the primitive type. For the

present I shall call this annulated form of marking Type II. It

constitutes a distinct branch in the direct evolution of markings

(text-fig. 3, a), Type III. evolves directly from the primitive

Text-figure 4,

arrangement, in exactly the same way as Type II. up to the point

where A 1 is completely divided, but distinct from A 2 and 3.

Al, 1 are, however, squarish, and form a square group with A 2

and 3, which they equal in size. In the course of evolution A 4,

B 2, 3, and 4 reappear (text-fig. 4, B), and are also all of equal

size. In this type A 4 belongs to the dorso-lateral series, being

situated immediately above its position in the lateral series in

Type I. In the evolution from Type I. to Type III. the series

equalise, the dorsal narrowing and the dorso-lateral broadening.

The general pattern is formed, therefore, of three series of equal

176 MISS JOAN B,. PROCTER ON THE

and alternating spots (text-fig. 4, c). Group A can only be

distinguished from B by the fact that these spots are more square

than those of the latter. In this type the ground-colour is not

usually darker at A, as is the case in the preceding types.

Text-figure 5.

Further development of this type is shown on.a specimen from

St. Lucia (Cat. p. 536, spec. v). On this snake both the dorso-

lateral and lateral series are absent, or but faintly marked, the

markings thus consisting of two squarish spots—A 1, 1— followed

by one roundish spot—B 1—all of which are for the most part

confluent with those of the opposite side.

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 177

The fourth type—Z. jararacussu (text-fig. 5)—constitutes the

third branch in the evolution of the markings. A 1,5, 2,6,and 3

become confluent, forming a subcrescentic marking, in the middle

of which A 4 may be present or not. All the primitive spots of

group B unite together to form a dark triangular area, which in

the course of evolution becomes confluent with group A—i. e.,

the apex of A with the base of B—along the dorsal line. At this

point the markings darken, and the usual brownish, greyish, or

olive ground-colour becomes a bright clear yellow. Finally, more

and more black pigment becomes deposited at A and B, until the

markings have usurped the place of the ground-colour, even the

crescentic marking (A) being partially filled in with black. The

general effect of 'l'ype IV. is therefore a black snake, with yellow

forked markings issuing transversely from the yellow ventrals,

which are checkered with black. The dorsal surface of the head

is completely black, owing to the development and confluence

between the streaks of the dorsal and dorso-lateral series. The

post-ocular streak is separated from this area by a narrow stripe

of the clear yellow ground-colour, which continues slightly below

the commissure of the jaws. :

The most striking feature about this type of marking is the

clear yellow of the interspaces in the dorsal pattern; in other

types this is only found on the ventral surface of the snake, the

dorsal ground-colour always exhibiting a superficial powdering of

dark pigment. It therefore seems probable that in the course

of evolution this pigment has all aggregated in the spots of

Groups A and B, and, as more and more becomes deposited, these

areas further encroached upon the yellow ground-colour.

V. PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TYPES.

In tracing the evolution of markings from one type to another,

I have assumed that the anterior parts represent the primitive

pattern, as in lizards and many mammals (ex. Lacerta muralis,

Equus quagga). It might appear, however, that in Z. atrox this

is not the case, the more regularly spotted type, characteristic of

the West Indies representing the original pattern, from which the

clustered, annulated, and forked markings of C. and 8. American

» forms were derived. On careful consideration I cannot adopt

this view for the following reasons :—1l. The manner in which

the pattern of the Jararacussu develops from Type I. into the

complicated design of Type IV., and develops on each individual

posteriorly until the tailis a uniform black, cannot be looked upon

as primitive, and if this elaborate pattern, become simplified,

is a further development of the clustered type of marking, the

other forms must also be more advanced. 2. I hold the greater

number of spots to be the more primitive (and for this assumption

there is much correlative evidence among other snakes and

lizards). The clustered pattern is therefore less advanced than

the more evenly spotted, for in the former groups A and B

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1918, No. XII. . 12

e : cc SI SI LZ 69 00% je ye ze Pee eee ee cee te wee etter tee eh tee ee aaryruntaid £10 A,

Z “*peprurcy, | 0g 6L na €9 003 |e ye Tia. omenaBesavdeceeonacbodopandcoaueANOADEDOGG” @inayaRrTATs;

i Gi rene LG Le POL ze je ye fo (deunroeds poutiojap) oarqruntad £10 4.

IZ 0Z eG 1g 261 je ul ul CODIDDDISICRIOUCICUCIOCOIOOUICOCIOIOIOOOInCcnonCmOrn IO Uiorr 66

ag an 1% 6g Zig ut Ul) [cere seca eeeecteseeie cree ees SAT aT DETTE

gargruntad “vo1dhg *y 03 Souapuay,

MM | 81 61 GS 6g Fer | We ul ul

A | 06 1G SG Lg L6t.| J8 Je ul Mise: ies ee SATII 5

a | 0g 02 1G cg 6st ge ie ye [rece sore? garqromad £0 A, ,

y | ae rare LZ ge reL ye ye ye see tos sec cee ee wes cee sees Chee ce ren teesen sep “ce ;

s ls 20% 61 LG €G 681 | Fe ye ayy. _|Poeeeeee pee Se ee : ,

SSS SSS)

i | 0g oz. | 92 cg esl | Je ie Sigh Pen eseesoem 096 308 coos npackeBSaBaL AND ADs Soe fas

b 2 6 |, 22 09 4 4S6r ) ge je ye | Se Mee aad

d | ez BS | &% 19 961 ‘je ul ul Bee tet ope tae ss tet ee tee OOH OOo the eee oes ee ee ce

S Fy eee “e

9 | 6 1G. | 6 TS I6T je afd ar

ee ee ee ee tee eee ee

Ju Gi ice Cem tt See CGl 2 seem fee Ut

yj 0% 12 |) ee" $s. 006 ze ye: 38 Saar Pe PL OATFIULL

I 61 gr | Se 0g 91g | Je ye ur papipiwl rer 07 SOU@puUaT,

{ | IZ IZ 1 CF CET ye ye ial gn no pea gag coe cea teeeseeeeeee 6“

i |. B 0G 16 LS Z61 ans Fe WS eae 5 se aa ::

q | BS BG (era 09 G6L qe ze ul [eee anne ween cee eee . eee ce

i | SI LI 13 og Z6L | ye ye qe pee o0e ee ee ee ee eee ee eee te eee ee ee ee (79

| o | 61 IZ | EG LG 16L je je je sete eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee 79

p . i 6L 6L i Nee, 6S e6L | je je se °° CC Fe ee eee ee eee OATPIULI

4) : 9B Wao | Le 69 S6E | Fe ul ul | a UG noes OAT) TULL TAL Cpe eLQIAG

14 Deja al 61 owes sS LOG Iosa) aye user SUIS 3 z

Les 1 x06 OCeea more (O9e? eOG) Sntemeed ta 7 SUS eee Wisi ae tebe as ena

Pe REP Ol OG. | Bea OF Me aft a I se ae ea a (84 pus &)

“RlANZIUI A 6L 9 | °g 19 LOL | qe 4B qe |pegecccee OGu.-dado00ed dbs. Jobd00 000 Dos cogODdDuE 6c

ENS RAVOLNT “ed [esvl ey i LT el | eG 99 GOS ze ul 4 ooo ona edb ago, deBdOM.eon OO C00 5 900-00n “

“SRLUPUO FY qsiylig | CZ BG | CZ 9 €1z | Big 4R piu \oouoocd . ve ee eens cee eee 6c

“OOLX®T “ekoyy FZ eZ | £Z 6 ERT 1 ye 1 {baa cisgeath cua isete cs S000 p00 0Geoue DALLA

“BINT “1g Iz ao | 1 19 eq | ye i Bi ang fide 2° a Se a ie rage poursipuy

“ROLUTULO(T IANISO LZ 99 11Z ye aay Hig {joc 82 eostaaa soe ee g8u.eRs poppe Hoe cnpoDO BUS ARTEL MISTOLNAG

SUD “VE A

I] eS eis A) A d Ww B

Ke — J _—., J __.-

AYLpYIOT jo TOC TUL NT jo LOC CUT A | jo ULLO “hjOwDA 100)

n AS in ae a

| “SHULY AD AT *sa] DIG)

“CRIT ‘ayvus ayy Jo septs ([) ye] pue (4) FGSII oy} UO ssuryaeul Jo Jaquinyy ‘(s) sepeos * z

jesiop puv “(0) spepneoqus jo sared ‘(A) speaguaa jo aaquinu ‘sad 4y (98) wotgy 10 “(ur) ayerpauttezut (je) seeaffp ayy Jo -

raya § Spoq ayy jo ‘(d) aorsaysod ‘(ut) appprur ‘(e) cortayae ay} qe ‘sefvos Jo WAG] “SULyAvUA Jo WAOZ puw AJAAVA MOJO 2 °Z1A

‘VOULV “7 JO SNEWIDYGS ANOS OL ONILVIGY SUVTINOILUVG dO WIdVy,

“leSuatnog “Ay, Aq sngvjoaawn) sisayav'T 04 padtozer SEM pus

‘(6 oads) 96% “d (EgT) “US [99 48D 8,AB1g Jo xtpyodde oy} Ul snzvjos0Un) snyvyderopedsp.ig Se pe1eyUe SYM 4] “AaquINU aAaqsISaI

OU S.1Baq PUB “UOT}Ia][09 po ey} Jo Javd su; FI sv “paysn.az aq 0} you st UdUMIOads SIT] Jo ApI]COOT 244 yVYW OU S]][oq TeSuaTMog “Ay y

z . a et CCRC Te VSI | eye ca, Ue a8 Reema sseneeeeseesenseisn ngsnapapadnl“a8

T ‘o[neg Owg | 06 0% 96 689 (OST. ye UL ye Q

6 2 81 61 $6 69 S61 ae uff ai "pssnovipDInl UB S7U1YYD “AIBA T99MIIG BIBIpsuIeIU

T ‘topenoy yy) 8T LI “3. ) (0g | ws fe ae ‘ @ puwseiwig TET OE Dear UaT

novARIEG 91 SI Z 9¢ 961 ye ze je See aa eee Ae ce ca ROU REIHED) 4 LTT ON AC

nlag ‘OZnZ0g a.nosqo CZ OL CéL UL ul uL GOODUG UDI =DOODD DOD DURTE DOCS DOO SDM OU0 feces [73

‘OJUIUUB.IOBG ep edwvg 9T 91 CZ 107 P61 ju ye ye DOOIOUCID UICC. =COO I OAICIUOCS OO CICROOCIOUOIOOG OO h icici qOuIySIpUy

G a 61 61 GZ 89—Ss«é#LT. Je je je

T “901q.19g] - OD) BAIL ye Jee qourqsrpuy

*BloLZ9U9 A ainosqo zB 09 Z6L Bay je Hig 4yen20e : PpeyIpoy

BION “IG| Be 761 a GD ROE we aE We [eet fro santas TBSIOG

SG 86 iad 66 19 916 je ul ur

T vonbiuyieyy | 73 UG 8 9 861 ye 18 4B

‘adnojapensy IZ ra 0g 29 RBG je wv 1 [jerecce elo(nlelele}eiu syoiele nisi een ec cen peeve eee sscese qOULSIPUT

: “padh2 BU10,A

z (14 91 FL | PZ £9 681 je ye ye Leer tlees eee ccesce starve sence nescns pordhy on

LT ‘901q.1eg SI Ait =| Se €9 981 je je je pur ‘vovininl ‘sunffy “WBA UaeMjoq o}eIpau1ezUy

yzeig | 91 9 e 46009Stts«LGT. qe ye ye

<Ouauup Oia posasiuan seuronne'l Jee : ine ti te ge [cece sence agumgstpuy

“BINOV) Bp OLTBSOIT 8I Gi) Ae ey) Se je je ye

‘qoubruryieyy | LT 91 | F 0S 806 AU 18 Se ye ,

“DIDADADE TB A

“a01q.19g LI 9L | Zz ge 961 ye Je Ja ale pee “ prpaninl pur sviuff UdEMyeq 9yVIpeuI1a}UyT

P “ 9T a | ee) sae ie es fo

€ s 1Z 6L | & 9g SET je je Je

SG 81 61 96 gg C61 ul ye ye * 2 b

T ‘one 08g 81 i | 2 8) oe 4 ev AUB decane oa aa a Ge

“LOpEnoy “AA CT Qe | Of 19 CLT ul 4B qe poe noptpiie ies 05 Souapuay,

“erese) | BT MeN ye i OGL je. je ye

“BIQULO]O) “BNI ep OLesoY 61 8. | 8 84 602 je je ye See ke Ue -

z 79 61 61 9% 09 CEI je je je CO ee ed see cir)

; T ‘ao1qieg 1 | ge a 38 7 ye foreseen pied howe canae ose QATgLULEET,

se!

180 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE

consist of 6 spots each, whilst in the latter group A consists of 5

and B of 4. Besides these two points, I attach importance to

the fact that the eight primary series of spots never extend

beyond the head.

As we have already seen, Types II., III., and IV. are all

directly evolved from Type I.; but their relative positions have

yet to be discussed. Of the stages of development evinced

between each of these three and the primitive type, many show a

tendency for the markings to break up into the spotted type

(Type III.) Just before the tail. Nearly all specimens with mark-

ings ranging from Types I. to II. show this peculiarity, also all

forms intermediate between Types I. and If. In the series

from Types I. to TV. this is the case in intermediate forms, but

Type IV. itself. maintains its direct line of development, the

black markings encroaching more and more upon the yellow

ground-colour towards the posterior part of the snake, the end of

the tail being black.

It will therefore be seen that phylogenetically the markings

of Type III. are not to be regarded as so primitive as those of

Type II., and that Type IV. is the most modified.

In the next chapter, on classification, varieties will be based

on these types of markings in conjunction with their geographical

distribution.

Having traced the markings of JL. atrow from the most

primitive onwards, it is of some interest to try to trace these

markings back to the hypothetical four-paired streaks of primitive

snakes.

The first stage towards this would be the equal development of

group B with group A, and the commencement of the fourth or

lower labial series on the body. The series would then become

more equalised, until a pattern were reached of 4 rows of equal

and alternating spots—independent from those on the oppo-

site side—which would be but the result of the breaking up

of the primitive streaks. But Z. atrow is very far ahead of this

prototype, and such cases as might appear at first to be an

approximation to it, prove on “careful consideration to be

secondary, an instance of deceptive apparent reversion.

VI. CLASSIFICATION.

It will be seen from the foregoing that no very definite

boundaries can be traced between the varieties of ZL. atroa,,

whether based on structure or on coloration, so complete are the

links connecting them. I can, however, recognize four principal

forms based chiefly on markings, more or less in conjunction

with geographical distribution, which I think afford on the whole

a more satisfactory basis for classification than the characters of

seale-structure, etc.

The first of these forms is L. atrox, var. affinis, which ex-

hibits the more primitive type of marking (Type I.), viz., the

VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 181

characteristic chevron, or triangle, which, however, varies slightly

according to localities.

The most primitive type of marking is not found in the

W. Indies proper, or south of Colombia and the Guianas, but

prevails north as far as Mexico, and appears to be constant in

Trinidad, Specimens of this form have scales with the high short

keel. In the W. Indies proper a less primitive variation occurs,

in which the elemental spots are more confluent and the pattern

less distinct; the scales may either be of the short. high-keeled

or long low-keeled type. As this variety extends southwards

the markings, though still undoubtedly of Type I., frequently

approach those of the Jararaca, or Jararacussu in type, and the

sealing may conform to either type. Thus the L. atrox and

L. lanceolatus of Dr. Vital Brazil, which are marked simply with

dark triangles on the sides, undoubtedly approach the Jararaca

of Wied in pattern. A pattern of markings intermediate between

the primitive type of this variety and that of the Jararacussu

occurs in W. Keuador. JZ. atrox, var. affinis, is the most widely

ranging of the four varieties (Mexico to Southern Brazil and

Peru). All forms of it are marked with triangles or chevrons,

with their apex turned towards the mid-dorsal line. Group A is

always darker than B, and encloses an area darker than the sur-

rounding ground-colour. The ventrals may be uniform cream-

colour or yellowish, or blotched or speckled with black. In the

young the elemental spots, when present, are more distinct, a

certain amount of confluence or fading taking place with age.

Form 2, ZL. atroa, var. jararaca, has been considered a distinct

species since the time of Wied, but as it does not differ from the

typical Z. atrov in any appreciable way, save in the dorsal mark-

ings, I consider it to be a variety only. The Jararaca inhabits

Brazil, and is especially prevalent in Bahia, Sao Paulo, and

Rio. It is recognized by its annulated form of markings, pre-

viously described as Type II., consisting of dark, darker-edged

bands, narrower on the mid-dorsal line than on the sides. These

bands are more than their own width apart, the interspaces being

lighter and unspotted. The ventrals may be uniform, spotted, or

powdered with black. -

Figures of the Jararaca are given in Wied, Abbild. Nat. Bras.,

under the name of Cophias atrox; Wagler in Spix, Serp. Bras.

pls. xix., xxi., under the names of Bothrops megera, B. leuco-

stigma, B. tessellatus, and B. teniatus; and in’ Jan, Icon, Oph.

xlvii. pl. 11. under B. atrox.

A typical specimen of this variety could not be confounded with

the preceding, but in the British Museum collection there are

some young specimens from Berbice (Cat. Sn. p. 539, spec. ex),

which are exactly intermediate between these three varieties.

Form 3, the typical Z. atrox ‘LZ. lanceolatus) occurs principally

in the West Indies, which is the acknowledged home of the

Fer-de-lance, but also in the Guianas, Venezuela, and curiously

in Peru, in a somewhat modified form. The markings of this

182 ON ‘CHE VARIATION OF THE PIV-VIPER.

variety are of the spotted type, described as Type III., consisting

of three longitudinal series of subequal and alternating dark spots,

more or less uniformly distributed on a lighter ground-colour ;

the scales are usually of the low, long-keeled type. In the

modified form from Venezuela, Berbice, and Peru the spots of

group A are darker than those of group B, the whole pattern

thus having a less even appearance. In some cases the markings

are very indistinct, only the principal spots of group A (A 1, 1,

2, 3) being discernible. ‘The scales may be of either type.

Form 4, L. atrow, var. jararacussu, is the distinct colour variety,

which Lacerda regarded as a valid species in 1884, and which is

still maintaind as such by Dr. V. Brazil. There is, however, no

difference between the Jararacussu and LZ. atrov except that of

colour and markings.

The Jararacussu inhabits Brazil, Sao Paulo, and Rio, and is

distinguished from the preceding forms by its peculiar markings

described above as Type IV., and the fact that the interspaces in

the black areas are bright yellow instead of the brown, grey, or

olive shades of all the other varieties. The pattern appears to

consist of transverse yellow forks issuing from the yellow ventrals,

which are blotched with black. The tail is black. The head of

the Jararacussu is extremely characteristic, the dorsal surface

being of a uniform black, from which the black post-ocular

streaks are separated by a narrow streak of yellow, continued

obliquely from the yellow throat. A coloured plate of this variety

is given in Dr. Brazil’s ‘ Défense contre l’Ophidisme’ (2nd edition),

pl. 14, under the name of Lachesis jararacussu. It is also

represented in Jan’s Iconographie, 47me livy., pl. 1. fig. 3, as

Bothrops atrow.

ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, . 283

9. Report on Deaths of Animals in the Gardens in 1917.

By J. A. Murray,: M.D.,.B.Sce., F.Z.S., Director,

Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Pathologist to the

Society.

[Received April 23, 1918: Read April 23, 1918. }

The accompanying tabular statement of the numbers of deaths

of mammals, birds, and reptiles (including amphibia and fishes)

in 1917, shows only minor differences from the figures recorded

in 1916 by Professor Plimmer or from the average numbers in

the previous 5 years. In 1917 rather less than 25 per cent. of

the animals dying had been less than 6 months in the Gardens,

TABLE I,

Mam™Mats, Brrps. REPTILES.

613 1940 446 In Gardens, 1.1.17.

215 745 368 Admitted in 1917.

828 2685 g14 | Torat.

GS) dome Jee 62 | Under 6 months. 7,-

167 Sues — 461 =e 80 Se Over 6 months. Died.

284 | 20°6 17°4 Per cent. of total.

28'°3 23°4, 28°6 5 in 1916.

27-0 | 23'°3 31°2 - in 1911-15.

“As has been pointed out by Dr.Chalmers Mitchell, little statistical

value attaches to such tabular statements of combined mortality -

of species with widely different liability to disease and duration

of life. The only conclusion to be drawn is that there has been

freedom from severe epidemics during the year.

Table II. summarises the results recorded under the more

important causes of death for the chief mammalian orders, and

for mammals, birds, and reptiles generally. ‘These have been

compiled from the careful records made by Professor Plimmer as

regards the first 7 months of the year. There was an interval

of nearly two months before I entered upon the duties of

pathologist, and the incomplete data recorded in this interregnum

184

DR. J. A. MURRAY ON

pels

General Diseases.

Minlbexrculosisnesweesceeecercee tees

IME VOOR <Ggupodase undbeoosaueecme (bot

S1a NGHENITOA,, .oa0co0086008009000000 o8e

IAIDSGOSS pee aeeeeeeca eae aaa ere

Peritonitisteereeneace seas ercee

Westodespe eect oscaseee

Filariasis

Ascarides

Heemogregarines ...... ........0..

Diseases of ee

Organs.

Attelectasiswecteeieaceces reece aca

Pneumonia

Pleurisy ..

. Diseases of E Heart.

Degeneration of Heart-muscle.

Vv alv ular disease

. Diseases of Liver.

Hepatitis

Diseases Oe nna Tract.

Gastro-enteritis

Gastric ulceration ..........60..066

Taste IJ.

Enteritis

Gastritis .. Le eameetss

Tntestinal obstr uction Senn aeeaaas

Intussusception Beenaoacne Wie

Prolapse of Rectum ...............

Diseases of Urinary and

Generative Organs.

Nephritis

Salpingitis aii alle,

. Various.

Carcinomaycseee eee eee

Sancomawyn cic r casas earencee a

iceniornhagele-nesestaeecasccneeree:

Injuries

mortem

discevered post -

Starvation and Tmalnutr ition es

Killed by companions, ee) &e.

Killed by order . :

Not diagnosed RS hea eee

MamMALs.

} | | a |

a|@]/e¢]s)2) S|

~ ives ce a |e Das si

aie he |e )2)e

a er | Gel or @) |} ey |

ot 1S ie Ss |S e

| art

Peni Gy | agy| |

ibe av heed dl Ale |

Sh ae ke

il i | 2 lees.

1 1 | 2 1 |

al | |

27 | 13 | 26 | 9 | 2

Pe 2) |

1 | os

1 | 2 das 00 ogo. || |

We ifs o Th TN roe ll asa |

ANG iat te eee 1 | |

Lan 1 |

Vela 2 |

3 |

ayy BB 3}

| 1 Mallee

| |

eae | . 1 oo | .

2 |

eu uceculincee. |

alk ail eset eee |

1 OS eet Nt ae

3} 3} Bt

11 9 | 13

| Marsupialia.

—

mpc nn cw

—

Hos:

bo:

197

REPTILES.

ep:

are partly responsible for swelling the totals under the heading

“not diagnosed.” in Table II.

Protozoan Parasites.—In addition to the three reptilian deaths

in Table IT. ascribed to Hemogregarines, these parasites have

been observed in a number of snakes dying from other causes.

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 185

They have revealed an apparently definite dimorphism of the

schizonts in the circulating blood, a long slender form which

produces great deformation of the red eell, the haemoglobin being

retained, and a short stout form which produces much less

deformity but exhausts the hemoglobin very rapidly. The

significance of the two forms and their relation to the schizogony

in the liver-cells remain to be determined by further study, for

which a considerable material has been preserved.

Malignant new Growths —In two mammals death-was ascribed

to carcinoma and in two birds to sarcoma. Of these one case of

squamous-cell carcinoma of the fauces and palate of a Dingo,

probably arising from the epithelial covering of the tonsil, has

been examined personally. In addition a new growth was found

on examination of a Leopard which died with bronchiectatic

cavities in the lungs. The growth in this case proved to be an

adeno-carcinoma lying on the ventral surface of the trachea in

the thorax. The tissue of origin could not be determined.

(Two further cases have been observed in 1918: a carcinoma

of the liver ina Marsh-Buck and a teratoma of the testis in a

Golden Eagle.)

Comparative Pathology of the Thyroid.—The special value of

the material occurring in the Prosectorium consists im the

opportunity offered for! a comparative study of pathological and

physiological problems which are of general interest, and special

attention has been directed to the thyroid gland, The thyroid

occurs throughout the-whole vertebrate series and, with the

exception of the cyclostome fishes, presents the same histological

picture in all. From studies in man and mammals in various

pathological conditions an important réle has been ascribed to it

in the reaction of the body to a variety of intoxications. The

results of physiological experiment indicate other important

functions both in health and disease. It was therefore of interest

to note the contrast in the appearance of the gland in cold- and

warm-blooded animals respectively in severe infections. In

warm-blooded animals dving under these conditions extreme

congestion of the whole gland is practically constant. Nothing

of the kind has been encounter ed in the reptiles exanninedt

although a large proportion presented severe septiceemic con-

ditions after death. This result is unfavourable to the view that

the thyroid plays the part of a neutraliser of toxic substances in

the body. It is in much better harmony with the view that the

changes in the thyroid in these conditions are the expression of

its participation in the heat-regulating mechanism of the body.

In poikilothermic animals one would expect these changes to be

absent.

Effect of Diet on the Thyroid.—Although attention has been

drawn to the effect of a meat diet on the thyroid, no observations

are recorded on the results of the natural experiment presented

by the occurrence of meat-eating and plant-eating groups in birds

and mammals. The analysis of the observations in birds presents

186 ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS.

many difficulties, and will be undertaken later. In mammals,

however, the comparison is much easier, and the preliminary

survey which has been carried out shows that in Carnivora the

thyroid is from two to three times as large as in Ungulata of

corresponding body-weight. The key to the problem is probably

furnished by Marine and Lenhart’s work on thyroid enlargement

in trout kept in hatcheries. These authors have shown that the

goitrous condition, which so frequently supervenes, is due to the

diet of horseflesh with which the fish are fed and that it can be

obviated and even cured by supplying a ration of sea-fish. Their

investigations have shown that the constituent deficient in the

horseflesh diet is iodine. The necessity for fixing the inadequate

amounts: present in flesh is met by a hypertrophy of the gland.

When adequate amounts of iodine are supplied either in the form

of sea-fish or soluble iodides, the enlargement subsides.

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 187

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

February 5th, 1918.

Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice: President,

in the Chair.

The Srecrerary read the following Report on the Additions

made to the Society's Menagerie during the months of November

and December, 1917 :—

NOVEMBER.

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of November were 38 in number. Of these 28 were

acquired by presentation and 10 were received on deposit.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 88.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

1 Brindled Gnu (Gorgon taurinus) 2, from South Africa,

deposited on November 21st.

1 Wilson’s Bird of Paradise (Schlegelia wilsont), from Waigiou, .

and 2 Himalayan Goldfinches (Carduelis caniceps), presented by

Alfred Ezra, F.Z.S.

1 Lesser Vasa Parrot (Coracopsis nigra), from Madagascar,

presented by The Marquess of Tavistock, F.Z.S. ;

DECEMBER.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of December were 17 in number. Of these 7 were

acquired by presentation and 10 were received on deposit.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 81.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

Olea

1 Grey Seal (Halicheru’ grypus), from the North Sea, presented

by T. Witherwick on December 24th.

1 Kuropean Flamingo (Phenicopterus roseus), from S. Kurope ;

2 South-American Flamingoes (Ph. chilensis), from 8. America ;

2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus melanocephalus) and 2 Coscoroba

Swans (Coscoroba coscoroba), from S$. America: deposited on

December 31st.

Mr. D. Seru Smirn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited and

remarked on a series of Jantern-slides made from photographs

188 MR. T. E. WHITEHEAD ON THE WILD DINGO.

of Reptiles taken in the Gardens, directing special attention

to those showing feeding habits of the Black Cribo (Oxyrhopus

clelia), which attacks and devours poisonous snakes.

The Wild Dingo (Canis familiaris, var.).

The Secrerary read the following letter from'Mr. Thomas E.

Whitehead :—

“ During a recent visit to England, I spent a delightful day at

the Zoological Gardens, but was rather surprised at the animals

exhibited as Dingos. Now, Sir, I spent a great many years as a

stockman and drover in the back country of South Australia,

New South Wales, Queensland, and Northern Territory, besides

travelling and prospecting over a large part of Western Australia

during the past 23 years, but I have never met with a Dingo

anything like those I saw at the London Zoo.

““T have enquired from my friends if they could tell me what

part of Australia they could have come from, and I am told that

many years ago a Mastiff got away with the Dingos about Mount

Kosciusko and crossed the breed in that district. So probably

that is where your Dingos came from. They are too tall, too

long, too thick muzzled, and too short-haired to be true Dingos.

The true Dingo resembles the fox a great deal, but is larger, his

nose is pointed, forehead fairly broad, has longish hair, and a tail

almost as bushy as the fox. There are two colours, according to

the colour of the country he inhabits. Those in the Tableland

and Mountainous districts are usually of a, sandy brown colour,

while those in the yellow sand-hill country are usually sandy

yellow, and have longer hair than those on the Tablelands. I

once saw a pack of about a dozen of the darker kind in the fore-

noon on the south side of Lake Yandandaninna, and towards

evening I saw a pack of the lighter colour on the north side of

the lake ; they had come for a drink from the sandhills to the

northward.

Dingos never bark, neither do they ieee to bark when

tamed. The Bushman can always distinguish between the howl

of a Dingo and that of a Domestic Dog. Like the fox, he is

very partial to poultry, and is a terror to poultry-owners in the

new townships. He will kill sheep by the dozen just for the

fun of doing so. If hungry, he will rip a hole in the flank and

eat his fill of the liver and leave the rest. I once heard sheep

rushing on a bright moonlight night. On going to investigate I

saw our Overseer’s prize Kelpie ‘rounding up about 300 sheep,

while in the centre was a Dingo slut enjoying herself by killing

sheep wholesale. I fired my rifle at the Kelpie but missed, then

fired at the slut, and next morning tracked her up by ‘blood

marks and found her nearly dead, so quickly despatched her.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF THE GOLDEN MOLE. 189

She had killed 11 sheep apd had bitten many more, some of

them dying during the next few days.

‘¢THos. E. WHITEHEAD,

262 Bulwer Street,

North Perth,

Western Australia.”

On a New and a Rare Species of the Golden Mole

(Bematiscus).

Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S., exhibited specimens of two rare

South-African Golden Moles, and made the following re-

marks :—

Hitherto the giant moles from the eastern part of Cape

Colony have been referred to Bematiscus trevelyant, but it is

quite manifest that there are at least two species. The specimen

which I make the type of this new species was sent to me by

.Miss Ivy Lesch from St. Cuthberts, [solo, and as it differs very

markedly from Bematiscus trevelyani of the Pirie Bush or any of

the hitherto described species, I have much pleasure in naming it

after the discoverer, to whose interest in natural history we also

owe Bematiscus transvaalensis.

Bematiscus lesche is a moderately large mole, probably about

180 mm. in length, but as I have only the dyed skin, it is

impossible to be quite sure of the length. It is manifestly con-

siderably smaller than B. trevelyani. he fur is of a fairly

uniform dark brown—lighter on the abdomen. On the lips the

short fur is somewhat reddish brown. On the upper side of the

head the fur is also rather lighter than further back, owing to

the short under-fur being pale reddish brown. On the back and

greater part of the body the fur is about 18 mm. in length—a

dark slaty very fine under-fur with coarse-tipped hairs whose tips

of 7mm. overlap the under-fur. The tips have the last 2 or

3 mm. dark brown and the more proximal § light brown.

The following are the measurements. of the claws of the front

foot :—Ist 2°5 mm., 2nd 6 mm., 3rd 11 mm., 4th 1-5 mm.

The following are the principal measurements of the skull :—

mm.

Greatestplem oblige peer aeeeec aa le-tecr 35°6

(GHRSALKONB WGI -onceocncos0o0ccen00d000c 21:4

Greatestihere hit peer sees cesar ac. 17

Wadth betweenrOmbitsesuecncsss-6sce- 705)

Mentalbseriestaesen cea ee mae s sec 14

Miolariseries ch eaes ee ace emcees 8

Width across the premolars ......... 108

Width between last premolars ...... 4°6

The skull has the large bulla for the malleus well projecting

as in B. villosa and B. transvaalensis, and the affinities are much

closer with these two species than with B. trevelyani. The mole

190 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.

from Maritzburg described by Dobson, and doubtfully referred by

him to B. villosa is, | think, undoubtedly a distinct species, and

may be called Bematiseus dobsoni.

To the genus Bematiscus there would thus be referred five

known species—B., villosa and LB. dobsoni from Natal, B. trans-

vaalensis from the Transvaal, and B. trevelyani and £, lesche

from Eastern Cape Colony.

The second exhibit is a specimen of the rare Golden Mole—

Ohrysochloris sclateri. Originally discovered in tlie Nieuwveld,

north of Beaufort West, and named in honour of Mr. W. L.

Sclater, it was next discovered at Morija in Basutoland, 350 miles

from the original locality. In an unexplored country a species

occurring at two such remote localites would not excite any

wonder, but in South Africa our researches on the fauna have

gone so far that we can say not only that the species has never

been found in the intermediate area, but that no Golden Moles

inhabit the northern part of Cape Colony. Six years ago I

discovered tracks of Chrysochloris on Compass Berg, and I have

since been fortunate, through the kindness of Miss K. Jansen, of

Wilgebosch, New Bethesda, in getting a specimen which proves

to be also C. sclatert. ‘This discovery brings the known localities

130 miles nearer, and suggests that the species may originally

have extended to Basutoland by the Winterberg and Stormberg.

Possibly it may yet occur in these localities. The black mole of

the south coast. which I named C. duthiew, is an extremely closely

allied species. It occurs at Knysna, and possibly extends east-

wards to Port Elizabeth. C. sclateri with its 40 teeth is probably

near the ancestral form from which C. hottentota and allied forms

with 36 teeth are derived.

February 19th, 1918.

Dr. A. SurrH Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Ssecrerary read the following Report on the Additions

made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of January

1918 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of January were 26 in number. Of these 16 were

acquired by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, and 2 by

purchase.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 80.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

1 White-nosed Coati (Vasua narica), from Tampico, presented.

by H. C. Banbury on January 19th.

AN AFRICAN CIVET ATTACKING HUMAN BEINGS, 191]

1 Otter (Lutra lutra), from Hampton Court, presented by

H. Tagg on January 18th.

2 Straw-necked L[bises (Carphibis spinicollis), from Australia ;

1 Searlet Ibis (Hudocimus ruber), from Para; 1 Himalayan

Monaul (Lophophorus impeyanus) 3, from Himalayas; 1 Peacoci

Pheasant (Polyplectrum chinquis) 3, from Burmah; 2 Swinhoe’s

Pheasants (Genneus swinhow) 3 9, from Formosa, presented by

Major The Hon. Waldorf Astor, F.Z.S.

Dr. Smrrao Woopwarb, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., exhibited a copy of

an incised drawing of a hunted deer, pierced by arrows, made by

Paleolithic man in the cave of La Pena, San Roman de Candamo,

Asturias, Spain. It was lately published by Dr. Hernandez-

Pacheco in no. 17 of the memoirs of the Spanish commission on

prehistoric investigations.

An African Civet attacking Human Beings.

The following letter, communicated by Professor Pounron,

F.RS., F.Z.S., was real from Captain G. D. Hale Carpenter,

M.D., giving an account of a case which had come under his

personal observation in which an African Civet attacked buman

beings.

“On the night of Dec. 10—-llth, 1917, an Indian and an

African, employées of the railway, were sleeping in the verandah

of the station building when the latter was awakened by a bite

on his toe, and found to his alarm what he thought was a young

leopard—it was a very dark night and without a moon. It

viciously attacked the two men, but they managed to catch it

and throw it down a well, as they had no stick or other weapons

handy: they both came to hospital in the morning to have their

wounds dressed—the African had a contused and punctured

wound on the ball of the great toe: the forearm of the Indian

was superficially lacerated. When they brought up the body of

the culprit, which I had decided in my mind would prove to be a

Serval cat, as I thought it unlikely the two men would without

weapons have overpowered a Leopard cub. But to my astonish-

ment the draggled carcase was that of a rather small, old, Civet!

‘*The men said there had been two of them.

‘“‘T should think undoubted instances of unprovoked assault by

a Civet on mankind must be rare.

““G. D. Hate Carpenter, M.D.,

Capt. Uganda Med. Service.”

“On the Central Railway of ex-German Kast Africa,

17 miles W. of Tabora,

December 12, 1917.”

192 A CHATODONT FISH WITH ARABIC CHARACTERS,

Professor E. W. MacBripz, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., gave

an account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of his recent investi-

gations into the development of the Sea- Urchin (Hchinocardiuwm

cordatun.).

: March 5th, 1918.

Dr. A. SmiraH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. D. Sera Smiru, F.Z.S., exhibited skins of the Hoatzin

(Opisthocomus cristatus), and described the habits and distribu-

tion of the species, illustrating his remarks with lantern-slides.

A Chetodont Fish with Markings resembling Arabic

Characters.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited photo-

graphs of an Indo-Pacific Cheetodont Fish (Holacanthus sema-

circulatus Cuv. et Val.). Two of these had been sent to him

by Major H. R. Cartwright, Commandant of Police, Zanzibar ;

Text-figure 1].

they were of a specimen that had been sold in the fish-market

for a penny; the man who bought it was going to eat it and cut

off the tail and threw it on the ground; another man picked it

up and called out that it had writing on it, and, indeed, on one

side of the caudal fin was written in old Arabic characters

* Laillaha Mlalah” (There is no God but Allah) and on the

other side “Shani-Allah” (A warning sent from Allah). The

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 193

news caused great excitement in the market place; the fish

changed hands at rapidly increasing prices until 5000 rupees was

offered ; the fish was regarded as sacred and Major Cartwright,

who put it in formalin for the owner and had it photographed,

thought it might become the object of pilgrimages.

The other photographs exhibited by Mr. Regan were of ex-

amples of this species in the collection of the British Museum

(Natural History), and illustrated the changes in coloration that

take place during growth. In young specimens the ground-

colour is almost black, the body is crossed by a few curved white

stripes, and the posterior half of the caudal fin isclear. In larger

fish 3 or 4 inehes long the general ground-colour is paler, but is

dark-spotted ; the stripes have increased in number by the addi-

tion of narrow ones between the original ones, and still narrower

ones between these, so that there may be as many as 24 stripes

instead of the original 6; also the posterior part of the tail is

now darked and is crossed by 3 pale stripes, of which the posterior

2 may be discontinuous or connected or replaced by Jongitudinal

bars ; it is these which may simulate Arabic characters: This

stage was described as Holacanthus alternans Cuv. & Val., and

from now onwards the ground-colour becomes paler and the dark

spots better defined, the pale stripes disappear anteriorly, and

posteriorly still increase in number but break up into spots and

vermiculations, so that a fish of seven inches long has quite a

different appearance, and indeed was described by Bleeker as

a distinct species, H. lepidolepis.

March 19th, 1918.

Dr. A. Smrra Weoopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the Additions

made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February

1918 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during

the month of February were 19 in number. Of these 14 were

acquired by presentation, and 5 were received on deposit.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 71.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

ioc

2 Stanley Cranes (Tetrapteryx paradisea), from South Africa,

and one Black-necked Crowned Crane (Salearica pavonina),

from West Africa, presented by W. H. St. Quintin, F.Z.S., on

February 21st. ;

1 American Bison (Bison americanus), from N. America,

deposited on February 15th.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XIII. tes

194 ON FOSSIL ROSTRAL TEETH OF SAW-FISHES.

April 9th, 1918.

Dr. A. Smrrx Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Srcrerary read the following Report on the Additions

made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March

1918 ;—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March were 31 in number. Of these 23 were acquired

by presentation, 6 were received on deposit, 1 by purchase, and

1 in exchange. .

The member of departures during the same period, Jy death

and removals, was 93.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

WO: 8 .

1 Junegle-Cat (felis chaws) -—, from India, purchased on

March 9th.

2 Hog-Deer (Awis porcinus), ¢ 9, from India, deposited on

March 5th.

1 King Penguin (Aptenodytes patagonica), from South Georgia,

received in exchange on March 19th.

Miss L. E. Cursesman, Assistant Curator of Insects, exhibited

specimens of an East-African homopterous insect, Jéyraa nigro-

cincta, sent by the Curator of the Museum at Nairobe.

Special interest is attached to these insects by reason of their

habit of clustering in colonies on a plant-stem in imitation of the

inflorescence. There is a coloured form and a green form of

the adult insect, and when the latter are found clustering on the

apex of the flower-spike, they bear an extraordinary resemblance

to unopened buds.

An interesting account of a similar species was published by

Dr. Gregory in his book ‘The Great Rift Valley,’ with a sketch

of the insects. They have also been figured in a paper read by

Mr. Hinde before the Entomological Society in 1902.

Dr. A..Smira Woopwarp, V.P.Z.S., exhibited fossil rostral

teeth of Hopristis and Pristis, and referred to the progressive

changes in the rostral teeth of the Pristide, or saw-fishes, during

geological time. In the Cretaceous genus, Sclerorhynchus, these

teeth only differ from the ordinary shagreen in their enlargement

and the elongation of their apical portion. Their pulp- cavity is

restricted to the basal half, and the distal portion is traversed by

several very irregular large vascular canals, mainly longitudinal

in direction. In the genus Hopristis, not known later than the

ON FUR SALES IN THE UNITED STATES. 195

Kocene period, the teeth are still loosely ranged along the edge of

the rostrum, not in deep sockets ; but their structure is nearly

that of Pristis, the vascular canals being only much more irregular

and not yet clearly the centres of well-marked hexagonal prisms.

Pristis itself, with the rostral teeth in deep sockets, and with the

well-known prismatic structure, ranges from the Hocene period

onwards.

Mr. G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S8., exhibited the head of a Hydro-

cyon goliath Blgr., from the Congo, a fish attaining a length of

four feet, the largest and most formidable representative of a

genus of the family Characinide inhabiting the principal rivers

‘of Africa. The Nile species is known as the Kelp-el-Bahr, or

River-dog, of the Arabs, and a third species, common in the

Zambesi and Limpopo systems, is called Tiger-fish by the

colonists. .

* The object of this exhibition was to show the enormous shark-

like teeth to which special interest attaches owing to a recent

publication by Dr. Eastman, who has pointed out their close

sunilarity to the fossils known as Onchosaurus Gervais (originally

referred to the Mosasaurs), [schyrhiza Leidy, and Gigantichthys

Dames, which appears to indicate the existence of the Characinidz

as far back as the Upper Cretaceous, a range in time which

Mr. Boulenger had predicted as probable thirteen years ago, and

whieh is of special importance in explaining the present distri-

bution of this family *.

April 23rd, 1918.

A. Ezra, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. D. Sera Surra, Curator of Birds, exhibited and made ~

remarks on a Zulu Head-dress made of the plumes of the male

Long-tailed Whydah, Chere progne.

The Secretary called attention to an advertisement that had

recently appeared in the London Press, announcing Fur Sales by

Public Auction about to take ‘place in the United States. The

sales in question were only examples of what took place annually

in London and other important commercial centres. The numbers

advertised were smaller than usual, no doubt on account of

the War, but they included very large quantities of animals the

* Of. C. R. Ac. Sci. Paris, elxvi. 1918, p. 197.

196 ON SPECIMENS AFFECTED WITH RICKETs.

extinction of which could not be far distant, unless measures

were carried out to protect them. Inthe opinion of the speaker,

which was confirmed by the Meeting, there was urgent need for

drastic measures to protect Mammals. The protection of Birds

appealed to popular sentiment, and was zealously advocated by

many influential organisations. The danger that threatened

Mammals was even greater, and, on account of their higher

intelligence and tore sensitive nervous organisation, the cruelty

involved in the methods of hunting, trapping, and killing them

was incomparably greater.

Professor Woop-Jongs, F.Z.8., Honorary Acting Prosector,

exhibited and made remarks on specimens from the Prosectorium

illustrating the effects of Rickets. He also exhibited a set of

anatomical preparations useful for teaching purposes, made from

material obtained from the Society’s Collection.

No. 175.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON*

February 5th, 1918.

Dr. A. Surrm Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Srcrerary read a Report on the Additions to the

Menagerie in the months of November and December, 1917.

Mr. D. Sera Suiru, F.Z.S8., Curator of Birds, exhibited and

made remarks on a series of lantern-slides made from photo-

graphs of Reptiles taken in the Gardens, directing special

attention to those showing feeding habits of the Black Cribo

(Oxyrhopus cletia), which attacks and devours poisonous snakes,

The Secrerary read a letter from Mr. Tos. E. WuirenEap

containing observations on the wild Dingo of Australia.

A paper by Professor B. L. Buaria and Barni ,Prasnap

(communicated by Lieut.-Colonel J. Srepumnson, D.Sc., 1.M.S.,

¥.Z.8.), entitled the “ Skull of Rana tigrina Daud., was read.

Mr. G. A. BovuLrenesr, F.R.8., F.Z.8., presented his paper

entitled “ Description of a new Snake of the genus Oligoedon,

from Upper Burma.”

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday fcllowing the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Sza Shillings per annum, payable in advance,

Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S., exhibited specimens of two rare

South African Golden Moles. The one was described as a new

species of Bematiscus, B. lesche. Hitherto the Giant Moles of

the Hastern Cape Colony have been referred to B. trevelyant, but

the present type from St. Cuthberts, Isolo, differs from B. tre-

velyani and agrees with B. transvaalensis and B. villosa in having

the temporal bulla markedly projecting from the side of the

skull. The skull measures 35°6 mm.in length and 21-4 mm. in

width, being thus very appreciably smaller than B. trevelyant.

The other specimen exhibited was one of the rare mole

Chrysochloris sclutert. Hitherto it has been only known from

the Nieuwveld and from Basutoland—localities 350 miles apart.

The present specimen was from New Bethesda, 130 miles nearer

to Basutoland than the original locality.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, February 19th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

The development of Hchinocardiwm cordatum.

Captain G. D. Hate Carpenter, M.D.

African Civet attacking Eimer Beings. (Communi-

cated by Professor Poulton, F.R.S.)

L. A. Lantz (Moscow).

Reptiles from the River Tajan. (Communicated by G. A.

Boulenger, F.R.S., F.Z.S.)

The following papers have been received :—

Miss Maupu L. W. Cuzcuorn, F.Z.8., F.LS., F.E.S.

First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and Invisible

Characters in Silkworms.

R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S8.

On the External Characters of the Lemurs and Jarsius.

Dr. R. W. SHUFELDT, C.M.Z.S.

Notes on the Osteology of the Young of the Hoatzin

(Opisthocomus cristatus) and other points on its Morphology.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society or LonpDON,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

February 12th, 1918.

No. 176.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

February 19th, 1918.

Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The SecreTary read a Report on the Additions to the

Menagerie in the month of January, 1918.

Dr. SurraH Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., exhibited a copy of

an incised drawing of a hunted deer, pierced by arrows, made by

Paleolithic man in the cave of La Peha, San Roman de Candamo,

Asturias, Spain. It was lately published by Dr. Hernandez-

Pacheco in no. 17 of the memoirs of the Spanish commission on

prehistoric investigations.

A letter, communicated by Professor Pouuroy, F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

was read from Captain G. D. Hale Carpenter, M.D., giving an

account of a case which had come under his personal observation

in which an African Civet attacked human beings.

A paper by L. A. Lantz of Moscow, communicated by Mr. G.

A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., F.Z.8., describing a collection of reptiles

made in Transcaspia and now in the Zoological Museum of

Moscow University, was read.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.

Professor E. W. MacBripsz, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., gave

an account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of his recent investi-

gations into the development of the Sea-Urehin (Zchinocardium

cordatum).

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, March 5th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

On the External Characters of the Lemurs and Tarsius.

(illustrated by lantern-slides. )

Sir Guorce F. Hampson, _ Bt EGS.

A Classification of the Tae raliden, Subfamily Hypsotropine.

The following Paper has been received :—

ss Na Sol Ue SOON ae le A

First Report. on the ess of Visible and Invisible

Characters in Silkworms.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonpon,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

February 26th, 1918.

No: 1'7'7,

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

March 5th, 1918.

Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. D. Sera Sirs, F.Z.S., exhibited skins of the Hoatzin

(Opisthocomus cristatus), and described the habits and distribu-

tion of the species, illustrating his remarks with lantern-slides.

Mr, R. I. Pocock, F.R.8., F.Z.S., gave an account of his

communication entitled “On the External Characters of the

Lemurs and Zursius.” The observations recorded were based,

except in the case of Yarsius, upon specimens that had lived in

the Society’s Gardens. ‘They related chiefly to the muzzle, the

ear, vibrisse, hands and feet, and the perineal organs. The

author, in conclusion, stated his opinion that Zarsius should be

removed from the Lemuroid Primates and classified with the

Monkeys. He proposed to divide the Primates into two primary

sroups, the Strepsirhini for the Lemurs and the Haplorhini for

Tarsius and the rest, the Haplorhini being further divided into

the Tarsioidea for Tarsius-and the Pithecoidea for Monkeys,

Apes, and Man.

A communication from Sir Grorece F. Hampson, Bt., F.Z.8.,

contained a classification of the Hypsetropine which the Author

described as a rather obscure group of the Pyralide, of very

uniform appearance and differing chiefly in structure.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on

the day of publication at the price of Simpence, or, if desired, sent post-free

for the sum of Stix Shillings per annum, payable in advance,

Mr. C. Tarr Recan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited photo-

graphs of an Indo-Pacific Cheetodont Fish (Holacanthus semi-

circulatus Cuv. et Val.). Two of these had been sent to him

by Major H. R. Cartwright, Commandant of Police, Zanzibar ;

they were of a specimen that had been sold in the fish-market

for a penny; the man who bought it was going to eat it and cut

off the tail and threw it on the ground; another man picked it

up and called out that it had writing on it, and indeed on one

side of the caudal fin was written in old Arabic characters

*‘Laillaha Illalah”—There is no God but Allah—and on the

other side ‘‘Shani-Allah”—A warning sent from Allah. The

news caused great excitement in the market place; the fish

changed hands at rapidly increasing prices until 5000 rupees was

offered ; the fish was regarded as sacred and Major Cartwright,

who put it in formalin for the owner and had it photographed,

thought it might become the object of pilgrimages.

The other photographs exhibited by Mr. Regan were of ex-

amples of this species in the collection of the British Museum

(Natural History), and illustrated the changes in coloration that

take place during growth. In young specimens the ground-

colour is almost black, the body is crossed by a few curved white

stripes, and the posterior half of the caudal fin isclear. In larger

fish 3 or 4 inches long the general ground-colour is paler, but is

dark-spotted ; the stripes have increased in number by the addi-

tion of narrow ones between the original ones, and still narrower

ones between these, so that there may be as many as 24 stripes

instead of the original 6; also the posterior part of the tail is

now darked and is crossed by 3 pale stripes, of which the posterior

2 may be discontinuous or connected or replaced by longitudinal

bars; it is these which may simulate Arabic characters. This

stage was described as Holacanthus alternans Cuv. & Val., and

from now onwards the ground-colour becomes paler and the dark

spots better defined, the pale stripes disappear anteriorly, and

posteriorly still increase In number but break up into spots and

vermiculations, so that a fish of seven inches. long has quite a

different appearance, and indeed was described by Bleeker as

1 distinct species, 7. lepidolepis.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, March 19th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

Dr. S; B. Harmer, M.A, Se.D., ER.S., E.Z.S.

Notes on Cetacea Sanaa on the Been Coasts during the

last Five Yeavrs.

Miss Mavps LL. W. CLEGHORN, Ase, ally S., F.H.S.

First R report on the Inheritance of Visible and Invisible

Characters in Silkworms.

The following Paper has been received :—

. Th . BRANISLAV Perron! TEVICS.

_ Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont Rep-

iles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

=F Secretary.

ZootocicaL Soctery or Lonpon,

REGENT’S Park, Lonpon, N.W.8

March 12th, 1918.

No. 178.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

March 19th, 1918.

Dr. A. SmirH WoopwarD, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Srecrerary read a Report on the Additions to the

Menagerie in the month of February, 1918.

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., V.P., gave an account, illustrated

by lantern-slides, on observations made on Cetacea stranded on

the British Coast during the last five years.

A paper by Miss Maupe L. W. CrscHorn, F.Z5., entitled

“First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and Invisible

Characters in Silkworms,” was communicated.

ee ee

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Siapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, April 9th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

G. A. Boutencsr, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a head of the Charasinid Fish, Wydrocyon

goliath.

Miss J. B. Procrmr, F.Z.8.

On the Variation of the Pit- Viper, Lachesis atrow.

The following Paper has been received :—

Dr.

Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont

Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Socrety oF Lonpon,

ReEGENtT’s Parg, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

March 26th, 1918.

No. 179.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

April 9th, 1918.

Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Secrerary read a Report on the Additions to the

Menagerie in the month of March, 1918.

Miss CurrsmMAn, Acting Curator of Insects, exhibited and

made remarks on examples of the Hast African Plant-bug,

Tiymeea nigrocincta, sent from the Nairobi Museum.

Dr. A. Smite Woopwarb, F.R.S8., V.P.Z.S., exhibited fossil

rostral teeth of the Sawfishes Hophristis and Pristis, and referred

to the progressive changes in the rostral teeth of the Pristide

during geological time.

Mr. G. A. Boutrencrr, F.R.S., exhibited the head of an

example of Hydrocyon goliath, Blgr., from the Congo, a fish

attaining the length of four feet. The object of the exhibition

was to show the enormous shark-like teeth, to which special

interest attaches, owing to a similarity, recently pointed out by

Dr. Eastman, to fossil teeth occurring in the Upper Cretaceous,

which would appear to indicate the existence of Characinide in

that geological epoch, a range in time which Mr. Boulenger had

predicted as probable thirteen years ago.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

Mr. G. A. BouLenGER also, in the absence of the author, gave

an account of a communication by Miss J. Proctor, F.Z.S.,

entitled ‘“‘On the Variation of the Pit-Viper, Lachesis atrow.”

The paper dealt with the variation of the principal characters of

the Central and South American Pit-Viper, Lachesis atro« L.,

of which she regarded ZL. lanceolatus Lacep. as a synonym, and

L. affins Gray, jararaca Wied, and jararacussu Lacerda, as

varieties. She laid special stress on the different patterns of

markings, discussing their evolution and regarding that shown

by the more northern form, Z. affinis, as the most primitive,

from which all others could be derived. ;

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, April 23rd, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

Report on the Deaths in the Gardens during the Year 1917.

Prof, Woop-Jonus, F.4.8., Acting Honorary Prosector.

Exhibition of specimens illustrating the effects of Rickets.

The following Papers have been received :—

Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS.

Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont

Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus.

Miss DororHeA M. A. Bate.

On a new Genus of extinct Muscardine Rodent from the

Balearic Islands. (Communicated by Dr. A. Smith Woodward,

HeEVeS si ly Zi)

a 8 2 i

, Scientific Meetings should — i

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZoouocicaL Society or Lonpon, .

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

April 16th, 1918.

vyouas

Bhi selene

No. 180.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

April 23rd, 1918.

A. Ezra, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. D. Sera Smirn, Curator of Birds, exhibited and made

remarks on a Zulu Head-dress made of the plumes of the male

~ Long-tailed Whydah, Chere progne.

The Secretary (Dr. P. CoAatmers Mircwett, D.Sec., LL.D.,

F.R.S.) called attention to an advertisement that had recently

appeared in the London Press, announcing Fur Sales by Public

Auction about to take place in the United States. The sales in

question were only examples of what took place annually in

London and other important commercial centres. The numbers

advertised were smaller than usual, no doubt on account of the

War, but they included very large quantities of animals the

extinction of which could not be far distant, unless measures

were carried out to protect them. Inthe opinion of the speaker,

which was confirmed by the Meeting, there was urgent need for

drastic measures to protect Mammals. The protection of Birds

appealed to popular sentiment, and was zealously advocated by

many influential organisations. The danger that threatened

Mammals were even greater, and, on account of their higher

intelligence and more sensitive nervous organisation, the cruelty

involved in the methods of hunting, trapping, and killing them

was incomparably greater.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

Professor Wcoop-Jonnus, F.Z.8., Honorary Acting Prosector,

exhibited and made remarks on specimens from the Prosectorium

illustrating the effects of Rickets. He also exhibited a set of

anatomical preparations useful for teaching purposes, made from

material obtained from the Society’s Collection.

Dr. A. J. Murray, F.Z.S., Acting Honorary Pathologist to

the Society, gave a Report, illustrated by lantern-slides, of the

sauses of deaths in the Gardens during the year 1917.

A vote of thanks was passed to Professor Woop-Jonrs and

Dr. Murray for their very valuable services to the Society.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, May 7th, 1918, at 5.380 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

KB. Heron-Auuen, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

Lantern exhibition of the Arenaceous Foraminifera ‘of the

Genus Thurammina.

Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS.

Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont

Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus.

Miss DororHEa M. A. Bate.

Ona new Genus of extinct Muscardine Rodent from the

Balearic Islands. (Communicated by Dr. A. Smith Woodward,

EMIRIS IN eEZ.5%)

List of Papers in hand :—

C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S., F.R.S.

“ Freshwater Fish as Food,” to be taken at the Meeting on

May 28.

Nort Taytor, B.Sc. London.

A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta viridis.

(Communicated by Prof. J. P. Hill, F.Z.8., F.R.S.)

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZooLoGicaAL Society or Lonpon,

ReGent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

April 30th, 1918.

No. 181.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,*

May 7th, 1918.

Prof. E. W MacBripg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex-

hibited and remarked on a number of molar teeth of Elephants,

either shed by animals in the Society’s menagerie or removed

after death.

Mr. E. Huron- Aten, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.8., gave a lantern

exhibition of Arenaceous Foraminifera of the genus Thurammina.

Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., 1n the absence of

the authors, gave an account of the two following Papers :—

Dr. BranisLAv PETRONIEVICS.

Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont

Reptiles Gomphoynathus: and Cynognathus. (Communicated

by C. W. Andrews, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.)

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Scapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Ser Shallings per annum, payable in advance.

Miss Dorornea M. A. Bare.

pote aed oe eee

On a new Genus of extinct Muscardine Rodent from the

Balearic Islands. (Communicated by Dr. A.Smith Woodward,

Idols Wot e/ASs))

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, May 28th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

Nort Taytor, B.Sc. London.

A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta viridis.

(Communicated by Prof. J. P. Hill, F.Z.S., F.R.S.)

C. Tate Reean, M.A., F.Z.8., F.R.S.

“ Freshwater Fish as Food,” illustrated by lantern-slides.

The following Paper has been received :—

Moruey Roserts.

The Function of Pathology in Evolution. (Communicated

by the Secretary.)

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society of Lonpon,

ReEGENt’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

May 14th, 1918.

No. 182.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON®*

May 28th, 1918.

Dr. S. F. Harmer, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Secretary read a list of additions to the Menagerie in the

month of April 1918.

Professor J. P. Hitt, F.R.S., communicated a memoir in which

the author, Mr. Norn Tayror, B.Sc., described a case of herma-

phroditism in the Green Lizard, Lacerta viridis.

Mr. CG. Tave Rrean, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., gave an account,

illustrated by lantern-slides, of the Freshwater Fishes of Great

Britain, with special reference to their value as food, and to the

possibilities of increasing their economic use.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shil/ings per annum, payable in advance.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, June Ilth, 1918, at 5.380 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :—

A. SmitH Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

On Two new Hlasmobranch Fishes from the Upper Jurassic

Lithographic Stone of Bavaria.

Mortry Roserts.

The Function of Pathology in Evolution. (Communicated

by the Secretary.)

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Socrery or Lonpon,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

June Ath, 1918.

No. 188.

ABSTRACT. OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

TOOMOCICAL SOCIERY OF LONDON. *

June 11th, 1918.

A. Ezra, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The SecrErary read a list of additions to the Menagerie in the

month of May, 1918.

Lt.-Col. 8S. Moncxron Copeman, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., described

observations he had made in Primrose Hill, London, N.W., ona

colony of Burrowing Bees (Andrena fulva).

Dr. A. SmrraH Woopwarp, LU.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., gave an

account of his memoir entitled “On Two new Elasmobranch

Fishes from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone of Bavaria.”

Mr. Mortey Roperts read a paper entitled ‘‘ The Function of

Pathological States in Evolution.”

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Siapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Siz Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, November 5th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m. An

announcement of the Papers to be taken will be issued at the

end of October. :

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpvon,

ReEGENt’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

June 18th, 1918.

Behitions aad Notices (continued).

_ Mr. G. A. Bounenaer, F.R.S. Exhibition of the head of a Congo Fish, Aydrocyon

PRR ease et rec he MMe g ame rata nie) Nissiete als a 2 ae w/aio oS alec Bd eevee s eles

: Mr. D. Sura Smrra, B.ZS., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Zulu

Hllea ded ressav cere petite reat are muelake atte s ive thes es Genta eae

ar. P. Onatmers Mrrcnept, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society, Remarks on an advyertise-

ment announcing Fur Sales in the United States ..

Professor Woon-J onus, F.Z.8., Honorary Acting Prosector. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, specimens from the Prosectorium illustrating the effects of Rickets.. ...

PAPERS.

. Skull of Rana tigrina Daud. By B. L. Buatia, M.Sc., and Bart Prasuap, M.Sc.

(Assistant Professors of Zoology, Government College, Lahore). Chex depe es 1-9.)

. Description of a new Snake of the Genus ae from Upper evan By G. A.

Boutmneur, F.R.S., 7.2.8. (Text-figure 1.) .

. Reptiles from the River Tajan (Transcaspia). By L. A. Lantz. (Plate 1.)

. On the External Characters of the Hemors and of Tarsus. By R. I. Pococw, F.R.S.

(hext-femnest UG) ee ccars cc eta se eiaceie 0

. A Classification of the Pyranip#, subfamily Hypsorropinaw. By Sir Guorce Hampson,

BEAU etek te 21S cos yee once che etched ala Vay ec ciaeelc malls ie ode Garcia ese ew «ale a kajeimi oc cade ta 3

. First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and Inyisible Characters in Silkworms.

By Miss Mavpr L, Cuzenorn, F.Z.8., F.L.S., F.E.S.......- PR Riot bape tance ataenepe terete.

Notes on Oetacea stranded on the British Coasts during 1913-1917. By Sipney F.

Harmer, Se.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Keeper of Zoology in the British Museum (Natural

History) 0.0.5 sec e cee eee e ce nce tee ee eee eee ee eet ee ee te ence tees

On the Variation of the Pit- Viper, Lachesis atrox. By Miss Joan B. Procrnr, F.Z.S.

lexi mauasael Oe ho oats aes'c leis ors cy ay aa’ ataled ob ecaterieey ed opesere oh eka, aterenel Was ekg, ak giecainy eae

9. Report on Deaths of Animals in the Gardens in 1917. By J. A. Murray, M.D.,

B.Se., F.Z.S., Director, Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Pathologist to the Society. .

Titlepage ..... od aera bd CO hbee ooMeae bay bole GN aDDunin oc b wees cio cere ole ain niee ono a

estcesy C ommeilWand Officers, sc. .a i. eal aes ke viet SMM one Sa sci s/c wate. deity orcs aele ei winse soe

rst Of @ombents cies. 20 si) slecnia ees Senn UGE oon enn idea wee

_ Alphabetical List of Contributors .......

PRON overen sot Bele

Page

bai

133

147

163

PLATE,

1918, Parts I. & II. (pp. 1-196).

Plate Page

I. 1. Gymnodactylus mierolepis, sp.n., 3, River Tajan. 2. G. fedt-

schenkoit Str., $; Samarkand. 3. G. caspius Hichw., 2} ily

Lah leiphow or, seg aneocucOdtddenecasniooddedenec sce

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively;

so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1917, p...-. The Distribution

is usually as follows, but on account of war conditions Parts I. & IL. are

published simultaneously and Parts III. & IV. will probably be similarly

issued :-—

Part I. issued in March.

pissed bl I sis June.

eens Pe September.

VOLVER oe December,

‘ Proceedings,’ 1917, Parts III. & IV. (pp. 217-338), were published

together on February 19th, 1918.

The Abstracts of the ‘Proceedings, Nos. 175-1983, are

‘contained in this Part;

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

1918, pp. 197-310,

owirn 2 Puares and 30 Trex'-rigures.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

Lyle Le

OF THE

COUN CTE AND) 0 Eh TCinks

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1918.

Patron.

His Masestry Tue Kine.

COUNCIL.

His Grace Tue Duke or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.

Tue Hon. Cecit Barine, M.A.

Ricnarp H. Burne, Ksq.,

M.A.

Lr.-Cot. 8. Monckton Cope-

MAN, M.D., F.R.S.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq.,

Treasurer.

ALFRED Ezra, Esq., Vice-

President.

Carr. HAroip 8. FERGUSON.

Cart. Hueco SS. GLApDsrone,

M.A.

Srpney F. Harmer, Esq., M.A.,

Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Pror. JAMES P. Hitt, D.Sc.,

RRS:

Witi1amM Huntsman, Esa.

Sir Epmunp G. Loperr, Br.,

Vice-President.

Pror, Ernest W. MacBripe,

IDJSie5 IODIDE, TRS, Wea

President.

Con. Sir A. Henry McManon,

G.C.M.G., K.C.1.E.,G.C.V.O.,

C.S8.1.

P. Cuatmers Mircuett, Esq.,

CBS MEAS DSc, dnilaoe

F.R.S., Secretary.

Aprian D. W. Pottocg, Esa.

THE LoRD QUEENBOROUGH.

THe Marquess or Siico, F.S.A.,

Vice-President.

AuBYN TReEvor-Battys, Hsq.,

M.A.

Antuony H. WINGFIELD, Esq.

A. SmirH Woopwarp, Ksq.,

LL.D. F.R.S., Vice-Pre-

sident.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuatmers Mircuett, C.B.E., M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary.

R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and

Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.

D, Sera-Surru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.

Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencrr, Curator of Reptiles.

Prof. H. Maxweti Lerroy, Curator of Insects.

JouNn Barrow, Accountant.

W. H. Coun, Chief Clerk.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1918, pp. 197-510.

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of the

TNO E HAG dy OH, LONE TENTS. soannosmocandsnonqdoncdnonananapous

Mr. E. Heron-Atten, F.LS., F.R.M.S., F.Z.8. Lantern-

exhibition of Arenaceous Foraminifera..............+09°

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of April, 1918............

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Account, illus-

trated by lantern-slides, of the Freshwater Fishes of

(Gineaite Puerta sare ca es teat toes bess duatehenrees qe ncisteasleceene ate

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of May, 1918 ............

Lt.-Col. 8. Monckton Cormman, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a colony of Burrow-

mg) Beeson Primmose EG 2 ieee sere eso steel 2=-=s eer

The Srcretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,

and) Seprembers, MOUS iy seesee sere mee dete cet seni sane

Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals.

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. E. Gerrard, of the skin

of an abnormally coloured Red Deer....................-

Prof. H. M. Lrerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects.

Account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of Wheat

Wieevaliim, Atustraliqneameemens: out cementetes deeens eke wah on

303

304

306

307

Mr. D. Seru-Suiru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition

of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Cockatoo .........

Dr. R. T. Lereer, M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8. Lantern-exhibition

on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections....... jiteaasaoemnen

Dr. R. T. Lerrer, M.D., D.S8c., F.Z.S. Demonstration on

HOG) CO Tava A > IROOM A CMENSS codsocachsoosodoonosoogseucnosase

Prof. H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects.

Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides from photo-

graphs taken in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney,

ING Sp Wralest eo es cas tevaiasise a tamesdeauseaneacen conan

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of October, 1918.........

Miss K. Lanner, F.Z.S. Description and exhibition of the

method of preparing skeletons by the use of trypsin...

Mr. KE. Hatscuex. Description and exhibition of investi-

gations into the forms assumed by drops and vortices

of gelatinan, various coapulamts) ka. -cy.sececeessn oe

Prof. F. Woov-Jonzs, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a cast and set

of Rontgen-ray photographs taken from a Chimpanzee

which had died from pulmonary tuberculosis .........

PAPERS.

10. Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont

Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus. By Dr.

Branistav Perrontevics. (‘Text-figures 1-8.).........

11. On a new Genus of Extinct Muscardine Rodent from

the Balearic Islands. By Dosoruza M. A. Bare,

Hon. M.B.O.U. (Plate I. and Text-figures 1 & 2.)...

12. A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta

viridis. By Nort TaytEr, B.Sc. (Lond.). (From

the Zoological Department, University of London,

University College.) (Text-figures 1-3.)

e@ececcosetrcecee

Page

308

309

310

197

209

Page

13. On two new Elasmobranch Fishes (Crossorhinus juras-

sicus, sp. nov., and Protospinax annectaws, gen. et sp.

nov.) from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone

of Bavaria. By Arruur S.1ra Woopwarp, LL.D.,

ESV Zi Sie i (blabe Ws) aiense toe cece als Seltcwie ects 231

14. The Function of Pathological States in Evolution. By

WWloveroimie ISOS Sechonsned bang bostoodonepe none soSopHodGosOC 237

15. Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918. By

Sir EpmMunp G, Loprr, Bart., Vice-President Z.S. ... 255

16. On the Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus

Blgr. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S., F.Z.8. ......... 257

17. Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the

Ctenophore Plewrobrachia pileus Fabr. By JAmEs

FE. Gemmitt, M.A., M.D., D.Sec., F.Z.8. (Text-

figumes MG e oii arse tera te Hicotrias alt wis.stuac eile) coe casera 263

18. On Seymouria, the most primitive known reptile. By

D. M. 8. Watson, M.Sec., Capt. R.A.F., Lecturer

in Vertebrate Paleontology, University College,

ond ones (Rext— heures ll O)) nen ansctcne ie cmie ee err 267

Alphabetical MliistroteContriloutiors.....-sce se eceeee ests nee vii

TIsaVG Kp Ge sees OR oe cD bs SNR DREN RMR nn nen Xl

ALPHABETICAL LIST

OF THK

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1918, pp. 197-310.)

‘Bare, Miss Dororura M. A., Hon. M.B.0.U.

On a new Genus of Extinct Muscardine Rodent from

the Balearic Islands. (Plate I. and Text-figures 1 & Ze) eee

Bouencer, G.'A., F.R.S., F.ZS.

On the Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus

Bl great sore te. Rh. att cee wth otk BREN AY. ase gars

CoPEMAN, ew! S. Monckton, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a colony of Burrow-

ime: ees onmlrimmrosen RW h. Javan anusestte oo ae fer sto se simi

GemniLL, James F., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S.

Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the Cteno-

phore Pleurobrachia pileus Fabr. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)...

Harscuen, E.

Description and exhibition of investigations into the

forms assumed by drops and vortices of gelatin in various

GODPAWETMIS! condeodovogboce 21020085 scospeanabbccebdddsdodoouduouddod

Herron- Aven, E., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

Lantern-exhibition of Arenaceous Foraminifera Wee Sai

Page

209

257

304

263

vili

Lanper, Miss K., F.Z.S.

‘

Description and exhibition of the method of preparing

skeletons) bythe mse) Of biryPSiMen resem eee eee reeeeere

Lerroy, Prof. H. M., F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects.

Account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of Wheat Weevil

IIa VAS SEP ALIA saad Sonia vain esain a erslec ore aes aceon ems dace sree

Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides from photo-

graphs taken in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney, N.S.

Wig OS? ok iic bin simak Be Ne Ree Renn RNC aree AR PeRoRie Ae tein aa cos fay dec

Lerrrr, Dr. R. T., F.Z.S.

Lantern-exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth Infec-

Lover, Sir Epmunp G., Bart., Vice-President Z.S.

Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918 ......

. Mrircuett, P. Caatmers, C.B.E., M.A., LL.D., F.RB.S.,

F.Z.S., Seeretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of April, 1918 .................seeeeeeee eee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of May, 1918 ...............:.eseeeenee eee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the months of June, July, August, and September,

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of October, 1918 ................--...:..0e.

Perronievics, Dr. BRANISLAY.

Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cyno-

dont Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus. (Text-

HIATT SSIES ha aedgn6 sn cdoaSooso0eOs c6-<dohqn0n6dboq9s0856 205655456

Page

310

307

309

308

255

303

304

306

309

Pocock, R. I., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals.

Exhibition of a series of the molar teeth of Elephants.

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. E. Gerrard, of the skin

of an abnormally coloured Ked Deer ........................

Reean, C. Tats, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Account, illustrated. by lantern-slides, of the Fresh-

water Hishes of (Great Britain (77 .-r.4o4e. 751 er-eeee see

Roperrs, MoRLeEy.

The Function of Pathological States in Evolution......

Seru-SmirH, D., F.Z.S., Curator of Birds.

Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a _ hybrid

CoCKACOO aaa ree Na pe iaa eRe aE Ua Fa its Gg Sopa

TayterR, Nogx, B.Sc. (Lond.).

A Case of Hermaphroditism ima Lizard, Lacerta

wUPuaS. . (Okessteiinamn gs WS.) ace sees suonadNeeeeuicrounensecener

Watson, D. M.S., M.Se., Capt. R.A.F.

On Seymowria, the most primitive known reptile.

(ext io me sl NG 2). eh ak renee een naar Aisne eto ee aay ace

W oov- Jones, Prof. F., F Z.S.

Exhibition of a cast and set of Rontgen-ray phote-

graphs taken from a Chimpanzee which had died from

pulmonary tuberculosisi. ayes ates cee ae eee ean

Woopwarb, Dr. A. Smirn, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

On two new Klasmobranch Fishes (Crossorhinus Juras-

sicus, Sp. nov., and Protospinax anneclans, gen. et sp. nov.)

from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone of Bavaria.

(CETERIS TTS eR eee Alin: OO cee tee eer ee |

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1918. 6

303

237

308

223

310

231

oe isa et, alae

hee : i tah ‘ . ial © ¢

ere, bes a ee

ont a eee: yy vite) lee

ro. . be hei hes auld Yo iis

a 1.) ee |

herr sie an oy

ne My ewe

| ay vn at eae

ee i), Pee elle Sa

; ; j 3 . ais

Vin ay BOR ial Mei

. . .

Ta a ; <2 any rH Ai ve cae iv i ¥ i ‘ sa rs * ‘

ieee |) i? sil me £0 ;

ak Ue ie fae ee ap Wits a oe Miah had <i a, ee

Velavlett

Diabyt e thi 2

ehaengs oo beh Haseaay, a oh

Bae Fe tle Sy . } = ea eh K roa

Dine oe tie Bi, re Hae Ai hee

\epae a RIK: nf

e > oe ais

biale

ALT hk i :

ty ° Fy tes Takacs a) Lehi rf me ; ;

me i ‘ neh v)

ae ; whoa oe inn, cs Gi i Mh

ite He A my

Sra Se ae i teceleey & bis ais age jt

; ‘ar ane H ig ie EDR siti

an ‘ bs ; x ent ie ot hs se a bi east

ef afar A tk Beet nie

_ ie oh fn

aN aes i ‘ ffs bs : er

Bae eis a ik ee we ti ie og.) " tok fate ties Reh

as He he, a PSHE

ae | . - : ee | sm

os mirlag: tke set

Nic M3 Lh iss ry

IND

EX.

1918.—Pages 197-310.

[New names in clarendon type.

Systematic references in italics.

(z.8.%.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |

_ Alligator mississippiensis (z. s. L.), 309.

Ammotragus lervia (4. s. L.), 303.

Andrena fulva, 304.

AVES:

Exhibition of a mounted specimen of

a hybrid Cockatoo, 308.

Calliope calliope (z. s.u.), 304.

Capra xgagrus (z. 8. L.), 304.

Cercopithecus ascanius (z. 8. L.), 309.

Chameleon calcaratus (z. s. L.), 304. |

Connochetes albojubatus (z. s. L.), 306. |

Crossorhinus jurassicus, sp. n., |

231.

}

Equus kiang (z. s. u.), 307.

Gecco verticillatus (z. s. u.), 507.

GEOGRAPIICANL:

Madagascar Frogs of the genus Man-

tidactylus, 257.

Hemitragus jemlaicus (z. s. u.), 307.

Hypnomys, gen. n., 210.

—— mahonensis, sp. n., 218.

—— morpheus, sp. n., 219.

Hystrix eristatus (z, s.u.), 3U7.

INSECTA :

Observations on a colony of burrowing

Bees, exhibited, 304; On Wheat

Weevil in Australia, 307.

Lacerta taurica (z. s. L.), 306.

Mammania:

On a new genus of Extinct Muscar-

dine Rodent from the Balearic

Islands : structure, systematic,

209 ; the Beavers at

Leonardslee, 255; The ages of

Elephants, as inferred from the

Molar Teeth, exhibited, 503; An

abnormally coloured Red Deer,

skin exhibited, 807; The ‘‘ New”

Rabbit demonstration,

308.

Mantidactylus ambohimitombi,

sp. n., 260.

Mo .usca:

Ciliary action in Plewrobrachia pileus,

structure, 263 ; Lantern-exhibition

of Arenaceous Foraminifera, 4503.

Morpnonoay. Sce StRUCTURE.

Myvcastor coypus (z. s. L.), 307.

Notes on

Disease,

x INDEX.

Paleornis eyanocephala (z. s. u.), 303,

PATHOLOGY.

The function of Pathological states

in Evolution, 237; Diagnosis of

Helminth infections, 308.

Pisces :

On two new Hlasmobranch Fishes:

systematic, 281; Account of the

Freshwater Fishes of

Britain, 303.

Protospinacide, fam. n., 232.

Protospinax, gen.n., 233.

—— annectans, sp. n., 233.

Python reticulatus (z. s,u.), 809.

Great

ReEpriuta :

Comparison between the lower jaws

of the Cynodont Reptiles Gompho-

gnathus and Cynognathus: struc-

ture, 197; On Hermaphroditism in

a Lizard: structure, 223; Mada-

gascar Frogs of the genus Manti-

dactylus: structure, systematic,

ZO On

primitive known reptile: structure,

267. ;

Seymouria, the most

STRUCTURE.

Mammarta: On a new genus of ex-

tinct Muscardine Rodent from the

Balearic Islands, 209.

ReprintA: Comparison between the

lower jaws of the Cynodont Rep-

Gomphognathus and Cyno-

gnathus, 197; On Hermaphro-

ditism in a Lizard, 223; Mada-

gascar Frogs of the genus Mazti-

systematic, 257; On

Seymouria, the most primitive

known reptile: structure, 267.

Motnuusea: Ciliary action in Piewro-

brachia pileus, 263.

tiles

dactylus,

Taurotragus oryx (z. 8. L.), 807.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEBT STREET,

J >: .

- ;

Gal

| ees ae

“gi

| Ba

| +2 2 se

”

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1918.

~ PARTS III. & IV.

contTaInInG Pages 197 to 310, with 2 Puiates

AND 80 TEx?-FIGURES.

S mt sentan Instityg

FEB 17 1920

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY; wae’

SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

az:

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1918, Parrs III. & IV. (pp. 197-310).

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

a series of the molar teeth of Elephants

eeoeeeer tt Coo ese ee rete veers sess ee ee ee OO oe oe

Mr. E. Heron-Autey, F.LS., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S. _Lantern-exhibition of Arenaceous

Foraminifera

Ce CC i i i er a cc ey

The Szcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month

CEPAMIEUL LOLS rine nv ter stay eketars ene nile oy wemcia ie emer av ese toate pa oe :

ee ee Se ee oe ce ts ee ee te

‘

Mr. C. Tarn Ragan, M.A., FE.R.S., F.Z.S. Account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of the

Freshwater Fishes of Great Britain .«

CC ee ee rr ary

The Secretary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month

roy Oy ea at US) ie Pease ee Olean wh Aeris ce ent NE PE ES AN Mtg ere Sen ire reins ac

Lt.-Col. S. Monexton Corzman, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a

colony of Burrowing Bees on Primrose Hill

ee ee ee ewe ee PH ee oe eco esos te SO oe ee oe oe

The Szcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months

of. June; duly, August,.and Septenfber, LOLS 7. <j. ..0).'< 22 += els ola telal (eceislan sien eens

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. E.

Gerrard, of the skin of an abnormally coloured Red Deer

ee ce eG et ce rescece PP oe ee

Prof. H. M. Lurroy, F.Z.8., Hon. Curator of Insects. Account, illustrated by lantern-

slides, of Wheat Weevil in Australia ........0+20cceeeece Aa eré we sete oS Ie

Mr. D. Surn Suiru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of a mounted specimen ofa

hybrid Oockatoo

ee ee ee wee OP ee ow ee OOH He ee wee ee eee FFF FF - seer oe sess oses

Dr. R. T. Lerezr, M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8. Lantern-exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth

Unfections ie sy ments eretecees

i ee rc |

Dr. R. T. Lurene, M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8. Demonstration on the ‘‘new” Rabbit disease

Prof. H. M. Lurroy, F.Z.8., Hon. Curator of Insects. Exhibition of a series of lantern-

slides from photographs taken in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney, N.S. Wales

Page

303

304

306

307

308

309

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tats ‘Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrns,

Mr. J. Sasrne, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the —

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

FEB 17 1920 )

Watron.

ton : Boers

HIS MAJESTY THE KING. = “a

COUNCIL ee

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., F.B.S,, President.

Tae Hon. Crci Bartne, M.A.

Ricnarp H. Burne, Esq., M.A.

Lt.-Cot. S. Moncxton-Coprman,

M.D., F.R.S.

Cuartes Drummonpn, Ese.,

Treasurer.

Aurrep Ezra, Ese., Vice-Pre-

sident.

Haro 8. Fereuson, Esa.

Carr. Hues 8. Guapsrons, M.A.

SIDNEY FREDERIC Harmer, Esa.,

MAU SCD Bh LueSss a 2ce=

President.

Pror. Jamus P. Hitt, D.Sc.,

Wiiiam Huntsman, Ese.

Str Epmunp Gites Loner, Br.,

Vice-President.

Pror. Ernest W. McBripp, D.Sc.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Cot. Str A. Henry McManov,

G.C.M.G., C.S.1.

P. CHatmers Mrrcnent, Esea.,

C.B.E., M.A., D.Sc., LL.D.,

F.RBS., Secretary.

Aprian D. W. Pottocr, Ese.

THe Lorp QuEENBOROUGH.

Tue Marauis or Srigo, F.S8.A.,

Vice-President.

AUBYN

M.A.

AntHony H. WineFIetp, Ese.

Artuur Smite Woopwaprp, Hsu.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Trevor-Bartyz, Ese.,

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It

carries out the objects of its foundation by means of its collection

of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications.

The Office of the Society, Regent’s Park, N.W.8, where all com-

munications should be sent, addressed to “The Secretary,” is open

from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at Ont p.m,

The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. F. Martin Dunean,

is open daily (except Sunday) from Ten a.m, till Five p.m. 3- On,

Saturdays, Ten a... till One p.m.

The Library is closed from Good Friday to Easter Monday, and

upon all other Bank Holidays. It is also closed annually for

cleaning purposes during the whole month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held in

the Meeting Room at the Society’s Office on the third Wednesday

of the month at 1 p.m. from November to March and at 4.30 P.M.

from April to August.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held in the Meeting

Room at the Society’s Office fortnightly on Tuesdays, except in

July, August, September, and December and January, at half-past

Five o'clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the

nearest convenient day, at Four p.m.

The Society’s Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until

Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., is the resident Super-

intendent and Curator of Mammals, Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator

of Birds and Inspector of Works, Mr. E. G. Boulenger is Curator

of Reptiles, Prof. H. M. Lefroy is Curator of Insects. Appli-

cations for anatomical material or facilities for work in the

Prosectorium should be addressed to the Secretary of the Society.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £45 in lieu thereof ; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £50.

No person can become a Frrzow until the Admission Fee and

first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for,

Frtxows elected in November and December are not liable for

the Subscription for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens upon signing

their names in the book at the entrance gate, and may introduce

- Two Companions daily.

The Wire or Hussanp of a Futtow can exercise these privileges

in the absence of the Fellow.

Until further notice, Frttows will receive 40 undated Green

Cards, available on any Sunday or week-day up to the end of

February of the year following the year of issue, and 20 White

Cards available on any week-day up to the same date. Twenty

of the Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing two

Orders for each Sunday in the year. Twenty White Cards may

be exchanged for a book of dated Week-day Orders, each Order

available for any day during the week except Sunday. Special

children’s tickets are no longer issued, but the Green and White

Cards are perforated, and each half is valid for a Child under twelve

years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign

every ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned tickets

are not available.

Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written

order or on presentation of their visiting cards.

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary

Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional

Subseription of One Guinea. ‘This Subscription is due upon the

Ist. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary

Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise

entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than

the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per

cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior

to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of ‘ The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works

and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of

One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to

42 can also be supplied. Fuil particulars of these publications can

be had on application to the Secretary.

Frettows may obtain a TraNsFeRABLE Ivory Ticker admitting

two persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of ‘Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtrow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of at least one year, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the

“dormant list,” and will then be called upon to pay an annual

subscription of £1 only during such absence, but after three years

must make a further application to be retained on that list.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty

to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the

Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with ‘The Secretary.”

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

Regent’s Park, London, N.W. 8.

March, 1919.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

MEETINGS

OF THE

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

1919.

TUESDAY, APRIL ......... 8.

ae IMAC Yoni 20s aus 13 and 27.

“ DUNE cece 17.

NY Ocropenyae: 21.

a NovEMBER...... 4 and 18.

The Chair will be taken at half-past Five o'clock precisely.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,”’ published in an octavo

form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangemeuts, the “ Proceedings”’

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are issued in’ the volumes of the

“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals described therein. Amongst such.

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a ~

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The Proceedings”’ for each year are issued in four parts, ©

paged consecutively, during the months of March, June,

September, and December*. From January 1901 they have.

been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately.

An “‘ Abstract of the Pr®ceedings ” is published by the

Society on the Tuesday following the ‘date of thé Scientific

Meeting to whichit refers. Itis “issued: along with the “ Pro-

_ ceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows “eho subscribe to

the Pu ‘blications, but it may “he obtained on the day of publi-

cation at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free

for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable i in advance.

The “Transactions ”’ contain such of the communications

made to the Scientific Meetings of the Society as,on account of

the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better

adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued

at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Annt-

versary Meeting, are entitled to receive the Society’s

Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to

purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less

than the price charged to the Public. <A further reduction

of 25 per cent. is “made upon purchases of Publications

issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of Five

Pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Zoological Record for a sum of One Pound Ten ‘Shillings

(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist. of July

in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid defore the 1st of December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of ‘the

Society already. issued.

* On account of War conditions, the Parts I. & II. and Parts III. & IV.

have been issued together, but it is hoped that normal publication will soon

be restored.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 20 vols. and Index. Price to. Price to the

Fellows. Public.

Vols. I.-IV. (out of print).

Vol. V., containing 67 Plates., (1862-66) .... 5 4 8. 619 0

Par Ne BaF OZ), “laste! | ehedA UBEG=69))eecewey lo Oyese eel SOC

OVAL} BEB LR) Me @SCO272) Re ee LO! 450i eal meme

py NALIN: Bo SZ ia ST2" 74) we Oy) Gl Soke Omi IEERO

er DK Se MT OO las oiten (UST <7aalaseee Mal Oy will Clasnce ven Geom

Pane eX. WIN ar CYTO epi On Once ts, %) ©

Wades AV oletle Xu) Mune means CEE ALO Ve Gon, O10) 0

Vol. XI, containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0

Bh TMT ALG BBY rise oe (SBE SOONE ralanliD Ge Alle a0

HRP XGLITE Ma rie SOGOU i ieea nen SOT HO5)) inal Gino me Silat

ONAVA EN oH Ny Aga util Maddecce(LBOG5O8) ioe muGen OME 10) O

Gi ey ROVE ie rh ie SSSI 90 aun orli sin Ome Gis 0)

By ML ig BE con og (EOI SII) 50 BO. C&O

PUNO ea li Men ey e903 51906) om OmIS anol 718 0

OQUNO RV Hi aces ME NE I Me A GIOO LEED) WL FOEEN Cy. 5 8 ©

Sy) PANEL sige ahh al lee: (180951910) 2210) 140 One alo mloenO)

Ve Xn Maou Smee: ALOT O =] Oy ari One Sune allo eam

yy XXI.—Part 1. (7 Plates & 12 Text-figs.)

(Cure WMG) Jogcosvocace ISO) Sao BS O ©

now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets of Vols. V._XVI. inclusive, and §

| In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society ‘|

separate papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only).

Part I. 1880-81. 1 vol. 8vo., out of print.

9 Il. 1832. v9 @eeceeoeeetetboeeoe As, 6d. @ooe 6s.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

First Serizs,

Parts 1—XV. (1833-1847). 8vo.

As. 6d. each part ;

Index 1830-1847. Price to Fellows :

Fellows :

15 vols.

(Letterpress only.)

to the Public, 6s.

As. 6d. ; to the Public, 6s.

Parts I., VIT.-IX., XI., XIV., XV., out of print.

SECOND SERIES.

Parts XVI.-XXVIII. (1848-1860). 8vo. 18 vols.

Price to Fellows:

As. 6d, ;

to the Public, 6s.

The Parts of this series containing Coloured Plates are out of print.

PROCEEDINGS

Price to

(Letterpress only.)

4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s.

Index 1848-1860. Price to Feliows:

OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only.

With Plates uncoloured.

With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows.

MS GAS HIGGS ere 5) OSii ce elieers 9s. testestN al eas ten ake SOSH OC ne

MSG OM As NG asi Meer NGS ae oe 9s. ESN Eaten cea By, Bley) seas

SGM PAS OC dee OSsareiiaicias 9s. FMD Serie wait dos. Od. .

VEGAN Nass) Ga. 2.) Oseks os Lak 9s. ES ea ee 83s. Od. soe.

MSG sa Ode eae iGsetrale rats 9s. Eb 6 BG, Wi dood

USGS ass Gass sae Osh ates 9s. ESS ae B08. Od. ....

MSG Taye aka eric yee aebeialaleysearauetees 9s. 12s.*, OB CUE Gh.

MSG SNR ae erate ural vals aiceaveke een 9s. . DAI RANE a BB Bs 545c

TSO) eh RDS iste ates Ei 7 Setanta A 9s. i Des ai Wiens 835.. 9d. vse

TASH ACHR AN CEA UR Sa HP eget 9s, 4 DO Beers ah ants 838. Od. sees

Nndex, LSGIVS87O) eis a tassiensis ays 4s, 6d..... 6s.

ey alae Met faistaiel staicevelietenode 9s. chehalenie Seer areiaiarene BoeulOau rales

DSKAA SSI TEIBUA EON Eaten ee oie laity 9s, Lea OAT gees yw O08, Da oe cis

WS hatrey eee eusrareraaveuierel wouaveievels 9s. A AS apie 30s. Od. wo...

TSW (aerate AE ROAM TG nies Bala 9s, 123.7. 363.

TESS AST ROS TN ENA ieRL SSRN ai ane 9s. ESE liens 36s.

TUG AES ACIS Pe Ne HG Sa 9s. Ded obec att i 36s.

US Tiler Giciaues ooiesclee eter aie why abelene Qs, Ro sbep cals 36s,

BUSI AS) a eis MA Ean A ERR Or Qs. TES A ete 363,

SD EUN ANN alan teiceetenates wloidual ecm urocaiene 9s. Tels Sia Mas 36s.

MIS SOM arene iene nie tenance ct cn Ris 9s. AER et 30s.

Inidexs Sql atSSO eee) ewan 4s. 6d. .... 6s.

1881-1890. Ten volumes SUDA DENG) Ae UA AU AS I 36s.

Index, 1881-1890 ............ As. 6d. ones 6s.

1891-1900. Ten volumes AED yo AEG) A RUS SVAN ee eh 36s.

Itaslers ISOM) yoo os upc As. 6d. .... 6s.

* No perfect copies in stock.

Price to the

Public.

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tor GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tue ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 82 vols. and Index. Che

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public,

UGOIATONO Me vyentiyavOluUndesy iscieieisyelateiathe ales eis \e/eie Hach 8s. ch sees

Tin exe OOM TOMO ae ener aietats tere stops eneeele ints apa muehalsls onetena tenet ets AS. 6d. \3), dot OSe

TIRE rolls TGS SA ie aS Sarno ale Seu ala cag Gime cya meyer che 183) clei ease

a PNT rane e res cut aioe eee ada AN Me ne Re Ni euaattosa nse loner atetagamtts 188.) (0s eee

MOU caacuh Ueeponeae rsiatriy cate ts hits yepave loge apslaneia obs (ke a 'alletoa titsieue ete 1S Si eae 24s.

prety es WUD even srehicces ods os shaves terate nialenemelsten ste akagatetin Ctecstele ts ee 183) ee 24s

MOMS Sia pL ealesta tits lol cla erwlale tah atalicpaloinlteveveke acide ete iyoceaysttl an tenees 16s. fe Sneed

a) yd hucpid CLERC ors eeiee ean SMa Mey Siorolo siti Blainyd Bore cree ae LSsii sina 24s

MO Aer n at Msrcrcpoeyettsj-beraveusueloy otal steve yieteme CRasavapeteye eelacilele vieeishs WSs go6a0 2s

eee MEL eave stave eh va odehettayoveeeshsvotevemeye bey ate eveteactel ave ren ie reer 183.) eee 24s

CMa) eee ARs ao ado ngtiaiso Og. cio o4h:0 boo odio wala Nek ee oi) Ulg.

Wt trp URNS anim citar Bin Ae do Grab mb blo Suite BOA S Users 5 2S

MO MGS: recy UM Secaeee we ne ievehe tales seoons acer onener eae wo she ular neRerse ee deae ef a noo. 2st

i Prien bl Exped ave ees 3 SES OR MINIS ON Att ey 4 ied Glo Br ae re G.o CLG LS sioeemee es

WOM Be Mend aldocnsesoboouogoeoucdooosnEadocoCedoONsOD 18s. (i.% Naess

Serre O Caer mter ck arnty RRS Sia nin SALA GIANT Y Ponies Arana this Bc AG OSE aere 128

1 a co Ghe ONG e od mbo boa ceMoodooods ooo cout O85.) hanes 12s.

wy) gy Ub oecadododepondbbedooolododbasesocsdecungaoe OS.) Gan etenete 12s,

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo,

1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.

1896. Cloth, 6s.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of the Zoological Society of

London (Fifth Kdition.) vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.

THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE— 16th Ndition

—with (1) a Railway and Street Map; (2) a Plan of the

Grounds; (8) a short description of some of the principal

animals in the Collection, with 32 Photographic Llustrations

and Index. Price 8d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 13d.

THE HOUSE-FLY CAMPAIGN. 38rd Edn... Illustrated. Svo.

1916. (Out of Print.)

PRACTICAL ADVICE ON THE FLY QUESTION. 8yo. 1915.

(Out of Print.)

ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.—Vol. 53, containing literature relating

chiefly to the year 1916, was delayed owing to the War, but

is nearly ready. Vol. 54, for the year 1917, is being prepared

as usual,

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

Regent’s Park, London, N.W. 8.

March, 1919.

These publications may bé obtained at the Socixry’s Orricy

or throuyh any bookseller.

PROCEEDINGS

OF TUE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PAPERS.

‘10. Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont

reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus. By Dr.

BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS ee

{Received March 6, 1918: Read May 7, 1918.]

(Text-figures 1-8.)

Being occupied at the end of last year (1917), when in London,

with the problem of the double articulation of the lower jaw,

which is to be expected in the direct reptilian ancestors of the

Mamuinals, I was led to examine the lower jaws in the specimens

of the Theriodont Reptiles that are preserved in the Natural

History Museum. One of the skulls in question, that described

by Seeley in 1895 as one of the two specimens of Gomphognathus

from Lady Frere (8. Africa), struck me on account of the strange

appearance of its lower jaw. On comparing carefully this latter

with the lower jaw in Cynognathus crateronotus, described by

Seeley in 1895, I have arrived at the conclusion that the difference

between them is a very considerable one, and that in the lower

jaw of Gomphognathus we have the greatest known development

of the dentary bone in any theriodont reptile, a development

representing the initial state of the double articulation, if not the

actual double articulation itself. ;

The main points of difference in the lower jaws of Gompho-

gnathus and Cynognathus are the following :—

1. In Gomphognathus the articular bones are placed inside and

laterally at some distance from the dentary bone, whilst in

* Communicated by Dr. C. W. AnpreEws, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XV. 15

198 DR. B. PETRONIEVICS ON THE LOWER JAWS OF THE

Cynognathus they are attached closely to the dentary bone

(comp. the right ramus of the lower jaw of Gomphognathus

in text-fig. | with the right ramus of Cynognathus in text-fig. 7).

Text-figure 1.

art. srk qu.

artsrf-dent? } aie

Gomphognathus: iferior surface of skull and mandibles.

teolR

ang.; angular.

ang.im.; angular Jamina.

ang.n.; angular notch.

art.; articular.

art.srf.dent.? ; articular surface of dentary.

art.srf.qu.; artieular surface of quadrate.

dent.; dentary.

dent.n.; dental notch.

prart.; prearticular.

sang. ; supra-angular.

spl.; splenial.

st.?; stapes.

2. In Gomphognathus the posterior end of the dentary hone

goes almost as far back as the articular bones (comp. text-figs, 2

CYNODONT REPTILES GOMPHOGNATHUS AND CYNOGNATHUS. 199

and 4), whilst in Cynognathus the articular goes farther back

than the dentary * (and it does this more externally than internally

—comp. text-fig. 5 and text-fig. 6, in which the length of these

portions of the dentary bone is the same).

3. In Gomphognathus the posterior edge of the dentary bone

covers externally the articular bones almost entirely (comp. text-

figs. 2and 4), whilst in Cynognathus the hind part of the articular

bones is clearly visible and considerably external to the dentary

bone (text-fig. 5).

Text-figure 2.

prang:

Gomphognathus: right ramus of lower jaw, external view. X %.

Shaded part covered with matrix.

dent.; dentary.

in.con.dent.; meipient condyle of dentary.

pr.cor.; coronoid process of dentary.

pr.ang.; processus angularis.

In connexion with the first point we must add that Seeley’s

contention (comp. Seeley (1), 1895, p. 26), that the articular bones

of Gomphognathus were ‘‘somewhat displaced, being drawn away

laterally from the edge of the dentary bones,” must be wholly

rejected, because the lateral distance of these bones from the

dentaries is exactly the same on both sides (comp. text-tig. 1),

and the bony connexion of the almost horizontally situated

reflected angular lamina, which is well preserved on the left side,

is such (comp. text-fig. 1) that no doubt about the naturalness of

ifs position can be entertained. The angular notch lmited by

this lamina is a large one, aud comparatively large, also, is the

notch lying iu front of it, between the dentary on the one side,

and angular and splenial on the other (comp. text-fig. 1 ; the hind

part of the splenial is preserved only on the right side).

In Cynognathus the reflected angular lamina, whose position is

almost a vertical one, is preserved only partially (comp. text-fig. 6

* In Cynognathus platyceps the hind end of the dentary is more prolonged back-

wards than in Cynognathus crateronotus, ut it did not reach the squamosal.

Comp. Seeley (2), 1895, fig. 29, p. 185, and Broom, 1904, text-fig. 100, p. 496.

: : 15%

200 DR. B. PETRONIEVICS ON THE LOWER JAWS OF THE

and text-fig. 7), but it must have been relatively smaller than

in Gomphognathus (comp. text-fig. 6).

In Gomphognathus there is a bony connexion between the

articular bones and the dentary (whose thickness could not be

established, but which probably is not a considerable one), this

bony connexion, forming the rodf of the angular notch, being

well preserved and visible on the left side (comp. text-fig. 1), The

Text-figure 3.

Gomphognathus : right ramus of lower jaw, internal view. X 4.

Shaded part covered with matrix.

ang.; angular.

art.; articular.

er.?; coronoid.

dent.; dentary.

in.con.dent.; incipient condyle of dentary.

prart.; prearticular.

spl.; splenial.

Text-figure 4.

in.condent

Gomphognathus : left ramus of lower jaw, external view. X i.

ang.; angular.

dent.; dentary.

in.con.dent. ; incipient condyle of dentary.

pr.ang.; processus angularis,

Sang. ; Supra-angular.

sutures between the articular bones are not to be traced in their

whole length in Gomphognathus (comp. text-figs. 3 and 4), while

they are clearly visible in Oynognathus (comp. text-figs. 5, 6,

CYNODONT REPTILES GOMPHOGNATHUS AND CYNOGNATHUS. 201

and 7): it is probable that the mutual limits of these bones are

in both cases the same. The suture between the articular and

prearticular is obliterated in both cases.

As to the second point. The coronoid process of the left

dentary in Gomphognathus is only partially preserved (text-fig. 4),

Text-figure 5.

* Cynognathus crateronotus: right ramus of lower jaw, external view. X 4.

Shaded part covered with matrix.

ang.; angular.

art. ; articular.

dent.; dentary.

sang.; supra-angular,

Text-figure 6,

Cynognathus. crateronotus: right ramus of lower jaw, internal view. X 4.

; Shaded part covered with matrix.

ang.; angular. dent. ; dentary,

ang.dm.; angular lamina, prart. ; pre-articular.

ang.n.; angular notch. sang. ; surangular.

art.; articular. spl.: splenial.

er.; coronoid.

whilst the right .dentary shows this process in its entirety, and

although the upper part of it is covered with matrix, its upper

edge is clearly visible from above (comp. text-fig. 2). As the hind

202 DR. B. PETRONIEVICS ON THE LOWER JAWS OF THE

end of this edge lies in direct prolongation of the lower part of

the posterior edge of the coronoid process uncovered by the new

Text-figure 7.

art.

- Cynognathus crateronotus : right ramus of lower jaw,

inferior surface. X 2.

_ang.; angular. dent.; deutary.

ang.dm.; angular lamina. prart.; pre-articular.

angn.; angular notch. sang.; Surangular.

aré.; articular.

preparation, so the naturalness of this posterior edge and conse-

queutly of the prominent backward condylar prolongation of the .

right dentary (text-fig. 2) cannot possibly be doubted. As this

CYNODONT REPTILES GOMPHOGNATHUS AND CYNOGNATHUS. 203

condylar prolongation is damaged beneath and at its posterior end,

whose transverse section shows a triangular shape, the articular

surface of the condyle cannot be certainly established. On the

left side (text-fig. +) only a part of the prominent backward condylar

prolongation is preserved, so that on the outer side of the left

jaw the hind end of the articular bones seems to go farther back

than the hind end of the dentary, while on the right side the

reverse seems to take place. But the hind end of the articular

bones on the right side is evidently damaged, so that it is not

impossible that the dentary reached ds far back as the articular

bones, and that a double articulation really did take place in

Gomphognathus *.

The possibility of the double articulation in Gomphognathus

follows also from the fact of two different articular surfaces

preserved in our specimen on the left side (comp. text-fig. 8).

A comparison with the corresponding region in the type skull of

Diademodon described by Watson (comp. fig. 3 in Watson 1911)

shows (comp. also fig. 8 in Watson 1911 representing the quad-

rate in Gomphognathus polyphagus) that only the triangular

hollow on the front face of the squamosal, in which the missing

quadrate was received, is preserved in our specimen on the left

side together with the two notches which received the two pro-

cesses of the quadrate (these notches being filled with matrix).

As there is in our specimen on the left of these notches and

in a more forward position another flat surface on the squa-

mosal, which lies in the same direction as the hind end of

the dentary (comp. text-figs. 1 and 8), it is quite possible that

into this flat surface was received the hind end of the condylar

prolongation of the dentary. Indeed, as the articular end in

our specimen did not reach the squamosal on the external side

of the dentary as in Gomphognathus kannemeyert (comp. fig. 1 in

Seeley (1) 1895, p. 5, and especially fig. 2 in Broom, 1904,

pl. xxxv.), or as in Oynognathus (comp. fig. 8 in Seeley (2) 1895,

p. 81, and fig. 1 in Broom, 1904, pl. xxxv.), so the flat surface in

question could be reached in our specimen only by the hind end

of the dentary (supposing that it was reached by the lower jaw

at all).

The third point is a corollary of the second. As the posterior

edge of the left dentary of Gomphognathus, extending from the

angle up to the condylar prolongation, is almost undamaged

(comp. text-fig. 4), whilst the cor responding posterior edge of the

right dentary is not inconsiderably damaged, the difference in the

extent of the covering of the articular bones by the dentary from

outside in Gomphognathus and Cynognathus is strikingly shown

* The length of the two dentaries of Gomphognathus, as they are preserved, is

almost the same (149 mm.), when measured from the hind point of their symphysis.

But a certain asymmetry of them is not improbable, because when we compare the

length of the upper edge of the left dentary with the corresponding line in the

coronoid process of the right dentary, we find the first to be 68 and the second

66 mm.

204 DR. B. PETRONIEVICS ON THE LOWER JAWS OF THE

when text-fig. 4 is compared with text-fiz. 5. So that, although the

hind end of the dentary in Cynognathus goes farther back on the

inner than on the outer side, it is clear from this comparison that it

did not reach the squamosal and that the possibility of an incipient

condyle of the dentary in Cynognathus is excluded.

Text-figure 8.

artst.dent,?

Gomphognathus: articular surface of the left squamosal. Nat. size.

art.; articular,

art.sf.dent ?; probable articular surface of dentary.

art.srf qu.; articular suriace of left quadrate.

dent.; dentary.

The inner side of the jaws shows the same bones in both

e1ses (comp. text-fig. 3 with text-fig. 6). The comparison shows

that the splenial goes farther back in Gomphognathus than in

Cynognathus.

The essential difference above mentioned that exists in respect

to the relation of the articular bones and the hind end of the

dentary to the squamosal between the Gomphognathus-skull of our

specimen and the other specimens known under the names of

Gomphognathus and Diademodon (a general survey of which has

been given by Watson, 1911, p. 327 seq.) suggests the well-

founded supposition that our specimen is generically different

from all the other specimens of the same kind, which are all

essentially similar in the above point. Beyond that, a comparison

between the lower jaw of Gomphognathus kannemeyert (figured

by Seeley (1) 1895, fig. 2, p. 8) and of Diademodon muastacus

(figured by Broom, 1905, fig. 1, pl. x.) shows that they are similar

in shape, while the shape of the lower jaw of our specimen

(comp. text-fig. 2), especially the shape of its coronoid process, is very

different. So that I agree with Watson in his identification of

Gomphognathus and Diademodon for all the other specimens

CYNODONT REPTILES GOMPHOGNATHUS AND CYNOGNATHUS. 205

except the one in question, which alone has to retain the old

generic name of Gomphognathus*.

Having finished the comparison between the lower jaws of

Gomphognathus and Cynognathus, | will add here some general

remarks concerning the origin of the mandibular articulation and

the origin of the Ossicula auditus in Mammals, inasmuch as these

two very closely connected problems receive new light from our

conparison,

That the mandibular articulation in the most primitive mammals

(the hypothetical order Promammalha of Gregory—comp. its

definition in Gregory, 1908, p. 164) was a double one, our

Gomphognathus-skull puts this point beyond question, as it shows

that in this advanced Theriodont the dentary almost if not

actually reached the squamosal. That the dentary articulation

was situated in the same plane with the articular articulation, and

not in front, is also a point put beyond question. That the two

articulations have worked closely together and practically as one

articulation, is also very probable (on these three points in

primitive Mammals comp. Gregory, 1908, pp. 135-138).

Our Gomphognathus-skull shows also the way in which the

cotylus and condylus of the dentary articulation in Mammals

have probably arisen. As the articular surface of the dentary

situated on the squamosal is a smooth plane surface in our

specimen, so we have to suppose that also the corresponding

surface on the condylar prolongation of the dentary was a smooth

plane surface. Consequently we may suppose that this latter

surface was a mechanical result of the lateral movements of the

lower jaw, through which the hind end of the dentary (i.e. the

condylar prolongation of its ascending process) was brought im

contact with the squamosal. The primitive condition of the

dentary articulation in Mammals would, according to this

supposition, be a simple syndesmosis, as we find such a syndes-

mosis secondarily in Vatusia hybrida among living forms. ‘The

different forms of the mandibular articulation in higher Mammals

would then be considered as further mechanical results of jaw-

movements according to the mechanical theory of normal articu-

lations of Fick f, Tornier ¢, and Cope §.

Still greater is the importance of our specimen in respect to

* Between the skulls of Cynognathus on the one side and the skulls of Diade-

modon (and perhaps also of Gomphognathus) on the other, I find an essential

difference in a separate ossification that exists in front of the epipterygoid and below

the postfrontal bone in the British Museum specimen R 3587 of Diademodon-

skull (described by Watson, 1911, who has not recognized its separate nature), an

ossification that 1 suppose to be an incipient orbitosphenoid. The front edge of

the epipterygoid bone in Cynognathus crateronotus is damaged, but the under

surface of the postfrontal bone is so smooth, that a corresponding separate orbito-

sphenoidal ossitication is a very improbable one (comp. fig. 5 in Watson, 1911, p. 300,

with fig. 6, p. 76, in Seeley (2), 1895).

+ Comp. R. Fick, “ Ueber die Form der Gelenkflachen ” in ‘ Archiv fiir Anatomie

und Physiologie, 1890, p. 391.

{ Comp. J. Tornier, ‘Das Entstehen der Gelenkformen” in ‘ Archiv fiir Ent-

wickelungsmechanik,’ 1897, pp. 124-158, 224-268, 307-346.

§ Comp. EK. Cope, ‘ Primary Factors of Organic Evolution,’ 1904, p. 283 seq.

206 DR. B. PETRONIBYVICS ON THE LOWER JAWS OF THE

the question of the origin of the Ossicula auditus in Mammals.

Our specimen shows the beginning of the separation of the

articular bones from the dentary, : a state of things that the

classical theory of the ovigin of Mammalian ossicula auditus

necessarily presupposes. As we have seen, the bony connexion

between the articular bones and the dentary is a relatively much

reduced one, especially in the hind part (comp. text-fig. 1). The fact

that the quadrate has been lost in our specimen on the left side,

where it might have been preserved, shows that it was probably

only insutticiently fixed in the corresponding groove of the

squamosal. ‘The movable condition of the quadrate, that the

classical theory presupposes, is here, as it seems, also in its

beginning. And finally we find in our specimen on the left side

a displaced bone (comp. text-fig. 1, sé.), that is, according to

another specimen, to be considered as the bone connecting the

region of the fenestra vestibuli with the quadrate, consequently

as the stapes or the columella (on this bone comp. Seeley (1

1895, p. 25, Broom 1904, p. 491, who considers it in Cynognathus

platyceps wrongly as a tympanic ring, and especially Watson,

1911, p. 324).

From the above it follows that we have in Gomphognathus

realized all the elements that constitute the morphologically

initial state in the evolution of the mammalian ossicula auditus,

and we have only to suppose that in the descendants of the cor-

responding relatives of Gomphognathus (the direct ancestors of

Mammals) this state of things increased in the direction of a

further separation of the stapes-quadrate-articular bone chain

from the squamosal and dentary bones, in order to reach the final

state, when in true Mammals the former were transformed into

the ossicula auditus. Into the question how this transformation

took place, and into the corresponding question of the homologies,

I cannot enter here (comp. the Literature, Nos. 7-11). I mention

only that the tympanic membrane of the Mammals is most pro-

bably a neomorph (and I agree in this point with Gaupp—comp.

Gaupp, 1911, p. 641 seq. and p. 659, while in many other con-

clusions reached by Gaupp—comp. p. 633 and p. 656—I must

disagree), and that the manubrium mallei in Mammals cannot be

homologized with the extra-columella of the Reptiles, as Kingsley

does (comp. Kingsley, 1900, p. 232 seq.).

In finishing this paper I desire to express my thanks to

Dr. Smith Woodward and Dr. Andrews, of the British Museum

(Natural History), for the loan of the new preparations (executed

by Mr. Hall), and to Dr. Andrews for some valuable help.

LITERATURE.

1. H. G. Stevey.—Researches on the Structure, Organization,

and Classification of the Fossil Reptilia. Part LX. Section 4.

On the Gomphodontia. In ‘ Philosophical Transactions

Royal Society,’ 1895, vol. 186, B, pp. 1-58 (On Gompho-

gnath us, pp. 3-31).

CYNODONT REPTILES GOMPHOGNATHUS AND CYNOGNATHUS. 207

2. H. G. Srerny.-—Researches, ete., Part IX. Section 5. On

the Skeleton in new Cynodontia from the Karoo Rocks. In

‘Philosophical Transactions Royal Society,’ 1895, vol. 186, B,

pp. 59-148.

3. R. Broom.—On the Structure of the Theriodont Mandible

and on its Mode of Articulation with the Skull. In ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society of London,’ 1904, vol. i.,

pp. 490-498.

. R. Broom.—On some Points in the Anatomy of the Theriodont

Reptile Diademodon. In ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society of London,’ 1905, vol. 1., pp. 96-102.

5. D. M.8. Watson.—The Skull of Diademodon, with Notes on

those of some other Cynodonts. In ‘ Annals and Magazine

of Natural History,’ vol. viii., 1911, pp. 293-330.

6. D. M. S. Warson.—On some Reptilian Lower Jaws. In

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. x., 1912,

pp- 573-587, —

. R. Broom.—On the Fate of the Quadrate in Mammals. In

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. vi., 1890,

pp. 409-411.

8. J. S. Krnestry.—The Ossicula auditus. In ‘Tufts College

Studies,’ No. 6, 1900, pp. 203-274.

9. H. Gapow —The Evolution of the Auditory Ossicles. In

‘ Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ Bd. xix., 1901, pp. 396-411.

10. W. K. Grecory.—The Orders of Mammals. In ‘ Bulletin of

the American Museum of Natural History,’ vol. xxvil.,

1910, chp. I: “The Origin of Mammals and the Problem

of the Ossicula auditus,”’ pp. 113-143 (comp. also Literature

on “Evolution of the Mammalian Ossicula auditus,”

pp. 484-5).

11. G. E. Gaupp.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Unterkiefers der

Wirbeltiere. III. Das Problem der Entstehung eines

“ secundaren ” Kiefergelenkes bei den Siaugern. In

‘Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ Bd. xxxix., 1911, pp. 609-666.

Bo Zo Sto UGS WIS) IBYAINS, JEL, Ih

J. M. Woodward, det

pate & Danielsson, Ltd.

HYPNOMYS, gen. nov. et LEITHIA.

A NEW GENUS OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 209

ii. On a new Genus of Extinct Muscardine Rodent from

the Balearic Islands. By Dorotura M. A. Bate

Hon. M.B.0O.U.

| Received April 9, 1918: Read May 7, 1918.]

(Plate I.f and Text-figs. 1, 2.)

INDEX.

SYSTEMATIC: Pare

TEI EO DORTs (HONE CY eR ped onecE dee Hee doc oCT One Coen Beran eerOReee 210

JEL; TUG MODAISISs SNe Te cas cho ake pov bodione nob eboons Sodaoonesdoosvocns, CUMS)

Jil, (OOIFOHOGDIS; (JV> 105. scioc0ec50 008 BoRdeAGH 1N6209ed0oRCRdAHNG oys000. ZANY)

During a second visit to Mallorca in 1910 in search of ossiferous

deposits a few rodent remains were obtained; the following year

further researches were carried out in Menorca by means of a

grant from the Trustees of the Percy Sladen Memorial Fund, and

here similar remains were found to be somewhat more plentiful,

occurring in several fissures in the Miocene limestone. A de-

scription of the deposits from which the collection was obtained

has already been published}. A first cursory examination

of the specimens led me to suppose that they represented large

forms of Hliomys§ or Leithia||. Since then a number of spe-

cimens from Menorca have been developed from the hard matrix

in which they were embedded, and all have been carefully

examined, with the result that it is found that they cannot be

included in any genus with which I have been able to compare

them. The examples from the two islands differ considerably in

size, those from Menorca being the larger, and they are probably

specifically distinct: in this connection it is interesting to remember

that, after the examination of a very large quantity of material, a

similar variation in size was found to obtain in Myotragus 4.

This seems to point to a longer period of isolation in Menorca,

the most easterly and probably the first of the group to be

separated from the mainland.

All the remains obtained are now in the collection of the

British Museum (Natural History). No complete skulls and

only a few limb-bones were procured, but it will be seen from

the descriptions of the specimens given below that the Balearic

genus should undoubtedly be included in the Muscardinidee.

The specimens to be described are intermediate in size be-

tween the largest recent forms and the extinct Leithia from

Malta, and show a number of points of resemblance both to

the recent Hliomys and to the Maltese Leithia, but at the same

time differ to an equal extent from both these genera. The

* Communicated by Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

+ For explanation of the Plate see p. 222. @

£ Geol. Mag. [6] vol. 1. 1914, pp. 337-45.

§ sad. p. 100.

|| Proc. Zool. Soe. 1916. p. 424.

See Andrews, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. ser. B, vol. 206, 1915, p. 301.

210 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS

range of species in neighbouring islands is always of interest,

which may perhaps make it worth mentioning here the present-

day distribution of Hliomys in the Balearics. Mr. Oldfield

Thomas has described #. gymnesicus* from Menorca, a species

smaller than, though similar in coloration to, 1. quercinus, which,

in spite of this, he believes to be most nearly allied to the Southern

forms. In an earlier paper ft the same author mentions that this

animal is also well known in Mallorea but is said not to occur in

Ibiza. Unfortunately I have not seen one from the larger island,

but in the British Museum there are now several specimens from

the small island of Formentera to the south-west of Ibiza, which

prove to belong to the large form /#. lusitanicus which is found

on the neighbouring mainland of Spain.

Remains of Muscardinide are known only from European

deposits, and occur from Miocene times. Hliomys itself is repre-

sented by #. pomeli in the Lower Miocene of Allier, and by

E. hamadryas in the Middle Miocene of La Grive St. Alban and

Steinheim. Both species are of small size, and from the mandible

do not show any close affinity to the remains which form the

subject of this note, than which they would both appear to be

already more highly specialised. In the British Museum there

are two mandibular rami supposed to represent an Lliomys

from the Pleistocene of Malta (B.M. 49342c and 49351)%. These

are considerably more robust than in any recent member of the

genus, and are found to resemble in shape the Mallorcan speci-

mens and to be only slightly inferior in size, although the length

of the alveolar area is considerably less. Unfortunately none of

the cheek teeth ave preserved, and the formation of the rcots can-

not always be satisfactorily deduced from an examination of the

alveolar cavities, though in one of these specimens (B.M. 49351)

it seems that in the first and second molars the posterior roots

had become confluent as in the genus now to be described. These

specimens seem worth mentioning as suggesting a possible exten-

sion of the known distribution of the Balearic dormouse. So far

as [am aware, no other rodent remains have been described from

the Balearics, although so long ago as 1855 De la Marmora

wrote § that he had observed indications of an ossiferous breccia

in the hill of Belver near Palma, in which he had seen a bone

which seemed to belong to a Lagomys or to a rabbit.

The following description of the most important specimens

obtained may be taken as applying to the genus so far as known

at present. It is proposed that the genus be known as

HyYPNnomys, gen. nov.

Skull, mandible, and limb-bones as in Eliomys but more robust ;

interorbital region wide and anterior portions of frontals greatly

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xi. 1903, p. 494.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, .p. 41.

Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus. Pt. i. p. 225 (1885) (as Myoxus sp.).

§ Mem. Accad. Se. Torino (ser. 1), vol. xxxvil. 1885, p. 59.

OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. PAU

“expanded. The infraorbital foramen opens anteriorly and the

outer wall of the infraorbital canal is very robust with a wide

base. The anterior palatine foramina penetrate for some distance

the palatal plate of the maxille which forms the greater portion

of the palate. The angle of the mandible is perforated. Dental

formula i. +, pm. +, m. 3, molariform premolars and molar crowns

sub-quadrate in shape with low transverse ridges. Upper molars

with one large wide internal and two smaller external roots. In

the first and second lower molars the two posterior roots may be

confluent for the greater part of, or for their entire length; the

Jast molar has two anterior and one large posterior root. Tibia

and fibula joined.

Skull.—The skull is represented only by some few fragmentary

specimens none of which show the posterior portion, that is to say

behind the frontals. An isolated and imperfect auditory bulla

(B.M. M 11671) was obtained which agrees in form and in the shape

and position of the meatus with the corresponding bone in Dyromys.

So far as available specimens show, the skull in general resembles

and may be compared with that of Hliemys, which for our present

purpose will be taken in a broad sense and to include Dyromys.

Even the smaller examples (those from Mallorca) are larger and

comparatively, as well as actually, more robust than EZ. lusitanicus,

which is the largest of the recent species of that genus. Viewed

from above, the nasals are seen to be practically flat and about

the same width throughout their length. The interorbital

portion of the frontals is wide and smoothly flattened and is

defined by sharp lateral edges; a measurement taken at the

narrowest point is nearly half the antero-posterior length of the

nasals in Hypnomys, whereas in H. lusitanicus it is not quite a

third. Anteriorly the frontals expand rapidly by a smooth

swelling and attain to a great width—about twice that of the

interorbital region—where they are joined by the nasals and

the nasal processes of the maxillze. This expansion is caused by

the very large size of the olfactory cavities (Pl. I. fig. 14). There

is a fine but distinct ridge on the dorsal aspect of the maxilla at

the upper root of the zygoma from where the skull narrows

rapidly to form the snout. The premaxille are robust, slightly

inflated dorso-anteriorly as in Lliomys, and deep dorso-ventrally,

the rostrum being stouter than in LH. lusitanicus. The infra-

orbital region is not very well preserved in any of the Balearic

specimens, but sufficient is shown by two or three examples to

demonstrate that in this respect’ Hypnomys shows no close

resemblance whatever to either a typical Murine such as Rattus

or to typical Seiurines such as Seirus or Xerus. Though showing

more general resemblance, this portion of the skull in the Balearic

genus still differs somewhat from that of any other of the

Muscardinids with which I have been able to compare it; in

some respects it seems to agree with that of Leithia, though

unfortunately all the anterior portions of skulls of this last in

212 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS

the British Museum are either very imperfect or else considerably

erushed and distorted. The infraorbital foramen opens anteriorly

and, as well as can be seen in tne type specimen of Hypnomys

mahonensis (Pl. I. fig. 2), it has a greatest length of about 3 mm.

and occupies a median position between the two roots of the

zygomatic process of the maxilla. The lachrymal foramen shows

an extension of similar length, but ovoid in form, in front of the

infraorbital foramen much as in J/uscardinus, and without the

lower lateral expansion seen in Hliomys. The outer wall of the

infraorbital canal is very robust, broadly concave anteriorly, with

a distinct outstanding point in front of its base, which is wide

owing to the hinder border being produced outwards from above

the first molar.

The anterior palatine foramina start a short distance behind

the incisors and penetrate the palatal plate of the maxille for

some distance, their extent being comparable with that obtaining

in Hliomys. The palate (Pl. I. fig. 1) is not completely preserved

in any of the specimens, but can be seen to be wide and gently

concave and chiefly composed of the palatal plate of the maxille,

which extends posteriorly about as far as the hinder border of

the second molar. The palatal plate of the palatines is hardly

shown but can certainly have formed only an insignificant

portion of the palate.

Text-figure 1.

Left mandibular rami of :— |

A. Leithia melitensis (B.M. 49342 D),

B. Hypnomys morpheus (B.M. M 11697),

C. Hliomys lusitanicus (recent specimen). X 1}.

Mandible—In general plan the mandible (text-fig. 1, B) is

essentially as in Hliomys (text-fig. 1, C), from which it yet differs

strikingly, although this difference is easier to observe than to

describe. That of Hliomys may be said to have an aspect of

OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT, OB)

attenuation, its posterior portion particularly being very slight

and the cheek-teeth closely crowded together. This applies also

to the skull, though perhaps to a lesser ‘degree. The mandible of

the Balearic genus is altogether more robust, and gives the im-

pression of being possibly Tess highly specialised. The angle of

the jaw is per forated, and also resembles in shape that of Hliomys,

but compared with this last the coronoid process originates

further forward and rises more abruptly; it tapers to a slender

point but is comparatively shorter and the space between it and

the condyle less deepiy excavated: this last also applies to the

region between the condyle and the highest point of the angle,

causing the hinder portion of the jaw to be more solid owing to

this comparatively greater extent of bone. The articulating

surface of the condyle is strongly marked. The symphysial

region and that between it and the cheek-teeth are likewise

robust. The incisor extends considerably behind and rises above

the cheek-teeth row, causing a marked protuberance on the out-

side of the jaw at the base of the coronoid process, and the

inferior dental foramen occupies a correspondingly high and

backward position.

Teeth.—The dental formula is tune ene as that of other of the

Muscardinidee, that is to say, 1.4, pm.+,m.3. The incisors are

of medium size, with the anterior SM of enamel smooth and

stained the characteristic orange-yellow colour. The upper

incisor originates above and just in front of the premolar; its

inner surface (PI. I. fig. 10) is flat and the outer gently rounded,

this being also the case in the corresponding tooth of the lower

jaw. Both are considerably compressed laterally with the antero-

posterior thickness much greater than the lateral width, this bein 8

nearly double in the lower teeth. Their transverse sections (Pl. I

figs. 11 & 12) are more or less elliptical in shape, thus differing

from those for instance of Lliomys, Glis, and Leitthia, in which the

section forms practically an isosceles triangle with the anterior

face as the shorter base (PI. I. fig. 13). There is naturally a

corresponding difference in the shape of the worn surfaces of the

teeth. As Mr. Hinton has pointed out to me, these differences in

the form and proportions of the incisors are of importance as

indicating probable differences in the modes of life in these

various genera.

It is interesting to find that an examination of the microscopic

structure of the enamel in the incisors of Hypnomys seems to

bear out the conclusions independently arrived at from a general

study of its remains. Mr. Thornton Carter very kindly under-

took the task of making this examination, and allows me to

include his report of his investigations, which is as follows :—

“The structure of the enamel of the incisors in the specimens

from Menorea and Mallorca is identical with that of Lewhia

melitensis.

“The ‘pattern’ is distinctive and presents characters which

would seem to place it between Sciuride and Myoxide. In

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XVI. 16.

214 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS

longitudinal sections the enamel rods (or fibres, as Sir John

Tomes designates them in his classical memoir) leave the surface

of the dentine with a slight curve and then proceed outwards,

slightly flexuous, at an angle of about 70° with the dentinal sur-

face for about half the thickness of the enamel, where they bend

sharply and abruptly to proceed in a straight course to the

surface.

“There is appearance of serrations of the margins such as is

usually seen in the Dormice.

“Thus the course of the rods is as in Myoxide, whilst their

form is as in Sciuride.

“In transverse section alternate groups of rods cross one

another at an angle of about 120°, and when half-way through

turn sharply outwards and run parallel out to the enamel surface

which they reach at right angles, the pattern assumed resembling,

though not identical with, that seen in a transverse section of the

incisor of Hliomys.”

While the palate is almost uniform in width, the rows of cheek-

teeth appear curved owing to their inner borders being practically

in a straight line, so that all the differences in the sizes of the

teeth, especially that of the premolar, affect only the outer

border of the rows, which thus have a curved outline. The plane

of wear of the premolar is almost horizontal, while that of the

molars lies at a considerable angle, the inner border being the

higher; this character will be referred to again later. Some

scarcely worn upper molars are slightly concave and their enamel

ridges incline towards being cuspidate, but in most of the specimens

obtained the worn surfaces of the crowns are nearly flat. The

molariform upper premolar is bluntly triangular in outline and

the molars subquadrate in shape, the second being very little

larger and the third not much smaller than the first. In the

above characters these teeth somewhat resemble those of Leithia,

those of Hliomys differing markedly in the concavity and greater

comparative width of their crowns.

In the Balearic molars the ridges are low, and in those of aged

individuals, of which a number were obtained, these become

almost entirely worn away. In little-worn specimens (PI. I.

fig. 1) it can be seen that in each of the upper cheek-teeth the

crown is crossed by four complete and one incomplete transverse

ridges, with the addition of one or more further incomplete

ridges in the second and third molars. The second complete

ridge in the first and second molars runs from the inner border .

in an anterior direction for more than half its distance before

turning to reach the outer margin. The two posterior complete

ridges run more or less parallel with the hinder border of the

teeth, and it is in the space left between the complete ridges that

the incomplete ones occur. The inner edge of the crown surface

almost invariably remains unbroken, while the outer border is cut

by the valleys between the ridges. Im much worn teeth there

is found a confluent valley alongside the inner enamel border of

OF EXTINCT MU. CARDINE RODENT. 215

the tooth for the whole of its distance; this condition of wear is

also seen for instance in Leithia, Hliomys, and Xerus. Apart

from size, the upper molars of Letthza chiefly differ from those of

Hypnomys in their transverse ridges being considerably higher

and more sharply defined, and in the complete ones in the first

and second molars originating at the postero-internal border of

the crown as already described and figured by Mr. Lydekker*.

Of the lower cheek-teeth the premolar is the smallest and is

obtusely triangular in shape; the third molar is somewhat larger

with a rounded posterior margin. although the crown has a

tendency to become squarer in outline when much worn. The

first and second molars are the largest of the series, almost equal

in size and in shape quadrate, or with the antero-posterior length

slightly greater than the width. The number of ridges appears

to be much the same as in the upper cheek-teeth, though they

become broken up earlier and into a greater number of incomplete

ridges. In a moderately worn specimen (B.M. M 11674, Pl. I.

fig. 6) the first and second molars seem to have three complete

ridges, two distinct incomplete ones running half-way across the

crown from opposite sides and a shorter one coming in from the

antero-external corner, while the antero-internal area is broken

up into several rather indistinct loops. The third molar shows

four complete ridges and two small accessory ones. In the case of

aged individuals the confluent worn surface is of course along the

external border of the crown, it being on the internal side in the

upper cheek-teeth. In less worn specimens this external enamel

border is interrupted at two points, and the enamel between and

on either side of these channels, owing to its being slightly folded

over, is at this stage of wear more massive than in other parts of

the ridges.

The number, position, and conformation of the roots of the

cheek-teeth in rodents form a subject of considerable interest and

importance, and it is one that has received a good deal of atten-

tion from investigators, notably Schlosser f and, later, Dr. Forsyth

Major{. The specimens under discussion are no exception in

this respect, for their molar roots are unlike those of any Pleisto-

cene or recent genus with which I have been able to compare

them with the single exception of Zetthia, and that only in the

ease of the upper molars. It may be mentioned that I have not

found this character previously noted in the descriptions of the

Maltese genus. The alveolar formula can be most easily realised

by reference to the accompanying text-figure (text-fig. 2), but at

the same time it should be borne in mind that such a formula

alone is of very little value for purpoess of comparison. The

present examples are a case in point, as, for instance, the first and

second upper molars of Hliomys and Gilis are three-rooted, as in

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pp. 861-3, text-fig. 1.

+ ‘Paleontographica, Band xxxi. 1885.

+ See, for instance, the following: “On Fossil Dormice,” Geol. Mag. Nov. 1899,

p. 492, and “On some Miocene Squirrels,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, pp. ee

i a

216 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS

Hypnomys and Leithia, but an examination of the roots them-

selves show them to be essentially different.

In Hypnomys the upper premolar has three long and rather

stout roots, which terminate in blunt rounded ends(B.M. M 11658,

Pl. I. fig. 3). The anterior one takes a forward direction and is

the shortest of the three, the other two project in a parallel

direction from the hinder border of the tooth and may be con-

fluent for a varying distance, but apparently not for more than

half their length. This description is based on examples of

Hypnomys mahonensis, but the alveolus in a Mallorcan specimen

indicates a similar formation. Unfortunately there has been no

opportunity of examining any milk-teeth in the case of either

this genus or Leithia.

Text-figure 2.

A. B:

Sens cae 3

\ ITt

g gue & [RILe felt i eh

Sat = Seb B6

2) 6e@ z

OS 3b M72 met ae 28

Sie bie nee Sh a

UValveoi. t.alveoh. U.alveolt. L.alveoli

Diagram of alveoli of cheek-teeth of A. Hypnomys and B. Leithia.

The upper molars each have three roots, one large internal and

two small external ones, a number commonly found in many

rodents. The distinctive feature of the Balearic teeth lies in the

construction of the large internal roots: in Hliomys, Gis, and

also in other forms such as Xerws and Sciwrus, which have the

same alveolar formula, these are single, rather flattened conical

roots projecting from the centre of the border of the crown which

they support. In Hypnomys the internal root is quite different,

this being clearly portrayed in the accompanying illustrations.

Fig. 3 (Pl. I.) shows the latero-internal view of the first and

second molars of H. mahonensis: it will be seen that there is a

slight constriction at the base of the crown where the enamel

ends, and from there the confluent root continues practically of

the same size for its whole length, which is a little less than twice

the antero-posterior length of the crown-surface. In the figured

specimen the first molar measures 4 mm. from the crown-surface

to the tip of the root, while the antero-posterior length of the

crown is very little more than 2mm. In the second molar the

root is very slightly shorter and not rounded at its apex, but this

way perhaps be partly due to damage in developing the specimen.

The internal root of the third molar is exposed in the type

OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 217

specimen of 1, mahonensis (B.M. M 11657), in which it is seen

to be similar to that of the other two. In some specimens there

is a slight groove along the centre, indicating the compound

nature of the roots ; the ends are ciosed in all examples examined.

The slight intero-external width is well shown in the section

(B.M. M 11661, Pl. I. fig. 4) and in the posterior view of the

second upper molar (B.M. M 11660, Pl. I. fig. 5), in which it can

also be seen that there is a certain amount of curvature in the

direction of the compound roots. They are considerably longer

than the external roots, although, owing to the slope of the

crowns, they do not penetrate much deeper into the alveolar

cavity.

As already mentioned, the upper molar roots of Leithia are

sinilar to those of Hypnomys, the only other genus, among many

examined, showing a closely similar condition of root structure 1s

Lrechomys. In the British Museum there are two fragments

of the upper jaw of 17. platyceps (B.M. M 1627) from the Phos-

phorites of Caylux, containing the premolar and first molar, the

roots of the latter being as in Hypnomys except that the broail

inner root is perhaps not quite so wide compared with the crown.

It must be mentioned that in 77echomys the roots of the premolar

are the same as in the molars, which is of course not the case

in either Leithia or the Balearic genus. The molar roots of

Theridoniys are somewhat similar but are accompanied by much

more hypsodont crowns.

‘The roots of the lower cheek-teeth of Zypnomys (B.M. M 11673,

Pl. I. fig. 7) show a very considerable amount of variation both

as regards their length and conformation. The premolar may

perhaps be said to have two roots, but these are confluent for

the greater part of their considerable length, diverging at a vary-

ing but never very great distance from their apices, the antevior

of which is slightly the longer of the two. The upper, posterior

portion of the root is wide and flattened, being very evidently the

result of the fusion of two roots. In some specimens (as in B.M.

M 11678) there are clearly three confluent roots.

In the first and second molars the two anterior roots are

usually long, equal in size, and separate though not very widely

divergent. In the posterior roots the length and antero-posterior

thickness are about the same as in the anterior pair, so that

viewed laterally little or no difference is observable (PI. I. fig. 7).

But viewed from behind they are seen to be confluent transversely

for either the whole or three-fourths of their length (PI. I.

figs. 8, 9, BLM. M 11675-6); in the latter case the stout terminal

portions of the roots may diverge considerably. The resemblance

to Hypnomys seen in the roots of the upper molars of Leithia

does not hold good for those of the lower jaw, for in the

Maltese genns the first and second molars each have four roots,

entirely separate from each other for their entire length. In

Trechomys, however, the lower molar roots seem to agree with

those of the Balearic genus with the possible exception of the

218 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS

third molar. Schlosser gives the number of roots for this tooth

as three, but judging from the alveolus of a specimen of 7’. platyceps

in the British Museum (M1627) it appears that there may some-

times be two large, transverse roots only.

The last lower molar in Hypnomys has three roots, two anterior

slender ones and a large, backwardly projecting posterior one.

This condition is very similar to that obtaining in the correspond-

ing tooth of Letthia and the recent Hliomys, though in the latter

there is a more marked constriction immediately below the crown.

Limb-bones.—Very little of the skeleton was obtained, but a

few femora, a tibia, and fragmentary portions of humeri and

other bones, chiefly from a Mallorcan cave-deposit, show characters

which also indicate that the genus should be included in the

Muscardinide. The ulna is very similar to that of Hliomys, as is

also the femur, except that the third trochanter seems to be

slightly less prominent and less sharply separated from the great

trochanter. As contrasted with the Hystricide, Sciuride, and

Anomaluridee, which have the tibia and fibula free, a charac-

teristic of the Muride and Muscardinide is the joining of these

two bones for a third or more of their distal portions. It may be

worth noting that in Rattws (Hpimys), for instance, the fibula

at its distal: extremity is once more separated though closely

adpressed to the tibia. On the other hand, in Eliomys quercinus

the tibia and fibula continue completely ankylosed at their distal

ends, and it is with this latter that the Balearic specimens agree,

as Letthia likewise does in this respect. ‘These bones are joined

for more than a third of their total length in the three last-

mentioned genera. In Hypnomys the tibia isa straighter bone

with a less well-developed cnemial crest than in Hliomys.

The above are the chief characters of all the Balearic specimens,

and it will only be necessary to add a brief note and a few

measurements in the two species from the different islands.

The species from Menorca may be named

HyPNOMYS MAHONENSIS, Sp. n.,

and regarded as the type species of the genus, distinguished from

the Mallorcan species by its greater size and different. habitat.

Further differences would probably be apparent were a larger

amount of material available. All the specimens were obtained

from-fissures in the Miocene limestone, and were in one or two

instances associated with remains of J/yotragus and Tesiudo

gymnesicus. Some imperfect lacertilian jaws also occurred, and

these have been very kindly examined by Mr. G. A. Boulenger,

F.R.S.: they prove to be those of a Lacerta of the viridis-ocellata

group and a species of Chalcides. Although representatives of

both these occur commonly in the Mediterranean region, neither

are found in Mallorca or Menorca at the present day.

Owing to the fragmentary state of the specimens not many

OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 219

measurements can be given, but the following are afew. The

length of the nasalsis about 18 mm. in the single example in

which these bones are completely preserved, and the interorbital

width of the frontals is 8mm. ‘The base of the outer wall

of the infraorbital canal measures 6 mm., and the incisive

foramina are approximately 8 mm. in length. In the type

specimen (PI. I. fig. 1) the complete row of left upper cheek-teeth

is almost 10 mm. in length, this measurement being 14 mm. in a

corresponding example of Zeithia, and barely 7 mm, in one of

Eliomys lusitanicus. In H. mahonensis the width of the palate

between the first molars is not quite 6 mm., in Leithia it is little

more, being 6°5 mm.

The length of the lower cheek-teeth series is about 10 mm. ;

as already mentioned the length of their roots is very variable:

in one specimen having teeth with moderately worn crowns

(B.M. M 11673, Pl. I. fig. 7) the first molar has a crown-width

of 2°5 mm. with a root-length (measured from the crown-surface

to root-tip) of almost 5mm. In the third molar in the same

specimen the greatest length of root is 3 mm., the large posterior

root attaining an antero-posterior width of 1:5 mm., while the

antero-posterior length of the crown is 2°5 mm. In an example

of a left lower second molar (B.M. M 11676, PI. I. fig. 9) with a

less worn crown than the above the crown-width is 2 mm., and

the greatest root-length 3 mm.

It is proposed that the species from Mallorca be known as

Hypnomys MORPHEUS, Sp. N.,

characterised by its smaller size and different habitat from

HT, mahonensis. The few specimens of jaws and limb-bones by

which it is represented were obtained from cave-deposits in

Mallorca, and were found associated with remains of MWyotragus,

and in one case with afew mandibular rami and limb-bones of

Apodemus, which still occurs plentifully in the island. In size it

appears to agree with the larger forms of Glis. The type speci-

mens (B.M. M 11695), consisting of the anterior portion of the

skull with the incisors and right molars and two mandibular

rami, are believed to have been associated and fell apart on being

separated from the earthy matrix in which they were preserved.

The base of the outer wall of the infraorbital canal measures

5 mm., and the antero-posterior length of the molar row is 6 mm.

The length of the lower cheek-teeth series is 8mm. In the

upper incisor (B.M. M 11696) shown in fig. 10 (Pl. I.) the antero-

posterior width is 2°5 mm. while the thickness is 1°5 mm.; in a

specimen of the lower incisor the antero-posterior width is 2mm.,

with a thickness of barely more than 1 mm.

The greatest length of a right tibia, wanting its proximal

epiphysis, is 41 mm., the distal 18 mm. of which are joined to the

fibula. A femur has a total length of 55 mm., that of a right

ulna being 36 mm.

MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS

Summary and Conclusions.

The above description may be very briefly summarised as follows.

Ilypnomys is represented by two species known by remains from

the two largest islands of the Balearic group and is consideied

to belong to the Muscardinid, though seeming to be a very

distinct form not closely related to any other at present known.

Its dental and osteological characters so far observed not only

seem to show that //ypnomys belongs to the Muscardinide but

also appear to afford further support to the opinion, now very

generally held, that this group cannot be included in either the

so-called Sciuromorpha or Myomorpha and lending additional

weight to the argument against employing these terms. This

seems to hold good also for the modern representatives which

have been briefly described by Mr. Miller* as “... mostly

arboreal animals with habits and aspect somewhat intermediate

between mice and squirrels. . . .”

The Balearic genus may be compared with the recent Hliomys

and the extinct Leithia trom the Pleistocene of Malta. It agrees

with the former in general plan of skull, lower jaw, and limb-

bones, and it may be noted that there is also a perforation in the

angle ‘of the lower jaw. It differs in a number of points, among

which the following may be cited :—In the pattern of the molar

crowns, which are very slightly concave and lack the marginal

cusps, both distinctive characteristics of Hliomys. In Hypnomys

the worn surfaces of the molars are subquadrate in shape, whereas

in the recent genus the width is distinctly greater than the

antero- -posterior length; the alveolar formula differs in the two

genera, and the large i inner root in the upper molars of Zypnomys

is quite distinctive. This root-structure was evidently attained

by a process of simply filling up the space between two parallel

roots, whereas the single conical root seen in the Sciuride and

others would seem to be arrived at by the drawing together of

the apices of the two roots with a similar filling up of the

intervening space. It would be interesting could one arrive at

a reasonable hypothesis to account for this root-formation in

Hypnomys and Leithia, for presumably it must have been acquired

to meet a special stress or strain consequent on some peculiarity

of diet o1 mode of life.

Hypnomys agrees with Leithia in its squared molars and in

the large, confluent and single inner roots of the upper molars,

but differences are seen in the former having a perforation in the

angle of the Jaw, which is also of a different shape (see text-fig. 1),

in the crown pattern of the molars, much lower enamel ridges,

and in the roots of the lower molars.

It has also been noted that in the roots of both upper and

lower molars, but not premolars, Hypnomys shows a striking

resemblance to Zrechomys. However, it is not for a moment

* «Qat. Mammals of West. Europe,’ London 1912, p. 549.

OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 221

suggested that this similarity, which is apparently unaccompanied

by other points of resemblance, indicates any close aflinity. On

the contrary, 1t would seem that these three genera each exhibit

in this character what would have been a stage, and that a very

early one, in the history of the evolution from the low-crowned

four-rooted towards the hypsodont and rootless or semi-rootless

molar. The cheek-teeth of Zheridomys also seem to suggest the

possibility of this result being attained without the necessity of

including a stage having a large conical inner root in the upper

molars accompanied by a somewhat triangular-shaped crown, as

seen in some of the Sciuride (Xerus for instance) and which

Dr. Forsyth Major has fully described in his invaluable paper on

the Miocene Squirrels *.

Hypnomys is an interesting addition to the extinct fauna

of the Balearics so far known by Myotragus and Testudo

gymnesicus, both forms totally distinct from the present-day

fauna of the islands. Owing to the small amount of material

available, the question as to the precise age of these Balearic

déposits and their contents seems a difficult, if not impossible,

one to answer at present. Lately this matter has been the

subject of some interesting remarks by Prof. M. Bouley, who

seems inclined to consider the deposits of earlier age than

Pleistocene. Seeming to support this view are the absence of

human remains and the character of the chief remains found, 7. e.

Myotragus, Hypnoms ys, and a giant Testudo. ‘The occurrence of

remains of this last in the limestone fissures of Menorca certainly

suggests that there must have been great changes of climate and

vegetation, and that there have been comenileralills alterations in

the land surface is indicated by extensive stretches of sheets of

stalagmite now exposed on the weathered surface of the Miocene

limestone in both Mallorea and Menorea.

On the other hand, it should be realised that not much weight

should be placed on the absence of human remains owing to the

fact that not a single one of the ossiferous deposits was found to

be in an undisturbed condition, all the upper layers in which such

remains might be expected to occur having been entirely destroyed.

Another point to be borne in mind is that in the Mediterranean

region several species now extinct have been proved to have per-

sisted until the time of man’s occupancy of these particular areas.

The well-known Prolagus, remains of which were found in

Neolithic settlements in Corsica by Dr. Forsyth Major, is a case

in point. Another somewhat similar example is that of a small

deer, Anaglochis, whose remains occur abundantly in some of the

cave-deposits of Crete, while a number of its antlers were found

by Sir Arthur Evans in a shrine in the famous Minoan Palace

of Knossos.

I should like to take this opportunity of expressing my grateful

thanks to the Trustees of the Percy Sladen Memorial Fund for

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, pp. 179-214.

+ ‘L’Authropologie,’ tome xxviii. (1917) pp. 160-3.

222

A NEW GENUS OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT,

enabling me to visit Menorca. Also to Dr. A. Smith Woodward,

F.R.S., for continued kindness in giving me every facility for

working in the Geological Department of the British Museum

(Nat. Hist.), to Mv. M. A. C. Hinton for kind advice and for

looking over some of my material, and to Mr. J. Thornton Carter

for his valuable investigations into the enamel structure in the

teeth of Hypnomys and other genera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Hypnomys mahonensis. Type-specimen (B.M. M 11657). Palate showing

Se Sd Sx

Do.

, Do.

10. H. morpheus. Right upper incisor (B.M. M 11696), inner view. X 3.

the left premolar and molars and right M!. x 4.

Side view of same specimen showing anteorbital region. 3.

Lateral view of right upper premolar and Ist and 2nd molars,

showing the large confluent roots of the latter (13.M. M 11658).

x 3.

Transverse section of left M! (B.M. M11661). x 4.

Posterior view of right M2 (B.M.M 11660). x 4.

Crown view of right lower molars (B.M. M 11674). x 4.

Lateral inner view of right lower cheek-tecth (B.M. M 11678).

x3.

Right My. (B.M. M 11675) showing posterior roots. X 4.

Left’ Me (B.M. M 11676) showing posterior roots. X 4.

ll. H. mahonensis. ‘Transverse section of upper incisor (B.M. M11662). x 4.

12.

Do.

Transverse section of lower incisor (B.M. M11677). x 4.

13, Leithia melitensis. Transverse section of upper incisor (B.M. M 49345 a).

x 4.

14. H. mahonensis. Dorsal view of interorbital region of skull (B.M. M 11659).

x 2.

ON HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD, 223

12. A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta viridis.

By Nort Tayter, B.Se. (Lond.).* (From the Zoo-

logical Department, University of London, University

College.)

[Received April 23, 1918: Read May 28, 1918. ]

(Text-figures 1-3.)

The specimen, the urogenital system of which is described in

the following pages, was placed in my hands by Prof. J. P. Hill,

F¥.R.S. It turned up in the course of class-work in the Senior

Laboratory in the College, and its abnormal condition being

observed, it was fixed in corrosive sublimate and preserved for

detailed examination. The specimen presents certain features

of interest which, it is believed, are worthy of being placed

on record.

I wish to express my thanks to Prof. Hill for his advice and

assistance in the preparation of these pages.

I. Descriptive.

a. General Morphology.

When this specimen came into my hands, it was in a partly

dissected condition, the greater portion of the abdominal viscera

having been removed.

The Fat Bodies were present and well developed, the right

being rather larger than the left. They are not represented,

however, in text-fig. 1, which gives a general view of the

urogenital system, since i situ they obscured the more anterior

portions of the oviducts.

The testes (text-fig. 1, R.7’. and L.7’.) were well developed and

suspended in the folds of the longitudinal mesorchia (J/es.).

The right was placed somewhat more anteriorly and was rather

larger than the left, the dimensions of the former being about

‘9 cm. x ‘4 em., and of the latter *65 em. x °3 cm.

Both gonads seem normal in shape apart from the remarkable

stalked outgrowths on each (Ov.). These on section were found

to contain ova, and the gonads may therefore properly he

designated ovotestes. The right gonad, it will be seen, possessed

two of these spherical ovarian appendages, each joined to the

dorso-lateral border of the testicular portion of the organ by a

well-marked stalk; the more anterior was further sub-divided

into two by a median constriction. :

The left gonad also possessed two outgrowths, the surface of

the larger being subdivided into five or six hemispherical pro-

jections. The epididymes were well developed (Z.Zp., R.Kp.)

* Communicated by Prof. J. P. H1xn, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S8. °

ie)

B.Lgq.

Bi.

d.aort.

L.Cop.

L.Ep.

LF |.

M.D.

Ing.

Tbe ie

Lv.

MR. NOEL TAYLER ON

Text-fi

gure 1.

Lacerta viridis: dissection of a hermaphrodite animal.

Explanation of the lettering.

Broad Ligament..

Bladder.

Doreal Aorta.

Left Copulatory Organ.

Left Epididyinis.

Lett Funnel.

Lett Oviduct.

Lung.

Left Testis.

Liver.

Mes.

Ov.

R.Cop.

R.Ep.

RAK.

RT.

Mesorchium.

Ovary.

Right Copulatory Organ.

Right Epididymis.

Right Kidney.

Muscular Band.

Right Oviduct.

Right Testis.

Rectum.

Spleen.

HERMAPILRODITISM IN A LIZARD. 225

‘and situated in the broad ligament parallel to but separate from

the testes. They were not attached, as is normally the case, to

the inner border of the testes, and vasa efferentia were conse-

quently absent. Posteriorly, the epididymes passed into the

vasa deferentia, and these, having united with the ureters, opened

into the posterior division of the cloaca by the urogenital papillee.

The two kidneys were apparently normal, each consisting of

an anterior and posterior lobe (in the figure, only the right

kidney, &.X., is indicated by reference letters).

The copulatory organs (2. Cop., L. oes) were present as in

the normal male lizard.

The oviducts (?.12.D:, LZ.M.D.) were developed for about

a third of their lengths. Hach opened into the body-cavity by a

well-developed funnel (only the left, Z.4U., is indicated by

reference letters in the figure), and behind that was continued

into the duct, the plaited glandular walls of which are seen in

the outer border of the broad ligament (B.Lg.). The right

oviduct attained the greater complexity as in the normal female.

Passing down. from the posterior tip of the ecelomic funnel on

each side, on the extreme outer border of the broad lgament

was a narrow but well defined ribbon-like muscular band which

continued right back on each side to the cloaca. Similar bands,

which were at first taken for the oviducts, were referred to by

Howes (5) as the round ligaments, and he thus describes them

in his specimen : ‘‘ From this (the oviducal aperture) there passed

back a ribbon-shaped muscular band which skirted the free edge

of the broad ligament, remindful of the round ligament of

mammalian anatomy. This structure was wholly absent on the

side destitute of an oviducal vestige, as indeed it is in the normal

male. Its development is correlative with that of the oviduct.”

b, Histology.

Transverse sections were made of the gonads and stained with

hematoxylin and eosin. The main body of each gonad was found

to consist of normal testicular tissue, 7. e. seminiferous tubules

with an interstitial stroma, the lining cells being in active

mitotic division (text-fig. 2, s.t.).

The stalked outgrowths were found to consist of ovarian tissue,

the bulb-like extremities containing large and fully-grown ova.

A section of the gonad through the nuelear plane of the most

anterior ovum is somewhat diagrammatically represented in

text-fig. 2.

The large yolk-laden ovum (ov.) is, it will be seen, surrounded

by the relatively thin follicular epithelium (/oll. ep.), outside

this is a fibrous layer continuous with that sheathing the

testicular portion of the gonad. In the stalk region all the

normal histological elements of the ovary are represented.

Outside is a layer of cubical epithelial cells continuous with

the peritoneal epithelium, while the main mass of the stalk is

formed of a loose stroma of connective tissue, contained in which

226 MR. NOEL TAYLER ON

are numbers of young follicles of various ages, the youngest

being nearest to the testis. The connective-tissue body of the

stalk is confluent with the tunica albuginea of the testicular

portion of the gonad, which is somewhat thickened in the region

of junction.

The sections of the oviducts revealed in their anterior portions

a typical structure. They are lined with a well developed

ciliated and glandular epithelium, the lumen of the duct being

filled with the coagulated secretion of the gland-cells. Sperma-

tozoa were not detected.

Text-figure 2.

Lacerta viridis, hermaphrodite animal: sections through gonad.

ov.; ovuin.

foll. ep.; follicular epithelium.

s.t.; testicular stroma.

The appearance of the epididymis was quite normal, but no -

spermatozoa were found in the lumen of the vas deferens, and

examination of the sections failed to reveal the presence of

vasa efterentia through which the spermatozoa normally pass

from gonad to epididymis.

HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD. DONT

In the dissected specimen two or three fine tubule-like filaments

were seen to pass from the posterior ends of the oviducts to

the anterior extremities of the corresponding epididymes ; these

were best marked on the left-hand side (see text-fig. 1). These

filaments were carefully examined in the sections. The epi-

thelial lining of the oviduct was found to end posteriorly in

a cul-de-sac, as did that of the epididymis anteriorly. The

“filaments” in section appeared as actual tubular passages

devoid of any epithelial lining and running in the substance of

the broad ligament. They commenced at the extreme anterior

tip of the epididymis, and while two of them ended blindly, the

third ran up as far as the posterior extremity of the oviduct, its

lumen being continuous with the spaces in the mesentery in

which were contained the glandular portion of the oviduct.

Text-figure 3.

Lacerta viridis, hermaphrodite animal: section through kidney.

kid.; kidney tissue.

foll.ep.; follicular epithelium.

thee. foll.; theca folliculi.

The morphological interpretation of these spaces would seem

a problem of some difficulty. Being devoid of epithelial lining

and making no connection with the lumen of the epididymis, one

would hardly seem justified in regarding them as rete tubules

proper, while the close relationship of one of them with the

oviduct also seems anomalous, on this view.

The condition which Howes (5) describes in one of his

specimens seems of some interest in this connection. ‘In one

instance,” he says, ‘“‘I discovered an interesting modification of

the condition recorded by Leydig. There was buried up in the

228 MR. NOEL TAYLER ON

peritoneum in a line with the head of the epididymis a delicate

filament which, while it answered in every respect to the

rudiment described by him, instead of ending abruptly and

blindly became suddenly enlarged, opening into the body-cavity

by a wide-mouthed funnel-shaped extremity, identical with that

of the oviduct, and lined by a ciliated epithelium.”

This without doubt seems the description of a vestigial oviduct,

yet, posteriorly, according to his figure, it appears to arise from

the anterior tip of the epididymis. Unfortunately he does not

seem to have investigated the precise nature of its relations to

this organ.

The sections through the kidneys reveal the presence on the

dorsal portion of one of them of an embedded mass of almost fully

grown ova. Text-fig. 3 is a semi-diagrammatic representation

of one of the sections in which five ova occur. It will be seen

that the mass of ova lies actually embedded within the kidney

tissue (Aid.). Hach ovum is surrounded by a layer of follicular

cells (foll. ep.), while externally to this and separating it from

the kidney substance is a thin fibrous layer (thee. foll.) presum-

ably representing the theca folliculi.

Il. Discusston.

No instance of complete hermaphroditism in the Lacertilia

seems yet to have been put upon record, though cases of the

more or less complete developmeut of the Miillerian Ducts in

adult male lizards have been described.

Leydig in 1872 (7) described the persistence in the males of

Lacerta agilis of the Millerian Ducts as small blind and con-

voluted tubules, while Braun in 1877 (2) noted the development

of rudimentary Miillerian Ducts in the young male of the same

species, making no mention, however, of its presence in the

adult form.

In 1887 Howes (5) published a brief but important paper,

“On the vestigial structures of the reproductive apparatus in

the male of ne Green Lizard” (Lacerta virdis). One of his

specimens was a male lizard in which both the oviducts were all

but fully aeons while in another the oviduct was fully

developed on one side.

In thirteen out of twenty-five specimens examined certain

segments of the oviduct were well developed, the other portions

being only represented as delicate filaments, thus giving a series

of conditions analogous to those described by Matthews for the

male toad.

In 1893, Hill (4) published an account of the persistence of

vestigial Miillerian Ducts in the full-grown male of an Australian

lizard, Amphibolurus muricatus ; while two years later, in 1895,

Jaquet (6) described the presence of Miillerian Ducts identical

with those of the normal female in an adult individual of

Lacerta agilis.

HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD, 229

All the above mentioned cases are, it will be noted, pre-

dominantly male, indeed as far as their gonads are concerned

wholly male, for in no case is any reference made to the

presence of ova or ovarian tissue.

In this respect the specimen described in the present paper

stands in striking contrast to previously described cases; more-

over, while it is distinguished by the presence of well-marked

ovotestes, it must have been physiologically sterile.

Among lower forms the occurrence of well-developed Miillerian

Ducts seems often to be accompanied by the existence of an

ovotestis. Cases of this kind have been described by Marshall

in the Frog (8), but Fantham (3) seems to have been the first to

record a case of true hermaphroditism in the Reptilia. The

specimen of Testudo greca described by him possessed well-

developed oviducts, the lumen of each being continuous through-

out. Of the two gonads the right was a typical testis, on the

ventral surface of the left however was a “conspicuous yellow

egg.” On section another was found devoloping in its proximity.

while ‘“‘a few groups of bodies resembling developing ‘ ovarian

ova’ were seen scattered in separate groups (follicles) among

otherwise testicular tissue, more especially near the periphery of

the anterior portion of the gonad.” Epididymes, vasa efferentia

and vasa deferentia were present as in normal specimens, the

former being rather large.

It seems a point worthy of note that the development of the

oviducts in the cases referred to above, viz., those of Howes,

Till, and Jaquet, is much more complete than in the subject of

the present paper; in all these three cases the oviducts were

developed throughout their whole length and opened into the

cloaca, yet in none of these cases is any mention made of the

presence of ova or ovarian tissue. In the present specimen, on

the contrary, numerous ova occur, though only the anterior

thirds of the two oviducts are fully developed,

Literature referred to.

1. Bourns, A. G.—‘‘ On certain abnormalities in the Common

Frog; 1. The occurrence of an ovotestis.” Q.J.M.S. xxiv.

2. Braun.— Das urinogenital Syst. der einheimischen Rep-

tilien.” Arbeit. aus dem zool.-zootomisch. Instit. Wiirzburg,

vol. iv., 1877-8.

3. Fanruam., H. B.—‘‘ On Hermaphroditism and Vestigial

Structures in the Reproductive Organs of ZVestudo graca.”

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. 1905, p. 120.

4. Hi, J. P.—“‘ Note on the presence of Vestigial Miillerian

Ducts in a full-grown male lizard (Amphibolurus muricatus).”

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. viii. (Series 2nd), Sept. 27th,

1893.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. X VEL. ee

1230 ON HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD.

5. Howrs, G. B.—“ On the Vestigial Structures of the Repro-

ductive Apparatus in the Male of the Green Lizard.” Journ,

Anat. & Phys. xxi. pp. 185-9, 1887.

6. Jaquer, M., (1895).—‘“* Note sur un cas d’hermaphroditisme

incomplet observé chez le Lacerta agilis.’ Bibliogr. Anat,

(Paris—Nancy) iii. p. 267.

7. Leypia.— Die in Deutschland lebenden Arten der Saurier.”

Tubingen, 1872.

8. Marsuatyt, A. Mrtnes.—‘‘On certain abnormalities of the

Reproductive Apparatus of the Frog.” Journ. Anat. &

Phys. xvii. pp. 121-144.

PZ.S. 1919. WOODWARD, PLL.

Huth imp.

lth.

Giaweadarated del

CROSSORHINUS JURASSICUS.

3. PROTOSPINAK ANNECTANS.

ON TWO NEW ELASMOBRANCH FISIIES. 231

13. On two new Elasmobranch Fishes (Crossorhinus juras-

sicus, sp. nov., and Protospinaw annectans, gen. et sp.

nov.) from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone of

Bavaria. ine Senor Smita Woopwarp, LL.D.,

DIBA, Wea

[Received May 23, 1918: Read June 11, 1918.]

(Plate I.)

Most of the modern groups of Elasmobranch fishes seem to

have arisen during the Cretaceous period, but some are of still

older date, and a few interesting types are represented by well-’

preserved fossils in the Upper Jurassic lithographic stone of

Bavaria, Wirtemberg, and france. Two remarkable new

examples of these early forerunners of the existing fauna have

lately been identified in the British Museum, one apparently

indistinguishable from an existing genus, Orossorimus (ov Orecto-

lobus), the other evidently of a new genus and family closely

related to the Spinacidee.

Family CROSSORHINIDAK,

CROSSORHINUS JURASSICUS, Sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

Specific Characters.— Head gently rounded in front; length of

-head and trunk about equal to that of the tail. Three pairs of

fringing dermal lappets, all undivided, the first extending along

the Sides of the front half of the head, the next pair diminutive,

and the third pair largest, extending along the sides of the

branchial region. Pectoral fins rounded, relatively large, ex-

tending nearly as far back as the origin of the pelvic fins, which

are also rounded and about two-thirds as wide as the pectorals.

Dorsal fins rather small and apparently nearly equal in size; the

first dorsal arising opposite the hinder limit of the pelvic fins* the

second ending in “advance of the much smaller anal fin, which is

close to the lower lobe of the caudal. Body and fins covered with

very fine shagreen, of which some granules between the pectoral

fins have a fluted sculpture.

Description of ype Specimen.—The fossil, which is shown of

the natural size in Pl. J. fig. 1, is exposed in its anterior half

from below, in its caudal half from the side. The snout is short

and bluntly rounded, and the rami of the jaws are vaguely seen,

meeting in an acute angle at the symphysis, where there are

remains of a cluster of very slender, smooth, pointed teeth. ‘The

branchial region is relatively long, but the branchial arches are even

more obscured by the crushed shagreen than the jaws. A single

17*

232 DR. A, SMITH WOODWARD ON i

pair of large dermal lappets (IIL), widest in front and gradually

narrowing backwards, extends along the whole length of the bran-

chial region, Another pair of minute simple lappets (II) is well

seen just in front of this, and the mode of staining of the fossil

suggests that there is a long and narrow fringe of skin (1) along

each side of the rostral region. The vertebral centra are much

constricted and smooth, but where broken they seem to exhibit

traces of some secondary calcification round the primitive double-

cone. Their arches are not distinguishable, but the comparative

shortness of the centra in the front part of the caudal region

evidently results from diplospondyly. The large pectoral fins are

remarkably rounded, slightly longer than wide, and the stout

basal cartilages do not extend more than half-way towards the

distal margin. The long unjointed proximal radial cartilages are

well seen in the left pectoral. The tapering ascending parts of

the pectoral arch are crushed backwards. The pelvic fins, which

are much longer than wide, are supported in their basal half by

very stout radial cartilages ranged along the basipterygium, which

is not produced into claspers. ‘The individual represented is

therefore female. The two dorsal fins are crushed downwards to

the left side of the fossil, and seem to have been nearly, equal in

size; but the parts projecting beyond the edge of the tail

probably represent only their apical halves. The first dorsal,

which is rather fragmentary, arises just behind the end of the

pelvic fins, while the second must have been completely in advance

of the anal. The anal fin is relatively small, short, and rounded,

and close to the lower lobe of the much extended caudal fin. The

lower lobe of the latter is clearly notched near its distal end.

The head, trunk, and fins are completely covered with very fine

shagreen. Most of the granules appear to be flat and smooth,

but some are pointed, and a few on the back of the trunk between

the pectoral fins are both pointed and slightly enlarged and

coarsely fluted.

Affinities —So far as preserved, there is nothing in the fossil

thus described to separate it from the existing genus Crossorhinus,

but it is distinguished from all known species* by the simplicity

of the dermal lappets fringing the head, and by the relatively

large size of the pectoral fins.

Family PROTOSPINACIDAS, nov.

Body depressed, but base of pectoral fins not produced forwards. —

Vertebral centra well calcified (probably tectospondylic). Radial

cartilages of paired fins not extending to the margin; two dorsal

fins on the tail, each with an anterior spine; anal fin present.

* Compare C. Tate Regan, P. Z. S. 1908. pp. 354-357, pl. xi. fig. 2, pl. xii. fig. 2;

also Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [8] vol. iii. (1909), p. 529. J. Douglas Ogilby &

A, R. McCulloch, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xlii. (1908), pp. 269-280, pl. xlii.,

pl. xlii. fig. 1. For skeleton see also W. A. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

vol. ix. (1884), pp. 92-98, pl. 1. figs. 6-8, pl. ii. fig. 13.

TWO NEW ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. 233

Genus PROTOSPINAX, nov.

Snout short and obtusely rounded. Teeth small, compressed

toa sharp edge. Pectoral fins extending as far backwards as the

pelvic pair; dorsal fin-spines large, laterally compressed, and

smooth, the first inserted opposite the pelvic fins; anal fin very

small, close to the elongate-ovoid caudal, which is not notched.

Shagreen dense and fine, none enlarged; lateral line supported

by a series of calcified ringlets.

PROTOSPINAX ANNECTANS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 2, 3.)

Specific Characters.—Attaining a length of about a metre.

Length of cranium shghtly less than one-fifth, length of caudal

fin about one-sixth of the total length. Teeth smooth and

lozenge-shaped, their sharp-edged crown sometimes with a

prominent middle point. Antero-posterior measurement of

pectoral fin about equal to the length of the cranium, and nearly

twice as great as the length of the pelvic basipterygium. Dorsal

fins about equal in size, the first arising slightly in advance of the

middle of the fish.

Description of Type Specimen.—The fossil, which is shown of

one-sixth the natural size in Pl. I, fig. 2, is very fragmentary,

but there are definite points of contact between the pieces of

rock in which it is contained, and most of it is preserved in

counterpart, so that its general shape and proportions are recog-

nisable. The head and trunk are seen directly from above,

while the greater part of the tail is exposed im side-view. ‘he

edges of the head and fins are sharply outlined by fine dense

shagreen, while the distinctness of part of the margin of the

caudal region is due to fossilised muscle. ‘The cranium is well

calcified in the usual small tessere, and evidently not much

distorted. Its postorbital part is about as broad as long, and the

postorbital processes are small and slender. ‘There is very little

constriction between the orbits, which are completely. within the

hinder half of the cranium. The olfactory capsules form relatively

large rounded lateral prominences in the middle of the cranium.

The rostral part is short and wide, not tapering but nearly

truncated in front, and remarkable for the large size of the

elongated anterior fontanelle which extends backwards between

the olfactory capsules. There is no indication of a posterior

fontanelle in the cranial roof. ‘The jaws are not seen, but there

appears to be a vague trace of the mandibular articulation on the

right side well behind the occiput. All the vertebre are crushed

and broken, but they show much secondary calcification round

the primary double-cone, and this seems to have been in concentric

lamin (on the tectospondylic plan). As in many other fossil

Elasmobranchs from the lithographic stone, the body-muscles are

well preserved; and it is clear that while in the abdominal region

each myotome corresponds with one vertebral centrum, in the

anterior part of the caudal region each myotome comprises two

234 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON

vertebral centra. There is thus the common diplospondyly. The

vertebral arches are scarcely seen, except within the caudal fin,

which is displayed in direct side-view. Here the hemals are

apparently stouter and Jess inclined backwards than the neurals.

The pectoral arch is only imperfectly shown, but the right

pectoral fin is complete. It is relatively large, and the supporting

cartilages extend only about half-way from its insertion towards

the distal margin. The three basals ave distinct, the propterygium

being comparatively small and narrow, the triangular meso-

pterygium about as wide as long, and the metapterygium longer

than wide but very little produced backwards. The radial

cartilages, which are not much longer than the basals, are rather

sparsely arranged and do not clearly exhibit any transverse

articulations, About 12 are arranged along both the mesoptery-

gium and the metapterygium. Faint striations are seen in part

of the fin-membrane, but there are no distinct remains of dermal

rays. The pectoral fins extend as far backwards as the pelvic

fins, which ave much smaller. The pelvic basipterygium is long and

gradually tapering, and bears at least 17 radial cartilages, which

(like those of the pectoral) are not closely pressed together and do

not show any transverse articulations. ‘The cartilages occupy only

half of the total expanse of the fin. As they are imperfect behind,

the sex of the individual is uncertain. Of the median fins, one large

dorsal, bordered in front by the remains of a smooth, laterally

compressed spine (d’), arises just behind the origin of the pelvic

fins; but it is very imperfectly preserved. The impression of the

fin-membrane shows some fine striations, which may perhaps

denote strengthening dermal rays. As the tail of the fish is

relatively long, this is doubtless the first dorsal fin, but the fossil

is too fragmentary to exhibit the second dorsal. The caudal fin,

which is displayed in direct side-view and only incomplete at the

upper extremity, is long and ovoid, with the lower lobe the larger.

The membrane here again shows faintly some fine striation. Just

in advance of its lower lobe, a small deep and narrow fin is shown

(a.), with most of the outline defined by oxide of manganese.

Though its separation from the caudal is a little obscured by the

rough fracture of the rock, it is almost certainly distinct and may

be regarded as an anal fin. Fine shagréen covers the whole of

the trunk and fins. Near the margins it is especially smooth and

dense, but on parts of the trunk the granules are rather stellate.

On the trunk in front of the pectoral fins, and again on the

tail just behind the pelvic fins, it is interesting to notice that the

course of the lateral line is marked by a close series of incomplete

ringlets (fig. 2a), as in Chimeroids and in the extinct dog-fish,

Mesiteva.

Young Specimen.—A second specimen inthe British Museum

(No. 37014), from the same formation and locality, only 30 em.

in. Jength, evidently represents a young individual of the same

species. ° The cranium and vertebral column are in undisturbed

series, with the two dorsal fin-spines in their natural position on

TWO NEW ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. 23)

the tail; but the parts of the paired fins are scattered, and only

fragments remain. The specimen, however, is of special impor-

tance, because displaced portions of both jaws with groups of the

teeth are also preserved. The characteristic large anterior fon-

tanelle in the cranium is well displayed as in the type specimen,

The teeth (fig. 3) are relatively small and closely arranged, several

series evidently functional at one time. Their exact shape is

difficult to determine, but they seem to be transversely elongated

rhomboids, with a low crown, which is smooth, compressed antero-

posteriorly to a sharp edge, and sometimes rising in the middle to

a little cusp. Many of the vertebral centra clearly exhibit the

secondary calcification round the primary double-cone. A frag-

ment of a pelvic fin seems to denote a male individual, and a row

of slightly enlarged, pointed shagreen-granules may have belonged

to the clasper. The two dorsal fin-spines (fig. 3a, d', d’), though

fractured, are shown to be nearly similar in size and shape, and

their leneth equals about one-quarter of the distance between

their insertions. The spine of the first dorsal is supported not

only by a short triangular cartilage behind, but also by a larger

and more extended cartilage in front. Traces of the fine stellate

shagreen are seen on the rostrum.

A { finities. —The new genus and species now described evidently

represent a family closely related to the Spinacide, but still re-

taining the anal fin and a less specialised dentition. Protospinaxr

is indeed a generalised type such as might be expected among

Juvassic Hlasmobranchs when the Batoids were beginning to be

differentiated. The Batoids themselves were first represented by

the Rhinobatide. and it is interesting to notice that one member

of this family (Belemnobatis) contemporary with Protospinax had

a spine in front of each of its two dorsal fins.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Orossorhinus jurassicus, sp.'n.; nearly complete fish, nat. size.—Litho-

eraphie Stone; Hichstidt, Bavaria. I, II, IJ. the three paired dermal

lappets.. [British Museum no. P. 11211. ]

2. Protospinax annectans, gen. et sp. n.; fragmentary fish, one-sixth nat.

size.—Ibid. a. anal fin; d!. spine of first dorsal fin. [British Museum

no. P. 8775. ]

2a. Ditto; portion of lateral line of same specimen enlarged four times to show

supporting ringlets.

3. Ditto; group of teeth enlarged ten times.—Ibid. [British Museum

no. 37014. ]

3a. Ditto; portion of tail of same specimen, showing dorsal fin-spines (d!, d?),

nat, size.

ON PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 237

14. The Function of Pathological States in Evolution.

By Morey Roserts*.

[Received May 7, 1918: Read June 11, 1918.]

That dissatisfaction with much orthodox biological opinion is

growing can hardly be denied. Not a little of this feeling is

due to the fact that what is often given as explanation cannot

be resolved into factors capable of appreciation, and, possibly, of

measurement, by the intellect. The theory has to be accepted

as more or less a matter of faith. Where there is a general

tendency to rely on authority, speculation is discouraged, for

orthodoxy everywhere rests on the native conservatism of man,

and even the revolutionary is capable at last of fatigue. As a

result, tentative hypotheses offered by the great leaders tend to

become objects of faith, and among their less enterprising

followers there arises a more or less fervent conviction that,

however unsatisfactory they appear now, they will presently

become demonstration. Thus the theory of the germ-plasm,

even in its later modified form, seems heid too dogmatically by

many: the ‘nature’ of inherited living matter accounts for

every organ as it appears; while all changes are due to obscure

variations of an advantageous kind which give the survivors in

the struggle a better chance. On analysis, such opinions do not

seem truly scientific, for the “nature” of the germ-plasm can

barely be distinguished from the directing entelechy of Driesch,

and if the Weismannian cloud of ids and biophors is now

somewhat condensed, the magic determinant still remains in a

concealed vitalism which is exactly analogous, as regards the

organism, with pantheism as regards the universe. Nor, if we

are told with certainty that altered characteristics are not trans-

mitted, is the theory of small advantageous variations much more

satisfactory, if we know neither how they come, nor how they

are inherited. To say so much must not be regarded as treating

with disrespect its great author, without whom we might still be

wandering in the barren field of teleology.

To regard these theories as hasty and, perhaps, unsound

explanations is not to accept without scrutiny the theory

of the transmission of acquired, or modified, characteristics.

Though this is a view that can be defended on the physico-

chemical grounds of catalysts which are measurable determinants

of a really scientific order, experiments to prove the fact must

take a very long time, and we are compelled to rely on other

methods of proof. ‘That the experiments of Tower and Kam-

merer, for Instance, suggest the transmission of modifications

cannot be denied. Such as oppose the general view that the

environment has thus an inheritable moulding influence on the

organism, seem to reply that these are only rare and doubtful

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

238 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON THE FUNCTION OF

eases, whereas the theory of inherited advantageous variations,

whether continuous or discontinuous, can be made responsible

for the whole of the phenomena. As the conclusion is gradually

being strengthened that large variations of a Mendelian character

deal with other characteristics than those which are racial, all

who rely on inherited spontaneous variations are forced back on

the Darwinian view that small variations can gradually, if of an

advantageous kind, convert one species into two or more, and

that all living characteristics, or organs themselves, are due to

such a cumulative effect. It is, of course, inferred and definitely

stated by Darwin, that any variation in the least degree injurious

would inevitably be destroyed. It is this statement I propose to

examine, and for the purpose of such an enquiry it must be

clearly understood what is meant by the word ‘disadvantageous’

or injurious.

At first sight nothing seems clearer. Why should we doubt

that any functional or organic failure is a handicap in the

biological race? By functional trouble of which the cause is

not obvious: we mean some hindrance, which may be recovered

from, to normal or physiological action. It is due to factors

which, for the most. part, are unknown. We do not doubt that

there is a failure somewhere, which, as regards certain cells,

might be called organic, but often we cannot do more than guess

where the actual failure occurs. In that advanced disorder of

function which has visible lesions and destruction or irremediable

alteration of the individual parts of the machine there is un-

doubted organic disease. Can anything seem more certain than

the conclusion that any organism which fails in the established

functions of its species is as a fact severely handicapped, that

the variation is disadvantageous and cannot possibly be trans-

mitted either directly or by survival? There are, however, some

reasons for believing that this inference is inaccurate and that

the function of disease in evolution is of much greater import-

ance than that of mere elimination. But pathology has very

naturally been neglected as a study by biologists. On the views

generally held, it has seemed sutlicient to recognize that disease

destroyed organisms which obviously left offspring, if it left

them at all, that were handicapped even more heavily than their

parents. It has been understood that their elimination was only

a matter of time and that neither their virtues nor their failures

could influence the race.

If there is one thing more than another which has struck me

when attempting to study these questions, it is that too many

men of science appear to believe that any serious investigation

of other branches than their own is for them a waste of time.

The physiologist ignores the pathologist, who in his turn is far

too likely to fix his eyes on morbid phenomena which cannot be

properly appreciated save by those with a knowledge not only

of normal function but of the general physiology which underlies

is. The same can be said of most workers in science, but in no

PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 239

case is it more likely to occur than in that of the biologist, who,

by the very name and nature of his task, should include in his

apparatus a considerable knowledge of everything which deals

with the organic, and even inorganic, world. Science, however,

is kept in more or less water-tight compartments, and it seems

left to the mathematician to hold the opinion that his own

branch of learning has, somehow or another, deep relations with

all things, including life itself. Even by him it does not seem

to have been pointed out that in things living and non-living

certain principles of construction rule alike. However much

they were wedded to mechanico-physical explanations, biologists

have assuredly often ignored the fact that any organism is con-

struction, and knowing little of the laws of construction have

ignored basal facts familiar to every architect or even every

artisan. It was reserved for Wolff, in formulating his law of

bone-growth and reaction to stress, to propound a principle more

far- reaching than he recognized, ‘when he showed that living

bone, reacting to normal or “abnor ‘mal stimulation, can be pr -oved

to develop in accordance with the principles of engineering and

architecture. This law may, I feel assured, be extended to every

living tissue, and in such an extension will be found the key to

many phenomena still awaiting explanation.

To one who holds this view, the work lately done by Starling

on the ‘“ Law of the Heart,” <r hisla shows that the foree w ith

which the heart contracts is directly proportional to the length of

the muscular fibres at the end of the preceding diastole, is by

no means surprising. It is indeed on a par with the conclusions

of Wolff as regards bone, and might, I believe, have been deduced

from it or from the form I suggest, provided it is understood

that each varying tissue has its own acquired typical reaction.

If, then, it can be shown that disease has had a profound effect

upon the evolution of all organisms, and that analogous results

are found in every kind of human constructive effort m such

numbers as to suggest as a law that all great variational develop-

ments result not from the happy-go-lucky aggregation of small

advantageous variation or from discontinuous variation, whether

of a Mendelian character or not, but rather from partial failure

and repair, we seem to be in sight of a general principle of pro-

found importance. If this principle proves sound, it is obvious

that immense labour has been spent by biologists endeavouring

to explain life without seeking help from other workers. Though

they may show some general knowledge of the cell, and even

special knowledge of the reproductive cells, I find few who appear

to have studied general embryology, to speak only of one branch

of physiology. On the other hand, many physiologists and patho-

logists have done good work in some branches of evolutionary

theory. Bland-Sutton, in his fruitful little book ‘Kvolution and

Disease,’ pointed out that “Pathology is only a department of

Biology, and it is important to bear this in mind in studying

disease.” It is true that he went little further than to show that

240 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON THE FUNCTION OF

what is pathological in one organism may be physiological in

another and that many diseases are reversions, that is, failure in

normal growth. Yet this greatly needed to be shown, and it

is not to be expected of a great pathologist and surgeon, and

perhaps the less the greater ie is in his own branches of work,

that he should attempt tasks from which many of the biologists

themselves seemed to shrink. Claude Bernard made similar

remarks as to pathology. It is to be regretted that a stumbling

block was placed in the path of progress by Darwin’s hopeless

dictum as to the explanation of variation, just as another was by

Huxley when he declared consciousness an insoluble problem.

In every science great discoverers have too often delayed progress

as much by authoritative unsound opinion as they have advanced

it. Every Bible is first a book of revolution and then a refuge

for reaction. Yet no man can possibly know all he should know

for the purposes of his own work. This fact affords the only

justification for those, who cannot pretend to profound knowledge

in any special line, attempting to solve problems which by their

nature are beyond the specialist. They may have been able to

grasp In a measure the general conclusions of each science and

by a happy, perhaps accidental, combination, show at least part

of the forest to those more particularly occupied with the trees

themselves or the flora of the undergrowth.

It is remarkable that hitherto no one seems to have made the

observation that reaction to an actual, or threatened, bréakdown

is one of the basal laws of all construction and organization.

Yet none can read engineering without observing that all

development has followed such lines. As new stresses are

introduced failure is threatened and steps are taken to obviate

disaster. What is a patch in one engine becomes organic in the

next. Since waste of energy can be looked on as pathological,

we observe the reaction in the engineer against such failures, as

the atmospheric engine is succeeded by improved forms ending

in the quadruple expansion engine. Many other instances could

be adduced in general or special engineering evolution, but

the best illustration of the facts which need elucidation can

perhaps be found in Gothic architecture. If such a demon-

stration of this general principle can be made it will go far to

obviate the objection, very likely to be made, that what occurs

in human construction has no relevance to the living organism,

especially if it can be suggested forcibly that human intelligence

is In itself a reaction, and that the law obtains in developments

of all kinds. That trial and error are at the base of evolution is

indeed implied in the current teaching as to variation, and its

extension to intellectual processes will surprise no worker who

has had to deal experimentally with the unknown. We may

expect, but never know where to look for, failure till we see it.

When it is seen we can do our best, as reacting agents, to remedy

it. Having said so much, and leaving aside the wider implica-

tions of such views, we may turn to such a problem of construction.

—~ PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION, 241

as the evolution of a cathedral, in the hope that it may throw a

light on other than architectural puzzles: merely observing, on

the way, that no general principle yet discovered is confined in

its application to one branch of knowledge. Having once found

it, our task is to employ it as a weapon of further analysis.

It is more or less a commonplace that function creates

structure, however Lamarckian that may sound, and in the case

of architecture of a religious order the function which constructs

is public worship. In fine climates the necessary structure is

often a roodess temple. In tropical climates a flat roof may be

needed as a protection against the sun. In temperate climates a

walled enclosure 1s insufticient and a flat roofed structure cannot

keep out rain effectually or bear heavy snow. Thus arose the

pointed or sloping roof. But it has been said that “ Gothie

architecture is not a style. Itis a fight.” The arch is a mighty

warrior. It gives and receives thr usts. ‘The sloping roof partakes

of the same nature. Need created it and the nature of materials

and the positional energy we call gravity caused thrusts which

endangered the simple walls of the building, walls at first meant

to endure nothing but flat roofs probably covered with brush or

the like material. ‘To build stronger walls might have occurred

to the primitive architect, but as the danger was immediate, he

probably at once shored those in existence, and then built others

at a right angle to act as buttresses. In the meantime the

worshippers increased in numbers, and it is indulging in no

flight of fancy to suppose the later builder saw that if the new

external walls were roofed over and doorways cut into the main

building, there would be an immediate increase of space by the

creation of chapels. Such a series of embryonic additional walled

spaces, with further doorways in them leading to each other,

obviously gave him the aisles. Vhe flying buttresses which are

such a feature in great Gothic are shitecture had, I can only

suppose, a like origin. They were originally buttress walls carried

up to the roof. At some period a genius, already acquainted

with arcuated structure, saw that if the inside of these walls was

cut away they would still take a heavy thrust and lighten the

rest of the building. If, however, on being converted into such

slender stone shores they showed signs of yielding, what could be

easier than to pile some of the material taken away on the base

of the flying arch and thus create the beginning cf the pinnacle ?

Though an architect might develop such a rough statement, he

would be the first to admit that it represents in “few words much

of the evolution of a church; that is, he would own the structure

sprang from need, and that each new need caused a constructional

failure which, when strengthened and corrected, was the cause of

further structure. He would further tell us that ‘all good orna-

ment is organic; that it springs naturally from the work already

done, being in its origin just the little more needed to give a

margin of safety, though on it later are exercised the exsthetic

faculties of man, which are again a response to the need of full

242 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON THE FUNCTION OF

satisfaction for the instinct of workmanship. Human ornament

is in fact strongly homologous, if we may use that word here,

with the beauty of very energetic birds, who carry out by virtue

of their free energy the extension of structures and colours

already existing in their less brilliant forms. ‘That, however, is

by the way. The main fact we are concerned with is that the

structure as a whole evolved through trial and error, through

failure and repair, through a threatened structure to a more

complete and adequate one for increased function. In a word,

the great origin of structure was failure after failure duly com-

pensated for. Is there any reason for believing that variation

in the structure of living organisms follows exactly the same

principle? Are we entitled to say that the mammal, for in-

stance, with all its complexity, is the result of infinite ages of

functional failure or disease which was met by processes of repair

and reaction? In a word, can we speak of the evolutionary

value of disease, of impaired function, of disadvantageous varia-

tions? It seems possible to do so, if what is true of one structure

is roughly true of another.

It may seem absurd to speak of the value of disadvantageous

variation, but it is no more absurd than to imply that all

variation is advantageous because it 1s perpetuated. What is

useful at one period may be harmful at another, and embryolo-

gists thoroughly understand that developments useful in feetal

or larval life may open up many dangers for the adult. ‘The

real point to be considered is whether organisms as species do

not vary and run great, even largely destructive, risks by an

increased pressure of function which, in the few that finally

react or whose descendants react to such stress, results at last

in structure that is advantageous as altered. ‘The given variation

in itself may be a failure of what was normal function in the

species, and we should therefore as pathologists or physiologists

speak of it as disease, but if the few that recover become a new

species, a mended race, it is no longer disease. After many

generations it may be truly advantageous to individuals. Have

such processes occurred in the evolution of organisms as they

undoubtedly have in the arts and social progress, where we often

observe political failure or organization eer in ad hoc reaction

which leads to a changed social form? I have no doubt that

they do, and many organs in mammals, to speak only of them,

show it. It is, in fact, a universal principle. As beavers patch

up a dam when it yields or threatens to give way, so tissues,

organs, and societies react to threatened disaster. In no tissue

is this clearer,than in bone. It is true that Wolff's law only

deals directly with mechanical stresses, since it runs—*‘ every

change. in the form and position of the bones or their function is

accompanied by certain definite changes in their internal archi-

tecture and by equally definite secondary alterations of their

external conformation in accordance with mathematical law;”

but I hope to show reasons for concluding that such a law may

PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 243

be stated in more general terms and applied to every tissue and

organ, provided we add that the more complex the tissue or the

organ the greater the liability of failure, and that each tissue

reacts in a typical way.

It is unnecessary to go into details of osteogenesis and mor-

phology, It has been recognized by eugineers that the head of

the femur is formed exactly in accordance with mechanical law.

Had any of them been required to design a structure fit for

undergoing the stresses borne by the femur in its development

and after-life, he would have sketched a figure extremely like it,

not only in its general shape, but in the trabecule which support

the bone in every direction where extra stresses are applied by

normal function, The important point to note is the fact that

femoral developement follows stress in individual development,

from which we must draw the conclusion that it followed stress

during evolution, not that its value for complex function was

gradually increased by chance or ‘‘spontaneous” variation, unless

we attribute to ‘“spéntaneous” a meaning which Darwin never

gave it, seeing that he denied knowing how variation arose. AlJl

the variations were definite responses, and it is easy to infer that

before response became rapid and easy every kind of disaster

and disablement must have occurred to those subjected to re-

action-provoking stresses. The very process of adaptation (and

on these lines “adaptation” is no longer a mystic word) implies

long periods of disordered function and poor structural response

even in those who survived after repair. But now bone is so

* plastic and fluent that when it is grafted the osteoblasts and

osteoclasts shape it according to the form of the main bone of

which it becomes a part.

When we speak of repair it may be noted that the treatises

on this subject are strictly limited in their purview. They mostly

follow Hunter, a vitally important figure in the history of

pathology and indeed of all medical science, who, however,

lacked the apparatus of knowledge now at every one’s disposal.

We learn a great deal about the repair of wounds and fractures :

of the functions of the fibroblasts or of the wandering cells

of the blood-stream, and are told, lately, much of regeneration,

but of the evolutionary value of organized exudations we hear

nothing. Nor has it been suggested that it is to this and

analogous processes that much new structure is due. That this

is so is strikingly apparent, as I shall attempt to show, in many

organs of a highly specialized type. In no structure, perhaps, is

the process so clearly seen as in the mammalian heart, which is

a perfect museum of evolutionary failures and dislocations, com-

pensated for by an extraordinary complication of patched-up

tissues and organized exudations in which, perhaps, one tissue

takes on the functions of another and some evolutionary rem-

nants long survive without function. I was, indeed, first led to

take this general view of the variational value of pathological

conditions by observing that the heart, when laid open from any

244 MR. MORLEY ROBERYS ON THE FUNCTION OF

aspect, powerfully suggested an organized or cured aneurism.

Many must have made ‘the same obser vation, even if they have

not come to similar conclusions. The anatomist and pathologist

perhaps know their subjects too well and are necessarily greatly

dominated by current theory. The general adaptation of the

heart to the work it performs may well delight the anatomist as

he studies its machinery. His main business is not evolution.

The pathologist on the other hand, observing its many failures,

is scarcely likely to discern that by failure itself may come

eventual perfection, and while the physiologist considers its

functions rather than its apparatus. he studies it as it is, not as

it was. In each case the observer may not see the forest for the

trees. Yet when we look at the partially repaired aneurism with

its fibrous growths and turn to the opened heart, the essential

relationship of the chorde tendinee, for all their definite functions,

to the rude fibres of an aneurism is obvious. Is such a lkeness

an accident of evolution and pathology, or are we to consider the

heart as much an organized dilatation sac of the whole fused

circulatory canal as the cured aneurism is of a part of it? It is

in embryology that we seek for confirmation of what is suggested

by anatomy. But even anatomy alone offers powerful proof of

the view that the heart, as we know it, is the latest result of

repeated failures of the circulatory canal under strain and of the

repairs effected by the stressed tissues in their response to

changed and abnormal stimuli, just as bone alters under its

par Ciena stresses. During.embryological life there is found in

the heart a small patch of non-functioning muscle in the anterior

segment of the mitral valve. Its presence is intelligible if we

consider it a relic of a disrupted and repaired organ. The

muscles of the heart are obviously homologous with those of

the arteries. Yet they have become striated although they are,

of course, still involuntary. Non-striated muscle is the earliest

in evolution. It seems that the increased functioning of the

cardiac muscle has converted it into its striated form so that it

resembles skeletal muscles, which are much more active than

non-striated muscle. The whole histology of cardiae muscle

probably represents the result of great strains. Structures such

as the disks or bands of Ebarth are found nowhere else and may

be the result of peculiar stress. There are even portions of

muscle which no longer perform muscular functions. Their

fibres do not contract but serve instead to conduct stimuli as

if they were nervous tissue. All tissue is conductive, but the

bundle of His, with its Purkinje fibres, which carries the impulse —

from the sino-auricular or Keith-Flack node to the ventricle,

transmits messages at ten or twelve times the normal muscular

rate. When it fails there is heart block. In the embryo the

valves arise from the cardiac walls and are composed of muscular

tissue which by the action of fibroblasts gradually become non-

muscular. This must have been originally a pathological process.

It is a reversion, a degeneration made use of. We observe

PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 245

analogous, or shall I say homologous, results in the hypertrophied

heart. The normal male heart weighs about eleven ounces. In

some cases of aortic stenosis it may weigh over thirty ounces.

In such hypertrophied muscle are often found fibrous tissues

which probably represent the connective tissue of muscular fibres

which have atrophied from overstrain. The chorda tendinee of

the mitral valve are less muscular and more fibrous than the

same attachments of the tricuspid. This adaptation difference

lessens strain on the thinner right ventricle. It has, indeed,

remained thinner on that account. In the reptile with a function-

ing foramen the valves are purely mechanical, as pressure is

relieved by the patent orifice. The fossa ovalis in the mammal

is a remnant of the early communication between the auricles.

In a large number of normal hearts there is a small valvular

passage yet remaining in the left margin of the fossa. None of

these phenomena seem capable of explanation as the result of

spontaneous variations arising from some theoretic instability of

the organism. To argue that they are is to give biologic mystics

a chance. It appears obvious from all these facts taken together

that cardiac evolution has been a series of caused variations due

to increased and varying stresses which acted not only as a

moulding force on the shape and musculature of the heart but

on all its appendages. In the muscle of the ventricular walls

with its extraordinary complexity of layers and interlaced fibres

lies powerful evidence of such reactions. In both ventricles

there are seven muscular layers, while in the arteries there

seems but one. In the left ventricle these layers are obviously

thicker and stronger than in the less stressed right cavity. But

how did the ventricular cavities acquire more layers than the

arteries? There is obvious reason for believing that stress can

be responded to by increase of muscle fibre during evolution.

In the gravid uterus the smooth fibres of the wall increase to

eleven times their normal lengih and are from two to five times

as broad. There may be new fibres in it. I doubt if any one

knows. But in evolution new fibres are undoubtedly found. In

the arteries, the fibres of non-striated muscle in the tunica media

are for the most part circular, but they appear to have more or

less longitudinal branches which interlock with like branches of

the neighbouring fibres. One of the most prominent features of

an individual aneurism is the thinning out, and sometimes the

disappearance, of the tunica media. The muscle fibres in such

cases are completely broken down, and if the aneurism is repaired

in individuals the work is done mostly by an increase of the

connective-tissue elements. The process is said by some to be a

reparatory endarteritis, in which the tissues of the adventitia

proliferate actively. But the evolutionary process has obviously

taken the path of increase and reactive proliferation of the

muscular elements of the media.

It is often observed that the aneurism which displays sufficient

reacting power to the stresses of the blood stream accumulates

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XVIII. 18

246 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON THE FUNCTION OF

blood clots in layers, and it is therefore all the more interesting

to note that in the embryo the columne carnee and chorde

appear to rise from a spongy network which at an early age fills

the primary ventricle. Such origin is strongly suggestive of

some process analogous to blood clotting or to an irritative

reaction of the embryonic ventricular wall. The evolutionary

dilatation sacs which I suggest were originally pathological can

be seen in the embryo during the process of their formation.

The path laid down by pathology is trodden by physiology. It

follows that during evolution there must have been an immense

destruction of organisms whose circulating canals did not react

and numbers which retained their unaltered “specific” characters.

The same process goes on to-day. Though many die of cardiac

disease, it may be that much youthful functional trouble and

seven more serious adult disorders are even now remoulding the

heart. No organ is perfect: if it does not degenerate it pro-

gresses. ‘Though such processes are ‘‘ disease,” 1t by no means

follows that they will be destructive, any more than that the

functional incapacity of the tricuspid valves in athletes, which

probably precedes what is known as ‘second wind,” is anything

now but a cardiac safety-valve.

As we learn more of the heart and its latent capacities we

may perhaps say with the late Dr. H. G. Sutton, “we trust

nature too little, to say the least of it.” But there are, of course,

great difficulties to overcome before we can hope to understand

how the cardiac musculature has altered and may still be

changing by the addition of new fibres. As yet, little is known

of myogenesis. Like a neurone, a muscle cell seems to last a

life-time, and though both may degenerate or die, neither pro-

liferates after the early period of development. But whatever

their histogenesis, new fibres do appear in evolution. Harvey

did not refuse to believe in the validity of his own conclusions

because he lived before Leeuwenhoek. With considerable hesi-

tation I venture to suggest that morphogenetic stress is at its

height during feetal development. The child a wtero has not,

perhaps, the calm and happy life commonly attributed to it. On

the contrary, it probably leads a strenuous existence, and if it

inherits a new weakness this is shown just where and when new

stresses find plastic embryonic tissues to respond to them. If

such a speculation is sound it accounts for many phenomena.

But in any case, whatever the machinery of inheritance and

evolutionary repair, it is certain that new fibres arise where they

are needed.

If such views in any way represent the biological history of

the heart, it is obvious that many of the opinions of variation

usually held are-without foundation. Every variation.is definitely

caused; it is in no sense accidental or spontaneous; it may not

be even at once advantageous to the individual: on the contrary,

it may be a severe handicap which puts greater general stress on

PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION, 247

all who experience it, though such stresses fall short of those

which cause death. Variations of this order may only be

advantageous to the whole species as a continuing race. They

may destroy, and doubtless have destroyed, individuals without

number at an earlier age than the usual. life-period of the

unvaried type. We may possibly imagine a part of humanity,

now responding to stresses which make the heart do more work

and fail earlier, displaying such energy during their shorter

life as to. displace those with a normal cardiac mechanism which

survives to the average age of man. It is to be inferred from

these considerations that the structure of an organism is not a

congeries of minute fortuitous advantageous variations, nor the

gradual massing of details in an orthogenetic line, nor the result

of large discontinuous variations due to chromosomatic in-

heritance, but a complex of definite reactions to definite stresses.

The true theory of living structure is that its growth is neither

casual nor foreseen, but that is what we may call, in political

language, the ‘‘ opportunism ” of the organism as a whole. Every

advance 1s a forced, even a desperate, experiment. Life, like a

hypothesis or a dain, is built up by stopping Jeaks.

The evolution of the stomach seems to have followed the

lines suggested for cardiac development. From the physiological

point of view, a straight intestinal tube which becomes dilated

cannot be considered anything but pathological. It has failed

under the stresses imposed on it, but the organism which

reacted turned a weak dilatation sac into a strong perma-

nent food pouch. The results to the reacting organisms were

many. The ingested food became temporarily static, was more

thoroughly dealt with, and the organism was not continually

feeding. Its whole available energy was not devoted to nutrition:

it had time at its disposal and could develop other functions

leading to further structures. That the human stomach is such

an organized failure is suggested forcibly by the musculature. In

the small intestine this is composed of two layers of fibres,

circular and longitudinal. In the stomach it is made of three

sets, an inmost layer of oblique fibres being added. This oblique

layer is obviously a later growth and, as would be expected on

the lines laid down as to disaster and repair, its strongest fibres

ave found just where they are wanted, that is, supporting the

greater curvature or dilatation of the stomach. This later

layer is naturally less well developed than the longitudinal and

circular fibres. Other oblique fibres are formed about the pylorus

where they form the sphincter. I suggest that these oblique

muscle fibres arose as points of strain, under intense stimulation.

The dilated pouch has reacted in accordance with mechanical

law, just as the heart did with its more complex arrangement of

oblique fibres woven into a structure capable of giving in the

left ventricle a thrust of over fifty pounds. The reacting organism

is no fool of a mechanic either in its bones or its muscles, and

s™

248 MR. MORLEY ROBERUS ON THE FUNCYION OF

these phenomena are additional reasons for extending Wolff's

law to all tissues. If protoplasm did not so react there would be

no problems to solve.

Such views on the mammalian, gastric apparatus are so

obviously supported by the embryology of the organ that there

is no need to go into details beyond noticing that in the fourth

week there comes the first dorsal bulging in the fore-gut. Of

the curiously shaped fundus, Keith has remarked that it is in

origin like the cecum, but I do not think it has been suggested

that its form has possibly been moulded by the presence of the

large air bubble so often seen in X-ray photographs. It is an

elastic air-reaction pouch just as the whole stomach itself 1s a

food-reaction pouch. It began to give way there, but the process

was stayed. So far as I am aware, it is not provided with

obvious oblique fibres. Further investigation may find them.

Tf evolution is still proceeding, is it absurd to suggest that

the common disorder known as dilated stomach may be a_patho-

logical process actually in the process of becoming physiological ¢

According to some physicians, few modern stomachs do not

suffer at times from an amount of dilatation which is patho-

logical; 7. ¢., their gastric musculature fails to react correctly.

The stomach may yet be such a functioning dilatation pouch as

to enable the human race to do with no more than one meal a

day or even less. Our descendants will have all the more time

for work. This by 10 means implies that the empty stomach

should be any larger than it is now in healthy subjects. Before

the invention of X-rays the gastric apparatus was always

pictured in text-books as usually seen on the post-mortem table.

The dead stomach was shown as the portrait of the live one:

the weakened pouch of the sick man as that of the live and

healthy subject. But nowadays it is known that such extreme

dilatation is natural only when a large meal has been taken.

When the healthy stomach is empty it contracts so that it

nearly resumes its ancient cylindrical character and is of a size

not much greater than that of the small intestine. With further

development it might hold still more and yet react in the same

way. The suggestion that functional failure or disease which

becomes organic and destructive in many, may, in reacting and

surviving organisms, alter their outlook on life and all their

activities, seems to me powerfully reinforced by these considera-

tions. The disadvantageous variation does work, and finally

improves the race.

It can even be shown that disadvantageous variations actually

become permanent racial characters. We may consider hernias.

In the prone position of most animals, hernial sacs, now known

not to be essentially pathological until they are forced open by

mechanical stresses or relaxed by organic weakness, are not a

great seurce of danger. They may even be considered as an

additional means of securing the peritoneum to its connective

tissue. During the processes of evolution, however, a mammalian

PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 249

hernia seems to have occurred almost universally and to have

established itself as normally physiological. The twunica vaginalis

propria of the testis is actually part of the original peritoneal sac,

as can be seen in the embryo. During feetal life it is separated

from the parent tissue. In whatever sense we now call such a

change physiological it seems impossible to regard it as originally

anything but pathological. Is it too startling to declare that it

is an evolutionary sloughed tissue such as is often seen in

strangulated hernias? I certainly do not know how we can

describe the scrotum as anything else than the coverings of an

evolutionary hernial sac which is not only of no advantage but a

positive danger to most male animals. In some, the pigs for

instance, the testicles do not descend into an external pouch but

are supported and protected by the normal skin tissues, not by a

thinned and delicate integument of later development like the

scrotum, a tissue still scantily supplied with the non-striated

muscular fibres which might have reinforced it and are perhaps’

now developing slowly. When we consider the rarity of mus-

cular fibres in human skin tissues in comparison with those of

animals, their greater frequency in the scrotum and perineum

suggests that they are a reaction product. They act in the

dartos, or deeper layers of the scrotal dermis, at right angles to

the ruge and are something of a support. The pink colour of

this structure is due to the presence of these muscular ‘fibres.

They are not connected in any way with the cremaster muscle

and therefore not affected by the cremasteric reflex. In no sense

can the descent of the testes be called advantageous. It causes

a weak spot, recognized as such by men and animals. The

Japanese wrestlers are trained from youth to return the testes

into the inguinal-canals. If the translation of the testis from

a safe place to an exposed one has had any good results they

have been indirect and only discoverable, though not yet

discovered, over long periods during which the change must

have been disastrous to many. To argue that they were advan-

tageous to begin with is to destroy the authority of reason.

It may seem an undue extension of the view that pathology

has played an immense part in evolution if it is suggested that

it was upon pathological conditions that the very existence of

the Metazoa depended. There can be no doubt that they origi-

nated from some protozoon by a failure of normal physiological

fission. We see here how theories of disease may be modified

according to the point of view taken. From that, shall I say, of

a protozoan Hippocrates or Hunter nothing can be more obvious

than that a failure of mitosis would be a calamity, the birth of a

monster, of Siamese twins, among the normally constituted uni-

cellular organisms. It is still in the processes of reproduction

that we find the strongest evidence of the part played by disease.

When considering such problems in this light it seems some-

what difficult to account for the satisfaction of many with the

theory of small cumulative advantageous variations. What ground

250 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON 'THE FUNCTION OF

is there for imagining such machinery could result in a complex

series of adaptations such as the uterus and what we may call its

habits and customs in dealing with the embryo from the entrance

of the ovum till birth? Even those who adapt to their own

ideas some theory of large discontinuous variation will, in the

end, be compelled to attribute the uterine growth and functions

to a mystic power or virtue in the original germ. ‘They may

follow some philosophers and “unpack” powers out of a con-

jurer’s bag without telling us how they got there. Yet if we

regard the uterus as the result of tissue reactions under abnormal

stimuli, being guided in research by the processes seen every day

in disease, the variations, whether small or large, continuous or

discontinuous, assume an aspect neither fanciful nor mystical,

and vur need for biological faith is reduced to a decent scientific

minimum.

The fact that the embryo acts upon the maternal organism as

a parasite against which the mother has to be protected, is

commonly recognized, but I have not seen the obvious conclusion

drawn that the whole history of the mammal must have been

due originally to a pathological accident in some one or more of

their ancestors. The mammalian animal still lays eggs, but they

are not extruded. When such retention first took place, 1t must

have been due to an accidental pathological delay of the travelling

ovum, owing perhaps to catarrh of the tube. Hven now the

mother has to be rendered immune to the products of the offspring.

Many of the phenomena of early gestation are those of immuni-

zation, in many cases a very slow process, as is shown in human

beings by vomiting and malaise. It has, moreover, not been

clearly or generally recognized except by pathologists that the

very methods by which the ovum attaches itself to the uterine

wall are, so far as the hostess is concerned, actually pathological

and bordering on the malignant. Yet they have resulted in a

series of protective reactions which save the parent and permit

the growth of the parasite. The method by which the ovum

becomes partially buried in the tissues is obviously of a destruc-

tive kind and curiously analogous to the malignant processes

seen in chorion-epithelioma. Bland-Sutton remarks, “This disease

is instructive because the erosive action of the trophoblast is the

physiological type of the invasiveness so characteristic of many

varieties of cancer.” It may, 1 think, be added that it is the

balance established by reaction which makes the trophoblastic

action physiological.

That the influence of the ovum on the undeveloped tube must

have been of an exceedingly dangerous character is now seen in

tubal pregnancies during which the chorionie villi frequently

penetrate the wall of the tube, which does not react as powerfully

as the uterus. Such a process in the uterus, which is itself a tubal

dilatation, is now normal because these villi, the earlier nutrition

roots or organs of the parasite, are prevented from injuring the

PATHOLOGICAL SYATES IN EVOLUTION. 251

uterine wall irrevocably by the transformation of the reactive

uterine decidua and the chorionic villi and the allantois of the

foetus into the combined temporary organ known as the placenta.

It may be noted that the non-placental mammals are less

exposed to the destructive and toxic effects of their offspring

as they are born at an earlier stage than in the case of the

deciduate mammals. The marsupial foetus is about half an inch

in length when transferred to the milk-pouch. It is impossible

to look at the placenta without recognizing that it is what we

may call a compromise growth, one which serves the embryo

without destroying the parent hostess. That all mammals are

not yet fully armed against any morbid alteration of function

in the penetrating chorionic villi is seen, as suggested above, in

chorion-epithelioma, where the energy of the villi trophoblasts

leads to a malignant overgrowth of the epithelial elements,

which the maternal tissues fail to inhibit. The hydatid mole,

which does not as a rule become malignant, is a case where such

inhibition has been sufficient. All these cases, malignant or

henign, support the view held by many that malignancy always

depends on the failure of some tissue inhibition, and that if

bacilli play any part in the drama it is that of helping to upset

the balance between tissues which are fundamentally hostile

though they exist normally in symbiosis. These phenomena

regarded as a whole establish on a firm foundation the

view that the uterus and its reactions during gestation are

definite protective processes or variations springing originally

from a purely pathological accident in some ancestors of the

mammalians. However complex the embryology of the uterus

and its appendages, the broad facts are compatible with this

view, which is strengthened by the later parasitic history of the

offspring after birth. The mammz appear to be a compromise

between the needs of the infant and the protection of the

mother: they originated in sore or tender spots on the epithelium

most exposed to the assaults of the parasite. The growth of the

nipple is a complex variation depending on the mechanical action

of sucking with a reaction proliferation of the epithelial elements

of the sweat and sebaceous glands and an increased blood-supply

as special maternal protections against oral infection. It seems

to me that few stronger instances can be found of the fact that

the development of many organs, if not all of them, is the result

of direct reactions or adaptations which are in the nature of

repair to tissues otherwise likely to suffer disastrously.

It is large macroscopic results of this order which enable us to

reason about other finer reactions, and even help us to link to the

general process those of a microscopic and _ ultra-microscopic

character which we class under “immunity.” Such phenomena

are reactions under stress which, by the provocation of catalysts,

influence life. Much of human character, even, is similar re-

action, perfect or imperfect, to the infections to which the race

252 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON THE FUNCTION OF

has been and still is exposed. Thus psychology itself must at

last be classed as the result of physical reactions, a conclu-

sion fully in accord with the work of Pavloff on conditioned

reflexes.

lf any further illustration of the conclusions so far suggested

is necessary, it may be found in the growth of the mesentery.

It has often been pointed out that the embryonic processes by

which it is formed are histologically those of plastic organized

exudations. The attachments of the whole tube do not come

about at the same period of fetal development, and it seems of

significance when we note that the mesentery of the small gut has

an oblique attachment, to the posterior abdominal wall from the

duodenum to the right iliac fossa, only found in animals which

have assumed the upright posture. This comes into existence as

late as the fourth or fifth month of fetal development. Before

this band was formed there must have been a great series of

disasters, for even now the last part of the mesentery to become

attached to the abdominal wall, that is, the angle between the

ileum and ascending colon, sometimes’remains free. A volvulus

may easily form there by rotation of the ileo-colic loop. The

whole history suggests a series of lymph effusions, caused by

pathological states, some of which were sorted out by the lethal

process of natural selection, the remainder surviving and leaving

offspring with the lability to organize the effusion in the safe

way. The pathology of those cases in which what are known as

Lane’s Kinks can be found is obviously of a similar character.

The stasis of the affected bowel causes lymph effusion and the

formation of a band which is morphologically homologous with

the early mesentery.

After reviewing phenomena such as these, the conclusion

seems inevitable that single small favourable variations have

not done the whole work of evolution. They may play their

part as correlated changes, but they then take their place in a

series of which the causes can be recognized. In combination

with reasonable views of use and disuse and of increased or

decreased blood-supply they may. perhaps. be held to explain

such phenomena as the delicate co-aptation of some cardiac

valves. Their place in the explanation of the phenomena of

mimicry seems obvious. But though they may help us to com-

prehend how tissues become finished structures if they are

combined with the results of functional energy, they yield no

hint as to great or decisive developments and the mechanism

involved in them. If the reasons adduced for the thesis laid

down carry any weight. it is obvious that many, if not most, of

the really decisive variations in all internal structure depended

and still depend, not on variations which can be called favourable

but on those that for the major portion of the organisms involved

are directly disastrous: not on variations which are small but

on those which are big enough to be appreciable as the cause of

_——

PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 253

immense functional and structural results; not on changes which

can in any sense be called spontaneous, by which we may suppose

is meant those no cause can be assigned to, but on variations,

which, though they occurred ages ago, were obviously due to the

very same causes that the pathologist can demonstrate to be

working at the present day. Only such organisms as respond by

“direct reactions in a manner that finally turns out to be useful,

or at the very least compatible with life and reproduction, are

able to survive. The whole of growth and development thus

becomes largely a function of effective morphogenetic repair to

organic failure and disease.

Though this is not the place to deal at length with the vexed

question of transmission of modifications, it may be remarked

that the foregoing arguments seem to imply that such alterations

as a matter of fact are inherited. i think some progress can be

made if we simply assume provisionally that organisms do tend

to repeat themselves and that it is unlikeness rather than likeness

which requires explanation. We know that gross unlikeness is

almost always due to a lack or excess of some internal secretion,

hormone, or enzyme, and from this it may be inferred that

likeness is due to such catalytic machinery coming over in the

zygote, and to each differentiation producing anew its own

peculiar products which stimulate or inhibit further growth and

differentiation. Some time ago I was struck by a remark of

Starling’s that each new organism seemed a fresh “creation.”

He gave this up on account of the difficulty he found in the

“time element” of the problem, but I venture te think he was

right in his surmise. There is a growing body of opinion in

support of this view, as the names of Cunningham. McBride,

Dendy, and Bourne seem to bear witness. We must certainly

take into account these regulators of metabolism, and if we

accept the view that hypo-thyroidism determines cretinism, or,

in the adult, myxedema; that hyper-thyroidism is thé direct

cause of the phenomena seen in Graves disease, just as hyper-

or hypo-pituitarism causes giantism or infantilism in children

while a later overgrowth of the gland causes acromegaly, I see

no difficulty in accepting the hypothesis that crowth is deter-

mined, #. ¢. stimulated or finally inhibited, by non-living catalysts

or secretions not necessarily confined to the endocrine organs.

Tn this way a bridge may perhaps be built between the orthodox

Weismannian and the Lamarckian. Growth and characier are

caused by determinants, but these are not part of the cytoplasm

itself, they are the machinefy by and through which living

matter acts. The organism is not built up by special protoplasm

or by entelechies or “by any mysterious dan créati7. Tt arises

from the definite influence of definite catalysts originating, in an

orderly sequence, as the organs become differentiated, while the

individual is as a whole exposed in an infinite progression to

the internal and external stimuli of a like but slowly changing

254 ON PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION.

environment to which it reacts. The factors which did the

work are working now. ;

To recapitulate the tentative conclusions arrived at, it may be

suggested that—

1. Mechanical reaction to stress is a general law of all tissues.

2. Morbid conditions in many cases give rise to repair which

becomes physiological.

3. Such repairs lead to new functions, new stresses, further

morbid states and further repair.

4, These factors are some of the main causes of specific and

generic differences.

5. In all probability transmission of changes caused in the

way indicated does take place by a morphogenetic reply in utero

to increased functional stresses.

6. As it is a narrow view to assume that pathology in all cases

tends to death, the study of pathology and general physiology

should be part of the preparation of the biologist.

NOTES ON THE BEAVERS A’ LEONARDSLEE. 255

15. Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918.

By Sir Epmunp G. Lover, Bart., Vice-President Z.8

Received June 24, 1918; Read October 22, 1918. ]

From the books on Natural History we have been given to

understand that Beavers breed only once in the year, and that

the young ones are born between the end of April and the

beginning of June, after a period of gestation which is believed

to last about fourteen weeks.

In a book called ‘In the Beaver World,’ by E. A. Mills, it is

stated that the number in a litter varies from one to eight, and

that the eyes of the young ones are open from the beginning,

and in less than two weeks they appear in the water accompanied

by their mother.

It is difficult to give an opinion as to how old the young

Beavers are when we first see them at Leonardslee. They are

then about the size of rabbits, and we have supposed them to

have been born six weeks or two months before, but we feel we

have very little evidence to go on. I have always noticed the

young ones of this size swimming about alone, the mother taking

no notice of them.

In January 1916 a pair of Canada Beavers were received here.

(I will cali these No. 1 and No. 2.)

On Dee. 11, 1916, a young beaver was seen, about the size of a

rabbit. (I will call this one No. 4.)

On July 10, 1917, three young ones were seen; these again

were about the same size as N o. 4 when it was first seen. (I will

call these three Nos. 6, 7, and 8.)

Some time in August 1917 two young beavers were seen on

the bank together. One was considerably larger than the other.

The smaller one was recognized as No. 4, and we have to come to

the conclusion that the other must have been born in the spring

of 1916, soon after the arrival of the pair Nos. 1 and 2. (I will

call this one No. 3.)

On June 15, 1918, a young beaver was seen for the first time.

Although only seen so lately, it is clear from its size that it

must have been born some months ago, perhaps in December

1917 or January 1918. (I call this one No. 5.)

At the end of 1917 we had noticed that the old female seemed

heavy in young, and were rather disappointed not to have seen

any signs of a litter, but it seems that she had one after all.

On June 18, 1918, a very small beaver was seen (I call this

one No. 9). It was not larger than a big rat. The little one

was obviously out before the authorized time, for the mother (not

the old female) went after it, and taking hold of a piece of its skin

swam back with it to the mouth of the burrow, which is under

water, and, letting go with her mouth, pushed it with her paws.

I think this young mother must be No. 3, which I suppose was

256 NOTES ON THE BEAVERS A'l LEONARDSLEE.

born in May or June 1916, therefore she was only just two years

old when this little one was born.

It wiil be interesting to see how long it will take the young

one to grow to “ rabbit” size.

. Now that there are two females bearing young ones, it will be

difficult or impossible to make any exact observations.

It is certain that the old female had young ones twice in one

year: in October 1916 (seen December 1916) and in May 1917

(seen July 1917), and it is probable that she had young ones on

the following dates :—

April 1916,

October 1916,

May OMe

December 1917.

For some periods Beavers will show up continually in the day-

light, and then will come an interval when they are seldom on

view, or only one or two.

When the pair of Canadian Beavers first arrived in January

1916, I saw only one at a time for several months, until at last

I was afraid that one must have died; but, just as I had come to

this conclusion, I saw the two together on the bank.

To get accurate statistics is not so easy as might be imagined,

but I think that the notes I have made are not far from the

truth.

MADAGASCAR FROGS OF rHE GENUS MANTIDACTYLUS. Dail

16. On the Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus

Blgr. By G. A. BouLencsr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received September 18, 1918: Read October 22, 1918. ]

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

INDEX.

GEOGRAPHICAL: Page

INA byarcreae JOO GES... 004 papoo0 capmap oa9se809Na201)9 onNgDHNBOD DGCHDG sce, ZO

SYSTEMATIC:

Mantidactylus, Synopsis of Species ................0ceeeeeeee ees 258

M. ambohimitombi, sp. un. ....... Su bh esee260

Aglyptodactylus, g.n., for TeApanAies paurlensacn Aensts

Among the many peculiar features of the herpetological fauna

of Madagascar is the fact of the genus Kana, so numerous in

species in Continental Africa and the Indo-Malayan Region,

having only two representatives : Rk. (Tomopterna) labrosa Cope,

allied to the South African 2. natalensis A. Smith, and 2. (Péy-

chadena) mascareniensis D. & B., distributed over the greater

part of Africa, the Seychelles and the Mascarenes included.

Most of the Madagascar frogs originally referred to Rana or

Limnodytes (Hylorana) have proved to be distinguished by the

presence of an intercalated bone between the penultimate and

distal phalanges of the fingers and toes and have been referred to

an autochtonous genus, Wantidactylus*. In the species grouped

by me under this genus, the swellings or discs in which the

fingers and toes terminate bear on the lower surface a ring-shaped

groove, defining a circular or transversely elliptic area, thus afford-

ing a further distinctive character by which to recognise them

among those species of Rana in which digital discs are likewise

present.

One species, Limnodytes madagascariensis A. Dum. (2. ingui-

nalis Gthr.), which I had left in the genus Rana, has been shown

by the late Dr. F. Mocquard to be also provided with the inter-

calary phalanx and therefore referred by him to Mantidactylus ;

but as in this species the small digital terminal expansions are

devoid of the groove to which I now draw attention, I consider

it to be entitled to generic distinction, under the new name of

Aglyptodactylus. In this A. madagascariensis, the omosternum

is forked at the base, as in Mantidactylus, the nasal bones are

small, oblique, and separated from each other as well as from the

frontoparietals, and the terminal phalanges are obtuse; there are

no femoral glands.

Wé are now acquainted with 22 species of Mantidactylus, to

which a twenty-third is here added. A key to the identification

* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895, p. 450.

258 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON MADAGASCAR

of the species was drawn up by Mocquard in 1909*, but as this

key does not seem to me to work well and as the arrangement

therein followed does not at all express the natural affinities, I

have prepared a synopsis in which I have endeavoured to make

good these deficiencies, so far as it is possible to do so in a linear

sequence.

Synopsis of the Species of Mantidactylus.

J. Glandular dorso-lateral fold, if present, not confluent with the supratemporal

fold.

A. Discs of fingers very small, usually smaller than those of the toes; snout

rounded or very obtusely pointed, not or but feebly projecting beyond

the mouth; loreal region oblique; belly perfectly smooth, or very feebly

granulate behind.

1. Toes entirely or nearly entirely webbed; head broader than long; back

granulate.

Tympanum hidden or small, very indistinct, and

distant from the eye; tibio-tarsal articulation

not reaching beyond the eye; heels meeting or

not, when the limb is folded at right angles to

the body ; tibia 24 to 3 times as long as broad,

25 to 22 times in length from snout to vent...... WZ. guttulatus Blgr. 1881 F.

Tympanum distinct,:small and distant from the

eye; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching eye or tip

of snout we... M. grandidieri Mocquard, 1895.

Tympanum distinct, § % diameter of eye; ‘tibio-tarsal

articulation reaching posterior border of eye...... M. inaudax Peracca, 1893.

2. Toes } to } webbed; head as long as broad; tympanum very distinct,

4 diameter of eye.

eto

Series of vomerine teeth nearly equidistant from

each other and from the choanz; tibio-tarsal

articulation reaching eye; heels BS Une tibia

22 to 3 times as long as broad, 24 to 22 times

a length from snout ‘to vent ; back smooth...... M. alutus Peracca, 1893.

Series of vomerine teeth much nearer the choane

than each other; tibio-tarsal articulation reach-

ing tip of snout, or between eyeand tip of snout;

heels strongly overlapping; tibia 33 to 4 times

as long as broad, 13 to 2 times in length from

snout to vent; back with glandular longitudinal

HOBIE), sood oobisuu Goo conou ooo Le soonotE poo ooapsd phoned ooUeDocee ky ARSOUCIIDOUS Leleae, IEE

B. Discs of fingers small, as large as or larger than those of the toes; belly

smooth or granulate only on the sides and behind.

1. Head as long as broad. or a little broader than long; snout rounded or

obtusely pointed; toes at least 4 webbed.

a. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching tympanum or posterior border of eye ;

heels not overlapping; tibia 23 to 3 times as long as broad, 2 to

22 times in length from snout to vent; first and second fingers equal;

loreal region oblique; back smooth or with indistinct flat warts; belly

smooth.

Tympanum } to 2 diameter of eye; toes # webbed. MW. curtus Blgr. 1882.

Tympanum } to # diameter of eye; toes + to $

WWGIDLEIko 53 sac ooo nov ooo ond cup ovacascopsgondoebcnsuosacossosean i Wd RORUS Isley, Teste),

N. Arch. Mus. (5) i. p. 55.

neludes MW. piger Mocquard, 1900.

ap Jt

tL Includes YW. multiplicatus Boettg. 1918.

FROGS OF THE GENUS MANTIDACTYLUS. 259

b. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching eye or between eye and nostril; toes

3 to 2 webbed ; tympanum 3 to once diameter of eye.

Loreal region oblique; tympanum not more than

15 times its distance from the eye; tibia 25 to

3 times as long as broad; inner metatarsal

tubercle + to 4 length of inner toe; back'with or

without small elongate warts; belly perfectly

smooth.. & *. . M. ambohinitombi, sp. n.

Loreal region ‘oblique ; . tympanum 2 to 3 times its

distance from the eye; tibia 3 to 3% times as

long as broad; inner metatarsal sakes 4 to}

length of inner toe; back with elongate warts

or glandular folds; belly granulate on the sides

Baya oye) obovs eereas wena eam ey an ane EPE aan M. ulcerosus Boettg. 1880.

Loreal region nearly vertical; inner metatarsal

tuberele length of inner toe; two glandular

HONGIS FNKCTAVES ND [WAC 63. ssocoo cco cou Ganoun cogado cna saves M. bellyi Mocquard, 1895.

ec. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching be-

yond tip of snout; toes } webbed ;

tympanum a little smaller than the

eye; three glandular folds along the

backe-siellyasmooth es eee aseeeeee M. opiparis Peracca, 1893.

3. Head a little longer than broad; snout pointed, strongly projecting beyond

the mouth; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching anterior border of eye or

nostril; toes not more than { webbed; belly smooth.

Tympanum larger than the eye; first finger

shorter than secoud; two glandular folds along

cheynacK eye _ M. erumnalis Peracca, 1893.

Tympanum about 4 oF L diameter of. eye; first finger a as

long as or slightly shorter than second ; “back | Hew. 1913.

with large Galena leeseehiG Neue eaaaianin Seana . M. glandulosus Meth. &

C. Discs of fingers rather 1 ee, at pier serie twice as broad as the aeparapiale

joint, as lar ge as or larger than those of the toes.

1. Belly perfectly smooth ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching eye ; Teale meet-

ing; tibia 3 times as long as broad, 2 to 24 times in length from snout to

vent ; toes entirely or nearly entirely webbed; first finger much shorter

than second ; loreal region nearly vertical.

Head longer than broad; snout pointed, strongly

projecting beyond—the mouth ; es 3

diameter of eye ....... M. majori Bigr. 1896.

Head as long as broad ; snout rounded or obtusely

pointed, moderately projecting ; tympanum 3} to

Sudiamleterioneye Meet wan eset eee M. cowanii Blgr. 1882.

2. Belly granulate behind and on the sides only; heels overlapping; tibia

34 to 4 times as long as broad; toes # to nearly entirely webbed; inner

‘metatarsal tubercle ; to 4 length of inner toe; first finger a little shorter

than second; tympanum } to # diameter of eye; loreal region nearly

vertical.

Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching eye, nostril, or

tip of snout; tibia 14 to 2 times in length from

snout to vent; tongue usually with a conical

papilla in the middle of the anterior third ...... M. lugubris A. Dum. 1853*.

Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching tip of snout or

Ege tibia 13 times in length from snout to

Vente re meee vances . I. flavicrus Blgr. 1889.

3. Belly ereivlbitas aa drronell onda

a. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching eye or tip of snout; tibia 3% to

45 times as long as broad, 13 to 2 times in length from snout to vent ;

tympanum % to ; diameter of eye; loreal region nearly vertical.

Toes 2 webbed; inner metatarsal tubercle small,

feebly prominent, + length of inner toe; a narrow

dorso-lateral glandular fold ......................0002. M. granulatus Boettg. 1884.

* Includes MW. femoralis Blgr., 1882, and ambreensis Mocquard, 1895.

260 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON MADAGASCAR

Toes 4 webbed; inner metatarsal tubercle strong

and prominent, compressed, 4 to 3 length of

inner toe; no dorso-lateral fold ..................... IL redimitus Bler. 1889.

}. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond tip of snout; tibia 45 to

5 times as long as broad, 13 to 13 times in length from snout to vent;

loreal region oblique.

Toes nearly entirely webbed; inner metatarsal

tubercle + length of inner toe; tympanum 3 to

2 diameter of eye; a pair of inwardly curved

glandular folds on the anterior third of the back,

from the upper eyelids; heel with a dermal pro-

COSS OF SPUL Loose... cee eeeeeeceneestecenteseetesresscces DE, Tuteus Meth. & Hew. 1913.

Toes 4 to 2 webbed ; inner metatarsal tubercle > to

2 length of inner toe; tympanum x to $ diameter

of eye; a curved glandular fold on each side

from the upper eyelid to between the shoulders,

followed by a straight fold ...............:..22.00000 M. pliciferus Blgy. 1882.

Toes } webbed; inner metatarsal tubercle 3 to ¢

length of inner toe; tympanum } to } diameter

of eye; upper parts rough with prominent glan-

dular folds and tubercles; heel with a dermal

PYOCESS OF SPUL .2e-s6 cecessesesenerseetrereesrseeeses DL, asper Blgr. 1882.

Il. Glandular dorso-lateral fold extending from

behind the eve to the hip; loreal region ver-

tical; tympanum # to once diameter of eye;

discs of fingers and toes rather large; tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching tip of snout or a

little beyond; tibia 44 to 5 times as long as

broad, 13 to 12 times in length from snout to

vent; toes } webbed ; belly granulate behind. M. albofrenatus F. Mill. 1892*.

Nothing is known of the development and laivee of these frogs,

but the eggs are remarkably large, measuring 5 mm, in diameter

in M. guttulatus (¢ 120 mm. from snout to vent), 3 mm. in

M, lugubris (2 50 mm.), 2°5 mm. in WM. betsileanus (2 33 mm.).

MANTIDACTYLUS AMBOHIMITOMBI, Sp. 0.

Vomerine teeth in short transverse or oblique series behind the

level of the choane, equidistant from the latter and from each

other. Head a little broader than long ; snout rounded, feebly

projecting beyond the mouth, with indistinct canthus and very

oblique, concave loreal region; nostril equidistant from the eye

and from the end of the snout ; interorbital region as broad as or

a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, } to

3 the diameter of the eye, 1 to 13 times its distance from the

latter. Fingers moderately long, first and second equal or first a

little the longer, the discs small, not very much larger than the

well-developed subarticular tubercles. Toes moderately long,

3 webbed, the discs about as large as those of the fingers; no

tarsal fold; inner metatarsal tubercle oval, moderately promi-

nent, + to 4 the length of the inner toe; no outer tubercle.

Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the eye or between the eye and

the nostril; tibia 24 to 3 times as long as broad, 14 to 2 times in

* M. frenatus Boettg., 1913, is probably identical with this species, although the

hind limb is longer and the discs of the fingers and toes are described as very small.

FROGS OF THE GENUS MANTIDACTYLUS. 261

length from snout to vent, as long as or a little shorter than the

foot. Skin finely granulate above, with or without elongate flat

warts on the sides of the body; a strong, curved glandular fold

from the eye to the shoulder ; lower parts smooth ; femoral gland

more or less distinct, with a single pit, or absent. Brown above,

spotted or marbled with darker, often with a large dark trian-

gular spot between the eyes; a dark canthal streak and a tem-

poral band, usually light-edged beneath ; a yellow vertebra! streak

sometimes present; limbs with more or less distinct dark cross-

bands; hinder side of thighs usually dark brown, with small

yellow spots. White beneath, uniform or mottled with brown,

or nearly entirely brown. Male without vocal sacs.

Nasal bones rather large, narrowly separated from each other

antl from the frontoparietals.

From snout to vent 65 millim.

Several specimens from the Ambohimitombo Forest, Mada-

gascar, from the collection of Dr. Forsyth Major, 1896.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—l919, No. XIX. 19

he acd

KAY RE a

CILIARY ACTION IN PLEUROBRACHIA PILEUS. 263

17 Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the Ctenophore

Pleurobrachia pileus Fabry. By Jamus F. GrmMixt,

MEAS ED DsS ce) beZins:

[ Received October 2, 1918: Read November 5, 1918. ;

(Text-figures 1 & 2.)

During life ciliation is active throughout the internal cavities

of Pleurobrachia; and the latter are wide enough to allow the

divection of the ciliary action on their different surfaces to be

made out from the motion of particles suspended in the con-

tained fluid, e.g. small oil globules, alimentary particles, and

debris.

The “circulation” * is an extremely orderly one and meets the

physiological need for continuous regulated change through the

whole of the internal cavities.

On the whole the circulation inside the funnel system goes

on independently of that within the stomodeum‘. So far as I

could make out, except under the influence of peristaltic action,

only slight interchange of fluid between the stomodeum and the

funnel takes place.

I. Stomodewm (text-figs. 1 & 2).

Round the margin of the mouth there is a very narrow band

best seen in yonng specimens, the cilia of which strike into

the mouth-cavity. Up the middle of each lateral wall of the

stomodeeum, and continued on the thickenings in this region, and

to the infundibular opening, there is a track with aboralward

ciliation. Over the rest of the lateral wall of the stomodzeum the

ciliation is oralwards with a slant towards the sagittal angles.

* Along the sagittal angles from the opening of the funnel to that

of the mouth the ciliation is stronger and in the oralward

direction.

Il. Funnel anid Canal System (text-fig. 2).

We may best follow the circulation here by beginning in the

floor (oral wall) of the funnel at points on opposits sides of the

opening from stomodeum into funnel. It will be remembered

that the aboralward currents up the middle of the sides of the

stomodeum lead to these points. Working transversely outwards

* Reference may be made to the following recent papers on ciliation :—

Carlgren,O. Biol. Centralbl. xxv. 1905, pp. 308-322 (Actinians, Madreporarians).

Orton, J. H. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. ix. 1912, pp. 144-478 (Ascidians,

Molluscs).

Orton, J. H. Ibid. x. 1913, pp. 19-49 (Amphioxus, Ascidians, Molluscs).

Gemmill, J. F. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1915, pp. 1-19 (Starfish).

Widmark, E.M.P. Zs. Allg. Phys. Jena, xv. 1913, pp. 33-48 (Aurelia awrita).

+ In this paper the whole of the cavity between mouth and funnel-opening is

called stomodzeum.

19*

264 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON CILIARY ACTION IN THE —

Text-figure 1.

m.0

Diagram of lateral wall of stomodeum of Plewrobrachia, showing direction of

ciliary currents.

: M.O., mouth-opening ; F.O., funnel-opening.

(For explanation see text.)

Text-figure 2.

Diagram of internal cavities of Plewrobrachia (transverse or infundibular plane in

plane of paper). ‘The arrow-heads in the walls of the cavities point in the

direction of the ciliary currents.

1. Stomodzeum. 2. Funnel. 8. Paragastric canal. 4. Tentacular canal.

5. Perradial canal. 6. Interradial canal. 7. A sub-sagittal canal. 8. A sub-

transverse canal. 9. Adradial canal.

INTERNAL CAVITIES OF PLEUROBRACHIA PILBUS. 265

from either of the points in question we find the current strongly

outwards towards the equator, in the floor of the funnel, but soon

meet the opening into the paragastric canal. The axial wall of

this canal carries cilia which strike oralwards, while on its abaxial

wall the cilia strike in the aboral direction. The canal is thus

bathed mesially by an in-going and laterally by an out-going cur-

rent (text-fig. 2,5). Exactly the same thing holds good for the

ciliation and currents within the tentacle-canals (text-fig. 2, +).

On the floor (oral wall) of the perradial, interradial, and adradial

canals the ciliation is outwards, 7. e., towards the entrances into

the meridional canals.

The adjacent halves of neighbouring sub-sagittal canals are

ciliated along the whole length of their axial walls in the oral-

ward direction. This holds good also for the adjacent halves

of neighbouring sub-transverse canals. The areas of oralward

ciliation thus correspond with the distribution described for the

female gonads at the sides of thé canals. The axial walls of the

remaining halves of all the meridional canals (cf. distribution of

the male gonads) are ciliated in the aboralward direction.

Along the roof (aboral wall) of the adradial, interradial, and

perradial canals the ciliation is inwards, 2. e¢., towards the main

cavity of the funnel. ‘The walls of the aboral extension of the

funnel have an aboralward ciliation, while an oralward reflux

takes place down the middle of this extension into the main

cavity of the funnel.

Here mixing occurs and currents are caught up anew into the

paragastric, tentacle, and other canals.

The arrangement above described proved constant for a con-

siderable number of large and small Plewrobrachia examined.

The tissues are transparent enough to allow the examination to

be made in undissected specimens with the help of a binocular

microscope. Fine carmine grains can be used to supplement the

evidence of the particles floating in the gastrovascular fluids.

Mixed with sea-water the powdered carmine will occasionally be

ingested into the stomodeeum by natural peristaltic action, or it

may be injected into this cavity with the help of a pipette.

After a short interval the carmine is expelled from the mouth,

but meantime in successful cases sufficient particles to be visible

have found their way into the funnel and the cavities leading

therefrom.

The specimens were obtained last June at the Mullport

Biological Station, and the work was done partly there and

partly at Glasgow University, the cost of obtaining material

being met out of a grant from the Carnegie Scottish Universities

Trust.

CAPT. D. M. 8. WALTSON ON SEYMOURIA. 267

18. On Seymouria, the most primitive known reptile. By

D. M. 8. Warson, M.Sce., Capt. R.A.F., Lecturer in

Vertebrate Paleontology, University College, London.

[Received September 9, 1918: Read November 19, 1918.]

(Text-figures 1-15.)

The reptile Seymouria bayloriensis was originally described

from two imperfect skulls, one in connection with a few vertebre

and the shoulder-girdle, by Prof. Broili of Munich, whose excel-

lent description made us well acquainted with the structure of

the upper and lateral surfaces of the greater part of the skull, and

gave general information about the palate, occiput, and anterior

axial skeleton.

In 1910 Williston described as Desmospondylus anomalus a

collection of vertebra, a humerus, femur, and some other bones,

which he subsequently recognised as belonging to a young Sey-

mouria. In 1911 the same author described a beautifully

complete skeleton, publishing a restoration to whose accuracy I

am glad to be able to bear testimony. At the same time he

suggested that the skull described by Cope as Conodectes favosus

was really Seymouria, a determination which is undoubtedly

correct. As Cope’s description of Conodectes is quite insufficient

for recognition of the skull, and Seymowriu is a name universally

known, I propose to regard Conodectes as a nomen nudum and

relegate it to the synonymy.

In 1914, v. Huene published figures of the type skull of

Conodectes, but added nothing to our knowledge; and in 1915.

I gave a short description of such knowledge of the otic region

as could be obtained from the rather badly preserved skull of

Conodectes.

In January 1914, through the kindness of Prof. Broili, I was

able to make a careful examination and drawings of the type

material of Seymouria in Munich, which at that time, owing to

a new and more complete preparation, showed many features of

the structure of the palate and occiput which were not referred

to in the original description.

In 1915 I was so fortunate as to collect some Seymouria

material in Texas. The most important of my specimens was

found weathered out on the side of a small hillock about 20 yards

. away from the Cradock bone-bed quarry. I at first supposed it

to be a single individual, but have subsequently found that two

are represented. The better individual is represented by the

pelvis, both hind legs, fifteen presacral, the sacral and the caudal

vertebre in a connected series, and many ribs; these bones are

connected by matrix and are all articulated. Almost certainly

belonging to this individual are the atlas and axis and three

268 ‘CAPT, D, M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

succeeding vertebra, with the incomplete right scapula, coracoid,

and clavicle attached by matrix, the occipital region and part of

the right side of the skull and lower jaw, the lower end of a

radiag) and ulna, and a metacarpus. ‘The associated skeleton is

represented by a sacral and nine presacral vertebre, an incom-

plete femur and ischium.

Another specimen collected on West Coffee Creek consists of

numerous fragmentary bones of a young individual washed

perfectly clean. I also obtained certain isolated bones.

This material and the new preparation of that at Munich

allow me to add materially to our knowledge of the structure of

this most interesting form, perhaps the most perfect annectant

type known to us.

Skull.

Profs. Broili and Williston have given a satisfactory account

of the upper and lateral surfaces of the skull. The Munich

skulls and that of my skeleton give an equally complete know-

ledge of the occiput and palate. For reference I shall refer to

that Munich skull which has a shoulder-girdle belonging to it

as A, the other as B.

Basioccipital—This bone is yery well shown in my skull. It

is a small bone, remarkably thin dorso-ventrally and of consider-

able width. The dorsal surface appears to be completely covered

by the exoceipitals and forms no part of the floor of the brain-

cavity. The posterior surface forms part of the condyle, which

is wide from side to side, shallow and rounded. The ventral

surface is widely exposed as a quadrangular area bounded in

front by the suture with the basisphenoid. The posterior part

of the lateral border is in contact with the exoccipitals, in advance

of which it is cut out into a shallow notch, the lower border of

the fenestra ovalis. Anteriorly the lateral margin is produced

downward and outward to take part in the formation of the

tuber basisphenoidalis.

Basisphenoid.—The basisphenoid is completely known, so far

as concerns its inferior surface, from the Munich skulls and that

_of my skeleton.

Posteriorly it has a suture with the basioccipital, the ends of

which he on the summits of the well-marked tubera. From the

tubera a pair of prominent ridges run forward on the ventral

surface, so that this face forms a smooth concavity between them.

At the level of the basipterygoid processes these ridges die out,

so that the surface becomes gently convex. The basipterygoid

processes (shown in Munich A & B) are extremely short and end

in a flat articular surface, which does not directly support the

pterygoid but is attached to a separate small bone very clearly

shown in Munich B. The lateral surface of the basisphenoid,

between the tuber and the basipterygoid process, is concave and

passes indistinguishably into that of the prootic. About three

millimetres above the lower edge of the tubera a minute foramen

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 269

opens out from the basisphenoid. A broken face about 5 mm. in

advance of the tubera shows that in that region the basisphenoid

is a thin plate scarcely a millimetre thick medially.

Text-figure 1.

i” PRO BSe\ BOc ParOc

Ex Oc.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili—Restoration of the palate, X .

General shape and palate from the types in Munich. Details of maxillary dentition

from fragments in my possession. Basisphenoid and occipital region from

my skeleton.

Reference letters :—B.Oc., basioccipital; B.Sp., basisphenoid ; Ecr.Pr., ectoptery-

goid; Ex.Oc.,exoccipital ; Mx., maxilla ; P.Mx., premaxilla; Pat., palatine ;

Par.Oc., paroccipital ; PR.O., prootic ; Pr.V., prevomer; Qu., quadrate ;

X, autogenous basipterygoid process ?

Parasphenoid.—The parasphenoid is well shown in Munich B

as a short narrow rostrum projecting forward in the palate

between the pterygoids.

The type of Conodectes shows that it supports a large ethmoidal

ossification which surrounds the anterior part of the brain.

Exoccipital.—The right exoccipital is well shown in my skull,

270 CAPT. D, M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

in which unfortunately a piece about 2°5 mm. thick is missing

from the middle of its height, this not having been collected.

The exoccipital rests on the upper and lateral surface of the

basioccipital, meeting its fellow above that bone so as to form

the floor of the brain-cavity in the occipital region. Posteriorly

it projects behind the basioccipital and is provided with an arti-

cular face looking downwards and backwards which forms about

a quadrant of the occipital condyle. Above the body the bone is

continued up so as to form the side wall of the brain-cavity until

its posterior surface is overlapped by the occipital flange of the

dermo-supraoccipital.

On the inner surface the exoccipital is excavated into a deep

pit from which a rather large hypoglossal foramen starts to pass

through the bone and open into the large vagus foramen. In

Text-figure 2.

Qu. Pr FArOc &0cBOcFenOv Qud.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broilii—Restoration of the occipital view, X 3.

Membrane-bones from Munich A. Quadrate from a young individual collected

by the writer. Occiput from my skeleton.

Reference letters as before with :—D.S.Oc., dermo-supraoccipital ; Frn.Ov., fenestra

ovalis; Qu.J., quadrato-jugal ; Sq@., squamosal; Tas., tabular.

front of the ridge which bounds the hypoglossal foramen

anteriorly, the inner surface of the exoccipital turns outward

and forms the posterior margin of the foramen for the Xth

snerve. ‘The upper end of the exoccipital is fused with the par-

occipital, no suture being visible. It approaches its fellow of the

opposite side over the foramen magnum, but leaves a space for

the cartilaginous supraoccipital. In my skull the space where

the supraoccipital should be is entirely free from bone, but in the

type of Conodectes there is some evidence of a slight supra-

occipital ossification.

Paroccipital.—The paroccipital is fused with the exoccipital on

the back of the skull. It is separated from the lower part of

that bone by a large notch, the foramen for the vagus nerve.

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 20

Laterally to this it forms a deep plate extending downwards

nearly to the level of the ventral surface of the basioccipital,

where it ends in a suture with the prootic laterally and in a free

margin, part of the border of the fenestra ovalis, at its inner end.

The upper outer part of the posterior surface is overlapped by the

occipital flange of the tabular. Between this region and the top

of the exoccipital the upper part of the posterior surface is turned

forward so as to form a groove, the lower part of the post-temporal

fossa. The cranial end of the paroccipital appears to be narrow,

so that the inner ear is widely open to the cranial cavity in the

bony skull.

Prootic.—Vhe prootic is fused with the lateral margin of the

basisphenoid below and has a suture with the paroccipital

behind. Its lateral face, which alone is satisfactorily shown, has

Text-figure 3.

DQ. occ. Sinks

Qu.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broiliim—Occipital view of the type-skull

Munich A, X 3.

Reference letters as before with :—F.B.Pr., facet on the pterygoid for articulation

with-the “ basipterygoid process.”

a powerful ridge running horizontally along it at about the

middle of its height. Below this it is concave, its lower border

forming part of the rim of the fenestra ovalis mesially and laterally

uniting with the paroccipital, the joint bones forming the massive

pavoccipital process which in section has a V-shaped lower surface.

Above the ridge the prootic is essentially flat, having however

a deep groove leading to a foramen towards the outer end. The

anterior edge of the bone is damaged, but the minute foramen far

the facial nerve is just preserved.

The endocranial end of the bone is shown to be formed by an

extremely thin shell.

Dermo-supraoceipital and Tabuiar.—The dorsal exposure of

these bones on the upper table of the skull has been accurately

described by Broili. Munich A shows their occipital aspect

perfectly. Each dermo-supraoccipital has a small descending

272 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

lappet passing vertically downward, the inner border of this

forms part of the margin of the foramen magnum, the outer, that

of the post-temporal fossa.

The tabular has a similar occipital flange forming the outer

margin of the post-temporal fossa and covering a large area of

the posterior surface of the paroccipital.

My skull suggests the presence of some sort of a flange on the

ventral surface of the tabular articulating with the end of the

paroccipital process. :

Text-figure 4.

\\\ \\ \

AN ib ‘

R Pat ii a a,

Seymouria bayloriensis Broilii—Palate, X 2. Drawn from Munich A.

Reference letters as before with :—B.Pr., the basipterygoid articulations on the

basisphenoid; R.Pau.Tu., right palatine tusk.

Pterygoid.—Vhe pterygoid is completely exposed in Munich A,

The quadrate ramus forms a vertically standing plate whose

posterior surface is concave. ‘The outer margin has a long

suture with the squamosal below the otic notch, ventrally it

separates from that bone so as to leave exposed an area of the

quadrate, with which bone it has a large powerful suture.

The inner margin of the quadrate ramus approaches the

anterior border of the prootic closely, the bone in this region

though deep not nearly reaching the skull-roof. This part of the

ramus bears towards its ventral edge a large, well-developed,

shightly cupped articular facet.

When the perfectly preserved pterygoids and basisphenoids of

Munich A and B are compared, it is seen that there is a large

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. ike

triangular space between this facet on the pterygoid and that on

the basipterygoid process with which in ordinary reptiles it

should articulate. In Munich B, this space is filled up by a

small separate bone on the right side of the skull. The fact that

although in A this bone is not preserved, the facets on the

pterygoids and basipterygoids are identical in the two specimens,

shows beyond dispute that it is a separate bone. Nothing similar

is known in any other Tetrapod.

Text-figure 5.

B Oc

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.—Palate, X 3. Drawn from Munich B.

Reference letters as before with:—Par.Sp., parasphenoid.

In advance of the quadrate ramus the pterygoid is represented

by a large flat bone in the palate which articulates with its

fellow in the middle line in advance of the parasphenoid, and

laterally has sutures with the transverse, palatine, and prevomer.

That margin of the palatal part of the pterygoid which forms the

anterior limit of the subtemporal fossa is slightly deflected

laterally, so that with the ectopterygoid it forms a small flange

against the inner surface of the lower jaw.

Ectopterygoid.—The ectopterygoid is a bone of few features.

It forms merely a plate in the palate articulating with the

pterygoid in a suture only shown incompletely in my skull, a

long suture with the palatine and presumably another with the

maxilla. About the middle of its area in Munich A is a small

depression probably intended to receive a tooth on the lower

aw.

Palatine.—The palatine is well shown in Munich A and in my

274 CAPT, D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

skull. It has a long suture with the pterygoid, is bounded

posteriorly by the transverse, and in front forms certainly the

back and apparently also a large part of the lateral margin of

the internal narial opening.

Its most interesting feature is the presence of a pit surrounded

by an upstanding ridge, lying on the palatal surface just posterior

to the nostril. This pit contains two large tusks, which replace

one another so that normally only one is functional at once.

The whole arrangement is identical with the large palatine tusks

and their pits in. Labyrinthodonts. It is remarkable that this

tooth has only been deseribed by Cope in Conodectes. It is well

shown also in Munich A and my skull.

Prevomer.—Only the posterior end of the prevomer is known.

The two separate the internal nares and articulate with the

anterior ends of the pterygoids. ;

Quadrate.—An incomplete but isolated and extremely well-

preserved left quadrate belongs to my young West Coffee Creek

specimen. It has a well-ossified and rounded articular margin

rather conspicuously divided into two condyles. The anterior

face is concave. The outer side is entirely occupied by a sutural

surface for the quadrato-jugal and squamosal, and the inner

retains the impression of the tip of the quadrate ramus of the

pterygoid. The exposed posterior surface is triangular and bears

an irregular knob.

Ductus naso-lachrymalis——My skull shows quite clearly the

‘presence of a naso-lachrymal duct lying within the substance of

the lachrymal and extending from the orbit to the nostril.

Septomaxilla.— Whilst removing the matrix from the sym-

physial region of the mandible of my skull, I found a single

septomaxilla which had obviously dropped down through the

posterior naris.

This element is a thin plate of bone bent round so as to clasp

Jacobson’s: organ, and has a flat face for articulation with the

dorsal surface of the prevomer.

Lower jaw.—My skeleton retains the right ramus of the lower

jaw from the symphysis to behind the anterior end of the supra-

meckelian fossa. Both inner and outer surfaces are well exposed,

and a fortunate fracture along a horizontal plane lying just above

the upper surface of the cavity of the jaw, which passes through

the dentary and the three coronoids, places the structure beyond

doubt, as it permits a definite distinction between sutures and

cracks. The sutures are usually very visible, being filled with red

iron oxide and the bone white.

_ Articular.—Both articulars of the young specimen from Coffee

Creek are preserved.

The bone is very short and ends anteriorly in a flat face con-

tinued in life by the remains of Meckel’s cartilage.

The articular surface is convex from back to front and is

divided into two areas, corresponding to the condyles of the

quadrate, by a low ridge running obliquely across.

The outer face has a deeply depressed sutural area for the

THE MOST PRIMITIVE. KNOWN REPTILE. 275

Text-figure 6.

AQNE= =

3 | |

pres q

aa ~

“es

cE Poste PrAer Ang, Ar

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili—Right ramus of the lower jaw of my

skeleton, X 1.

A. Inner surface. The area covered with parallel oblique lines is covered with

matrix ; the teeth in the dentary are restored on the evidence of fragments of

that bone of a youug individual. The articular is drawn from that of a

young individual and is probably slightly too small.

B. Ventral view of a horizontal fracture passing just above the cavity of the lower

jaw of my skeleton.

C. Vertical section seen on the broken posterior end of the jaw.

D. Vertical section seen on a fracture through the splenial region.

Reference letters :—Ane., angular; ART., articular; Cor. I, II, III, the Ist, 2nd,

and 3rd coronoids; Den., dentary; Posr.Sp., post-splenial ; Pr.ARt., pre-

articular; Pat.TH., the palatine tusks, represented in dotted lines to show

their position with the mouth closed; Sp., splenial ; Sur.ANG., surangular,

276 CAPT. D. M. 8S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

surangular; the inner, more faintly marked depressions for the

prearticular and angular. The posterior surface bears a minute

knob representing the postarticular process.

Dentary.—In general the sutures on the outer surface of the

jaw are not well shown. ‘The dentary, however, forms the entire

outer surface for some distance behind the sy mphysis, posteriorly

it ends in a point which is received in a groove in the surangular.

Fragments belonging to the young individ ual show that it carried

a single series of rather large round teeth. Its admesial surface

has a long perfectly straight suture with the coronoids.

Splenial—The splenial appears to enter the symphysis. It

forms the lower border of the anterior portion of the jaw, its

suture with the dentary running along just above the-lower edge

on the outer surface. The greater part of the bone, however,

forms a flat inner surface articulating above with the first and

second coronoids, and behind with the prearticular and pre-

angular.

Preangular.—The preangular is a channel-shaped bone forming

the lower part of the jaw, articulating above with the dentary

on the outer surface and the prearticular on the inner, with the

splenial in front and the angular behind.

Angular.—The angular is only very incompletely preserved,

but is a bone of the ordinary reptilian pattern.

Prearticular.—The prearticular is a very large bone running

from the articular to the splenial. Its lower edge has long

sutures with the angular and preangular, interrupted so as to

leave an anterior internal mandibular vacuity between the pre-

articular and preangular and a posterior vacuity bounded by

prearticular and angular.

Coronoids.—The fracture referred to above shows that there

are three coronoids forming together a continuous strip wedged

in between the dentary and surangular on the outside and the

prearticular and splenial within.

The Ist or anterior bone is small and incompletely exposed, it

is not shown to bear any teeth.

The 2nd is:of considerable size, and in the middle of its ep

which in life lies immediately outside the palatine tusks, 1

thickened and carries a*tightly packed mass of small Be

teeth.

The 3rd, posterior, coronoid forms the anterior border of the

supra-meckelian vacuity, extending back along the sides of that

opening in contact with the inner surface of the surangular

outside and the upper edge of the prearticular below. This 3rd

coronoid bears one large bluntly pointed tusk at about the middle

of its length: this tooth is oval in cross-section and was appa-

rently received in a special pit in the ectopterygoid.

Vertebral Column.

Atlas —The first vertebra preserved in my skeleton is the

atlas. The parts preserved ave slightly displaced.

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. OME TS.

There is a large hemicylindrical intercentrum whose width

- agrees with that of the basioccipital part of the condyle. The

lower surface is smooth, short blunt-ended backwardly directed

processes forming its lateral margin. The upper surface of this

bone has laterally two large flat triangular areas for articulation

with the neural elements; between these areas the anterior end

of the bone is excavated into a conical pit, only half of which is

present, but which resembles exactly that in the end of an

ordinary centrum, | ;

Text-figure 7.

Iw!

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili—Three anterior vertebrae, X 2.

Right lateral aspect. Left surface.

The atlas is composed of drawings of the elements in my skeleton replaced in what

appears to be their natural relations, the centrum of the axis and the inter-

centrum before it are hypothetical.

C2, C3, centra of 2nd & 3rd vertebre; In.C.1,2,3, intercentra 1, 2, & 3;

Op., odontoid ; N! & N2, neural arches of Ist & 2nd vertebree.

One pair of other elements is preserved. Each of these has

a high laterally compressed but antero-posteriorly elongated

neural spine, whose posterior margin descends directly to the

hinder end of a well-formed posterior zygapophysis. The

anterior margin of the spine descends vertically about to the

level of this “prions face, and then turns forward so as to

lie horizontally and form the upper edge of a squarish area of

bone whose front edge is rounded and articular and of consider-

able width. The lower part of this region ends in a short blunt

point. It is obvious that the neural spines of the pair of elements

lay in contact with one another and that the zygapophyses were

supported by those of the succeeding vertebra. The anterior end

could have articulated with the exoccipital part of the condyle,

the intercentrum supporting the basioccipital part.

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1918, No. XX. 20

278 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

The odontoid is a single bone. Its upper surface is slightly

rounded but presents no trace of any articulation. The posterior

surface is not exposed. The anterior surface is slightly convex,

rising to a small point. This surface is in general triangular

with the point at the mid-ventral surface. The lateral edges are

slightly emarginate at about the middle of their height so as to

divide the whole area into thr ee; of these, the lowest articulates

with the anterior iahore Cucumis and the two dorsal with the

neural arches. ‘The lateral surface is nearly flat, but rises some-

what towards the ends; it is triangular, so that there must be a

gap fora triangular intercentrum hetween the odontoid and the

axial centrum.

Text-figure 8.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili. X 2.-

A. Odontoid from in front.

B. Atlantal intercentrum from in front.

C. Atlantal intercentrum from below, anterior end upward.

D. Third intercentrum and centrum from below.

K. Fourth centrum and fifth intercentrum.

Azxis.—The secoud vertebra preserved differs in no important

respect from the third and fourth. It has large well-formed and

somewhat swollen zygapophyses, which are not very much pro-

duced laterally, the lateral part of the newal arch immediately

below the articular surface being extended outward into a short

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 279

but well-formed transverse process bearing a rib-facet distally.

The neural spine of this vertebra is destroyed.

The restoration (text-fig. 7) 1s only uncertain in the shape

and size of the intercentrum between the odontoid and axial

centrum and of that element itself. The sutures between the

neural arch and centrum of the axis are obliterated.

The 3rd and 4th vertebrae exactly resemble the 2nd, except that

the arches are wider and the transverse processes longer. The

neural spine is represented only by a little ridge.

The 5th vertebra exactly resembles that in front of it except

that it has a low but very massive neural spine.

The centra of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th vertebre are short antero-

posteriorly and have a very well-marked keel, their sides being

excavated into deep concavities on each side of the middle line.

The intercentrum between the 4th and 5th vertebre is well

displayed, it is nearly as long as the centrum before it, and

laterally is carried out into well-marked processes for articulation

with the capitula of the ribs.

“The next vertebra completely preserved is the 9th, from which

the series 1s complete and naturally articulated to the 10th

caudal.

The 9th is a typical Seymourta vertebra with a small well-

rounded centrum, considerably longer than that of the 5th. The

arch is enormously wide and massive, but the ends of the com-

paratively slender transverse processes project well beyond the

extremities of the zygapophyses. The 9th vertebra has a low but

very massive spine whose summit is bifid.

From this vertebra to the sacrum the structure of the vertebre

remains very uniform, the only changes being that the transverse

process gradually shortens, the spine becomes lower and more

slender, and the ventral surface of the centrum becomes flattened.

The 10th vertebra is unique in that it is entirely devoid of the

slightest trace of a spine. I myself removed the matrix which

covered it, and the surface is still practically perfect.

My skeleton is abnormal in that the 23rd vertebra is asym-

metrical, on the left side agreeing exactly with that in front,

whilst the right side of the neural arch is much elongated and

carries a sacral rib.

The 24th vertebra, the sacral, is only exposed on the left side,

where it carries a very massive sacral rib, applied to the inner

aspect of the ilium in the usual way. This vertebra has a rela-

tively high and massive spine.

As Prof . Williston has already remarked, the first caudal differs

markedly from all that precede it in its narrow and unexpanded

neural arch. It has a fairly long transverse process. From here

to the sixth the caudals do not differ much, except that the spine

gets progressively more and more slender and leans more steeply

backward.

The seventh and succeeding caudals bear no ribs and the

transverse process has disappeared from them; their centra are

20%

280 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

small and hourglass-shaped and separated from one another by

an interval of more than their own length. The neural arch

rests on the anterior part of the centrum and presents a large

articular face to the space between the centra; the lower part of

this space is in part filled. up by the top of the chevron, but there

ean be no doubt that the condition in life was essentially embolo-

merous, the cartilaginous intercentrum not having ossified.

Text-figure 9.

CavlV ae

Cau. VY

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili. Ribs, X 1.

The numbers are those which the bones drawn occupy in the series.

Cav. IV. & V. are caudal ribs. é

Ribs. —Vhe general distribution and structure of the ribs have

been well described by Williston, to whose account, however, I

ain able to add some details of interest.

The long slender aélantal rib is double-headed, the capitulum

and tuberculum being carried at the ends of two widely separated

branches.

The upper part of the 5th rib, which has a very expanded

distal end, is extraordinarily deep and massive. ‘The two heads _

ave widely separated, the capitulum articulating with a special

process on the intereentrum.

From here backwards the ribs are more slender, and in the

middle of the back the tuberculum is merely a facet on the upper

edge of the rib, and not carried out as a special process.

The sacral ribs cannot be described in detail. The caudal ribs

are remarkably long and massive, they are well curved, and if

found separately would have been regarded as dorsals,

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 28]

The ribs on the 4th and 5th caudals are very distinctly double-

headed, having a distinct emargination between the well-marked

tuberculum and capitulum. This feature is, I believe, known in

no other vertebrate.

Text-figure 10.

F Fron FRCor :

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.—Outer surface of the incomplete right scapula

and precoracoid, X 2.

The fragment lying on the anterior end of the coracoid is clavicle.

Reference letters ;—Ct., clavicle; F.Gu., glenoid foramen; F.PR.Cor., precoracoid

foramen; F.S.Gu., supra-glenoid foramen; PR.Cor., precoracoid; Sc., scapula.

Shoulder-girdle.—The shoulder-girdle has already been well

described by Broili and Williston, but some features of its

structure have so far escaped observation and others are worthy

£ further emphasis. The scapula is exactly as Williston has

described it, with a very broad supra-glenoid fossa, high up in

which lies the small supra-glenoid foramen. My specimen shows

clearly not only that it only articulates with a single coracoidal

element, but also that it differs from the somewhat similar con-

dition in_Varanoops in not presenting an articular face for a

cartilaginous posterior coracoidal element. In fact the evidence

makes it quite plain that there was only a single coracoid,

corresponding to the anterior one of most Cotylosaurs, the

posterior not being represented even by a cartilage. The pre-

coracoid is as Williston has described it, with a very deep fossa

on its outer surface behind. the front of the glenoid cavity. A

small glenoid and a much larger precoracoid foramen open into

the fossa.

The glenoid cavity is represented by a deep groove, V-shaped

in section. This groove during life must have been filled up

with cartilage, its margins map out a typical screw-shaped glenoid

articulation.

Sternum.—The hard matrix lying on the inner surface of the

282 CAPr. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

scapula and coracoid shows quite distinctly traces of an ossification

or ossifications over an area about 2°5 em. by 1-5 em. This bone

is of very open texture and has no definite surface, it was exposed

so irregularly in development and its matrix is so extremely hard

that no account of its shape can be given. It is certain that it

does not represent a series of abdominal ribs or other dermal

ossifications. It does not show any tendency to form long

columns such as sternal ribs would be, and must apparently re-

present a sternum, the first evidence of an ossification in this

element in a Lower Permian reptile.

Text-figure 11.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.—Right side of the pelvis, x 3.

From my skeleton.

Pelwis.--The perfect pelvis of my skeleton agrees very well

with Prof. Williston’s figures and description, but the very

well exposed ilia show certain significant differences from the

young bone figured by Williston (‘American Permian Vertebrates,’

pl. xxix. fig. 7). Im them that part of the bone which hes

behind the acetabulum and articulates with the ischium is quite

large, and a more interesting difference is that the upper margin

of the bone has a distinct projection towards its anterior end.

This feature 1s shown by both right and left ilia.

Femur.—Vhe two well-preserved femora of my skeleton agree

generally with Williston’s figures, but appear to be considerably

less massive. The lower end is very markedly divided into

condyles.

Tarsus.—Both hind limbs are in position with the femur

directed forward with its head in the acetabulum. The knees

are very strongly flexed. The right foot lies naturally articu-

lated, but has been slightly laterally compressed, so as to slide

the head of the third over that of the fourth metatarsal. Only

four tarsals are preserved, and it appears extremely unlikely that

any more were ossified at the death of the individual. The

tarsus and foot are exposed from the plantar surface.

There are three proximal tarsals all closely articulated with

one another and with the tibia, but separated by an interval

of about 8 mm. from the fibula. |

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 283

The fzbiale is a small squarish bone with rounded edges and

corners. It has a somewhat definite edge towards the inter-

medium.

The dntermedium is a well-formed bone with a cylindrically

concave ventral surface. Towards the tibia and fibula it has

well-formed edges, which are separated proximally by a smooth

well-rounded notch of considerable breadth. It articulates with

both tibiale and fibulare, the faces towards those bones being

separated distally by a small smooth notch.

Text-figure 12.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broilii—Right hind leg of my skeleton, x

cto

The bones are represented as they lie in the matrix. The dotted part of the fibula is

exposed on the lower surface of the block and is represented as seen through

it, and its distal end beyond the line which crosses it is drawn reversed from ’

the bone of the left side.

The fibulare is a small rounded bone resembling the tibiale in

general characters. It is separated from the intermedium by a

definite layer of matrix.

The only other tarsal preserved is a small rounded element

above the upper end of the 3rd metatarsal.

In text-fig. 12 I have represented the right femur, tibia, fibula,

and proximal tarsals in the position in which they lie in the

matrix. The part of the fibula indicated in dotted lines is

exposed on the other side of the block, and the distal strip of the

fibula about 1 mm. wide is restored from the bone of the left

side, as the right bone is slightly weathered here.

In text-fig. 13 I have restored the tarsus by moving up the

fibula into contact with the proximal tarsals, the resulting

accuracy of fit is good evidence for the reliability of the figure.

This leg differs from Prof. Williston’s figure somewhat in the

shape of the lower end of the fibula, and much more importantly

in showing the clearest evidence of an intermedium. There is no

284 CAPT. D. M. S$. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

doubt that the distal notch in that bone formed part of the fora-

men which occurs in all Permian reptiles between the ‘“ tibiale”

and fibulare.

Text-figure 13.

Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.

Right tibia, fibula, tarsus, and pes, reconstructed from my skeleton,

the cross-hatched phalanges are not preserved.

The left foot retains a complete 2nd toe and a third which has

obviously been complete but from which part of the first and

the whole of the second phalange are missing, the piece of

matrix containing them not having been collected. ‘These toes

have respectively 3 and 4 phalanges, the terminal one being in

each case a little conical bone.

The foregoing description when read in connection with those

given by previous authors renders Seymouria nearly as well

known as any reptile recent or fossil, and should allow of a very

thorough study of its taxonomic relationships and of the bearing

of its structure on morphological problems. Broili in his original

discussion recognised the extraordinary Stegocephalian appear-

ance of its skull. Williston, from a study of the whole skeleton,

concluded ‘That the relationships of Seymouwria are not very

intimate with any other reptiles known from the Permian ; at

285

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE.

“UOJOTEYS AU MOI, Se] puIy pu

STA} “SOUOd pazelOst IoY}O WoIZ snAouN}T ‘UoJopeys AU WlOIZ BUN pu snIpeA Jo syivd pue snuvpyY ‘UoJolexs

Aud Jo yey} Aq poxy ozis “oANSy 8,UOysI]]LAA WOAJ O[pIS-topnoyg ‘uoyspays AuL wos, sqrt puB uUINJOo [eAqoq10\

“Moppoys Aur Jo vy} Fo squoursery oy Aq paxy azis sf ‘SoANSY $,WO4SIT]LAA WLOIy poyo[utoo [wrtayeur YOLUN oy} way [MAG

“£ X “UoqooYs olf} JO UOIyVIOJsoy—'T]IoIg seswartojing mrunouhag

if,

q 46

Wa prem)?

5 j

Wu)

"PI emn3y-4Xx07,

286 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

least any that are tolerably well known. In the skull the

presence of the deep otic notch, the arrangement and number of

the temporal bones, the slender, elongate teeth, longest in the

maxille, and the shape, all U@arontinds the genus widely from

either Diadectes or Limnoscelis, as well as the chief forms now

referred to the Pariotichide, and also from the known foreign

forms.” ‘In any event, it is certainly very remarkable that

this cotylosaur reptile with all its other strange amphibian

affinities should mimic so closely the temporal structure of the

real amphibians.” ‘‘ However, it is very much of a question

whether these resemblances {to Amphibia in skull -and limbs |

are so much the result of heredity and relationships as of

adaptive, parallel, or convergent evolution. We have been

speculating on the assumption that the known temnospondylous

amphibians lke Oacops, Hryops, Huchirosaurus, are, if not the

actual ancestors of the reptiles, their first or second cousins.

But this presumption is, in my opinion, quite unjustified.”

In several papers during the last five years, [ have upheld the

view that Seymowria is the most primitive of all known reptiles,

and that its resemblances to Temnospondyls, particularly to the

Embolomeri, are due to inheritance. I now propose in the hight

of a practically complete knowledge of the skeleton in the

Cotylosaurians Diadectes, Labidosaurus, Captorhinus, Linunvoscelis,

Pariasaurus, and Procolophon, and in the 'Temnospondylous

Amphibia Eryops, Cacops, Trematops, Trimerorachis, Archego-

saurus, Lydekkerina, and Rhinesuchus, and a good knowledge of

the skull and much of the skeleton in many Embolomeri, to

discuss the position of Seymowria in detail.

Labidosaurus and Captorhinus belong to the same family;

each of the other forms represents an independent family; Dia-

dectes, Paraisaurus, and Procolophow represent the superfamily

Diadectomorpha. The other Cotylosaurs are Captorhinomorphs

(Watson, 1917).

The skull and lower jaw of Seymouria as a whole resemble those

of Labyrinthodonts in their reticulate ornamentation. Similar

sculpture is retained by the Captorhinomorpha alone amungst

Cotylosaurs, that of other types being less markedly composed of

pits, sometimes elongated to form long twisted channels.

Basis Cranii.—Vhe basioccipital of Seymouria agrees with those

of all other Lower Permian Cotylosaurs, rachitomous Amphibia,

and.certain Embolomeri, in being excluded from the brain-cavity

by the meeting above it of special flanges from the exoccipitals.

Certain Embolomeri (Pteroplax) have the basioccipital entering

into the border of the foramen magnum, a condition which

appears to be the primitive one for Tetrapods. Seymouria 1s

unique amongst Cotylosaurs in the very large part which the

exoccipitals play i in the condyle. They form welll marked, down-

wardly-projecting areas strongly reminiscent of those of Den YOps,

and not exactly paralleled in’ any other reptile.

‘'HE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. I87

The. large ventral exposure of the basioccipital is a reptilian

character not achieved in Amphibia.

Basisphenord. —The presence of large powerful tubera basi-

sphenoidales in the basis crani of Seymouri ia is a reptilian

character. Definite tubera do occur in certain Temnospondyls

(Eryops), but these are always small. In Embolomeri tubera are

absent.

The short basipterygoid processes of Seymouria supporting the

pterygoid through the intervention of a special bone are unique,

nothing similar occurring in any other known adult reptile or

amphibian, The shape and position of the pterygoid render it

certain that these special bones cannot be the epipterygoids,

which in Dimetrodon are known to articulate with the basi-

sphenoid. Swinnerton and Howes. showed that in the develop-

ment of the skull of Sphenodon special articular cartilages are

developed between the basipterygoid processes and the pterygoid,

and it is not impossible that these are the representatives of the

articular bones in Seymouria.

* On the other hand, Gaupp has shown that in Lacerta the

basipterygoid processes contain independent centres of ossification,

and it is feasible and attractive to regard the Seymouria bones as

permanently separate autogenous basipterygoid processes.

The way in which the sides of the lower surface of the basi-

sphenoid of Seymowria pass on directly into the outer surface of

the prootic is reptilian, agreeing exactly with the conditions in

most Cotylosaurs. The structure of. this region is, however,

equally similar to that of Pteroplax and another Middle Coal-

Measure Embolomerous amphibian; but it is quite different

from the conditions in Rachitom1.

The parasphenoid of Seymouria is of normal reptilian type,

and also agrees with that of Embolomeri. It differs in its small

size from that of Rachitom1.

Brain-case and Otic region.—TVhe brain-case and otic region of

Seymouria present a wonderful mixture of features occurring 1m

other Cotylosaurs and in Labyrinthodontia.

Seymouria is unique amongst reptiles in not possessing an

ossified supraoccipital. It also differs in this respect from the

Embolomeri, but agrees exactly with the conditions in most

Rachitomi.

The whole structure of the exoccipital, its relations to the

basioccipital and paroccipital, and to the skull-roof especially in

its connection with a special descending lappet from the dermo-

supraoccipital, is that of such an amphibian as Trimerorachis,

which resembles Seymowria even in the unusual position of the

hypoglossal foramen.

The Rachitomous amphibian in which the brain-case is most

completely known is Hryops, where the structure has been

described by v. Huene, Broom, the present writer, and Williston.

Although Prof. Williston eriticises certain "points of my

288 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURTA,

description, the discrepancies between his account and mine seem

to be almost entirely, and in all important points are entirely,

differences of interpretation and not of structure. The only sig-

nificant difference is that the foramen I hold to be for the Xth

nerve Williston takes to be that for the XIIth. It is undeniable

that it does greatly resemble a hypoglossal foramen, but in the

several specimens in the American Museum which show both its

outer opening and the suture between the exoccipital and par-

occipital, there is no doubt that it opens between these two bones

as a vagus foramen always does. The course of the Xth nerve

demanded by Williston’s interpretation leads through the large

cavity, which is definitely shown by an American Museum skull,

which I have described and figured, to have housed the vestibule

of the inner ear, and passes out high up in the lateral walls of

the skull through a foramen which is certainly absent in certain

well-preserved New York material, and therefore cannot be for

any cranial nerve. I thus still prefer my own interpretation

of the structure, although for theoretical reasons I should wish

to see a XIIth nerve in Eryops as in so many other Labyrin-

thodonts.

The brain-case and otic region of Seymouria resemble the

corresponding regions of a Rachitomous amphibian in the follow-

ing features :—

1. The large opening from the brain-cavity to that for the

inner ear.

2. The position of the inner ear in the side-wall of the skull.

3. The way in which the inner anterior corner of the prootic

reaches up to the skull-roof.

4. The extremely massive paroccipital process.

5. The upward direction of the paroccipital process.

6. The presence of an occipital flange from the tabular cover-

ing a large area of the back of the paroccipital.

The only difference of importance between the ear-region of

Seymouria and Rachitomous amphibia is that in the reptile the

fenestra ovalis lies very low down, being bounded below by the

basisphenoid and basioccipital along the posterior margin of the

tubera basisphenoidalis, whilst in the Amphibia the lower border

-of the fenestra is formed by the parasphenoid, the basioccipital

at any rate never entering into its margin.

In characters 4, 5, 6, Sea YyNrouria dimen from and is obviously

more primitive than all other reptiles, for it is easy to derive

the very diverse conditions in other Cotylosaurs from those in it.

The condition of the fenestra ovalis in Seymouria is paralleled

amongst Cotylosauria only by the Captorhinide, whieh in this

region present an almost identical structure.

The conditions in such types as Diadectes and Pariasaurus

seem to depend on a reduction in size of the stapes and a corres-

ponding diminution of the fenestra which receives its proximal

‘HE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 289

end. The reduction seems to have taken place at the ventral

end of the opening. The Captorhinide retain a very large

stapes.

Sphenethmoid.~The anterior end of the brain of Seymowria is

surrounded by a badly known bone, which agrees exactly in its

main features with the sphenethmoid of Hryops, and with the

same bone in Pariasaurus and similar bones in other Cotylosaurs.

Palate.—TVhe palate of Seymouria is in essentials identical with

that of the Embolomerous Labyzinthodonts.

The resemblances depend on the identity in shape of the large

pterygoid, meeting its fellow in the middle line anteriorly,

laterally articulating with the prevomer, palatine, and ectoptery-

goid, and having the quadrate ramus formed by a vertically

standing plate reaching nearly up to the skull-roof, and bending

round behind the quadrate to meet the squamosal in a long

suture. [

This bone is covered, apparently all over, by a shagreen of

granular teeth in Seymouria and Pteroplax.

- The palatine of Seymouria agrees exactly with that of Temno-

spondyli in structure, the most striking similarity lying in the

tusk. This tooth is unique amongst reptiles in its mode of

insertion in a pit which also encloses thé replacing tooth, but

agrees exactly with all the large palatal teeth of Stegocephalia.

The ectopterygoid of Seymouria agrees exactly with that of

Eryops in contributing to a rudimentary flange which is applied

to the lower jaw, and consists essentially of a deflected corner

formed by pterygoid and transverse. ‘The only feature of the

palate of Seymouria which cannot*be matched in Temnospondyli

is the approximation of the posterior nares to the middle line.

The palate of Seymouria differs from those of all other

reptiles in the presence of the palatine tusks and the very weak

development of the flanges which face the lower jaw.

The Captorhinid palate more nearly resembles that of Seymouwria

than those of other Cotylosaurs, but differs in not having the

quadrate ramus of the pterygoid reaching the squamosal, in the

stronger transverse processes, and the loss of the palatine tusk.

The maxillary teeth of Seymouria exactly resemble those of

Temuospondyls in being fused to their base and to a labial wall

of bone, in having fluted roots, and in being replaced alternately.

No other Cotylosaur has at all a similar dentition.

Prof. Broili has already shown that in its general build, in the

deep otic notch, and the backwardly-inclined quadrate, and in the

presence of the intertemporal, the skull of Seymouria resembles

that of the Temnospondyls. In all these features it differs from

all other reptiles.

The elongated lachrymal reaching from the orbit to the nostril

is, however, a reptilian characteristic known in scarcely any

Tempospondyl.

The septomaxilla of Seymouria agrees with that of Temno-

290 CAP. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

spondyli in lying within the nostril and not appearing in the

face. ‘The condition of this bone is known in few other Coty-

losaurs. :

Lower jaw.—The mandible of Seymouria is typically Laby-

rinthodont in structure, agreeing very closely with that of

Trimerorachis, in possessing a post- -splenial and three coronoids,

The presence of a patch of small granular teeth on the second

coronoid is also a point of resemblance to most Rachitomi.

The single large tusk on the 3rd coronoid is unique amongst

Tetrapods, being unparalleled in either Amphibia or Reptilia, but

of constant occurrence in Osteolepid fish.

The non-fusion of the articular with the surangular is a point

in which Seymouwria differs from the Temnospondyls and agrees

with the majority of reptiles.

Vertebral column.—The atlas of Seymouria is unique in the

lateral compression and great antero-posterior length of its

neural elements. This feature comes out most clearly in the

large spine composed of two apposed halves. The pair of

nevval elements together much more resemble a normal dorsal

neural arch than in any other known Tetrapod, and are un-

doubtedly extraor dinarily primitive. The odontoid is thoroughly

reptilian.

The axis of Seymourza in its complete unspecialisation, resem-

bling as it does the vertebra next behind it, is quite different

from that of any other reptile, whilst it agrees with that of

Temnospondyls, where the 2nd and 3rd vertebree have a similar

resemblance to one another.

Prof. Williston in a recent paper has given an account of the

mode of evolution of a Seymouria vertebra from an Embolo-

merous type, with which I am in perfect agreement. He shows

that the Seymouria vertebra is more pr imitive than that of any

other known reptile in having a larger intercentrum, only

slightly reduced from the hiss which represents that bone in

Embolomeri.

The presence of distinct processes for the head of the rib in

certain Seymouwria intercentra is a condition known in many

Rachitomi and occurring in no other reptile.

The presence of a single sacral vertebra only is an Amphibian

feature very rare in reptiles. The wide separation of the centra

of the caudal vertebre suggesting the presence of a ring-shaped

intercentrum, is a very primitive feature.

On the other hand, the massive neural arches of the pre-sacrals

with horizontally placed and widely separate zygapophyses are

typically Cotylosaurian, and occur in no Labyrinthodont what-

soever. The caudal neural arches are also of typical reptilian

type.

Ribs.—In possessing double-headed ribs throughout the whole

pre-sacral part of the vertebral column, Seymouria differs from

all other known Cotylosaurs and agrees with the Embolomeri.

There can be no doubt that two- headed ribs are primitive, and

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 291

that they are preserved on the atlas and axis in all early reptiles

together with a permanent primitive temnospondylous structure.

The double-headed caudal ribs of Seymouria are unique

amongst Tetrapods.

Shoulder-girdle.—I have endeavoured to show that primitively

the Tetrapods had only a single cartilage element on each side of

the shoulder-girdle, that a precoracoid was then added to this,

and subsequently a coracoid appeared. If this view be justified,

Seymouria, which has only a precore acoid and presents no trace

even of a cartilaginous coracoid, is primitive, more so indeed than

any other known lower Permian reptile.

The preservation of all three foramina of the Rachitomous

shoulder-girdle is a primitive feature known in few other

reptiles.

Pelvis.—The ilium of Seymouria differs in. the antero-posterior

elongation of its dorsal end from that of any Rachitomous

Labyrinthodont, but in this character it exactly resembles the

four known Embolomerous ilia. It agrees with these also in the

process from the upper edge toward the anterior end of that

border. Several cotylosaur ilia resemble that of Seymowria in

the production of the caudal end of the upper part of the bone.

Fore linb.—Williston has already called attention to the

remarkably “Tlemnospondyl appearance of the humerus, but he

has also pointed out that this bone differs from all amphibians,

and resembles all early reptilian humeri in the presence of an

entepicondylar foramen.

Hind limb.— Williston has shown how much the Seymowria

femur resembles that of such a Rachitomous amphibian as

Eryops, wd I have nothing to add to his account.

Tt is, however, of great interest to note that it also presents a

still more striking “resemblance to the Lower Carboniferous

(Lower Mississippian) femur which I recognised as probably

reptilian and called Papposaurus traguart. This bone is very

nearly as old as the oldest known amphibian bone, and far older

than any other known reptile.

The tarsus as revealed by my skeleton is thoroughly amphibian

in retaining a separate intermedium. In all other reptiles

except Limnoscelis, where the fibulare is unossified, and the

Plesiosaurs and Ichthyosaurs, there are only two proximal

tarsals, the fibulare and a compound bone formed of the fused

intermedium and tibiale.

-The phalangeal formula is apparently that common to all early

reptiles.

The foregoing series of comparisons show how wonderful a

primitive and annectant form Seymouria is. In every part of its

skeleton it shows a mixture of Temnospondyl and Reptilian

characters, each recognisable, and in general showing little

evidence of an intermediate condition, The whole effect of its

292 CAPT, D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

structure is that of a mosaic of separate details, some completely

amphibian, some completely reptilian, and very few, if any,

showing a passage leading from one to the other. In this fea-

ture our study of Seymouria lends support to the belief first

upheld by the Mendelians and now accepted and used by many

paleontologists, that an individual animal consists of an aggre-

gate of separate characters which are to a large extent capable of

separate evolution, and may indeed proceed with their evolu-

tionary change at very different relative rates in different stocks,

although of course they react on one another so as to produce a

workable result.

It thus appears desirable to have a tabular statement of the

characters in which Seymouria shows an advance on ‘Temno-

spondyl] structure, using so far as possible that of the Embolomeri

as standard, and pointing out where these advances are in

different directions from those which occur in the Rachitomous

Labyrinthodonts, the cousins of the Reptilia.

List of characters in which Seymouria has advanced

above the Embolomeri :—

1. The basioccipital is depressed and no longer presents a

round concave condyle. Rachitomi parallel.

2. There are tubera basisphenoidales. Rachitomi parallel.

3. The exoccipitals exclude the basioccipital from the brain-

cavity. Some Embolomeri and Rachitomi parallel.

[4. A hypoglossal foramen is present. %If really absent in

Embolomeri, Rachitomi parallel. |

5. The exoccipitals reach up to be overlapped by the occi-

pital flanges of the dermo-supraoccipitals. Rachitomi

parallel.

6..The supraoccipital is not ossified. Some Rachitomi

parallel.

7. The inner ear, though widely open to the brain-cavity, is

distinctly separated by arim of bone. Some Rachitomi

* parallel.

8. The fenestra ovalis is large and placed low down so that

its lower margin is formed by that of the basipterygoid

process. Rachitomi not parallel.

9, The paroccipital is ,partly covered behind by an occipital

flange from the tabular. Rachitomi parallel.

10. The lachrymal extends from the orbit to the nostril.

Rachitomi not parallel.

11. The ductus naso-lachrymalis lies in the substance of the

lachrymal. Rachitomi parallel (Micropholis).

12. The choanz lie near to the middle line. Rachitomi not

parallel.

13. The articulating surfaces of the zygapophyses are hori-

zontally placed and the neural arches wide and swollen.

Rachitomi not parallel.

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 293

14, Intercentra with reduced and unossified dorsal halves

occur. Rachitomi parallel.

15. A distinct sacral vertebra is present. Rachitomi parallel.

16. A cleithrum is absent. Rachitomi not parallel,

17. An additional bone occurs on each side of the cartila-

ginous shoulder-girdle. Some Rachitomi parallel.

18. An entepicondylar foramen is present in the humerus.

Rachitomi not parallel.

19. The presacral part of the vertebral column is shortened.

20. An articular not fused with the surangular occurs.

Rachitomi not parallel.

21. The odontoid is a single bone. Rachitomi not parallel.

The only characters which show that Seymouria is a reptile

are: 8, 10, 12, 13, 16, 18, 20, 21, of the foregoing list.

It is specially to be noted that some of these [10, 18, 20]

are features apparently of very minor interest, and that the

really important characters, in the absence of knowledge of which

no one would be justified in recognising the reptilian nature of

Seymouria, ave those of the vertebral column. Nothing like the

large swollen neural arches with horizontally placed articulations

is known in Temnospondyls, and the small notochordal centra

when taken in conjunction with the crescentic intercentra are

equally distinctive.

It thus appears that the vertebral column affords the best

evidence for the reptilian nature of any Paleozoic tetrapod.

It is of interest to compare Seymouwria in more detail with

other Cotylosaurs and putative Cotylosaurs.

Sauravus.—The small, rather imperfectly-known animal from

the upper part of the Stephanian of France described by

Thevenin as Sauravus costei. was regarded by its describer as a

reptile, and referred by Case to the Cotylosauria. This attribu-

tion has not yet been challenged; it appears to have been

founded on the presence in the hind foot of two proximal tarsals

and a digital formula 2, 3, 4, ? 2.

The structure of the vertebral column shows beyond all doubt

that this form is a Lepospondylous amphibian. There are no

intercentra in any part of the column, and in the caudal region

the hemal spines, which in all reptiles are supported by inter-

centra (which in Mososaurs may fuse with the centra), project

from the lower surface of the whole length of the “ centrum.”

They have peculiar fluted ends, exactly similar to Ceraterpeton

and other types forming Miall’s family Nectridia. The dorsal

‘““centra”’ are slender hourglass-shaped bones shown by the

section figured by Thevenin to be continuous with the neural

arch. The presacral neural arches bear a flat lamellar expansion,

the middle of which forms the rib-carrier, the whole structure

being identical with that of a nectridian vertebra. In fact the

whole column differs so fundamentally from that of a Cotylosaur

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. X XI. al

294 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

as to be incapable of ready derivation from an Embolomerous

type, while it seems to resemble that of living Amphibia in

being ‘‘ pseudocentrous,” 7. e. with the apparent centrum derived

from a membranous ossification lying between the notochordal

sheath and the cartilaginous blocks of the embryonic vertebra.

The animal is of considerable interest as showing that a reptilian

type of foot may occur in Amphibia in no way connected with

reptilian ancestry.

Kosauravus.—The veniarkable skeleton from the Coal Measures

of’ Linton named by Williston Hosauravus copei, and described

by Cope, Williston, Moodie, and Case, seems to be certainly a

Cotylosaur if Case is correct in stating that the “ neural arches

are low and broad with horizontal zygapophysial faces and short,

heavy spines.” The ‘“intercentral” position of the ribs, which

has troubled certain American authors, really means very little.

The skeleton (which I have not seen) is probably not well

preserved, and if it be that of a reptile as primitive as Seymouria,

no doubt had double-headed ribs of which the capitulum articu-

lated with the intercentrum. The slab may have been split so

that only this head is preserved.

The chief interest of the specimen lies in the proportions of

the animal. ‘Twenty-three left dorsal ribs are preserved, and the

position of the left hand suggests that twenty-eight or more

presacral vertebre were present. There are preserved twenty-

three caudals, the latter half of which series shows no signs of

tapering, so that the tail may easily have been quite as long

as the presacral part of the body. These proportions at once

recall the aquatic Embolomeri. /Pteroplax has more than

28 presacrals, so has Pholidogaster, which animal has a tail as

long as its body. The long slender form of Cricotus is familiar

from Cope’s two skeletons. Thus it is not improbable that

Eosauravus retains a primitive form.

In possessing only two proximal tarsals, it is undoubtedly

more advanced than Seymouria.

Papposaurus.—I have already pointed out that the Lower

Carboniferous femur which is the type and only known material

of Papposaurus traquari distinctly recalls Seymouria. This

resemblance increases the probability (admitted by Williston

and Broili) that the form is a reptile. If so, it is by far the

earliest known. i

Limnoscelis.—The large Cotylosaur from New Mexico described

by Williston as Limnoscelis is in its limb-structure one of the

most primitive known. The skull is, however, far more advanced

than in Seymouria; it retains no trace of the typical Eryopine

shape of the latter skull, in particular the long slender otic

notch of the more primitive form is lost, the posterior surface

appearing to be truncated. The occiput unfortunately has not

yet been described in detail, but from Prof. Williston’s out-

line drawing it appears to be derivable from that of Seymourta

by a migration downwards of the ends of the paroccipital

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 295

processes, the fenestra ovalis retaining its position quite at the

lower surface of the skull.

The palate of ZLimnoscelis has advanced far beyond that of

Seymouria in the wide interpterygoid vacuity and in the

pronounced pterygo-transverse flanges.

The lower jaw seems to have lost the post-splenial and pro-

bably the anterior coronoids.

The vertebrz in retaining a quite long spine are probably more

primitive than those of Seymowria, for all the Temnospondyls

have high neural spines.

The single-headed ribs are, however, an advanced feature.

In the shoulder-girdle Limmnoscelis is advanced in having a

posterior coracoid element, but retains in its cleithrum a primitive

bone lost by Seymouria.

The pelvis of Lemnoscelis much resembles that of Seymouria in

the general form of the ventral surface, which is very reminiscent

of Rachitomi in the short pubes. The posteriorly produced ilium

is also a primitive feature retained by both reptiles.

The hind leg of Limmnoscelis resembles that of Seymouria in

having a separate intermedium, but the conditions are different

in the non-ossification of the tibiale in the former animal.

Limnoscelis is thus in most ways: more advanced than Sey-

mouria, although it is still a very primitive reptile.

Diadectide.—The Diadectids, known from New Mexico, Texas,

and probably also Hurope (Stephenospondylus), are obviously

much more advanced reptiles than Seymouria. They have a

remarkably specialised palate and occiput—which region I have

recently discussed in detail. The brain-case is theoretically

derivable from that of Seymouria, but is so extremely modified

that no useful end will be served by a further discussion.

Pariasauride.— With the Middle and Upper Permian group of

the Pariasaurs, we pass to reptiles which haveadvanced much from

the primitive Seymouria structure in all features of skull and

skeleton. Some of these differences I have already pointed out,

others are at once obvious from any comparison. One important

feature which deserves emphasis is the high position of the

fenestra ovalis, which lies on the front of the paroccipital process

far removed from the basioccipital and the tuber basisphenoidalis.

The opening is small and the stapes is a slender rod, without the

much expanded base-plate it must have had in Seymouria.

Procolophonide.—Procolophon and its allies are the most

advanced Cotylosaurs known. They differ extremely from Sey-,

mouria in nearly all features. The differences which at present

most interest me are those in the brain-case and otie region. In

essentials these regions resemble the condition in Sphenodon,

and differ from that in Seymouria in ways I have already pointed

out, perhaps most markedly in the slender paroccipital process

with a grooved lower surface in which the stapes lies, and in the

high position of the fenestra ovalis.

The Cotylosaurs so far considered all differ markedly from

Zils

296 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

Seymouria in the condition of the brain-case and of the ear.

Although their structure could in practically all points be derived

from that of Seymouria, they do not im any way recall that

reptile. In the Captorhinids we find features which distinctly

hark back to the structure of Seymouria, although the group as

u Whole is one of the most advanced of the I’exan Cotylosaurs.

Through the work of Cope, Broili, Case, and especially Willis-

ton, we have a nearly perfect knowledge of the skeleton of both

Captorhinus and the more advanced Labidosawrus, and I have

given a somewhat more detailed account of the occiput than is

to be found in earlier writings.

The skull of Captorhinus is advanced in the loss of the

intertemporal and tabular and the very great reduction of the

supratemporal ; it retains the primitive feature of a lachrymal

reaching the nostril, and of a septomaxilla not appearing on

the face.

It resembles Seymowria in the following important characters :—

1. The occipital condyle is tripartite, the exoccipitals forming

a good deal of its surface.

| Whe: fenestra ovalis is large, surrounded by the pr ootic,

paroccipital, hasioceipital, and basisphenoid ; it is

placed low down in the skull so that its margin below

hes on the border of the tuber basisphenoidalis.

3. The basisphenoid is remarkably similar in the two

genera.

4. The palate of Captorhinus, though advanced in the loss

of the palatine tusks and in the greater development

of the pterygo-transverse flanges, is on the whole not

unlike that of Seymouria.

In the vertebral column the remarkably swollen neural arches

of the presacral vertebre and the short nearly obsolete neural

spines, are points of resemblance between the two forms.

The Captorhinids have advanced over Seymouria in the

following ways :—

1. In the downgrowth of a process of the paroccipital between

the lateral margins of the basioccipital and the inner

border of the fenestra ovalis, so as to separate that

opening more widely from its fellow.

2. In the reduction of the paroccipital processes and the

rotation of their ends downwards.

. In an enormous widening of the supraoccipital.

. Ina great deepening of the whole brain-case.

. Ina reduction of the prootic so that it no longer reaches

the skull-roof.

6. In the loss of the tabular and the restriction of the

dermo-supraoccipital to the occipital surface.

7. In the loss of the intertemporal and in Labidosaurus of

the supratemporal.

Ou co

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 297

8. In the narrowing of the face.

9. In the loss of the palatine tusks.

10. In the better development of the pterygo-transverse

flanges.

11. In the lateral compression of the quadrate so that its

horizontal section is no longer U-shaped.

12. In such reduction of the pterygoid that 1t no longer

reaches the squamosal.

13. Ina considerable compression of the lower part of the

articular.

14. In the loss of the two anterior coronoids and the post-

splenial.

15. In the somewhat more modified axis.

16. In the presence of two sacral vertebre.

17. In the development of single-headed ribs.

18. In the reduction of the intercentra.

19. In the development of a coracoid in addition to the pre-

coracoid.

20. In the reduction and loss of ornament of the lower parts

of the clavicles and the anterior end of the interclavicle.

21. In the loss of the long posterior extension of the dorsal

part of the ilium.

22. In the more advanced humerus.

23. In the loss of the long adductor crest in the femur.

24, In the fusion of the intermedium and the tibiale.

25. In the obliteration of the otic notch by the swinging

backward of the upper end of the quadrate, so that the

posterior end of the skull seems cleanly truncated.

Thus the Captorhinids alone amongst Cotylosaurs present

definite significant resemblances to Seymouria, which in the case

of the palate are due merely to the retention of a primitive

structure, but in the important characters of the fenestra ovalis

and the vertebre are due to the possession by both types of a

structure which is certainly not derived from amphibian ancestors.

The position and character of the fenestra ovalis common to

Seymourt ia and Captorhinus is preserved throughout the whole

series of mammal-like reptiles, the Pelycosaurs and all the later

S. African types. This fact is clearly illustrated in the drawings

of text-fig. 15, where the stapes is indicated by shading.

This position of the fenestra is of course connected with that

restriction of the inner ear to the lower part of the side wall of

the brain-case which I have shown to be one of the most constant

and significant characters of the Anomodontia, and one which is

entirely restricted to them and the Captorhinids, which Prof.

Williston and the writer believe to be their ancestors. Com-

parison of the occipital views of skulls in text-fig. 15, with similar

drawings of any other reptiles, will bring out the difference

between the two types of structure of this region clearly.

Apart from the Captorhinids, only Limnoscelis and Seymouwna

298 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

Text-figure 15.

Series of occipital views, reduced to the same width, of the skulls of Anomodonts

and of Cotylosaurs connected with that group. To show the low position, at

the back of the tuber basisphenoidalis, which the fenestra ovalis occupies in

these reptiles, its situation is indicated by the stapes.

A. Seymouria bayloriensis.. B. Captorhinus sp.

C. Varanosaurus acutirostris. D. Arctops willistoni.

E. Diademodon browni. F. Deiopeus leptocephalus.

G. Dimetrodon sp. H. Mormosaurus seeleyi.

A, from text-fig. 2; B, from Watson, 1916. (C. Restored from the type-skeleton

in Munich; D, E, & H, from Watson, 1914; F, modified from Watson, 1916;

G, from a skull figured by Case, modified by other material.

A-E form an approximate morphological series; F' & G represent an aberrant side

line arising from C; and H another distinct line also arising from a form near C.

THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 299

have this peculiar structure. I havealready brigaded Limmnoscelis

with the Captorhinids. Seymouria is so much more primitive

that it is remarkable to find in it a character of this kind

connecting it clearly with a definite series of more advanced

reptiles.

It remains to be seen whether the other reptiles have lost this

type of fenestra ovalis, or whether, as seems more probable, their

ancestors never possessed it.

It is a remarkably interesting fact that the primitive Pelyco-

saurs such as Varanosaurus retain primitive features found in

Seymouria which have been lost by the Captorhinids. Such

are :—

The retention of a supratemporal lost in Labidosaurus.

The retention of a quadrate which is U-shaped in horizontal

section.

The retention of a suture between the pterygoid and squamosal

° behind the quadrate.

The non-ossification of a posterior coracoidal element in

Varoops.

The retention of a considerably expanded lower end of the

clavicle and a largely expanded interclavicle.

The retention of a posterior process on the ilium.

_ The characters in the above list represent features in which

the Captorhinids are more advanced than the early Pelycosaurs ;

they are, however, all acquired by later Anomodonts and represent

parallel evolutionary changes which have gone on in the Capto-

rhinids and Pelycosaurs independently, since their separation.

The most striking of these characters is the peculiar flattening

and lateral compression of the quadrate. In principle the

quadrates of Captorhinus and Dimetrodon are identical, differing

only in the wide articular condyle of the Cotylosaur. As this

type of quadrate is restricted to the members of the Superfamily

Sphenacodontide, we have a very remarkable case of parallel

evolution, which in the original stock does not follow the main

line of the evolution of the derived group, but duplicates a

structure restricted to a single aberrant side line.

The study of the Seymouria skeleton which fills this paper

shows that that reptile is far more primitive than any other,

presenting a strange mosaic of characters derived without change

from the Embolomerous Labyrinthodonts with common reptilian

characters marking distinct advance over an amphibian structure,

and one or two which are restricted to the mammal-like reptiles

and such Cotylosaurs as can be brought into connection with

them.

These facts have an important bearing on reptilian classifica-

tion, suggesting as they do that all reptiles may be divided into

two groups, one composed only of the Anomodontia and the

Captorhinomorpha, the other of all other reptiles.

300 CAPT. D. M. 8S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,

In the Cotylosaurs this division corresponds with that which

I have previously founded on the character of the otic notch,

and the mode in which a vertically placed quadrate is arrived at.

IT have recently found that this division on the character of the

otic notch applies to all reptiles, affording a sharp distinction

between the Anomodonts and all other groups, so that we have

now two quite independent series of characters, the otic notch

and the structure of the fenestra ovalis, which allow us to split all

reptiles, Seymouria excepted, into two-groups. Seymouria itself

shows characters definitely connecting it with one of these.

The curious way in which the structure of Seymouria is built

up of perfectly well-developed amphibian characters and equally

decisive reptilian features, those of intermediate type being very

rare, affords a magnificent example of the way in which the

evolution of great groups may have taken place by the rapid

change of all the definite morphological entities of which it

may be regarded as made up, the changes occurring quite inde-

pendently and over a considerable time, the passage from the

structure of the more primitive to the advanced group being quite

gradual when viewed as a whole, but when further considered

and analysed found to depend on a rapid evolution of separate

regions apparently independently of each other.

I hope that this study of Seymouria will be regarded as placing

beyond dispute the origin of the reptiles from the Embolomerous

Labyrinthodonts.

I wish to express my thanks to the Percy Sladen Trustees, who

paid the expenses of my visit to Texas, to Prof. 8. W. Williston,

who allowed me to study freely the superb collection of Lower

Permian Tetrapods which he has built up in Chicago, to President

Osborn and the Staff of the American Museum for similar

privileges there, and to Prof. F. Broili, who placed the treasures

at Munich at my disposal. I regret that circumstances at

present forbid my obtaining his permission to publish a descrip-

tion of the Seymouria material of which he gave so excellent a

description. Finally, I wish to thank my wife for editing this

paper and thereby removing many obscurities.

Literature.

Broinr, F. 1904. ‘ Permische Stegocephalen und Reptilien aus

Texas.” Paleontographica, Bd. li. pp. 1-120.

——. 1908. “ Ein montiertes Skelet von Labidosaurus hamatus

Cope, einen Cotylosaurier aus dem Perm von Texas.”

Zeitsch. deutsch. geo]. Gesell. Bd. lx. Heft 1, pp. 63-67.

Broom, R. 1913. ‘Studies on the Permian Temnospondylous

Stegocephalians of North America.” Bull. Amer. Mus.

Nat. Hist. vol. xxxi. pp. 563-595.

Casn, E.C. 1911. A Revision of the Cotylosauria of North

America.

THE MOSLE PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 301

Corr, E. D. 1896. *‘ Second Contribution to the History of the

Cotylosauria.” Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xxxv. pp. 123-

149,

v. Huenn, F. 1913, The Skull Elements of the Permian

Tetrapoda in the American Museum of Natural History,

New York.

Tueventn, A. 1906. ‘““Amphibiens et reptiles du terrain houiller

de France.” Ann. de Paléontologie, tome i. pp. 145—

163.

Wiuurston, 8S. W. 1908. “The oldest known Reptile.’ Journ.

Geol. vol. xvi. pp. 175-192.

——. 1910. “ Desmospondylus anomalus.” Bull. Geol. Soc.

Amer. xxi. p. 280.

——. 1911. American Permian Vertebrates. Chicago, 1911.

——. 1916. “Synopsis of the American Permo-Carboniferous

Tetrapoda.” Contributions from the Walker Museum,

vol. i. No. 9, pp. 193-236.

——. 1917. “ Labidosaurus Cope, a Lower Permian Cotylosaur

reptile from Texas.” Journ. Geol. vol. xxv. pp. 309-

321.

——. 1918. “(1) The Evolution of Vertebre.” “ (2) The

Osteology of some American Permian Vertebrates, IIT.”

Contributions from the Walker Museum, vol. il. pp. 75-

Watson, D. M.S. 1912. “The Larger Coal-Measure Amphibia.”

Manch. Memoirs, vol. li. pp. 1-14. 5

——. 1914. “Notes on Varanosaurus acutirostris Broil.” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. pp. 297-310.

——. 1914. “The Deinocephalia, an Order of Mammal-like

Reptiles.” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1914, pp. 749-786.

——. 1914. “Notes on some Carnivorous Therapsids.” Proc.

‘Zool, Soc. 1914, pp. 1021-1088.

——. 1914. “ Procolophon trigoniceps, a Cotylosaurian Reptile

from South Africa.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914, pp. 735—

747.

——. 1914. “On the Skull of a Pariasaurian reptile, and on

the Relationship of that Type.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914,

pp. 155-180.

——, 1916. “On the Structure of the Brain-case in certain

Lower Permian Tetrapods.” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.

Hist. vol. xxxv. pp. 611-636.

——, 1917. “A sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetra-

pod Vertebrates.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1917, pp. 167-186.

——. 1917. “The Evolution of the Tetrapod Shoulder-girdle

and Fore Limb.” Journ, of Anat. vol. li. pp. 1-63.

ON THE FRESHWATER FISHES OF GREAT BRITAIN, 303

EXHIBITIONS AND. NOTICES.

May 7th, 1918.

Prof. E. W. MacBripzg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Ages of Hlephants, as inferred from the Molar Teeth.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex-

hibited a series of the molar teeth of Elephants that had died in

the Gardens, and drew particular attention to the state of wear

of the last tooth of an elephant known to be about 50 years old.

Since this tooth comes into use in about the 40th year and had

lost by wear more than one-third of its lamine in 10 years,

Mr. Pocock concluded that the animal would have been toothless

and would have come to the end of her time before she was 70.

My. E. Heron-Atten, F.L.S8., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., gave a lantern

exhibition of Arenaceous Foraminifera of the genus Thwrammina.

May 28th, 1918.

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions

to the Society's Menagerie during the month of April 1918 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of April were 209 in number. Of these 129 were acquired

by presentation, 77 were received on deposit, and 3 were bred in

the Menagerie.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

1 Barbary Sheep (Ammotragus lervia), born in the Menagerie

on April 18th.

1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Palwornis cyanocephala) 3 , from

India, presented by Miss H. F. Dunbar on April 27th.

Mr. C. Tare Recan, M.A., F.RB.S., F.Z.5., gave an account,

illustrated by lantern-slides, of the Freshwater Fishes of Great

Britain, with special reference to their value as food and to the

possibilities of increasing their economic use.

304 LT.-COL. 8. M. COPEMAN ON A COLONY OF

June 11th, 1918.

A. Hizra, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions

to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1918 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during

the month of May were 68 in number. Of these 14 were

acquired by presentation, 46 were purchased, and 8 were bred in

the Menagerie.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

2 Grecian Ibexes (Capra cegagrus), born in the Menagerie on

May 9th and 15th.

1 Ruby-throated Warbler (Calliope calliope), from India, pre-

sented by W. H. St. Quintin, F.Z.S., on May 29th.

1 Indian Chameleon (Chameleon calcaratus), from Calabar, -

presented by A. M. Kinloch on May 11th; new to the Collection.

Observations on a Colony of Burrowing Bees (Andrena fulva)

on Primrose Hill.

Lt.-Col. 8. Moncxron Copeman, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited

examples of the Burrowing Bee, dndrena fulva, and made the

following remarks :—

The existence of a flourishing colony of a burrowing bee

(Andrena fulva) on the western slope of Primrose Hill, where,

during the present year, it has spread over a much more extended

area than previously occupied by it, appears worthy of record

for the reason that one locality only in the neighbourhood of

London—a small area on Hampstead Heath—is cited as a

habitat of this insect in the British Museum Catologue of

Hymenoptera.

For the past six years this particular colony has been kept

under observation, during which period the number of nests has

not markedly varied from season to season until the present year.

The unexampled spread of the colony this year (1918), curiously

enough, was consequent on the manceuvres of a Cadet Battalion

last autumn having converted a previously grassy slope into a

quagmire of mud, now represented by a smooth bare surface of

clayey loam. This patch of ground the bees have found so much

to their liking for nesting-purposes that (as indicated by a scale-

plan drawn by my son last year) they have, in large measure,

deserted their former haunts alongside a neighbouring path to

seize upon the new territory so conveniently provided for them.

Notwithstanding the hardness of the ground, the female bee

excavates in it a tunnel which in many instances, on probing

with a fine flexible wire, I have found to extend to a depth of

BURROWING BEES ON PRIMROSE HILL. 305

ten or twelve inches, and occasionally even more. ‘This insect is

usually about the size of the ‘“ worker” honey-bee, which she

somewhat resembles in form. She is, however, handsomer, and

also appears larger than her actual size owing to the abdomen

especially being covered with a thick pubescence, which ranges in

colour from a pale orange toa tawny-red in hue. This bee is,

in consequence, a conspicuous object on a sunny morning as she

flies in mazy flight, usually a few inches only above the ground.

The male insect is utterly unlike her, being smaller, less pubescent,

and more sombre-toned in hue.

As the outcome of six years’ observations it has been found

that over a period which has varied, according to prevalent

meteorological conditions, from the middle of April to the first

week in May the bees make their first appearance quite suddenly,

following on one or two days of warmer weather. For the first

few days the number of males emerging greatly exceeds that of

females, the relative divergence in numbers being as great as

fifty to one.

* Careful examination of bare patches of ground in the neigh-

bourhood, so soon as the bees are first seen, discloses a number of

small round holes which look as though they had been punched

out with the point of a pencil. These are the open doorways of

the burrows in which eggs were laid in the previous spring and

in which the bees, passing through the stages of larva and pupa,

have finally developed into the perfect insect. Herein the bee

awaits the stimulus of warmth to give it strength to break

through the slight covering of earth beneath which it has been

sheltering since the previous autumn.

Within a few days further, mating having taken place, the

male bees are no longer met with, their brief life ending when

the object of their existence has been attained. Almost imme-

diately the females begin to dig their burrows, as indicated by the

appearance of numerous little mounds like miniature volcanoes,

eventually three or four inches in width and somewhat less in

height. These are gradually built up of the tiny particles of

earth thrown out, a few grains at a time, as the work progresses.

In the first stages of the excavation the bee throws out the

particles of earth between her hind legs, after the fashion of a

dog when digging for a rat or rabbit, aiding the process by

sweeping motions of her abdomen. Later on, however, when

progress has been made beneath the surface, she brings up the

grains of earth she has dug out, on the top of her head, generally

waiting a few moments on reachiag the mouth of her burrow,

before pitching them over the edge with a sudden jerk. The

resulting mounds are easily recognizable owing to the material

of which they are composed being lighter in colour than the

surrounding soil.

On completion of the main burrow small nurseries are opened

out from its sides, in each of which is deposited a carefully

kneaded pellet of pollen and honey, which has to suffice for the

306 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE,

needs of the grub which will develop from the egg laid upon

its surface. This done, the little chamber is sealed up, and the

process again repeated.

During the numerous foraging expeditions necessary for obtain-

ing sufficient pollen and nectar for the sustenance of her future

broods, no care is taken to protect the burrow, a fact of which

advantage is occasionally taken by a Vomada bee, too lazy herself

to build nurseries or to gather stores of food. Waiting therefore

till the rightful owner has set out on her travels, the. “cuckoo ”

bee slips in and deposits an egg on any pellet of food of adequate

size not yet sealed up.

The Andrena bee not infrequently appears to experience con-

siderable difficulty in recognizing her own burrow, as she may

often be seen to tentatively. explore the entrance to several before

suddenly diving down her own. Marking the bee with a little

powdered chalk as she leaves her burrow will render it easy to

recognize the rightful owner on her return.

The burrowing bee having finished her labours underground

does not take the precaution of closing up the mouth of the

burrow, but on her death, within about a month from emergence

from her winter quarters, leaves it to be gradually obliterated by

the levelling of the mound outside under the influence of rain

and wind.

October 22nd, 1918.

Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Srcrerary read the following Report on the Additions

made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June,

July, August, and September, 1918 :—

JUNE.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of June were 38 in number. Of these 22 were acquired

by presentation, 14 were bred in the Menagerie, and 2 were

deposited.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

1 White-bearded Gnu (Connochetes albojubatus), born in the

Menagerie, June 17th.

4 Taurus Lizards (Lacerta taurica), new to the Collection, from

Calamaria, Salonika, presented by G. H. Colt, F.R.C.S., on June

20th.

JULY.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 328 in number. Of these 24 were acquired

ON WHEAT WEEVIL IN AUSTRALIA. 307

by presentation, 9 were bred in the Menagerie, and 295 were

deposited.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

1 Kiang (Hquus kiang), from Tibet, born in the Menagerie,

July 15th.

1 Eland (Taurotragus oryx), from South Africa, born in the

Menagerie, July 16th.

AUGUST.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 81 in number. Of these 59 were acquired

‘ by presentation, 9 were bred in the Menagerie, and 13 were

deposited.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

1 Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus), from the Himalayas, born in

the Menagerie, August 10th.

5 Coypus (Myccastor coypus), from the Argentine, born in the

Menagerie, August 16th.

2 Verticillated Geckos (Gecco verticillatus), from Rangoon, pre-

sented by Mrs. Hilda D. Sedgwick, August 10th.

SEPTEMBER.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 31 in number. Of these 15 were

acquired by presentation, 2 were bred in the Menagerie, 8 were

deposited, and 6 were received in exchange.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

Two hybrid Porcupines (Hystria cristatus x H. africew australis),

born in the Menagerie on September 20th.

On behalf of Mr. E. Gerrard, Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.,

exhibited the skin of an abnormally coloured red deer stag shot

by Major R. C. Forster in Scotland, where it had been known

for many years. It was a partial albino, the red hairs of the

body being mixed with grey, the face, throat, and legs being

white, the hoofs pale horn-colour, the muffle pink, and the eyes

blue.

Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects, gave

an account, illustrated by lantern-slides, on the work he had

accomplished for the Wheat Commission on Wheat Weevil in

Australia.

’

308 THE “NEW” RABBIT DISEASE.

November 5th, 1918.

Prof. E. W. MacBrinps, D.Sc., F.B.8., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. D. Sera-Suirn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a

mounted specimen of a hybrid Cockatoo (d Roseate Cucatwa

roseicapilla x 2 Lesser Sulphur-Crested C. sulphurea), bred in

1917 at Hartwell House, Aylesbury, by Mrs. Lee.

Diagnosis of Helminth Infections.

Dr. R. T. Letrer, M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.8., gave a lantern

exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections from the cha-

racter of the eggs in the feces. He stated that, by examination

of the feeces of a living animal, the extent and specifie nature of

most helminthic infections could be accurately determined, and

the method had been applied successfully as a routine practice

in the case of man, rabbit, dog, cat, and pig, and was apparently

capable of indefinite extension.

The eggs of parasitic worms were constant in character and of

great systematic importance. The ground-plan of the egg-shell

indicated the genus or even subfamily to which the parasite

belonged, and specific differences were found in slight but con-

stant peculiarities in relative length and breadth, and in the

conformation of excrescences on the surface of the shell.

The “ New” Rabbit Disease.

Dr. R. 'T. Lereer also gave a demonstration on the “new”

rabbit disease. Examination of a large number of rabbits shows

that the chief cause of mortality is a coccidial invasion of the

intestinal wall or of the lining of the bile-ducts. According to

Fantham and others the causal agent in both types of disease is

Eimeria stiede, but Dobell holds that the intestinal lesion is due

to a distinct species. In many cases changes in the liver attri-

buted to coccidiosis were the result of infection with Cysticercus

pisiformis, the larval stage of the dog tapeworm Tenia serrata.

Large swellings in the region of the head and neck, suspected to

be cancerous, were due to Cenurus serialis, the larva of the

dog tapeworm TJenia cenurus. Of relatively small economic

importance are infections with the threadworm Oxyuris ambiguus

and the tapeworm Ctenotenia leuckarti. ‘There is some evidence

that a bacterial infection may occasionally be the cause of death.

The coccidia] infections pass from infected to healthy animals

through the feces. When freshly passed the coccidial oocysts

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 309

are not infective. hey only become so after a period of delay,

in which certain developmental changes take place. These

changes proceed more rapidly in dry than in wet feces. Pre-

vention depends upon the systematic periodical removal and

destruction by burning of all pellets and contaminated bedding,

and the use of some fluid which will destroy such oocysts as

remain in the hutch.

Although several cases of coccidial infection in man have been

recorded, “Dobell maintains that in none of these cases is Himeria

stiede the causal agent. There would appear therefore to be no

risk of infection to man.

The cystic stages of the tapeworms of the dog appear to occur

chiefly in those) rabbits fed with dandelions fand other green

stuffs collected from the roadsides, where the vegetation 18

especially liable to contamination with feces of dogs which have

acquired their infections from eating uncooked rabbit offal.

Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of lanterm-

slides, from photographs taken during the recent visit to the

Zoological Gardens, Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

November 19th, 1918.

Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions to

the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, 1918 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of October were 22 in number. Of these 8 were acquired

by presentation, and 14 were deposited.

The following may be specially mentioned :—

1 Black-cheeked Cercopitheque (Cerccpithecus ascanius), from

the Lower Congo, presented by Chevalier E. Carton de Wiait on

October 2nd. °

2 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis), from North

America, deposited on October 28th.

1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus), from the Hast

Indies, deposited on October 11th. :

Special attention may also be directed to a captured German

Carrier-Pigeon Loft, with 35 of the captured Pigeons, taken by

the Canadians at Folies, France, on August 9th, and presented

to the Society on October 30th by the British Armies in France,

at the suggestion of the War Office.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1918, No. XXII. 22

310 CHIMPANZEE WITH PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS.

Miss K. Lanper, F.Z.S., described the method of preparing

skeietons by the use of trypsin, and exhibited a number of

successful examples from the Society’s Prosectorium.

Mr. E. HavscueK described his investigations into the forms

assumed by drops and vortices of gelatin in various coagulants,

exhibited a series of the formations he had obtained which

simulated animal structures, and demonstrated the method by

which he obtained his results.

Professor F. Woop-Jones, F.Z.S., exhibited a cast and a set of

Roéntgen-ray photographs taken from a Chimpanzee belonging

to the Society, which had recently died from pulmonary tuber-

culosis, and called attention to the possibility of diagnosing

tubercle by this method in living subjects.

Errata in Mr. L. A. Lanz’s communication supra, pp. 11-17.

Table, last line.

For 26, read 36.

Page 13. Footnote, line 3 from bottom.

For 24, read 28.

Page 14. Line 9 from bottom.

For 37, read 39.

Page 15. Last line.

For 121, read 171.

No. 184.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

October 22nd, 1918.

Dr. A. Smitu Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed,

The Secretary read a list of additions to the Menagerie in the

months of June, July, August, and September 1918.

On behalf of Mr. E. Gerrard, Mr. R. I. Pocock, ¥F.R.S.,

exhibited the skin of an abnormally coloured red deer stag shot

by Major R. C. Forster in Scotland, where it had been known

for many years. It was a partial albino, the red hairs of the

body being mixed with grey, the face, throat, and legs being

white, the hoofs pale hern-colour, the muffle pink, and the eyes

blue.

Sir E. G. Loprr, Bart., Vice-President, read a communication

entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918,’

containing evidence of the hitherto unrecorded fact that Beavers

may breed twice in a season.

A memoir by Mr. G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., on

Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus, Blgr., was pre-

sented to the Meeting.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subseribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Stix Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects, gave

an account, illustrated by lantern-slides, on the work he had

accomplished for the Wheat Commission on Wheat Weevil in

Australia,

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, November 5th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the

following communications will be made :

Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of Lantern-slides illustrating the Sydney Zoo-

logical Gardens.

Bie Liss ts Ds aoe

1 Tae n Gaiibiion on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections

from the Character of the Eggs in the Feces.

(2) Demonstration of the “* New ” Rabbit Disease.

James F', Gemurur, M.A., D.Sc., M.D., F.Z.8.

On Ciliary Action in the Internal Cayities of the Cteno-

phore, Pleurobrachia pileus Fabr.

The following am have been received :—

Ron Seq dinownte id, ‘the most primitive known Reptile.

K. M. Smire, A.R.C.S.

A Comparative Study of certain Sense-organs in the Antenn»

and Palpi of Diptera.

The Comparative Morphology of the Secondary Sexual

Characters of Hlasmobranch Fishes. The Claspers, Clasper

Siphons, and Clasper Glands.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited as far as possible to the description of new results.

* Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonvon,

Rrcent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.

Ociober 29th, 1918.

No. 185.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

S November 5th, 1918.

Professor E. W. MacBrips, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. D. Sers-Smirs, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a

mounted specimen of a hybrid Cockatoo (d Roseate Cacatwa

roseicapilla x 92 Lesser Sulphur-Crested C. sulphurea), bred in

1917 at Hartwell House, Aylesbury, by Mrs. Lee.

The CHAIRMAN gave an account of a communication by

Dr. James F. Gemmii!l, in which was described the cause of the

ciliary action in the internal cavities of the Ctenophore,

Pleurobrachia pileus.

Dr. R. T. Leiper, M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.8., gave a lantern

exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections from the chara-

eter of the eggs in the feces. He stated that, by examination

of the feces of a living animal, the extent and specific nature of

most helminthic infections could be accurately determined, and

the method had been applied successfully as a routine practice

in the case of man, rabbit, dog, cat, and pig, and was apparently

capable of indefinite extension.

The eggs of parasitic worms were constant in character and of

great systematic importance. The ground-plan of the egg-shell

indicated the genus or even subfamily to which the parasite

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on

the day of publication at the price of Siwpence, or, if desired, sent post-free

for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

belonged, and specific differences were found in slight but con-

stant peculiarities in relative Jength and breadth, and in the

conformation of excrescences on the surface of the shell.

Dr. R. T. Lererr also gave a demonstration on the “new”